BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME 
 FROM THE ■= 
 
 SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND 
 
 THE GIFT OF 
 
 1891 
 
 . • ':^P' - 
 
 .A//I&.r^3.0. j:A/..5.hQ.a.':b.. 
 
 I' / ' 
 
 5474 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Cornell University Library 
 PA 258 .K12S5 1902 
 
 A short grammar of classical Greek.with 
 
 3 1924 021 601 145 
 
 All books are subject to recall after two weeks 
 Olin/Kroch Library 
 
 DATE DUE 
 
 r^w*"*** 
 
 ingif 
 
 
 
 l^J\Jl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^^^^^^' 
 
 
 
 """W!"T( 1 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 ^^-TIW^ 
 
 - 
 
 
 II lliiiinin-tiiliiflif^ 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 'I 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 tuuf— - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GAYLORD 
 
 
 
 PRINTED IN U.S,A. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
This book was digitized by Microsoft Corporation in 
 
 cooperation witli Cornell University Libraries, 2007. 
 
 You may use and print this copy in limited quantity 
 
 for your personal purposes, but may not distribute or 
 
 provide access to it (or modified or partial versions of it) 
 
 for revenue-generating or other commercial purposes. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
A SHORT GRAMMAR, /.^ 
 
 CLASSICAL CEEEK 
 
 WITH 
 
 TABLES FOR REPETITIOl^ 
 
 BT 
 
 DR. A. KAEGI 
 
 PBOFESSOE AT ZURICH UNIVERSITT 
 
 AUTHORIZED ENGLISH EDITION 
 FOE HIGH SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, AND COLLEGES 
 
 BY 
 
 JAMES A. KLEIST, S.J. 
 
 ST. LOUIS, MO. 
 
 PUBLISHED BY B. HERDER 
 
 17 South Broadway 
 
 1902 
 T 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 

 Vs-/, 
 
 ^ \-f-S^~Ar^SH^ 
 
 COPTEIGHT, 1902^ 
 
 JOSEPH GUMMEESBAOH. 
 
 Xt} 
 
 — BECKTOLD— 
 
 PRINTING AND BOOK MFG. CO. 
 ST. LOUIS. MO. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This Short Grammar of Classical Greek is an adaptation of the Kurzgefasste 
 Griechische Schulgrammatik of Dr. Adolf Kaegi, Professor in Zurich University, 
 Switzerland. It will be accompanied by an English edition of the Exercise Books 
 of the same author. 
 
 The reasons that seem to justify an attempt at making Prof. Kaegi's books 
 accessible to English-speaking students of Greek are of a threefold nature: 
 (1) The peculiar character of Kaegi's Grammar and Exercise Books, (2) the fact 
 that both are based upon the same method of strict criticism, and (3) their favor- 
 able reception throughout Europe. 
 
 1. It was in the year 1884 that Prof. Kaegi published his Griech. Schulgram- 
 matik. Some forty Greek grammars were then in use at the Gymnasia of German 
 speaking countries, and the author could scarcely venture to add a new one, unless 
 he was convinced that the characteristic features of his own book would justify 
 its appearance and win for it a prominent place among the books that served a 
 similar purpose. 
 
 What then are the merits of Kaegi's School Grammar ? 
 
 Of late years, but especially since the issue of the Lehrplane filr die hoheren 
 Schulen Preussens, it was deemed necessary by men of authority on school matters 
 to reduce the amount of grammar that had to be mastered during the college course 
 by the students of Greek. Accordingly, there soon appeared in Germany a num- 
 ber of grammars which, especially in their etymological parts, discarded much of 
 what was formerly required. The authors of these new text-books were guided 
 by the correct principle that " it is useless and a loss of time to burden the mind 
 of the young student with material he never or seldom meets with in the authors 
 read at college." 
 
 Thus a considerable advance was made in the line of short school grammars. 
 In many cases, however, the intended reduction was not methodical. It was not 
 always based on an accurate knowledge of what frequently occurred in school 
 authors and thus became necessary, or what but rarely occurred and was in conse- 
 quence dispensable, in a school grammar. On the contrary, a thorough examina- 
 tion convinced Prof. Kaegi that much had been dropped in a merely eclectic 
 manner, because it seemed superfluous to the authors of these books. 
 
 Against such eclecticism Prof. Kaegi made a resolute stand. 
 In order to find a reliable basis for his own School Grammar, in which he in- 
 tended to omit all the useless ballast of rare forms, exceptions, finesses, etc., the 
 author went over the whole range of classical literature as far as it came within 
 the reading-scope of German Gymnasia, with the avowed purpose of preparing 
 upon the above principle a school grammar and sifting the matter to be incor- 
 porated into it. 
 
 Digitized by l^icrosoft® 
 
iv PREFACE. 
 
 This long protracted labor put a vast amount of grammatical matter at the 
 disposal of the author, and as he correctly thought that the teaching of grammar 
 must be subservient to, and determined by, the reading-matter, he either omitted all 
 the peculiarities and irregularities which are seldom met with in classical authors, 
 or marked them by small print, or put them in special notes or chapters for 
 reference. 
 
 Thus it is that Kaegi's Schulgrammatik shared on the one hand from its very 
 first appearance the advantage of brevity with other grammars, and on the other far 
 surpassed them, because his system of reducing the grammar was not at all 
 eclectic, but strictly methodical. 
 
 Such is a brief sketch of the history of the Schulgrammatik. ■ 
 
 In the first edition of this book the author said : " I wish to lay particular stress 
 on this point, that the reduction of the matter might be carried much further, if 
 the circle of classical school authors were drawn still closer than I have purposely 
 done. It would be most useful, especially for a concentration of the teaching of 
 Greek, in our schools, if a list of the Standard School Authors (em Canon der 
 Schulautoren) were fixed upon by competent men." 
 
 The wished-for list appeared in the Lehrplcine for the Secondary Schools of 
 Prussia in January, 1892. 
 
 These new regulations prescribe as obligatory the reading of : — 
 
 Xenophon's Anabasis, Hellenica, Memorabilia. 
 
 Plato and Thucydides. 
 
 Demosthenes' Olynthiacs and Philippics. 
 
 Herodotus, Homer, and Sophocles. 
 
 To these is usually added Lysias. 
 
 The time had therefore come for Prof. Kaegi to take a step further, and as the 
 result of his studies he offered in October, 1892, the first edition of the Kurzge- 
 fasste Griech. Schulgrammatik. 
 
 In this Short Grammar of Classical Greek the author remained faithful to his 
 principle that the study of grammar is but to aid the reading of Greek. Accordingly, 
 all the peculiarities and irregularities that are only occasionally met with in the 
 prescribed authors were either dropped or placed for reference in special chapters 
 (60 and 113). 
 
 2. Those who appreciate Prof. Kaegi's grammatical methods will readily 
 admit that an English edition of his Exercise Books was equally advisable. 
 
 Authors of grammars sometimes fail to publish corresponding readers. 
 Teachers must consequently use grammars and exercise books of different authors. 
 The disadvantages of such an expedient stand to reason : grammars and readers, 
 not written to aid each other, will in many particulars pursue different ends. For 
 instance, the exercise book will contain words, forms, and rules which are not 
 learned in the grammar, or the latter will insist upon rules for the practice of 
 which the former fails to furnish suitable reading-matter. 
 
 We are spared all these inconveniences in the present case; for besides his 
 Grammar, we are indebted to Prof. Kaegi for two Exercise Books, which have been 
 carefully worked out upon the same method of criticism that characterizes his Gram- 
 mar. Indeed, they are so perfectly based upon the latter, that they furnish abun- 
 dant material, both in unconnected sentences and in narratives, for the practice of 
 such words only as are current in the same School Authors from which the mate- 
 rial was taken for his Grammar, as well as of such rules only as must be perfectly 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
PKKFACE. V 
 
 familiar to the student who wishes to read with ease the classical authors specified 
 in the list of the Standard School Authors. 
 
 In view of these characteristic features of Kaegi's Grammar and Readers, it is 
 hoped that they will prove a help for many a beginner in the study of Greek at 
 the High Schools, Academies, and the High School (or Academical) Departments 
 of Colleges in this country. 
 
 3. A word remains to be said on the extraordinary success of the books of 
 Prof. Kaegi. The Griechische Schulgrammatik made its first appearance in 1884. 
 It has since passed through the second, third, fourth, and fifth editions in the 
 years 1889, 1892, 1896, and 1900 respectively. Soon after the publication there 
 appeared a Bohemian, a Russian, a French, and a Polish edition. 
 
 The Short Grammar was received still more favorably. It first appeared in 
 October, 1892, then in March, 1894, next in April of the same year, again in 
 January and April, 1895, the sixth edition came out in January, 1896, the seventh 
 in January, 1897, the eighth in January, 1898, the ninth in January, 1899, the 
 tenth in January, 1900, the eleventh in January, 1901, the tweKth in January, 
 1902 ; in a word, within only ten years it has gone through twelve editions, the 
 last of which comprised eight thousand copies. Nor should it be overlooked 
 that Kaegi's Grammar appeared at a time when, to a superficial observer, there 
 seemed little call for a new Greek grammar in Germany. 
 
 The Exercise Books have met with a similar success : within ten years Exer- 
 cise Book I has been published six times. Exercise Book II has, within seven 
 years, passed through five editions. 
 
 4. The present Short Grammar is not a mere translation, but to some extent 
 an adaptation of Kaegi's Grammar, inasmuch as the translator has been forced in 
 more than one chapter to depart from the German original, in order to answer 
 the requirements of idiomatic English. Besides several minor changes, some 
 paragraphs were dropped, as they seemed superfluous in an English edition, others 
 were inserted where idiomatic considerations seemed to call for an addition to the 
 German text. These changes are nearly all confined to the Syntactical Part of 
 the work. 
 
 In order to conform to the present usage of this country, all Latin expressions, 
 such as genetivus qualitatis, accusativus cum infinitivo, etc., have been superseded by 
 their English equivalents. 
 
 In accordance with the latest researches, the translator has followed the author 
 in adopting the spellings avvrto, aTroOvyaKio, /u/xygcrKu), olKTipio, /ieiywyut, //.ei^oi, 
 TetVco (of TtVo)), etc., although they have not as yet found their way into all text- 
 editions. The same applies to Bet, Tret, <j>ei, x^h '/'"• 
 
 In the present work, the name of Jlrst perfect is extended only to those active 
 perfects that end in the formative syllable -/ca; all others, including aspirated 
 forms, are designated as second perfects. 
 
 The Tables for Repetition, containing a list of verbs and a summary of the 
 chief rules of Syntax, have been added as an appendix to the Grammar. In the 
 List of Verbs those which are of comparatively rare occurrence are marked by 
 smaller print. They may be omitted when the verbs are learned for the first 
 time, but should not be passed over in the repetition. On the other hand, the 
 regular forms of certain verbs that do not occur in the Standard School Authors 
 have been added from purely practical considerations. 
 
 The Tables contain, moreover, a column of Syntactical Remarks. They are 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
yi PREFACE. 
 
 arranged alphabetically alongside of, and for the most part in connection with, 
 the list of verbs. They may be used exclusively for reference, or for repetition 
 after the study of Syntax, or they may be studied with the respective verbs. In 
 the latter case, the study of Syntax would be prepared and facilitated. 
 
 The Chief Rules of Syntax are intended to furnish a brief a,nd concise sketch of 
 the main features of Greek Syntax. They contain those syntactical peculiarities 
 with which a student should be familiar after a few years' study of Greek. 
 Teachers who have little time at their disposal, and indeed all who want to gainj 
 time for reading after the study of etymology, will do well to proceed at once to| 
 the Chief Rules and leave the Syntax of the Grammar (114-207) to those whoj 
 wish to pursue it at greater length. ! 
 
 The translator has availed himself of such works as he found of assistance in \ 
 his task, notably the Greek-English Lexicon of Liddell and Scott, the Dictionary ' 
 to Xenophon's Anabasis by Professors John W. White and Morris H. Morgan, as 
 well as the grammars of Professors Basil L. Gildersleeve and William W. Goodwin. 
 The treatise on the Ethical Dative was enlarged according to K. W. Krueger's 
 Sprachlehre. 
 
 All who have kindly assisted the translator in preparing the Grammar are 
 asked to accept this public expression of his gratitude. A fair criticism and the 
 suggestions of those who are engaged in teaching will enable him to make this 
 Short Grammar of Classical Greek as perfect as a text-book for students should be, 
 for whom only the best is good enough, and to make it worthy of its author, Dr. 
 Adolf Kaegi, who has done so much for the advancement of the study of Greek. 
 
 JAMES A. KLEIST, S.J. 
 
 St. Louis UNrrERSiTY, 
 
 St. Louis, Mo., June 6, 1902. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
PAET I: ON THE SOUNDS. 
 
 LETTERS : THEIR FORM AND PRONUNCIATION. 
 1. 1. The Greek alphabet consists of these twenty -four letters: 
 
 FOEM 
 
 Sound 
 
 Name 
 
 
 
 Capitals or 
 
 Small 
 
 
 
 
 Uncials 
 
 Cursives 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 a 
 
 a (father)/ 
 
 Alpha 
 
 "AX^a 
 
 B 
 
 13 
 
 b 
 
 Beta 
 
 BijTa 
 
 r 
 
 y 
 
 g (S'old) 
 
 Gamma 
 
 Vdfjbfjba 
 
 A 
 
 8 
 
 d 
 
 Delta 
 
 AeXra 
 
 E 
 
 e 
 
 e (bed) 
 
 Epsilon 
 
 *E flXov 
 
 Z 
 
 K 
 
 ds (beds') 
 
 Zeta 
 
 ZfjTa 
 
 H 
 
 v 
 
 e (air) 
 
 Eta 
 
 "Hra 
 
 @ 
 
 e 
 
 t'h (hoiAouse) 
 
 Theta 
 
 ©rJTa 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 i (rim), i (eve) 
 
 Iota 
 
 'Imtu 
 
 K 
 
 K 
 
 k 
 
 Kappa 
 
 KaTTira 
 
 A 
 
 X 
 
 1 
 
 Lambda 
 
 Adfi^Ba 
 
 M 
 
 H' 
 
 m 
 
 Mii 
 
 Mv 
 
 N 
 
 V 
 
 n 
 
 Nil 
 
 Ni) 
 
 H 
 
 ^ 
 
 ks, X (aae) 
 
 Xi 
 
 B« 
 
 o • 
 
 
 
 (hot) 
 
 Omikron 
 
 *0 lUKpOV 
 
 n 
 
 IT 
 
 P 
 
 Pi 
 
 net 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 r 
 
 Rho 
 
 'Pw . 
 
 2 
 
 (7, ? 
 
 S (sing), z (zero) 
 
 Sigma 
 
 St7/ia 
 
 T 
 
 T 
 
 t 
 
 Tau 
 
 TaO 
 
 T 
 
 V 
 
 u (dune in French) 
 
 Upsilon 
 
 "T V^fXoV 
 
 ^ 
 
 </• 
 
 p'h (uphold) 
 
 P'hi 
 
 <l>et 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 k'h (inborn) 
 
 K'hi 
 
 Xet 
 
 ^ 
 
 f 
 
 ps 
 
 Psi 
 
 •9el 
 
 n 
 
 CO 
 
 5 
 
 Omega 
 
 Tl jierya 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
2 ON THE SOUNDS. [§ 2 
 
 2. The form o- is used at the beginning of, and within, a word;- 
 the form ? at the end ; thus, 
 
 craKo';, aeicrfid';. Also et?-/3a\X(B besides elcr-^dWco, etc. 
 
 Note 1. — The letter p (digamma, double gamma) was in primitive Greek used 
 for the sound v (as in hai'e) ; e.g. ^otxos = vlcus, ofK = ovis. 
 
 Note 2. — The only trace of another letter which originally belonged to the 
 Greek alphabet, the semivowel J, lod, is to be found in certain grammatical facts, 
 which could not otherwise be accounted for. See 77, 3. 
 
 3. Note the following points for pronunciation : 
 
 7 before 7, /c, Xi f is sounded as n before c, g, ch, x ; 
 as dyiyeXo^ angelus, angel, ' A'yx^icrr)<; Anohises, 
 
 dyKvpa ancora, anchor, 2^17^ Sphinx. 
 
 ^ is equivalent in sound to ds in beds. 
 
 6 is neither like t in tell, nor like th in ^Aing, but like t'h, i.e. t 
 
 followed by h ; thus OeCvto strike differs from TeCva stretch. 
 <j) is like p followed by h, as in u^Aold, % like k followed by h, 
 
 as in inMorn. 
 I is sounded as the vowel i in ink, not as the consonant g in 
 
 yonder ; hence 'Icopia I-onia. 
 Tt is always like ti in tin. 
 a- and 9 have the hissing sound, as s in sing, but are pronounced 
 
 like z before the liquids X, /x, v, p, or the middle mutes (2, 4) 
 
 7, ^, S; e.g. 'S.jjivpva Zmgrna. 
 ov has the sound of u in rwle, av that of ow in hvown. 
 Each vowel is distinctly heard in ai, et, ev, and 01. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF SOUNDS. 
 
 2. 1. As to quantity, the simple vowels are either short (e, o) or 
 long (17, ft)) or doubtful (a, I, S). 
 
 2. Proper diphthongs are^ 
 
 ai, et, oi, vi, as in Mala, Aapelo's, KjOotcro?, "Ap-jrviai, 
 av, ev, ov, rjv, as in rXaO«o?, Zeu?, Movaa, -qv^avov. 
 
 3. Improper diphthongs arise from a combination of one 
 of the long vowels, d, r], a, with a following, (now) silent, i ; hence, 
 
 a, 77, o) with iota subscript; e.g. aSco, yBov, aiSij, 
 At, Hi, D,t, with iota adscript; e.g. "AtS?;?, 'fltSetoi'. 
 
 4. The simple consonants are classified according to the part of 
 the organ of speech 'which produces them and according to their 
 characteristic sound, as follows : 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§3] 
 
 BREATHINGS. ACCENTS. 
 
 Characteristic 
 Sound 
 
 Orders of Sounds 
 
 Gutturals 
 
 Throat Sounds 
 
 (K-Sounds) 
 
 Labials 
 Lqj Sounds 
 (ir-Sounds) 
 
 Dentals 
 
 Tooth Sounds 
 
 (T-Sounds) 
 
 Mutes 
 
 Momentary Sounds 
 
 Smooth Mutes 
 
 K 
 
 TT 
 
 ' T 
 
 Middle Mutes 
 
 7 
 
 /3 
 
 8 
 
 Rough Mutes 
 
 X 
 
 4> 
 
 
 
 Semivowels 
 
 Continuous Sounds 
 
 Liquids 
 
 X p 
 
 Nasals 
 
 y = ng 
 
 /^ 
 
 V 
 
 Spirants 
 
 J 
 
 F 
 
 <T 
 
 Note. — The term Liquids is often applied to both the liquids proper and 
 the nasals /u, and v, hence to X, fx., v, p- 
 
 5. Double consonants are ^ = Ka, i/r = tto-, f = ds. 
 
 BREATHINGS AND ACCENTS. 
 
 3. 1. Every initial vowel or diphthong is marked by a breath-' 
 ing or spiritus, which is either 
 
 a) rough, spiritus asper ('), as the English h: 
 Tjpco? hero, Mfxaiv Haemon ; or 
 
 b) smooth, spiritus lenis ( ' ), which is not pronounced : 
 ^ "E/3(B? Mros, A'l<yiva Aegina. 
 
 2. Every initial p is aspirated, i.e. marked by the spiritus asper; 
 e.g. prjratp rhetor, 'Po'So? JRhodos. 
 
 Double p in the middle of a word takes either both or neither 
 of the breathings ; 
 
 e.g. Ilvppo<; or Hvppo'; Pyrrhus. 
 
 3. There are three accents to mark the tone or pitch of voice: 
 
 a) the circumflex (" ) indicates a lengthened, drawn out tone: 
 'A^t?, 'AOfjvai, 6p66i)<;. 
 
 b) the acute (') indicates a high pitch of voice: 
 ayo), aye\rj, 6pd6<;. 
 
 c) the grave (') indicates a low pitch of voice: 
 opdoi Tjv 6 \6jo^. See 6, 3. 
 
 Ifote. The Greek accents originally conveyed a musical meaning; we no-w 
 
 treat them simply as stress accents. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
4 ON THE SOUNDS. [§§4:5 
 
 4. Position of Breathings and Accents. — They are placed 
 in case of small letters over the vowel : 6 avijp, 
 in case of capitals before the vowel at the top : ^ 'EXKws, 
 in proper diphthongs over the second vowel: Aiyai, el, 
 evTTo(r)TO<;. 
 When breathing and accent fall on the same vowel, the breathing 
 is placed before the acute or grave, but under the circumflex, 
 e.g. AXa'i coixoaev, o? apiaro'; rjV. 
 
 When improper diphthongs (2, 3) are used as capitals, they take 
 breathing and accent before the first vowel : "AiS?;?, 'D,i,Mov — 
 
 OTHER READING AND PUNCTUATION SIGNS. 
 
 4. 1. The sign of diaeresis (") shows that two vowels do 
 not form a diphthong, but are to be pronounced separately, 
 
 e.g. ' A.Tpethrj'i, irpavvm. 
 
 The double dot need not be written, whenever accent and breath- 
 ing sufficiently mark the diaeresis, as in avrrj, 6i<s. 
 
 2. Punctuation Signs. — The Greek uses the period (.) and 
 the comma ( , ) as the English ; its colon and semicolon is a dot 
 above the line (•) > i^^ interrogation point is like our semi- 
 colon (; ). 
 
 DIVISION AND QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES. 
 
 5. 1. Every single consonant and every combination of con- 
 sonants, which can begin a Greek word, is joined to the following 
 vowel, ^-g- e-'x^o-fiev, i-aOiji;, o-irXov, 8e-o-/u.o?, vv-kt6<;, e-crTpo(f>a, — 
 but 8eX-^t9, ap-fJ^a, av-Bp6<i — Ilvp-po'i, ay-yeX-Xco — Ba«-j(;o?. 
 
 2. Compound words are divided according to their component 
 parts : avv-e'^^a), Trpocr-dTTTco, air-^pxoi^O'i'i axr-irep. 
 
 3. A syllable is short by nature, when it has a short vowel fol- 
 lowed by only one simple consonant : d-jo-fiev, e-'x^o-fj,ev, ye-ve-'aK. 
 
 4. A syllable is long by nature, when it has a long vowel or a 
 diphthong : ■^-joo)?, Ev-pay-Trrj, m-8^. 
 
 5. A syllable is long by position, when it has a short vowel fol- 
 lowed by two or more consonants or a double consonant : dxdoi, 
 6p66<;, eyjdpo^, d^cov, e^ofiai, 6-\^op,ai. 
 
 6. The pronunciation of syllables which are long by nature must 
 be carefully distinguished from that of syllables which are only long 
 by position. Thus there is a difference between 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 6, 7] ACCENTUATIOK. 5 
 
 irpda-a-w and rmrao), Trpa^a and Tofw, 
 
 7rpayfj,a and Tory/ia, fiaXXov and koXXoi}, 
 
 ^e^TjKe and evexa, avOpwiro'i and pijropei. 
 
 ACCENTUATION. 
 
 6. Nearly every Greek word (see 8) has one or other of the 
 accents mentioned in 3, 3. 
 
 General Principles : 
 
 1. The acute can stand on short and long syllables. The cir- 
 cumflex is confined to syllables which are long by nature. 
 
 2. The acute can stand on any one of the last three syllables, 
 but on the antepenult only when the ultima is short; e.g. 
 TToXe/io?, TToXe'/Moii, acofiara. 
 
 3. An acute on the final syllable of a word which is not sepa- 
 rated from the following word by some sign of punctuation is 
 changed to the grave ; hence Oi /lev avrcov rjtrav a.'yaOoC, ol Se KaKoL 
 
 Note. — Exceptions are rts, tC (67, 1). 
 
 4. The circumflex can stand on either of the last two syllables, 
 button the penult_jonly when the ultima is short; e.g. Saipov, 
 S&pa, (})ev'Ye. 
 
 5. Every accented penult must have the circumflex, provided 
 it is long by nature and followed by a short ultima ; hence, 
 
 Sijp, but Orjpe'i, TToXtTT??, but iroXiTci, 
 
 (Tox^poav, but eraxppov, (pevyo),' but <f)ev'ye. 
 
 Note. — Exceptions are given in 9, note 3. 
 
 6. In compound words the accent generally recedes toward the beginning of 
 the word as far as the above rules will allow (recessive accent) ; 
 
 e.g. 6 <^iAos the friend, but a<^tXos friendless, 
 
 ij TL/ji,-!^ the honor, " ari/jLo^ dishonored, 
 6 vovs the mind, " ewovs well-minded, 
 tKiav willing, " aKtav (aiKwv) unwilling. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF WORDS ACCORDING TO THEIR ACCENT. 
 
 7. A word 
 
 with the acute on the ultima is called Oxytone : nfirj, oSo-;. 
 with the acute on the penult is called Paroxytone : Xo'709. 
 with the acute on the antepenult is called Proparoxytone: 
 
 avOpcoiro';. 
 with the circumflex on the ultima is called Perispomenon: 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
6 ON THE SOUNDS. [§§ 8, 9 
 
 with the circumflex on the penult is called Properispome- 
 
 non : Bapov. 
 without any accent on the ultima is called Barytone : Xojo'i, 
 
 Sapov. 
 
 PROCLITICS OE WORDS THAT HAVE NO ACCENT. 
 
 8. 1. Ten monosyllables are called Atonies (toneless) or Pro- 
 clitics (leaning forward') because they attach themselves so closely 
 to the following word as to have no accent of their own. The 
 proclitics are : 
 
 a) the four forms of the article : 6, 17, ot, al. 
 
 b) the three prepositions : ew, iv, and e/c (e|) . 
 
 c) the two conjunctions : el (if) and m? (how, that, as). 
 
 d) the negative : ov (ovk, ov-)^). 
 
 2. Still these proclitics sometimes take an accent : 
 
 a) All are accented, when followed by an enclitic (9 seqq.): 
 
 ooe, ciTe, ovTe. 
 
 b) Besides, the negative ov is accented before a punctuation 
 
 mark, i.e. at the end of a sentence where it has no 
 following word to lean upon : ^^9 ^ ov ; — lLeipia-ocj}o<i 
 TOP '^ye/jiova eiraiae fxev, eSrjae B' ov. 
 
 ENCLITICS. 
 
 9. 1. Some few words of one or two syllables are called Enclit- 
 ics (leaning upon) because they attach themselves so closely to the 
 preceding word as generally either to lose their own accent or to 
 throw it as an acute upon the preceding word. The enclitics are : 
 
 a) nine forms of the personal pronoun: fiov, /jlol, fie — 
 
 (Tov, (TOL, ere — oil, ol, e, 61 ; 62. 
 
 b) the indefinite pronoun rk, rt in all its cases, 67, 2. 
 
 c) the indefinite adverbs ttov, ttoi, irodev, Trdo^, wy, Trore, 69. 
 
 d) the present indicatives of 07?//.i and ei>t, except (^tj? 
 
 and 64, 104, 1. 3. 
 
 e) the particles ye, re, toi, vvv, irep, ttw. 
 
 f) the inseparable suf&x -Be in oBe, ToaoaBe, oUovBe, etc. 
 
 2. The following rules illustrate the different cases of enclisis : 
 a) The accent of the enclitic is lost 
 
 1 jii. ■ f (rod>6ov Tt9, 
 
 i. after a perispomenon : \ j„ , 
 
 icro^cav eariv. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
av6p(07r6<; rt?, 
 avOpanrolelaiv, 
 S&pd ia-nv. 
 
 §§ 10, 11] PHONETIC LAWS. 7 
 
 2. after an oxytone or an atonic word ; ro-o^o? rt?, 
 
 these, however, receive the a,cutei(7o^o( elcnv, 
 (not the grave) : I oiire — oinroTe. 
 
 3. after a proparoxytone or a properi-i 
 
 spomenon, which, in addition to 
 their own accent, receive an acute 
 on their ultima : 
 b) After a paroxytone, enclitics of one rXo'yo? rt?, 
 syllable lose their accents, enclitics of ■ \6yoi rive;, 
 two syllables keep them : [Xoymv nvap. 
 
 Note 1. — In the use of enclitics it never happens that more than two 
 syllables remain without an accent; 
 
 hence (to(J>ol rives and croc^w rivoiv, 
 but \6yoL Ttves and koyoiv tivS>v. 
 Note 2. — When several enclitics follow in succession, each throws its accent 
 as acute upon the preceding : d ttcus t« two. ttol Tre/iTrot. 
 
 Note 3. — By joining certain of the. enclitics to the preceding words, com- 
 pounds arise whose accents deviate from the rule given in 6, 5 ; e.g. ovrt, /juqtc, 
 
 0)(TT£, OtITlS. 
 
 10. Enclitics are accented or orthotoned: 
 
 a) according to 9, 2 b : after paroxytones, when the enclitic is 
 
 dissyllabic. 
 
 b) according to 9, note 2 : before other enclitics. 
 
 c) when special stress is required: avv o-ot, tt/oo? o-e (61, 1). 
 
 d) when the syllable upon which the accent was to fall is elided 
 
 (17) ; e.g. icaXb'; S' ia-riv. 
 
 e) a;t the beginning of a sentence; e.g. elalv eKcia-TOK \6yoi, — 
 
 (pa/JLev Toivvv. 
 For ol, a^ia-w see 62 ; for tanv see 104, 3,1. 2. 
 
 THE PRINCIPAL PHONETIC LAWS. 
 
 11. Changes of Vowels. — A certain regularity in the change of vowels often 
 appears in words which belong to the same stem, both in regard to the quantity 
 and the quality of the vowel. 
 
 1. Change of Quantity {"Weakening or Shortening of Vowels"). — The 
 following examples show a substitution of weaker (short) for stronger (long) 
 sounds, or the reverse : 
 
 d and a : edo-o), iato. a and t : XetVo), XXireiv. 
 
 rj and a: rifi'^cro}, rt/tao). i and t: t/jE/?*), rpX^-^. 
 
 Tj and £ : ttoiiJo-w, Troiioi. ev and i! : tj>€vy<ji, c^vyr;. 
 
 (1) and o : SovXiatru), SovXow. v and li : Avo-eo, XvTO^. 
 
 2. Change of Quality (Ablaut).— In like manner there is a change of 
 quality between e and o, a and ot, ev and ov, ri and m. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
ON THE SOUNDS. 
 
 [§§ 12-14 
 
 e.g. e and o: Xey<o, Xoyos, vc/to), vo/u.17, tekeTv, reroKa. 
 
 £1 and 01 : XetVo), XotTros, xeijuat, koltt], irudtn, TreTTOiOa. 
 
 £1) and ou : ctttevSo), ctttovS?;, kcAcu^os, aKoAou^os- 
 
 77 and <o: dpiyyto, dpwyos, wT-qacrui, ■ktwxo'S, pi^vvfu, ipptaya. 
 
 3. The following table results from a combination of either change: 
 
 Quantity. Quality. 
 
 Strong. Weak. Ablaut. 
 
 ■q a 0) : ^i^/ni?, ^'O.TOi, cfxuvT^ — jS^vai, ^acrK, ^lOfJ.O';. 
 
 ■q e (o: drjfJLu)v, ^erds, Ow/xoi — ^Vo), eros, dveto^t. 
 
 £t t 01 : Xearuv, Xiirw, \onr6<s — 7rt(,6eiv, treirivw, ireiroida. 
 
 £U V ov: erevo), ItrtriJyu.ai, ecrcrova — iXtvaoixai, rjXvOov, eiXrjXovOa. 
 
 Moreover, the proximity and influence of the liquids cause the interchange of 
 
 £ a o: TpeTTW, TpaTreiv, rpOTTO^ — (TTeAXo), iTTaA^vai, o-toXois. 
 
 rifivui, rafjiCas, Top-rj — p.ivo'S, p-av^vai, jne/xova. 
 
 12. The Lengthening of Vowels in the Nominative. — The long 
 vowels r) and m in the nominative singular are often due only to a 
 lengthening of e and 0; v^hich reappear in the other cases ; 
 
 e.ff. -TTOifiriv, but 7rot/LieV-o?, etc., Bai/jLoov, but Baifiov-o^, etc., 
 Xi-oiv, but pi;ioV-o?, etc., prjToap, but p'^rop-o';, etc. 
 
 13. Compensative Lengthening is the lengthening of a vowel to 
 make up for the loss of consonants. A short vowel with two or 
 three consonants is replaced by a long vowel with one consonant, 
 and consequently a vowel long by position is replaced by one 
 long by nature. This compensative lengthening changes 
 
 thus Traz'T-? XvaavT-ai 
 
 becomes Tra?,- Xvadat, 
 
 thus e(j)av-aa 
 
 becomes e(j}7jva. 
 thus ■)(api€vr-<i \v6evT-cn 
 
 becomes ■xapCei,';, XvOelcn, 
 thus Si8ovT-'i 
 becomes SiBov^, 
 thus eKpiv-aa 
 
 becomes eKplva. 
 thus ^vvT-^ 
 becomes <f>v^, 
 
 d mostly to d: 
 
 more rarely tO r) ; 
 e always to et : 
 
 always to ov -. 
 
 1 always to I : 
 V always to v : 
 
 ejjbLav-<ra 
 i/jLidva, 
 
 ecrreX-cra 
 eareiXa, 
 
 fieXav-'i 
 fj.eXd's. 
 
 ev-f 
 et?. 
 
 <yepovT-ai 
 lyepovai, 
 
 TraiBeuovT-ai 
 TraiBevovcn. 
 
 BeiKVVVT-cri, ■Ijfivi'-aa. 
 Beiicvvai, rj/jLvva. 
 
 14. Syncope (a cutting up or shorf) consists in dropping within 
 a word a short vowel between consonants ; e.g. yiryvo/j^aL, stem yev, 
 for jLyevo/xai. Compare gigno, genui. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 15-18] PHONETIC LAWS. 9 
 
 15. Metathesis (transposition) consists in placing a short vowel 
 after a simple liquid (\, ^, v, p) instead of before the same. The 
 vowel is generally lengthened; 
 
 e.g. 0dpa-o<;, KoX-e'to, TefM-va, ddv-aTO<;, irop-elv, 
 
 0patro<i, /cXij-TO';, T/irj-a-i'}, dvrj-TO'i, ire-Trpco-TM. 
 
 16. 1. Contraction unites in one long vovpel or diphthong 
 two vowels that follow each other within a word. Thus nfid-av 
 becomes rifiotv, irXo-ov becomes irXov, jeve-o<; becomes 7eVow. 
 
 For the different modes of contraction, see the treatise on Inflection. 
 
 2. The contracted syllable receives an accent, if either of the 
 
 two contracted vowels was accented: the circumflex, if the accent 
 
 was on the first, the acute, if it was on the second vowel. Thus 
 
 Ti/xae becomes rt/ia, irifiaov becomes irifiwv, 
 
 Tifxdcov becomes Ti/xcop, ^e^ady; becomes ySe/Sm?, 
 
 TifideTe becomes Tt/uare, Tifiaerto becomes Ttfj,drco. 
 
 17. 1. Elision consists in dropping a short final vowel before 
 a word beginning with a vowel. The sign of elision is the 
 apostrophe ('); e.g. eV avr^ for iirl avra, aW iyto for aWa 
 eryd), cnre'yco from airo and ex<o. 
 
 Note. — The vowel v, — a and o in monosyllables, — t in irepi, axpi, IJ^f-)(pi; ri, 
 tI and oTi are never elided. 
 
 2. Elision influences the accent as follows: 
 
 a) in oxytone prepositions and conjunctions it is lost : 
 
 thus eV i/jLoi for eVt i/Moi, aW' iym for aWa iyco. 
 
 b) in all other oxy tones it recedes as acute upon the preced- 
 
 ing syllable : Et Beiv eSpaaa^, Beiva koL iraOelv ere XPVi — 
 TO, aydd' rjv for ra aya6a rjV, cj)'^fJ>' iyd) for <I>tj/j,1 iyco. 
 
 c) in all barytones it remains imchanged : 
 
 ovre aol ovt ifiol tuvt eXeyov. 
 
 18. 1. Crasis (mixture'} is the contraction of the final vowel or 
 diphthong with the initial vowel of the following word.^ Its sign 
 is the coronis ('). 
 
 The contracted vowel receives an iota subscript, if the last of 
 the vowels to be contracted was an i; thus iy^fiat iov'iyca olfiai, but 
 Kav for Kal dv. 
 
 1 Elision, therefore, serves to avoid an hiatus whioli occurs when the final and the 
 initial vowel of two successive words collide. Crasis serves the same purpose, 18. See 
 also 24. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
10 ON THE SOUNDS. [§§ 19-21 
 
 2. Crasis is most frequent with the article, the relative and 
 with Kai and irpo. 
 
 6 avijp, ra aWa, a iyd), koI iv, koL av, TrpoeXeyov, 
 becomes dvtjp, raXXa, dyeo, icav, Kav, irpovXeyov. 
 
 3. The accent of the first word is generally lost, that of the 
 second determines which syllable is to have the accent after the 
 contraction. 
 
 19. Concurrence of Consonants. — Two or more adjoining conso- 
 nants never remain unchanged, but are subject to certain modifica- 
 tions which are made according to definite principles. The second 
 consonant is generally left unaltered and a change is produced only 
 in the first of the two sounds. This euphonic change is especially 
 brought about by assimilation (^change to a like sound), dissimi- 
 lation (^change to a different sound), and elision (^suppression of a 
 sound). 
 
 Special attention is due to the euphonic changes : 
 
 a) in the nom. sg. and dat. pi. of the 3d decl., 38 seqq. 
 
 b) in the third class of verbs (with -Ja in the present), 77, 3. 
 
 c) in the formation of tenses of mute verbs, 82 ; 83. 
 
 d) in the final consonants of prepositions in compounds, as in 20. 
 
 20. Before the rough breathing a smooth mute is changed 
 to the corresponding rough: 
 
 thus ovK ovTO<;, k-Tr ov, avr (5y, ett' and 686';, 
 becomes ou^jj; oBto?, a^' ov, av0' av, e<j)oBo<;. 
 
 21. Changes in the Rough Mutes. — 
 
 1. If two successive syllables begin each with a rough mute, 
 generally one of the two is changed to the corresponding smooth ; 
 in particular 
 
 the first is changed in the reduplication : irejivTevKa — rCdrffiL, 
 
 74,1. 
 and in the aor. pass, of 6v(o and riOrjfJn : ervdrjv, eTeOrjv. 
 the second is changed in the aor. imper. pass. : iraiBevOrj-Ti 
 
 for 7rMBev9rj6i, 78, 8. 
 
 In other cases, however, both rough mutes remain unchanged. 
 Thus in wp0d>97iv, rjuewOr^v, ideX^Ovv, e^dvO-qv, 7re<f>dv0ai, eKaOdperfv, 
 KiKaOapdai, (j)d6i, i'xyOrjV, etc. 
 
 2. Whenever in several monosyllabic stems the final rough 
 mute is dropped, the initial consonant is changed to the 
 corresponding rough; thus in the stems ra^-. Tax-, 'rp^<i>-, rpex; 
 Tpv(j)- and Tpi-X'- 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§22-24] PHONETIC LAWS. 11 
 
 Compare Td(f)0<!, Taxv<;, Tpe(j>a), r/oej^o), t/jik^j;, rpixe'!, . 
 with daTrTco, Odrrcov, dpe-^jrco, edpe^a, Opvirrw, dpt^iv. 
 There are initial and final rough mutes in Tedpd^6ai(ixom. Tpe(pQ}, 
 but •nrpd^Oai from T/oeTro)), Te0d<j>0at and idd(j>6r]v (from Od-Kra)). 
 
 22. Initial p is doubled when a short vowel precedes it whether 
 as augment or as reduplication: 
 
 eppiTTTov, eppi'^a, — eppi^a, eppco/j,ai. 
 Thus also in composition: eiripphrTco, Siappijyvv/M, dppaxTTO's, 
 airopprjTO'!. 
 
 23. Rule for Consonantal Termination. — No Greek word can 
 end in any other consonant than v, p, or a (^, i^). Conse- 
 quently, other consonants which by rights should stand at the end of 
 a word must be dropped. Thus iral is for iratS, aSsfia for a-(op,ar. 
 
 Note. — The two particles ek and ovk are only apparent exceptions; for these 
 proclitics (8) attach themselves so closely to the following word as to coalesce 
 into one ; consequently, k must be considered as being in the middle of the word 
 thus formed. Compare ovKen, and 24, 2. 3. 
 
 MOVABLE FINAL CONSONANTS. 
 
 24. 1. N movable (v i^eXicvaTiKov drawn after') is added ^ 
 
 a) to third persons in -e(i') and -criQv) : eiralheveQii), eiraihev- 
 
 (Te(y), irai,8evovai(^v^, BiBcocn(^v), 8iSo'acrt(i'), eia'i(y). 
 
 b) to datives and locatives in -(Ti(y) : 7rdai(^v')^ 'K6rivr]ai,(y). 
 
 c) to some other words with similar endings : dKoai(y), — 
 
 i<jTi(y) . 
 This V may or may not stand before a following consonant, 
 
 it must stand before a following vowel, as well as 
 before punctuation marks. 
 
 2. 2 movable is taken by oiiTw thus, and eic out; the spelling is 
 ovrax; and e^ before vowels. 
 
 E.g. ovrm ypdcjico, but otJrcB? eypa^ov — ck tov oikov, but e'^ oXkov. 
 
 3. A movable guttural is sometimes added to the negative ov. 
 Use OVK before vowels with the smooth breathing : ovk ar/adov, 
 
 ovx before vowels with the rough breathing : ovx aTf\,Ss<;, 
 oil before all consonants : ov Ka\ai<;, ov paBico<;. 
 Note. — Before a punctuation mark, ov is accented, oii (8, 2), even when 
 followed by a vowel : 
 
 'E^iKvovvTO yap ov, ovS e^XawTov oioei/. 
 
 EtTe fMjvvovfXiv are Kal ov- af^lyoTtpa yap et/ca^cTai. 
 
 1 See foot-note on page 9. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
PART 11. : INFLECTION. 
 
 I. INFLECTION OF NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 
 
 PRELIMINARY NOTES. 
 
 25. 1. Unlike the Latin, the Greek language has a special form 
 for the dual number (71 ; 96), but none for the ablative case. 
 
 2. Note the following rules of gender : 
 
 a) The names of males are masculine. So are those of 
 
 rivers, winds and months. 
 
 b) The names of females are feminine. So are those of 
 
 trees, countries, islands and towns. 
 
 c) Most diminutives are neuter, even when they denote 
 
 persons : to iraihiov the little hoy, little girl. 
 
 3. Neuters have in each number but one form for the nomina- 
 tive, accusative and vocative. These cases always end in the plural 
 in -a. 
 
 4. The vocative and nominative plural are always, the vocative 
 and nominative singular are often, alike in form. 
 
 5. The accent remains, as long as the general rules of 
 accentuation (6) allow, on that syllable which has it in 
 the nom. sing. Final -at and -oi are accounted short. 
 
 Note. — A few exceptions are mentioned in 36, 6. 7 and 67, 2. 
 
 6. In the genitive and dative cases, such final syllables a^ 
 are long and accented generally have the circumflex. In other cases 
 they take the acute. 
 
 The circumflex on the ultima in the nom., ace. and voc. is met 
 with only in some monosyllables and in contracted words. 
 
 THE ARTICLE. 
 
 26. Like the English, the Greek has a definite article, but, unlike 
 our idiom, it has a separate form for each gender : 6 r/ to the. 
 
 12 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 27, 28] 
 
 A-DECLENSION. 
 
 13 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 r) TO 
 
 the 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 ol ai rd 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Toi) Tr)9 TOV 
 
 of the 
 
 Gen. 
 
 roiv Tcov T<av 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Tffl Ty Tft) 
 
 to (^for^ the 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TOi<! Tat<; T019 
 
 Ace. 
 
 TOV TrjV TO 
 
 the 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Tovi rdi rd 
 
 Note . — The article has no form for the vocative ; in its place the interjection 
 Z> is used in all numbers. 
 
 A-DECLENSION. 
 
 27. It includes all words with stems in -a, which in certain cases 
 of the singular is changed to t}. The A-declension corresponds in 
 general to the first declension in Latin ; it contains masculines and 
 feminines. 
 
 28. FEMININES IN -o, -q, AND a. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 OtKld- 
 
 house 
 
 Xwpd- 
 
 country 
 
 (TTpaTM- 
 
 amiy 
 
 opinion 
 
 Mov(ra- 
 
 Muse 
 
 Sing. N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 ■fj, &, OCKld 
 
 TTj? oiicia<i 
 rrj oIkm 
 rrjv oiiclav 
 
 X(opd 
 Xtopa'i 
 Xd>pa 
 X^pav 
 
 arparid 
 
 O-T/JttTta? 
 
 arparia 
 a-rpartdv 
 
 B6lv 
 Bo^dv 
 
 M.ovcrd 
 Mowt;? 
 M.ovarj 
 M.ovcrdv 
 
 Plur. N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 al, &, oliciai 
 r&v oIki&v 
 rat? olKiai's 
 Ta? olicia'i 
 
 Xopoiv 
 Xd>pa9 
 
 arpariaL 
 arpariSiv 
 arpart,al<s 
 crrparid<i 
 
 86^ai 
 So^Siv 
 So'^ats 
 S6^a<; 
 
 Movaai, 
 M-OvaSiv 
 Movaai^ 
 Mowa? 
 
 Stems: 
 
 battle 
 
 VlKOr 
 
 victory 
 
 rlfWr 
 
 honor 
 
 daXarra- 
 
 sea 
 
 yei^ypa- 
 hridge 
 
 Sing. N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 T»7? fidxv<; 
 rr)P IJ-dxnv 
 
 VLKrj 
 
 viicr)<: 
 viicrj 
 
 VlKTjV 
 
 TlflT] 
 
 rifiy 
 rifiijv 
 
 ddXdrrd 
 0a\dTTT]<; 
 OaXdrrri 
 ddXarrdv 
 
 ye(pvpd 
 'ye(j)vpa<! 
 ryecpvpa 
 'ye(f)vpdv 
 
 Plur. N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 al, &, fJ'dxM 
 r&v fia')(S)v 
 rah ixd^^aii 
 ra? fJ^d^a'; 
 
 VlKUl 
 
 vikS}V 
 viKai<; 
 viKa<i 
 
 Tifiai 
 
 rifJLMV 
 
 np.al'i' 
 
 Tt/iCt? 
 
 ddXarrai 
 6aXarrS)v 
 daXdrTait 
 BaXdrra^ 
 
 je(f)vpai 
 'ye(f}vp&v 
 ye^vpuK 
 y€(j)vpa<i 
 
 1. Change of a to t| in the singular. 
 
 a) An a in the nominative after e, i, p remains throughout 
 the singular (a, a<;,,a, av, a). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
14 
 
 INFLECTION". 
 
 [§29 
 
 b) An r) in the nominative is likewise retained throughout 
 
 the singular (ji, 7??, 97, r]v, t]). 
 
 c) An a in the nominative after other consonants than p is 
 
 changed in the genitive and dative to r] (a, 779, 77, 
 av, a). 
 
 2. Quantity. — The ending -a? is always long. 
 
 3. Rule of Accent. — In the genitive plural the a of the stem is 
 contracted with the case ending -wv. Consequently, all nouns of 
 the A-declension are in the genitive plural perispomena 
 in -cbv. 
 
 29. MASCULINES IN -as AND -tjs. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 veavia- 
 youth 
 
 TToXiTa.- 
 
 citizen 
 
 StKatrra- 
 judge 
 
 'Ar/DEtSa- 
 Atreus' son 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 Voc. 
 
 6 veavta<; 
 rov veaviov 
 Tw veavia 
 rov veaviav 
 & veavia 
 
 TTOXiTIJ? 
 
 -TToXfrov 
 iroXfrrj 
 TToXtrrjv 
 rroXlrd 
 
 BiKaa-rrj<; 
 BiKaarov 
 BiKacrrrj 
 
 BtKacTTtJV 
 
 BiKaara 
 
 'ArpeiST]<; 
 
 'ArpeiBov 
 
 'ArpeiBrj 
 
 'ArpeiBrjV 
 
 'ArpeiBrj 
 
 'ArpelBai 
 'ArpeiBcbv 
 'ArpeiBai<; 
 'ArpeiBa? 
 
 Plur. N. Voc. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ot, M, veaviai 
 rSiv veavLwv 
 Tol<s veaviai'; 
 rov<; veavLa<; 
 
 TToXlrai 
 TToXiratv 
 TToXiraK 
 TToXtra? 
 
 BiKaarai 
 BiKaaroov 
 BtKaaral'; 
 BiKaara^ 
 
 1. Masculines differ from feminines only in the nom. and gen. 
 sing. The final d of the stem remains after e, i, p; otherwise it is 
 changed to 97 (28; 1). 
 
 2. The voc. sing, ends in the same vowel, -a or -r], which occurs 
 in the last syllable of the nom. : 
 
 hence a veavid, & 'ArpeiBrj. 
 
 All words in -T77?, however, have a short -a: 
 
 S> TToXlra, & ^Trapridra, & 'Opeard. 
 So have national names in -77? : 
 
 a) Uepad, ^Kv9a, ^irapnara. 
 
 3. Some Doric and very many foreign proper names in -as have -a in the 
 gen. sing. (Doric Genitive) : 
 
 $ot/3i8d, EvpwTci — 'KPpoKOjxa., MaffKci, 'OpdvTa. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 30, 31] 
 
 O-UECLENSION. 
 
 15 
 
 30. CONTRACTS OF THE A-DECLENSION. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 'kB-qvaa, 'AOrjvd- 
 
 yra, yrj- 
 
 Epfiea 
 
 , "Epii-rf 
 
 
 A thena 
 
 earlh 
 
 Hermes, plur. 
 
 Hermes Pillars. 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 ■f) 'A0r]va 
 
 v yv 
 
 'E/OyitTj? 
 
 01 'Epfial 
 
 G. 
 
 'A6rjva'i 
 
 7??9 
 
 'EjO/LtOt) 
 
 ' Epfieov 
 
 D. 
 
 'Adrjva 
 
 IV 
 
 'E/3m5 
 
 'Epp-ah 
 
 A. 
 
 'AOrjvav 
 
 •yrjv 
 
 'Ep/J,7JV 
 
 'Epp.a'i 
 
 V. 
 
 'Affrjva 
 
 yfj 
 
 'Epfirj 
 
 'Eppai 
 
 -ad is contracted to -a, -ed after p to -a, otherwise to -■>}; 
 before vowels or diphthongs a and e are absorbed : 'Epfial, 'Epp&v. 
 Rule of Accent. — All the cases are perispomena. 
 
 0-DECLENSION. 
 
 31. 1. It comprises words with stems in -o, besides some in -lo. 
 Thus it corresponds in general to the second declension in Latin. 
 It contains masculines and neuters, and a number of feminines. 
 
 
 Xoyo- 
 
 Stj/xo- 
 
 avOponrd- 
 
 080- 
 
 Buipo- 
 
 Stems : 
 
 
 
 human being, 
 man 
 
 
 
 
 word, speech 
 
 people 
 
 way, road 
 
 gift 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 6 Xo'709 
 
 6 hrip-o'i 
 
 6 avffpanro'i 
 
 fj 6B6<; 
 
 TO Boipov 
 
 G. 
 
 Tov \6yov 
 
 hrjpov 
 
 avdpWTTOV 
 
 T^? 6B0V 
 
 TOV BwpOV 
 
 D. 
 
 TM Xoyw 
 
 Btjp.o) 
 
 dv6p(07r(p 
 
 rrj oBa 
 
 TU) B(opm 
 
 A. 
 
 TOV Xoyov 
 
 Bfjpov 
 
 dvOpmiTOV 
 
 Trjv oBov 
 
 TO BtbpOV 
 
 V. 
 
 CO Xaje 
 
 Brjp^e 
 
 dvOpcoTre 
 
 a oBe 
 
 & B&pov 
 
 Plur.N.V. 
 
 oi Xoyoi 
 
 Bfip.OL 
 
 dvdpCOTTOi 
 
 ai oBol 
 
 TO, BSypa 
 
 G. 
 
 Ttbv Xoyav 
 
 Btjp.cov 
 
 dvOpwTTwv 
 
 rS)v oBwv 
 
 tSjv Bwpav 
 
 D. 
 
 Tot? Xo'-yot? 
 
 B'lJp.OK 
 
 dvOpCOTTOK 
 
 Tai<; oBoh 
 
 TDK BcopOK 
 
 A. 
 
 Tou? Xoyov; 
 
 Brjfiovi 
 
 dvOpmirov^ 
 
 rd'i oBoik 
 
 TO. Baypa 
 
 2. The following are feminine nouns in -o?. See 25, 2 b. 
 
 j; 7rap6evo<; maiden, rj vrja-o^ island, r/ At'7V7rT09 Egypt, 
 rj dfiireXoi vine, r) AfjXo^ Delos, f) K6pivdo<; Corinth, 
 
 ■f] T)Treipo<; mainland, ri"liireipo<; Epirus, ri HeXoirovvrjao^feloponnesus. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
16 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§32 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE A- AND 0-DECLENSIONS. 
 
 32. 1. The^ feminine form has in the singular -d after e, t, p, 
 otherwise rj. E.g. : 
 
 veo<i, vea, veov new, young, 
 SiKaiov, BiKaia, SiKaiov jUSt, 
 '7raTpqio<i, Trarpaa, irarpwov paternal, 
 ata'x^po';, aicrypd, ata')^p6v shameful. 
 
 (j)i\o<;, <^i\r), (jtiXov dear, 
 6\l'yo<;, 0X1777, oXiyov little, 
 XiOivo<;, X161VJ], Xidivov of stone, 
 ayado'!, ayadrj, ayadov good. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 ayado-, 
 
 ayaOar, 
 good 
 
 ayado-, 
 
 Slkoio-, 
 
 SiKaia-, 
 
 just 
 
 SiKaio-,- 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 ayadov 
 
 ayadrj 
 
 ayadov 
 
 SiKaic} 
 
 hiKaCa 
 
 Siicaiov 
 
 G. 
 
 ayaOov 
 
 ayaOrj'i 
 
 ayaOov 
 
 hiKalov 
 
 SiKaiaij 
 
 BiKaiov 
 
 D. 
 
 ayado) 
 
 ayaOrj 
 
 ayaOSi 
 
 hiicaCcp 
 
 SiKaia 
 
 BlKaLCO 
 
 A. 
 
 ayaOov 
 
 ayadrjV 
 
 ayadov 
 
 StKaiov 
 
 SiKaiav 
 
 SiKaiov 
 
 V. 
 
 ayaOe 
 
 ayaOrj 
 
 ayaOov 
 
 Si/caie 
 
 BiKaia 
 
 Si/caiov 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 
 ayadoC 
 
 •ayaOai 
 
 ayaOd 
 
 SiKaioi 
 
 SiKaiat 
 
 SiKaia 
 
 G. 
 
 ayaOoiv 
 
 aya6&v 
 
 aya6S)V 
 
 hiKaiwv 
 
 SiKaicov 
 
 hiKaicov 
 
 D. 
 
 ayaOot<; 
 
 ayaOal^ 
 
 ayaOol^ 
 
 SiKaLOiv 
 
 BiKaiai'i 
 
 SiKatoK 
 
 A. 
 
 ayadov<i 
 
 ayaOd^ 
 
 ayadd 
 
 BiKaiov; 
 
 Si/caM'; 
 
 BiKaia 
 
 2. The accent of the nom. and gen. plur. fern, of bary- 
 tone adjectives and participles in -o?, -?7(-a), -ov is the same 
 as that of the masculine. 
 
 JE.g. BUaio'i, nom. pi. masc. SiKaioi, gen. pi. masc. hiKaimv, 
 SiKatd, nom. pi. fern. SiKaiai, gen. pi. fern. BiKaimv 
 (against 25, 5 not Slkouu; nor SiKailov, see 28, 3). 
 
 3. Many, and especially almost all compound, adjectives 
 in -0? have but two endings. 
 
 E.g. ^dp^apc;, -ov foreign, 
 
 •^fiepo^, -ov tame, 
 
 Tja-v^o<;, -ov quiet, 
 
 (f>p6viiJio<;, -ov prudent. 
 Note ev-avTioi, -a, -ov opposite, opposed. 
 
 4. Other adjectives have sometimes two, sometimes three 
 endings. 
 
 U.g. /3e/3ato9, 2. and 3.,_^rTO, XjOTjo-t^o?, 2. and 3., Mse/kZ, 
 
 eprjp,o<;, 2. and 3., deserted, a)<j)e\i,/j,o<;, 2. and S., profitable. 
 Also some compounds, as dv-a^ios, unworthy, and dv-aiVios, guiltless. 
 
 Trpao?, -ov mild, tame, 
 a/3aT0?, -ov impassable, 
 evrlfio^, -ov honored, 
 irapdvop.o'i, -ov unlawful. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 33, 34] CONTRACTS OF THE A- AND 0-DECLENSIONS. 
 33. CONTRACTS OF THE 0-DECLENSION. 
 
 17 
 
 . Sterrio • 
 
 voo- = vov- 
 
 OCTTta- 1= 
 
 0<TTOV- 
 
 iVVOO- = fVVOV- 
 
 
 
 mind 
 
 hone 
 
 well-minded 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 maso. fem. neut. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 v6o<i KoO? 
 
 TO oa-riov 
 
 ocrrovv 
 
 e&oi/s evpovv 
 
 
 G. 
 
 voav vov 
 
 dtTTeoi! 
 
 oa-Tov 
 
 eivov 1 
 
 
 D. 
 
 vdoi v(p 
 
 OCTTEO) 
 
 OfTTO) 
 
 evva> 
 
 
 A. 
 
 voov vovv 
 
 ocrreov 
 
 oarovv 
 
 evvovv eiivovv 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 oi vooi vol 
 
 Ta dcTTea 
 
 oara 
 
 evvoi evvoa 
 
 
 G. 
 
 v6a>v v&v 
 
 6(TTeo)v 
 
 6<7T&V 
 
 eiivmv 
 
 
 D. 
 
 vdots voh 
 
 duTcois 
 
 OCTTok 
 
 evvoi<i 
 
 
 A. 
 
 vdous vovf 
 
 oo-Tea. 
 
 oard 
 
 evvov? evpoa 
 
 1. -eo and -oo are contracted to -ov, -ed to -d; e and o 
 before long vowels or diphthongs are absorbed. 
 
 2. The nom. and ace. pi. neut. of adjectives are never contraicted: 
 
 evvoa, avoa, KaKOvoa. 
 
 3. Rule of Accent. — Simple words are in all the cases peri- 
 spomeiia; compound words retain the accent on the same sylla- 
 ble upon which it falls in the nom. sg. : e/CTrXot, TrepiirXav, eiivoi 
 (circumfl. agt. 16, 1), evvmv, evvoK, e&ou?, eiivoa. 
 
 CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES OF THE A- AND 0-DECLENSIONS. 
 34. 1 . The only adjectives which admit contraction are : 
 
 a) adjectives in -eo?, denoting material or oolor. 
 
 b) multiplicatives in -ttXo'o? (= -fold, -plex, 70, 4). 
 
 2. The contraction is the same as in the nouns ; the feminine 
 sg. has -a after p, otherwise -i; (28, 1 ; 29, 1). 
 
 3. Rule of Accent. — All the cases are perispomena. 
 For the compounds of voEs and ttXovs, see 33,' 3. 
 
 'Apyvpov';, silver, and 'xpvaov'i, golden, are thus declined : 
 
 apyvpeo^, apyvped, apyvpeov silver 
 
 S. N. V. 
 
 G. 
 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 
 apyvpovi apjvpa apyvpovv 
 apyvpov apyvpa'i apyvpov 
 apyvpS) apyvpa apyvpa 
 apyvpovv apyvpav apyvpovv 
 
 P.N.V, 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 apyvpoi apyvpat apyvpa 
 apyvpav apyvp&v eCpyvp&v 
 apyvpoi'! apyvpaK apyvpoi'; 
 apyvpow apyvpa^ apyvpa. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
18 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 35, 36 
 
 ;^u'(r£os, )(pvcred, )(pvcr£ov golden 
 
 S. N.V, 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 ypvaovi '^pvarj '^pvaovv 
 
 •X^pvaov y^pvffrj^ y^pvaov 
 
 vpvcrcp j^^pvay )(^pvcrq) 
 
 ypvaovv ^pvcrrjv '^pvaovv 
 
 ,N.V, 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 '^pvaoi ■^pvcrai 'X^pvaa 
 ■^pva-fbv 'x^pvatov ^pvcrav 
 •^pvaoK ■^pvcral'i ^pvcroi? 
 •X^fwaov^ 'X^pvaa^ ^pvaa 
 
 THE ATTIC DECLENSION. 
 35. 1. It includes substantive and adjective stems in -co. 
 
 Stems: 
 
 vea>- 
 temple 
 
 propitious 
 
 Sing. N. V. 
 
 6 z^eto? 
 
 I'Xeo)? 
 
 XXeoav 
 
 G. 
 
 vea> 
 
 XXeco 
 
 
 D. 
 
 vew 
 
 'i\ea> 
 
 
 A. 
 
 vemv 
 
 iXeoav 
 
 tXewv 
 
 ■Plur. N. V. • 
 
 oi vem 
 
 iXeoi 
 
 t'Xea 
 
 G. 
 
 vetov 
 
 iXeaiv 
 
 
 D. 
 
 veasi 
 
 tXeo)? 
 
 
 A. 
 
 vedn 
 
 iXeca 
 
 iXea 
 
 2. The 0) is retained through all the cases and absorbs 
 the case-endings as far as possible' The i is always subscript. 
 
 3. 'H eW the dawn is thus declined : eW, eco, ea, ecu (without v !). 
 
 4. Adjectives have -a in the nom., yoc. and ace. plur. neut. 
 
 5. Rule of Accent. — The accent of the nom. sing, is retained 
 through all the cases ; the a is counted as short in determining 
 the accent of the barytones, hence MeveXecov, e/cTrXeto? ia-Tiv, iXea 
 elaiv. 
 
 THE CONSONANTAL DECLENSION. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY NOTES. 
 
 36. 1. This declension includes all the stems that end in a con- 
 sonant, or in -I, -u, and diphthongs, with a few in -a> and -o. It 
 corresponds, therefore, in general to the third and fourth declensions 
 in Latin. 
 
 2. For the regular case-endings see the declension of aX?, 37. 
 
 Note. — a and -as, -t and -o-i are short. 
 
 As not all successive consonants can remain unchanged (19), 
 and no other consonant except v, p and ? can end a Greek 
 word (23), certain changes must take place in the nom. sing, and 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
37] 
 
 CONSONANTAL DECLENSION. 
 
 19 
 
 in the dat. plur. before the endings -o- and -o-t, as well as in the 
 final consonants of the pure stem. 
 
 3. The nom. sing. masc. and f em. informed either with or with- 
 out -9. In the latter case the vowel of the stem is lengthened (12). 
 
 Neuters show their pure stems in the nom., ace. and voc. sing, 
 as far as the rule for final consonants will allow (23). 
 
 4. In the ace. sing, and plur. masc. and fem., consonant stems 
 have, as a rule, -a and -w added to them, vowel stems -v and -j'(9). 
 
 The ace. plur. masc. and fem. of the -a-, -i, and the adjective -v stems is 
 the same as the nom. : ot and tovs eiyeveZs, ai and rets ttoXek, oi and tovs lySeis. 
 
 5. The voc. sing. masc. and fem. is either the same as the nom. : 
 
 & <f>vXa^, & "Apa-\lr, & iroifirjV, 
 
 or the same as the pure stem, as far as the rule for consonantal 
 ternjination allows ; 
 
 & pflTop, & Trat (for TratS), & jepov (for yepovr). 
 
 6. Rule of Accent. — Monosyllables have the accent on 
 the ending in the gen. and dat. of all three numbers: 
 
 Brjpov, 6-qpC — OrjpMV, 0r]pai\v). 
 
 7. Contrary to this rule, the stem is accented: 
 
 a) in all the cases of participles : 6Wo?, Svri, ffevTwv, deiaiQv'). 
 
 b) in the gen. and dat. plur. of the word vra? (omnis'), 
 hence •jravro^, -rravTi, but ttolvtcov, 7rao-t(i/) (41, 3). 
 
 c) in the gen. plur. of the words 
 
 6 iraK TraiSd<; hoy, to ois toTo? ear ; 
 hence -n-aiSog, vraiSi, iraiaKy), but TraiScnv, 
 wTof, wTi, and a>a((y), but mtco'p. 
 
 37. STEMS IN LIQUIDS (-\, -p). (See 2, 4, note.) 
 
 Stems : 
 
 d\- sal 
 
 6r,p- 
 
 Kparrip- 
 
 pyjTop- 
 
 
 salt 
 
 heast 
 
 mixinff bowl 
 
 orator 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 6 a\-? 
 
 drjp 
 
 6 Kparrjp 
 
 6 fnjTcop 
 
 G. 
 
 dX-o? 
 
 dr}p-6<s 
 
 KpaTrjp-O'i 
 
 prjTop-o'i 
 
 D. 
 
 dX-i 
 
 Otip-C 
 
 KpaTrjp-i 
 
 prjTop-L 
 
 A. 
 
 aX-a 
 
 6fip-a 
 
 KpaTrjp-a 
 
 prjTop-a 
 
 V. 
 
 SX-'S 
 
 0w 
 
 Kparrjp 
 
 prjTop 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 
 ol a\-e<; 
 
 ol drip-e<; 
 
 ol Kparrjp-e'} 
 
 ol prjTop-e; 
 
 G. 
 
 a\-cbv 
 
 dr)p-Siv 
 
 Kparrip-wv 
 
 prjTop-wv 
 
 D. 
 
 aX-cTi(y) 
 
 6rip-ai(y) 
 
 KpaTrip-ai(v') 
 
 pr)Top-(n(v') 
 
 A. 
 
 oLK-a<; 
 
 Ofjp-a'i 
 
 Kparrjp-a'} 
 
 prjTop-a^ 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
20 
 
 INPLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 38, 39 
 
 38. STEMS IN GUTTURALS (-k, -y, -x) AND LABIALS (-ir, -P, -<|>). 
 
 Stems : 
 
 (j>vXaK- 
 
 watchman 
 
 aly- 
 goat 
 
 yVTT- 
 
 vulture 
 
 Sing. N. V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 6, a> <f)vXa^ 
 
 <)3vXaK-oi 
 
 <j>vXaK-i 
 
 <f>vXaK-a 
 
 047-09 
 
 aiy-i 
 
 alj-a 
 
 d, & yvyjr 
 yvTT-o? 
 yvTT-i 
 yvTT-a 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 01 <pvXaK-e<; 
 (jivXaK-oov 
 ^vXa^i(v') 
 (fivXaK-w; 
 
 al aly-ei 
 aiy-S)v 
 
 aly-a<; 
 
 01 yvTT-e'i 
 yinr-Siv 
 yv-<^C(v~) 
 yvTT-a^ 
 
 With -0-, any guttural becomes |, any labial becomes ,i/r ; 
 St. ipvXaK-, N. S. (j>vXa^ ; comp. Lat. stem duo-, N. S. dux; 
 St. 'Apa/S-, D. P. "Apa^jri; comp. Lat. scrlpsi of scribo. 
 
 39. STEMS IN DENTALS (-t, -8, -6). 
 
 Stems 
 
 yv/JiVTjT- 
 
 liffht-armed soldier 
 
 hope 
 
 body 
 
 Sing. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 6 yvfivrjii 
 yvfjbvrjT-o^ 
 yvfivrJT-i 
 yvfjivrjT-a 
 yvfjivrj^ 
 
 iXirtB-o^ 
 
 iXTTlS-l 
 
 eXirtS-a 
 e'XTTt? 
 
 TO crSifjLa 
 aa>/j,dT-o^ 
 atofidr-i 
 
 CTMfJLa 
 
 (Ta>/ji.a 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 yv/XVTJT-ev 
 yvfJLvrjT-aiv 
 yvfjLVrj-aL^ii) 
 yv/j,vrjT-a<; 
 
 iXTrtS-cov 
 
 eXTrt-ac(^v~) 
 
 e\7rtS-a9 
 
 ad}/j,dT-a 
 crcofiaT-eov 
 a(Ofid-(n(^v) 
 adifjidT-a 
 
 1. Before o- simple dentals are dropped; 
 icrerj^, ia-erjaiQv) (for eV^Ty/?, e<T0r}faL(v')) ; of. Lat. dos, dotis. 
 Final dentals are also dropped : craiyua (for a-a/iuT^ (23). 
 
 2. Barytones with dental stems in -i? and -v? form the ace. 
 sing, (like the -t and -v stems, 46 seqq.) in -iv and -vv. 
 
 U.g. r) eX-rrt';, hope, eX-jri8o<;, iXTriSi, iX-n-iSa, 
 but rj %a/3w, grace, ;;^;ajOtTO?, X"'P"^'''h X^P''^i 
 r) epi<i, strife, eplBoi, epiSi, eplv. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§40] 
 
 STEMS m -V. 
 
 21 
 
 3. The following words show an irregularity only in the nom. 
 sing. : 
 
 6 TTov';, ■Koho's foot, pes, to ydvv, yovdro'; knee, 
 
 TO o5?, wToi ear (36, 7. c), to Sopv, 86pdTo<; spear, 
 
 TO <^co?, (fxaTO'i (only sing.) light, to vSeop, uSaro? water, 
 
 TO Kepa<;,. KepdT0<s horn, iving of an army. 
 
 4. Adjectives have partly two endings, as dxapi,<:, -i unpleasant 
 (G. dxdpiTo^, D. dxdpiTi, A. dxapiv, -t) ; partly only one, as irevr]^, 
 -7?To? poor ; <f)vyd<;, -dSo<s fugitive, exiled. 
 
 40. STEMS IN -V. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 "EXXjjv- 
 
 iroifi^v- 
 
 BaL/wv- 
 
 tiSaifwv- 
 
 
 Greek 
 
 shepherd 
 
 deity 
 
 happy 
 
 
 
 
 
 m. fem. neut. 
 
 S. N. 
 
 6 "EWtjv 
 
 TTOljM'qV 
 
 6 SaifiQjv 
 
 evSaL/jLcov evBaifiov 
 
 G. 
 
 "EX\rjV-o<; 
 
 TTOifie'v-o'; 
 
 haCp,ov-o<; 
 
 evha,ifjLovo<; 
 
 D. 
 
 "E\Xr]V-L 
 
 TTOlfieV-l, 
 
 8aifiov-i 
 
 eiiSaifjLovi 
 
 A. 
 
 "EXXrjV-a 
 
 TTOifiev-a 
 
 Saifj,ov-a 
 
 evSaijxova evSai/xov 
 
 V. 
 
 "EWr]V^ 
 
 TroL(ir}v 
 
 Sal/iov 
 
 evSai/Mov evSaifjLov 
 
 PI. N.V. 
 
 "'EXXrjV-e'i 
 
 7rot/xeV-e9 
 
 Sai/iov-e'i 
 
 evSaifiove'! evhai/xova 
 
 G. 
 
 'EiXXl]V-Q}V 
 
 TTOt/MeV-WV 
 
 haifiov-cov 
 
 evSai/xovmv 
 
 D. 
 
 -EXXri-(Ti(v) 
 
 TTOtfie-a-iQv) 
 
 SaifJio-a't(v') 
 
 evBaifio-ai(y~) 
 
 ■ A. 
 
 "EXXvv-a'i 
 
 TroLfiev-w; 
 
 SaLfiov-w; 
 
 ei/BaLfiova? evBaifiova 
 
 1. Before a, v is simply dropped: Trocixecn, Saifioa-i, fieXda-i. 
 
 2. Adjectives have recessive accent: eiiBaifiov, 6, 6. 
 
 3. Besides the forms in -tova and -tove?, -tova<;, the comparatives 
 in -tmv, -lov have also respectively the shorter ones in -mb and -toi/?. 
 
 Stem : KaKiov- worse 
 
 
 masc. fem. neut. 
 
 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 KUKLCOV Kdiclov 
 
 Plur. N. 
 
 J KaKt0V€<! KUKtova 
 
 G. 
 
 KaKlOVOf 
 
 V. 
 
 [KaKtov<; KaKim 
 
 D. 
 
 KUKIOVI 
 
 G. 
 
 KaKlOVCOV 
 
 A. 
 
 ( KUKtova . , . 
 
 i ^ KUKIOV 
 {KaKlCO 
 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 Kaictocn(y') 
 \ KUKiova'i KUKtova 
 
 V. 
 
 KdKlOV 
 
 VKUKiOV; KUKKO 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
22 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§41 
 
 41. STEMS IN -vT. 
 
 Steins : 
 
 ytyavT- giant 
 
 ohovT- tooth 
 
 yepovT- old man 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 6 lyiyd'i 
 
 6 ohov^ 
 
 6 yepcov 
 
 Gen. 
 
 'yiyavT-o<; 
 
 oSoVT-O'i 
 
 yepovT-ot; 
 
 Dat. 
 
 •yiyavT-i 
 
 6B6vT-i 
 
 yepovT-i 
 
 Ace. 
 
 yiyavT-a 
 
 6S6vT-a 
 
 yepovT-a 
 
 Voc. 
 
 yiyav 
 
 oBov? 
 
 yepov 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 
 yiyavT-ei; 
 
 oSovT-ev 
 
 yepovT-e'i 
 
 Gen. 
 
 yiyavT-oov 
 
 oBoifT-COV 
 
 yepovr-wv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 yiyd-cn(v') 
 
 6Bov-cn(v') 
 
 yepov-(Ti(y) 
 
 ACG. 
 
 yiyavT-a's 
 
 oSoW-a? 
 
 yepovT-w! 
 
 1. Before a, vt is dropped with compensative length- 
 ening (13) 
 
 both in the nom. sing.: yCyd'; for yLydvT<;, oSow for oBovt!;, 
 and in the dat. plur.: yLydai for yiyavTcn, yepovcn for yepovrcri. 
 
 2. Nouns with stems in -vt are all masculine. 
 
 3. PARADIGMS OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 aKOVT- 
 
 unwilUng 
 
 XvdcVT- 
 
 loosed 
 
 S. N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 dKwv UKOvaa clkov 
 d/covT-oi dKOVcrrj<; dKOVT-o<; 
 uKOVT-i aKOvar) aKovT-i 
 aKOVT-a aKOVcrav aKOV 
 
 Xv6ek Xv6eiaa XvOev 
 Xv6evT-o<; XvdeCa-q'i Xv6evr-o<i 
 XvOevT-i XvOeicrrj Xvdevr-i 
 XvdevT-a XvOeiaav XvOev 
 
 P1.N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 aKOvr-e; aKOvcrai uKovr-a 
 aKOVT-cov UKOvaav aKOVT-av 
 dKOV-cnj(y) aKOvaac; otKov-cn 
 UKOVT-a': aKOVcra'i aKovr-a 
 
 XvdevT-e; XvOelaai Xvdevr-a 
 XvOevT-oav XvOeiaav Xv6evT-eov 
 Xv6el-ai(y) Xvdeiaai<; Xv0e2-ai(y) 
 XvdevT-a'i XvOeiaai Xv6evT-a 
 
 Stem: 
 
 TravT- all, whole 
 
 S. N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 Tra? TTacra 'n-dv 
 nravT-o^ irdar]'; •7ravT-6<; 
 iravT-i Trdaj; iraVT-i 
 irdvT-a Trdaav irdv 
 
 PI. N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 TrdvT-e'i irdaai TrdvT-a 
 TrdvT-cov iraauiv irdvT-av 
 ■7rd-ai(^v')'7rdaal<; 7rd-ai(v) 
 TrdvT-a^ irdaa'i irdvT-a 
 
 4. Adjectives with stems in -evt, as xap&ts graceful, agreeable, have some 
 of their forms from a shorter stem in -er, to wit : 
 
 the dat. plhr. masc. and neut. : x"p«o''(v) for xaptVo^'C")! 
 and the whole of the feminine: xaptVo-a for xaptCT-ja, 77, 3. 
 
 , Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 42^4] 
 
 SYNCOPATED STEMS. 
 
 23 
 
 
 42. 
 
 SYNCOPATED LIQUID 
 
 STEMS. 
 
 
 Stems: 
 
 irarep- 
 
 father 
 
 p-rfep- 
 
 mother 
 
 Ovyartp- 
 
 daughter 
 
 •yacTTep- 
 
 helly 
 
 dvep- 
 
 man 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 V. 
 
 irarrip 
 iraTpo's 
 Trarpi 
 irarepa 
 Trdrep 
 
 r) p,riTrip 
 fii]Tpd<; 
 p,r)rpi 
 p^rjTepa 
 firjrep 
 
 f) OvyciTTjp 
 0vyarp6<; 
 Oviyarpi 
 dvyarepa 
 Ovywrep 
 
 7] yaarrip 
 yaaTpoi 
 yaarpi 
 yacrrepa 
 
 6 avy)p 
 avhp6$ 
 avhpC 
 dvSpa 
 avep 
 
 P. N.. V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 irarepe^ 
 irarepajv 
 •jrarpaai 
 Trarepa^ 
 
 (I'qrepe'i 
 p,r)Tep(ov 
 /xrjTpaa-i 
 fiTjrepa'i 
 
 6vyaTepe<i 
 Ovyarepmv 
 BvyaTpaat, 
 QvyaTepwi 
 
 yaarepei 
 yacnepasv 
 yaarpacri 
 ya(TTepa<; 
 
 dvSpet 
 dvSpcov 
 dvBpao't, 
 dvSpa<; 
 
 1. Harijp, p-riTT^p, Ovydrrjp and yaa-T-^p drop the e by syncope 
 (14) in the gen. and dat. sing, and in the dat. plur., which ends in 
 
 -TjOa(7t(l'). 
 
 2. 'Ai/77/3 drops the e entirely, except in the voc. sing., and inserts 
 S between v and p. 
 
 2- OR ELIDING STEMS. 
 
 43. The stem characteristic -a remains only when final, 
 but it is dropped by elision (17) between vowels, which 
 are then always contracted. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 44. 1. Neuters in -o?, st. in -o? and -ea- ; e.g. to yevo'i genus. 
 
 Stems : ycvos and ytvvj- race 
 
 Sing. N. V. 
 
 TO 7eVo? 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 
 TO, yivea ye'vrj 
 
 G. 
 
 yeveos yevov^ 
 
 G. 
 
 ycvewv yev(ov 
 
 D. 
 
 yivd yevei 
 
 D. 
 
 yevecnQv) 
 
 A. 
 
 yevo'i 
 
 A. 
 
 yeVea yevr) 
 
 ye'vea-o'i [gener-is] becomes yevov;, etc. ; yeve.cn stands for yevecr-ai. 
 Note. — The gen. plur. sometimes remains uncontracted : opiuiv, Kep8iu)v. 
 
 2. Neuters in -a?, stem in -da--. The most important are : 
 TO Kpewi meat : k/j«b9, Kpea ; plur. Kped, tcpeayv, icpedcniy), 
 TO yrjpd'i old age : yijpax;, yrjpa. 
 
 3. 'H al^<s shame, reverence, stem aihoa-, is thus inflected : 
 
 'rj alSay;, alSov'i, alSol, alS5) (for al8o^o<!, etc.). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
24 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 45, 46 
 
 45. ADJECTIVES. — PROPER NAMES. 
 
 Stems 
 
 cviyevecr- 
 
 of noble birth 
 
 Atoy£V£cr- 
 
 Diogenes 
 
 liepiKkeea-- 
 
 Pericles 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Sing, 
 m. fem. neut. 
 
 evyevrj's evjeve<i 
 
 evyevow 
 
 evjevet 
 evyevrj ev'yeve<; 
 eiiyeve'i evyeve<; 
 
 Plur. 
 m. fem. neut. 
 
 evy€vei<; evjevrj 
 
 evyevSiv 
 
 evjevi(n(y) 
 
 €vyevel<; evyevr) 
 
 eiiyeveh evyevri 
 
 Aioyevr]<; 
 Aioyevov; 
 Acoyevet 
 Aioyevq 
 Aioyeve'i 
 
 6 IlepcKXrj'; 
 HepiKXeov; 
 TlepiKXel 
 IlepiKXed 
 IlejOwcXets 
 
 1. Adjectives witli a vowel before the final -ecr contract -ea to -d 
 instead of to -rj. Thus eVSe^? needy has evhed, evKXerj'; renowned 
 has eiiKXed, vyirj'i healthy has vyid. 
 
 2. Barytones have recessive accent : 
 
 evrjde'!, (Tvvr)de^, avTapKe<; — avv-^Bcov, tmv Tpiijpcov. 
 Exceptions to this are the neuters of adjectives in -aJSiys and -rjpr]^ : 
 evwSei fragrant, ^»//itS8£s ruinous, 
 
 €vrjp€s well-fitted, Tro&^pes reaching to the feet. 
 
 3. Proper names in -???, gen. -on?, have, besides the regular 
 ace. sing, in -77, a form in -r]v (after the A-declension) . 
 
 ^.g. Aioyevr) and AioyevrjV, l^wKparr) and ^mKpaTrjP, 
 
 'K.Xeofievr) and K.Xeofji,evTjv, ArjuoaOevrj and Arip,oa-6evr)V. 
 
 4. Proper names in -kX»)? (from to KXeo'; glory, stem KXeW-) con- 
 tract twice in the dat. sing., elsewhere but once : 
 
 (^-KXerj^y Ile/JiKXTj?, (-wXeed) YlepiKXea, 
 
 (/cXeeo?) ne/3iKXeou9, (-«Xee9) IlejOt/cXet?. 
 
 (-/cX^et to -KXeet) HepiKXei, 
 
 
 
 46. STEMS 
 
 IN -I. 
 
 
 Stems : 
 
 a-TOLcri^ 
 
 and orao-c- 
 
 ala-drjo-L- and aiadrjo-e- 
 
 rising, sedition 
 
 perception 
 
 N. 
 
 rj araai-^ 
 
 al (TTaaei^ 
 
 r] aiadr)cn-'; 
 
 ai alaOrj(7ei<; 
 
 G. 
 
 crraae-w<; 
 
 <7Tacre-a)v 
 
 alaOrjcre-wi 
 
 aia-Brjcre-wv 
 
 D. 
 
 (jTaaei 
 
 (ndae-ai(y') 
 
 aicrOrjaei 
 
 al<T6rj<7e-(Tt(v') 
 
 A. 
 
 ardcn-v 
 
 <7Tao-et9 
 
 aiiyOrjcn-v 
 
 aladri<7ei<; 
 
 V. 
 
 crraa-i 
 
 cTTacret? 
 
 ala6f)cri 
 
 altrOrjaei'; 
 
 1. In the endings -co? and -av, m is accounted short. 
 
 2. All words in -t?, -eo)? are barytone. Most of them are femi- 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§47,48] 
 
 STEMS m -V AND DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 25 
 
 nines in -o-t? and denote action, as ^ \ven<; the loosing, ransoming, 
 release; f) 7rpa^c<s the doing, deed. 
 
 47. STEMS IN -V. 
 
 Stems; 
 
 (TV- 
 swine 
 
 "Eptvu- 
 avenging goddess 
 
 ^Se- J sweet \ ^Se- 
 
 Sing. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 6 -f] av-<i 
 aij-O'i 
 
 GV-i 
 
 av-v 
 
 f) 'Epcvv-<; 
 'Epivi-o<; 
 'Epivv-i 
 'Epivv-v 
 
 ?5Se-09 iJSeta? '^Be-o<; 
 ■^Bel 7)Beia rjBel 
 TjBv-v rjBeiav r)Bv 
 
 Plur. N. V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 (Tv-ei. 
 crvcov 
 (Tv-cri(v') 
 ffO-? 
 
 'Epivv-ei 
 'Epcvv-wv 
 'Epivv-atQv) 
 'EpLvv-<; 
 
 riBeh , r)Belai rjBe-a 
 rjBe-wv rjBeiaiv rjBe-av 
 7]Be-ai(v') 7]BeCai<; rjBe-cti(y) 
 rjBe'is i^Beiai r/Be-a 
 
 1. In nouns in -w, tlie stem characteristic -v remains through- 
 out (cf . 2) ; the ace. plur. ends in -w (for -vv^') . 
 
 2. To d(TTv the city (esp. of Athens) is inflected like i-stems: 
 aare(o<!, dcrrei, dcrrv, 
 dcTTecov, dcrrecnQv), d(TTr]. 
 
 3. Adjectives have two stems in the raasc. and neut. : 
 
 fjBv- in the nom., ace, voc. sing.; everywhere else r]Be- (for ^Bef-). 
 
 48. STEMS ENDING IN DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 TO darv, 
 
 Ta dcTTT), 
 
 Stems: PaxriXev- and j8acrt\e- king 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 ^aaiXey-^ 
 
 Plur. N. 
 
 01 ^aa-iKel's 
 
 G. 
 
 /SatrtXe'-o)? 
 
 G. 
 
 ^aa-iXe-wv 
 
 D. 
 
 I3aai\el 
 
 D. 
 
 paai\ev-crt{y') 
 
 A. 
 
 0acrL\e-d 
 
 A. 
 
 0a<n\e-d'i 
 
 V. 
 
 ^aaiXev 
 
 V. 
 
 ^acnXeK 
 
 1. All words in -ew are masculine oxytones. 
 Note the quantity of the endings -«?, -d and -a?. 
 
 2. In old Attic the nom. plur. ends in -^s : oi ySao-iX^s. In poetry, and 
 occasionally in prose, the ace, plur. ends in -e2s : tovs yovets. 
 
 3. Words in -ew with a preceding vowel are often con- 
 tracted in the gen. and ace. sing, and plur., and thus 
 
 -ea) becomes -m : toij Ueipatai';, r&v Ev^omv, 
 -ed becomes -d : top Ueipaid, tois 'EpeTpiw. 
 
 4. 'O ^ /Sot)? (bos, bovis) ox, cow retains the stem /3ou- only when 
 the ending is, or begins with, a consonant : ^oO-s, 0ov-v, 0ov-a-((y) ; 
 
 Digitized by Miorosoft® 
 
26 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 49, 50 
 
 but otherwise changes it to (/Sof) ^o-, without admitting con- 
 traction; hence o ^ /SoO?, /Soo'?, /3o/; i ySovi', 
 
 49. STEMS IN -« AND -o. 
 
 Steins : 
 
 
 ■^pia- hero 
 
 
 ■n-aOo- persuasion 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 ripa>-<; 
 
 Plur. N. 
 
 ol ripco-e; 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 fj TreiOdi 
 
 G. 
 
 ■tjpoo-o'; 
 
 G. 
 
 rjp<i)-a)V 
 
 G. 
 
 TreiOov'} 
 
 D. 
 
 T/pco-i 
 
 D. 
 
 fipa>-(7L(y) 
 
 D. 
 
 ireiOol 
 
 A. 
 
 Tjpco-a 
 
 A. 
 
 r/pco-af 
 
 A. 
 
 ireiOco 
 
 V. 
 
 ^'jOW-? 
 
 V. 
 
 rjpco-e'i 
 
 V. 
 
 ireiOol 
 
 1. The few stems in -co do not admit of contraction. 
 
 2. Words with stems in -o are feminine oxytones, and mostly 
 proper names ; they are found in the singular only. 
 
 IRREGULAR NOUNS. 
 
 50. Irregularities in the declension of nouns arise chiefly from 
 the fact that the cases of a word are formed from two different 
 stems. The following are the most common irregular nouns : 
 
 1. f) r^vvri woman derives all its other forms from the stem 
 ^vvaiK-. The accentuation is that of monosyllabic consonant stems 
 (36, 6) : rj r^vvri, yvvaiKO';, yvvatKi, 'yvvaiKa, yvvai, 
 
 jwaiKev, jwatKoiv, jvvai^i^v'), yvvatKa';, 'yvvaiice?. 
 
 2. Zeu? the god Zeus (stems Zev- and At-) : 
 
 Zeu9, AtoV, All, Aia, Zev. 
 
 3. o ^ Kvcov dog (stems kvov- and kvv-') : 
 
 6 7] KVCOV, KVVOi, KVVl, KVVU, 
 
 Kvve<i, Kvvcov, KVaiQu'), Kvva^, 
 
 4. o p.dprv; witness (stems fiaprij- and fxaprvp-^ 
 6 fidpTv;, iidpTvpo<i, /xdprvpi, 
 
 /MdpTvpei, fiaprvpcov, fJ,dpTV(Ti(v~), 
 
 5. ri vav<; ship (stem vav-, m/r-, mv-is, vrjp-') : 
 V vavi, veco's, vr}i, 
 
 ^»?e?) vecbv, vavai(v), 
 
 6. TO ovap dream (stems ovap- and oveipar-} : 
 TO ovap, 6veipaTo<i, oveipari, 
 TO, oveipara, oveipdrcov, 6velpacri(v), 
 
 Also 6 bvupo^ and to ovapov are found. 
 
 KVOV, 
 
 Kvve<i. 
 
 fidpTvpa, 
 ILLdpTvpa<i. 
 
 vavv, 
 vav:;. 
 
 ovap, 
 ovelpara. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
■§§ 51, 52] ■ IRREGULAR NOUNS. 27 
 
 7. 6 TT/seo-^euT^s ambassador borrows the plural from irpea^v^ 
 eld, venerable. Hence 
 
 nrpecr^evTi]^, -tov, -ry, -Tr)v, -to, 
 
 01 7r/3ecr/3et?, irpea^emv, 7rp^cr0ecn(y), 7r/3e'cr/3et?. 
 
 8. TO TTvp fire is inflected in the singular according to the con- 
 sonantal, in the plural according to the 0-, declension : 
 
 ro TTvp, TTiJ/a-o'?, irvp-i, 
 
 TO, TTvp-d, TTvp-Siv, TTvp-ovi, watchfires. 
 
 9. 6 o-tTos corn, food is neuter in the plural: 
 
 TO. criTa, (ririav, ctitoks. 
 
 10. TO (TTciStov stadium (a measure of length) has in the plur. 
 
 both ol (TTOL^ioi and to, a-TciSia. 
 
 11. 6 u(o? son (besides the regular forms according to the 
 O-declension) forms some cases from the stem vU- (compare jjSu-?) : 
 
 in the sing. vle-o'i, viei, 
 
 in the plur. met?, vle-av, vle-(n(v'), vlel'i. 
 
 12. rj %et/3 hand is regular, except in the dat, plur.: x^p-^'K"^ 
 
 LOCAL CASE ENDINGS. 
 
 51. These are mostly applied to the stem: 
 
 -0ev denoting : whence, 
 
 -I and -61 in the sing., 1 j , . , 
 
 , , ^U denoting: where,. 
 -(Ti(y) m the plural, J 
 
 -he, -ere, -fe denoting : whither. 
 
 E.g. OLKoOev from home, oikoi at home, oixaSe home(ward), 
 
 aWodev aliunde, aXXoOi alibi, aXXotre alio, 
 
 ' A.6rivri6ai from Athens, 'A6TJvrj<n(y') at Athens, 'A6-i^va^€ to Athens, 
 TrdvToOev from all sides, MapaOZvi at Marathon, Me'-yapaSe to Megara (9, 1. f.), 
 yafiaOa/ from the ground, ;(aju.at humi, ■)(aii,ai^c to or on the ground. 
 
 jJote. — The tofcas in -i axe relics of an original locative sing., those in -crt(i'), 
 of a locative plur. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF ADJECTIVES, 
 a) ADJECTIVES OF THREE ENDINGS. 
 
 52. The masculine and the neuter of these adjectives are formed 
 from the same stem. The feminine always follows the A-Declension. 
 
 1. Stems in -0. Decl. 32. 
 
 aya66';, ayaO'j, ayadov good, 
 
 hiKaiosi, BiKaia, hwaiov just. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
28 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§53 
 
 Xpvcrov;, 
 aTrXov?, 
 
 2. Contracted adjectives with stems in -o 
 apjvpov<;, apyijpa, apyvpovv 
 
 Xpia-rj, 
 airXr], 
 
 Decl. 40. 
 
 fieXaiva, 
 
 ToXaiva, 
 
 Decl. 41. 
 
 3. Stems in -v. 
 /ie'Xa?, 
 raXa?, 
 
 Stems in -vt 
 
 Xpvaovv 
 a-rrkovv 
 
 lieXav 
 
 ToXav (poet.) 
 
 4 
 
 Tra?, iracra, -rrav 
 
 aKcov, uKOVcra, aKOV 
 
 eKQ)v, eKOvaa, eKov 
 
 \v6ek, Xvdelaa, XvOev 
 
 5. Stems in -V (almost all oxytone). Decl. 47. 
 
 9;Su?, r]hela, r)hv 
 
 rjixiav^, ■^fj.iaeia, rjfiiav 
 
 Decl. 34. 
 silver, 
 golden, 
 simple. 
 
 black, 
 wretched. 
 
 tvhole, all, 
 unwilling, 
 willing, 
 loosed. 
 
 sweet, 
 half. 
 
 b) ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS. 
 
 53. The stem is the same for all genders; the masculine and 
 feminine are alike in form. 
 
 1. Stems in -o (especially compound adjectives). 32, 3. seqq. 
 
 ^dp^apoi, -ov foreign, arZ/ao?, -ov dishonored, 
 
 rjffV'xp'i, -ov quiet, eWt/xo?, -ov honored, 
 
 (j}p6vifio<;, -ov prudent, 7rapdvofio<;, -ov unlawful, 
 
 7r/3ao9, -ov mild, tame, Travovpjo';, -ov cunning. 
 
 Note. — Adjectives of two and three endings are mentioned in 32, 4. 
 pijiaLCK, 2. and 3,,Jirm, stable, dx^cAijitos, 2. and 3., profitable. 
 
 2. Contract adjectives with stems in -o. Decl. 33. 
 evvov<;, evvovv well-disposed, avfnrXov^, crvfiTrXovv sailing with. 
 
 3. Stems in -co (according to the Attic decl.). Decl. 35. 
 tX,e(B?, 'iXecov propitious. e/cTrXeco?, eKirXecov full. 
 
 4. Stems in dental mutes (esp. compounds of nouns). 39. 
 
 axapi'i, -t unpleasant (axdpiTO'i, axapm, dxapiv, -i). 
 eveXTTK, -I hopeful (^eveX7nBo<;, eveXTTiBi, eveXiriv, -t). 
 aTToXi?, -I homeless (aTro'XtSo?, a-n-oXiBi, diroXiv, -t). 
 
 5. Stems in -v. Decl. 40. 
 
 evBaificcv, evSaifiov happy, Katctav, kukiov worse, 
 
 (TQ)j>pa}v, aSi^pov prudent, dpprjv, dppev male. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
54-58] 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF ONE ENDING. 
 
 29 
 
 6. Stems in -etr. Decl. 45. 
 
 evyev^, -e? of noble race, avvrj6T)<;, '<Tvvr]6e<! customary, 
 eVSejj?, -e? needy, uyn??, -ej healthy. 
 
 c) ADJECTIVES OP ONE ENDING. 
 
 54. A few adjectives have but one termination for all three gen- 
 ders. On account of their meaning, however, they are rarely used 
 in the neuter. They have nearly all a dental stem. 
 
 <j)vyd<!, <pvyd8o<; fugitive, exiled, irevr}';, 'rrevrjTO'; needy, poor, 
 /iciKap, fidKapc; blessed, happy. 
 Note. — Masculine onlyis the adjective i$eXoin-^'s, -ov voluntary, volunteer. 
 Feminine only are the adjectives in -ts, -t'Sos, as crii/i/taxw, -I'Sos allied, 'EAAi/vts, 
 -480s a Grecian Woman, yf iraTpis (sc. yrj) one's native country. 
 « 
 
 d) IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 55. The two adjectives fjteya^, fieydXr), jxeya great, tall, 
 
 and TToXv?, m-oWrj, ttoXv much, pi. mnny, 
 derive all their forms, except the nom. and ace. sing. masc. and neut., 
 from the stems fji,eyaXo- and ttoWo- respectively. 
 
 
 ju.£-ya- and fieyaXo- 
 
 TToXv- and ttoXXo- 
 
 
 
 great 
 
 
 much 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 fieya'i 
 
 fieydXr] 
 
 fjieya 
 
 TroXvi TTOXX-IJ TTOXv 
 
 G. 
 
 fieydXov 
 
 fj,eyd\r}<! 
 
 fieydXov 
 
 TToXXov TroXXrj? 'rroXXov 
 
 D. 
 
 fieydXa) 
 
 fieydXy 
 
 fjLeydXm 
 
 TToXXa TToXXy iroXXo) 
 
 A. 
 
 ixeyav 
 
 fieydXrjP 
 
 fieya 
 
 •jroXvv iroXXrjv iroXv 
 
 Plur. N. 
 
 fieydXoi 
 
 fieydXai 
 
 fieydXa 
 
 •jroXXoi "TToXXai iroXXd 
 
 G. 
 
 fieydXwv 
 
 fieydXwi 
 
 ' fieydXcov 
 
 TToXXav TroXX&v iroXXav 
 
 D. 
 
 fieydXoK 
 
 fieydXaL^ 
 
 fieydXai!; 
 
 TToXXot? TToXXaK Tj-oXXoh 
 
 A. 
 
 fieydXovv 
 
 fieydXaf 
 
 fieydXa 
 
 TToXXouf TToXXa? TToXXa 
 
 II. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 56. 1. Comparison is mostly expressed 
 
 by -repo'i, -repa, -repov in the comparative degree, 
 by -Taro?, -rdrr], -Tarov in the superlative degree. 
 These endings are joined to the stem of the masculine. 
 E.g. BUaiO'i just, st. Si/caio-, c. hiKMo-repo';, s. SiKaio-raTO's, 
 
 /ie'Xd? black, fveXav-, /leXdv-reptK, fji,eXdv-TaTO<;, 
 
 a-a(f)i^ clear, <Ta<pe(r-, cra(f)ea--Tepo<;, aa^ecr-raTO'i, 
 
 evKXerj'i renowned, ev/cXeecr-, evKXeea:-repo'i, evKXeecr-Taro';, 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
30 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§5r 
 
 Beivd^ 
 
 terrible, 
 
 evTi/j.o'i 
 
 honored. 
 
 TTiKprn 
 
 bitter. 
 
 evBo^o'i 
 
 renowned, 
 
 a-o<j)6<; 
 
 wise, 
 
 
 worthy. 
 
 TroXefjblKoi; warlike. 
 
 ^pa'xv'i short, st. ^pa^v-, c. ^pa'^v-repo';, s. ^paxv-raro?, 
 TT/oecr/Su? old, irpecr^v-, Trpecr^v-repo';, irpea-^v-TaTO<i. 
 
 2. The stems in -o lengthen this vowel to -co, whenever the 
 preceding syllable is short. 
 
 E.g. heivo'i terrible, Seiv6-T€po<;, Seivo-raro';, 
 
 evTlfio-Tepo';, evrlfio-TaTo^, 
 
 TnKp6-Tepo<;, 7nKp6-TaTO<;, 
 
 ivBo^o-Tepo';, eVSo^o'-Taro?, 
 
 but a-o4>6<; wise, croc^ut-repo<;, (T0(pa>-TaTO<;, 
 
 a^ito-repo'i, a^tw-Taro?, 
 ■iro'KefMKai-Tepo^, TroXefUKay-Taro'i. 
 
 3. The following adjectives drop their stem characteristic -o : 
 
 yepaio^ old, yepai-repov, yepai-Taro^, 
 
 (piXo<; dear, (f)i\-Tepo<;, ^t'X-Taro?. 
 
 4. -ecr-repo<; and -ea-raTO'; are added to the stem 
 
 a) of the adjectives in -av, -ov. 
 
 E.g. evBaifiav happy, evBaifj,ov-ecr-Tepo<;, evBaifj,ov-e(T-TaTo<;, 
 acuippcov wise, aa>(^pov-ea-Tepo<;, aa)cf)pov-ecr-TaTO<;. 
 
 b) of the contracted adjectives in (-009), -ov?, after dropping 
 
 the final stem vowel. 
 JE.g. ttTrXoO? simple, st. 0.77X0-0-, d-TrXqvcrTepo'i, airXovaraTO';, 
 
 evvov; well-disposed, evvo-o-, evvovaTepo^, evvovaraTO';, 
 from a7rAo-eo"-repos, evi/o-£0'-TaTos, etc. 
 
 c) of ippQ}fjLe'vo<; strong, which also drops final -0 : ippcofiev-ea- 
 
 Te/30?, -ea-raTO'i. 
 
 Note. — Adjectives often form their comparative by prefixing ^naAAov, magis, 
 more, to the positive, and their supetlative by /jLaXurra, maxime, most. ' 
 E.g. fxaXXov <^iXos = (pcXrepo^, fjuxXiara a-o(j)6i = cro<^<uTaros, etc. 
 57. 1. Comparison is less frequently expressed by 
 
 -tcov, -twv, -lov, stem -lov-, in the comparative, 
 -iaTO<;, -to-TT?, -idTov, stem -laro-, in the superlative. 
 2. Besides the irregular adjectives (58) there are especially six 
 other adjectives in Greek prose that follow this manner of compari- 
 son. Three of them drop the final vowel of their stems before the 
 endings, three form their degrees from a kindred stem : 
 
 KaKO'i bad, KaKtav, kolicIov, KO.Kiaro'i, 3. 
 
 jjSv? sweet, rjUmv, i^Slov, rihi,aTO<;, 3. 
 
 Ta^v^ quick, OdrToav, Oclttov, rd'x^iaro';, 3. 
 
 {BaTTuiv from Ta^-jimv.) 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 58, 59J COMPARISON. 31 
 
 KaX6<; beautiful, KaWfcov, koXXIov, koXXicttov, 3. 
 
 (t6 /cdXXos beauty'). 
 ala-xpo'; base, alaytoiv, aiaxiov, aiaxta-TO-i, 3. 
 
 (t4 ai<Txos disgrace). 
 exOpd'i hostile, exOtcov, exOlov, exdiffTot, 3. 
 
 Qrb exSos enmity). 
 3. For the declension of the comp., see 40, 3 ; of the sup., 32. 
 
 IRKEGULAR COMPARISON. 
 58. The comparative and superlative of the following adjectives 
 are derived from one or more stems, which differ from that of the 
 positive degree. t 
 
 1. ayado'i good, a/ieivcov, ajxeivov, dptaro^, 3. 
 
 {clever, brave, dp-eri/i), 
 ^ekTtcov, ^eXrlov, ^eXnaTO'i, 3. 
 
 {morally good, virtuous), 
 KpeiTTCov, KpeiTTOV, KpariaTO^, 3. 
 
 {strong, superior, ri -cpdros). 
 
 2. KUKO? bad, KUKtcOV, KcLkIoV, Kd/ClCTTCi, 3. 
 
 {worse, peior), 
 Xeipcov, xet/joi/, X'^^P''°"^°'^^ 3. 
 
 {less good, deterior), 
 rjTTCov, rjTTOV, rjKUTTa (adv. least !) 
 
 {weaker, inferior). 
 
 3. fieya<; great, fjLeil^mv, fiei^ov, fieyio-ro';, 3. 
 
 4. fiiKp6<; small, /UKporepo^, 3, fiiKporaTO';, 3. 
 
 iXaTTav, eXuTTOv, eXdxtcTTO^, 3. 
 
 5. 6Xiyo<i little, eXarTcov, eXdrrov, iXdxtcrTO'i, 3. 
 
 fieicov, jxelov, 
 
 6. TToXv? much, TrXeitov, irXeov, TrXeto-ro?, 3. 
 
 (ttX^-ws, ri irX^-dos). 
 genit. etc. TrXetovo? and irXtova. 
 
 7. paSiof easy, pacov, paov, pacrfo';, 3. 
 
 ( facilis) . 
 Note. — Defective comparatives are: 
 
 {irpo before), wpoTcpos prior, irparo's primus, 
 
 {vrrip above), vTrcprepos superior, vnepTaTO's supremus, 
 
 vcTTtpo'i posterior, vcrTaros postremus, 
 
 (ef out), lo-xaros extremus. 
 
 III. ADVERBS. 
 59. 1. Formation. — Adverbs derived from adjectives have the 
 ending -ta?. With the exception of the final consonant, ?, they 
 perfectly agree in form and accent with the genitive plur. 
 masc. of the respective adjectives. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
32 
 
 .INFLECTION. 
 
 [§60 
 
 adv. a-o(j)S>^, 
 avXaK, 
 evSaifwVQK, 
 avvrjdco'i, 
 
 adv. 
 
 U.g. (ro<f>d<! wise, gen. plur. a-ocl)S)v, 
 SiKMo<; just, SiKaitov, 
 
 aTrXoO? simple, airX&v, 
 
 TTCbf all, TTcivTCOV, 
 
 evSai/iwv happy, evBaifiovcov, 
 
 a-a(j)r]<; clear, gen. plur. a-acf>ci)v, 
 (TvvrjOr)<; customary, crvvrjdcov, 
 
 ijStJ? sweet, rihecov, 
 
 2. Sometimes the neuter of an adjective serves as adverb, e.g. 
 ra'xy quickly, ttoXv much, fUKpov a little; ayaOo^ good has ev well, bene. 
 
 3. Comparison. — The degree of comparison in adverbs which 
 are derived from adjectives is expressed 
 
 in the comparative by the ace. sg. neut., 
 in the superlative by the ace. pi. neut. of the adjective. 
 H.g. o-o^aj? wisely, ao<f>Q)Tepov, crocfxoTaTa, 
 
 aTrXw simply, dTrXova-repov, airXovaraTa, 
 
 evSai/jLovco'; happily, evSaifMovearepov, evSaifjLove'aTaTa, 
 
 aa<^S)'; clearly, a'a<j)eaTepop, aa^earara. 
 
 So also 
 ev well, dfieivov, dpiara, 
 
 /jLclXa much, very, fiaXXov more, rather, fidXiara (the) most, especially. 
 
 4. Rare are such forms of comparison as /xet^dvois (besides juttfov) and ttXov- 
 cnurrepwi (besides TrXova^iwrepov) , ix&poTepw^ (besides the more common ex^tov). 
 
 5. Local adverbs too may be compared. Their degrees often 
 end in -co. 
 
 I^.g. iyiyv^ near, ijyvrepov, iyyvrara, 
 
 and iryyvrepco, iyryVTaTCO, 
 
 TToppcofar off, iroppwrepco, TroppcoTdrco. 
 
 60. Irregularities of the Inflection of Nouns and Adjectives occasionally 
 met with in Attic Prose, alphabetically arranged for Reference. 
 
 d8£X</>os, 6 brother; voc. <J aScXc^e better than <S aSiXcfti. 
 
 adpoo^, 3. crowded, has in the fem. ddpoa agt. 32, 1. 
 
 aXyeivos, 3. painful : comp. reg., besides dXyiW, d\yt(TTOs. 
 
 SttXods, 2. not navigable : comp. dirXoaJTepos less Jit for sea. 
 
 'AttoXKuiv, -mvos, 6 Apollo : reg. ; also rbv 'AttoWo) (40, 3) and cu 'A-ttoXXov- 
 
 'Apr)';, 6 Ares : "Apctus and -eos, "Apa, "Apr) and -r/v. 
 
 oLfTTv, -£<U5, TO I 47, 2 ; the gen. acrTeos is Ionic. 
 
 d<^Sovos, 2. ungrudging, plentiful: a.<l)6ovi(TTCp<K, and -vooTtpos. 
 
 pXa.^, -dKOi sluggish, effeminate : -Korepos, -KoraTos or -Kio-raTos. 
 
 (Sopeas, -eov, 6 north wind, reg. ; also poppa's, -a (29, 3), -q., -av. 
 
 yepas, TO gift of honor : yipuis, yipa; yipa-, ytpSiv, yipam; 44, 2. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 60] IRREGULARITIKS. 33 
 
 ypavi, ^ old woman : ypcids, ypai, ypavv etc. ; see vavq 50, 5. 
 
 SaKpvov, TO tear, reg. ; dat. pi. also SaKpvcTiv of SaKpv (poet.). 
 
 Seiva, ofi TO such a one : tov Seivos, t^i Selvi, tov Suva, t&v SetWv. 
 
 8ev8pov, TO tree, reg. ; dat. pi. also SivSptaiv of to SeVSpos (Ion.). 
 
 Sect/xos, o 6on(i, fetter, plur. besides Secr/tiot also SeapA, 50, 9. 10. 
 
 SeoTroTTjs, o Zorrf, master : has in the voo. (3 SeWora. 
 
 A-qp.rjTrip, ^ Demeter: Arjp.r]Tpos, A-^prjTpi, Arip.-qTpa, ArjpyjTtp; 42, 1. 
 
 Sdjou, -paTos, TO : 39, 3 ; collat, forms are Sopds, Sopt. 
 
 eTrtTTcSos, 2. on a iej'eZ with, flat ; comp. eTriTrcSeo-Tepos ; 56, 4. c. 
 
 EcrxaTWTaTos (as it were: ?Ae lastest), the very last; sup. of Itrxaros <Ae tas</ 58. note. 
 
 €vSiOi, 2. genial, cheerful : comp. eiSiatTepos ; 56, 3. 
 
 Ei0v<l>p<in', -ovoi, 6 Euthyphron, voc. YivOv^ipov, agt. 40, 2. 
 
 r/p, TO spring : ^pos, ^pt (besides eapos, eapt), apparently agt. 36, 6. 
 
 ijptos, 6 : 49 I also tm J?p<}i, tov ij/ixo, <u rjpijy; — Toiis ijpcos. 
 
 rja-v)(Oi, 2. quiet; comp. reg. or rjo-vxaircpo^ (of ria-v)((u.o% 56, 3). 
 
 Opii, Tpixos, tj hair: Tptxf etc. ; dat. pi. OpiiCv 21, 2. 
 
 K€pas, KepaTos, to : 39, 3 ; also toB /cepws, tco Kepa, Ta Kepa, Ttov KepZv ; 44, 2. 
 
 Kecos, ij Ceos, see 35 ; ace. also ttjv Kcw (like rijv ecu 35, 2). 
 
 KXeirTij's, -ov thief, thievish : sup. KXcTrTwrTaTos. 
 
 Kvicjias, TO darkness : gen. kve^ovs, dat. KV€<f)a, accdg. to 42, 2. 
 
 Kms, ij Cos, see 35 ; ace. also t^v KS> (like ttjv em 35, 2). 
 
 AaySs (or Anycils), 6 /fare: 35; aoc. sg. also XayS> (Xayu) accdg. to 35, 2. 
 
 \<owv, Xwov better, and X<3o-tos, 3. best; a rare comparison of dya^ds. 
 
 paKpo^, 3. comp. reg. ; also (chiefly in poetry) paa-Uiav and prJKurTos, cf. 57. 
 
 MtVoJs, o Minos: now accdg. to 35 (ace. also Mivo), 35, 2), now accdg. to 49. 
 
 potrarvv, -vvoi, o ivooden tower ; dat. pi. by metaplasm also p,oo-o-wois. 
 
 ots, 6 fi avis : oids, oii, otv — otes, oitav, oIctlv, o7s, 48, 4. 
 
 oTo)v and otow, collat. with S>vtiv<i>v and olancnv, as otov and orcu, 67, 4. note 1. 
 
 oij/ios, 3. Zaie; sup. oxpialraTos accdg. to 56, 3. 
 
 6\j/o<l)dyoi, 2. eating meat, lickerish, dainty ; sup. -<j>ayi<TTaTOi. 
 
 TToAaids, 3. ancient ; comp. reg. or iroAntVepos, -atraTos, 56, 3. 
 
 ireXtKus, o axe ; is inflected (like aa-Tv 47, 2) after the t-stems : n-EAeKC<us, TrcAcKci, 
 
 TreXeKtii/ ; plur. TreXcKtcs, irtAcKctDV, TrcA.exeo-ti'. 
 Triv-q's, -■ifTO'ipoor, 54 : comp. ifkvia-TepO's, sup. TrevarTaTos, see 56, 4. 
 irepa or Trepa ore </ie other side ; comp. TrepaiTepai beyond, farther than. 
 ircpas, TO end : wepaTos etc. reg. ; nom. sing, like Kepas, 39, 3. 
 ir^x^s, o forearm, cubit : inflected (like aarv 47, 2) accdg. to the i-stems : ■jrqx^'^t 
 
 TrrjX^'-' ^X""' pllir. tt^^"', TnjXemv, TrrjX€a-L(v) . 
 -vrjxvs : adj. in -Triyx^'s have in the neut. plui". also -^-qxt i^S^- 47) besides -Trfjx^"- ■ 
 
 StTTiqxV! Tpwqxv- 
 irXeoviKTij's greedy : sup. TrA.eoi'EKTt'o'raTos. 
 
 ■jrXeoK full: accdg. to 35; fenj. also -irXea, and neut. pi. also to. tKTrXeai. 
 ■KX-qaiov near, adv., forms ■TrXiqcruiiTcpo?, -airaTos, cf. 56, 3. 
 Ilvvi, ■q Pnyx : TIvkvo's, HIvkvi, Tlvifva. 
 
 TTOvrjpoi, 3. bad, wicked; adv. wovriptoi, but woj/rfpws laboriously. 
 IIo(reiS5v, -Si'os, 6 reg. ; besides also tov IIoo-etSG and co UoaaSov. 
 -TTOus : adj. in -ttous have in the ace. sing, now -TroSa, now -ttovv. 
 TTpais, irpaiia, irpav coUat. with irpaos (32, 3) ; gen. pi. Trpaaov accdg. to 47, 3. 
 irpovpyov serviceable, profitable, useful; comp. -ytaiTepog. 
 
 » Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
34 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§61 
 
 irpcot and irpto, adv. early in the day ; degrees : TrpwtaiVepos, -atraros and irpaiatTe/jos 
 
 etc. (formed from the Ionic and poetic positive Trpiaios or irpwo^, accdg. to 56, 3) ; 
 
 also TTpwTcpov and Tr/awTara. 
 a-KoTOi, -ovi, TO darkness, reg. accdg. to 44 ; besides also 6 (tkotik, -ov. 
 cTTei/ds, 3. narrow; a-Ttvorepo?, o-TevoTaros (o-ravos in the Ionic dialect!). 
 crxoXaiO's, 3. slow : has o-xoXatVepos, crxoXatVaTos, 56, 3. 
 crSs, o-iov sa/e anrf sound, salous ; collat. with (<ra)OS, o-aJa, trolov, or) o-Sos, o-<ua, o-taov, 
 
 forms Tov rr/v to owv, o'l at era), Toiis tcis (tSs, tcI era (35). 
 TOLv or Tai/, indecl. : u> Tav (tS.v), my good friend, my good sir. 
 Ttpas, TO prodigy, sign, portent : Teparoi etc. reg. (vide Kepas 39, 3) ; besides also to, 
 
 Ttpd, 44, 2. 
 Ti(r(7a<^epv?ys, -ovs, o Tissapliernes : voc. co tura-atjyipvr)- 
 Tpais, Tpwo's, o Trojan, accdg. to 49 ; gen. pi. Tpuiwv accdg. to 36, 7. c. 
 vjSpLO-Trjs wanton, insolent forms v^pKTTOTepo^, -tcrroTaTOs. 
 vios : 50, 11 ; ace. pi. also vieas. 
 
 <j)piap, TO well, cistern : gen. <^pia.To<; etc. ; cf . v8o)p 39, 3. 
 \apieis, -£(T<Ta, -ev pleasing, charming : xapimTtpoi, ^apiiiTTaTO'; from a shorter stem 
 
 XaptET-, 41, 4. 
 Xpcos, TO and ro xp^'<"S '^^^^ ■' '''o'' XP^'""*' ''""' XP^"-' ''"'^^ XP^'^^' 
 Xpws, x/""™'' ° *^'") I'eg. ; also XP""?) XP"' ^'^'^ XP¥ (^'' XPV properly : close to the 
 
 skin, i.e. close by, hard hy). 
 
 IV. PRONOUNS. 
 61. PEESONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 I. Person 
 
 II. Person 
 
 III. Person supplied by airds 
 
 S. N. 
 
 iyw ego 
 
 cru tu 
 
 
 G. 
 
 ipov, pov mei 
 
 <T0V, (TOV tui 
 
 avTov avrrj'S avrov eius 
 
 D. 
 
 epoL, pot mihi 
 
 (To{, (TOL tibi 
 
 avTto avTrj avT<S ei 
 
 A. 
 
 epi, pe me 
 
 (re, (T€ te 
 
 avTov avTtjv avTO eum, earn, id 
 
 Pl.N. 
 
 ^/xets nos 
 
 vpeis vos 
 
 
 G. 
 
 ripoiv nostri, -um 
 
 vpZv vestri, -um 
 
 (xvTdiv avTwv avTwv eorum, earwn 
 
 D. 
 
 rjpLV nobis 
 
 vptv vobis 
 
 avroTs airais aiTois Us 
 
 A. 
 
 rjpas nos 
 
 vpas vos 
 
 avTovi awras aura eos, eas, ea 
 
 1. The accented forms (ejJ-ov, ifioi, ejxe — trov, (joi, o-e) are 
 emphatic. Hence they are used 
 
 a) in contrasts : ovk ipuol, aWa (toX apeaau. 
 
 b) with prepositions : iir ifioi upon we, tt/so? o-e before you. 
 Otherwise the enclitic forms are used. (See 9 ; 10.) 
 
 2. Very emphatic are tytayc, ipovye, tpoiye, ipeyc, o-uye, etc. 
 
 3. For the meaning of the nom. of auToC, see 63. 
 
 4. The true pers. pron. of the third person, ov, ol, etc., is in 
 standard prose restricted to a reflexive sense. See 62 and 125. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
62-64] 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 35 
 
 62. REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 ' I. Person 
 
 II. Pekson 
 
 III. Person 
 
 
 Subj. : / 
 
 Subj. : thou, you 
 
 Subj. : he, she, it 
 
 S. N. 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 e/javTov, ^s 
 
 crtavTOv, -^s 
 
 iavTOv, -^s 
 
 [o5j 
 
 sui 
 
 D. 
 
 efuiVTio, -y 
 
 a-eavTif -jj 
 
 cavTtt), -»; 
 
 ot 
 
 sibi 
 
 A. 
 
 efjuxvTov, -TjV 
 
 creavTOv, -r/v 
 
 eavTOv, -rjv, -o 
 
 L^J 
 
 se 
 
 
 Subj. ; we 
 
 Subj. ; yori 
 
 Subj. . they 
 
 P1.N. 
 
 
 
 
 (r<fieU 
 
 ipsi 
 
 G. 
 
 rjixuiv avTm 
 
 vfjiu)v avTU)v 
 
 <r</)Sv avrlav or eavTcov 
 
 cr<^Sv 
 
 sui 
 
 D. 
 
 T/ixiv avTOts, -ais 
 
 VfJLLv avTois, -ais 
 
 (r(j>L(nv avToli or eavTots, etc. 
 
 crcjiLcn 
 
 [v) sibi 
 
 A. 
 
 1/ju.as aurovs, -as 
 
 v/jias avTOvs, -as 
 
 <T<^as avToiJs or eavrovs, etc. 
 
 cr<^as 
 
 se 
 
 1. Instead of aeavTov, etc., eauToi), etc., eavTMV, etc. 
 you may also use a-avrov, etc., avrov, etc., aiiT&v, etc. 
 
 2. For the use and meaning of the refl. pron. see 126. 
 
 3. ov, ol, eare enclitic. 9, 1. a. See 61, 1. 
 
 "AXXos. THE INTENSIVE AND RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 63. 1. Auto'?, avTq, avro has the regular inflection of the 
 adjective, except in the nom. and ace. sing, neut., which drop 
 the -V. See 61. Its meanings (see 127) are : 
 
 a) self, ipse ; e.g. 6 vi6^ airof filius ipse. 
 
 b) in the oblique cases: of him, eius (never heading a sen- 
 
 tence) ; e.g. 6 vl6<; avrov filius eius, crTepyco avrov amo eum. 
 
 c) with the article: the same, idem; e.g. 6 avro? vl6<; idem 
 
 filius. 
 Note. — By crasis with the article (18) arise the forms avTos, auTT;, tovto and. 
 TavTov (68, 2), TavTov, ravry, Tavrd, etc. 
 
 2. Like airo^ is declined : a Wo?, aXXr], aWo, alius, alia, aliud. 
 
 3. The reciprocal pronoun wants the singular and the nomi- 
 native case ; it is thus declined : 
 
 PI. Gen. hWrfKcov aXKriXcov aWrfKmv of one another, each other, 
 Dat. aX\riXoL<i aXXtjXuK aXX-^Xoi<; to each [one ari]other, 
 Ace. aXXrjXov<; aXXi]Xa<; dXXrjXa each [one an\other. 
 
 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. (See 126.) 
 
 64. 1. 'Eytio'9, ifirj, ifjbov my, mine, meus, ■qfierepo's, -a, -ov our, ours, 
 noster. 
 
 ao'i, ar], croV your, yours, tuus, i)iieTepo<;, a, -ov your, yours, vester. 
 2. The possessive pronoun of the third person is supplied by 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
36 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§65 
 
 the gen. eavrov, etc., in attributive position (refl.). See 120. 
 
 the gen. aiirov, etc., in predicate position (not refl.). See 121. 
 
 3. The relation of property is most frequently expressed by 
 means of the possessive pronouns and the possessive genitive of the 
 personal pronouns as follows : 
 
 a) In a sense not reflexive. 
 
 1. Less emphatic. 
 ■6 ^tXo? fxov, 
 6 <pi\o<; cov, 
 6 (^tX.09 avTOV (aLiT?;?), 
 
 6 ^CXo'i v/icov, 
 6 (fyiXo'i avTtov. 
 
 1. Less emphatic. 
 (TTepyto rov ifiov <pi\ov, 
 (TTepjei'! Tov crov (J}lXov, 
 (TTepyei tov eavrov (-ttj?) (j)c\ov, 
 cTTepyofMev TOV T^fierepov <j}o\ov, 
 aTepyere rov v/jierepov (f>i\ov, 
 arepjovaL rov kavrSiv (jjiXov. 
 
 2. More emphatic. 
 6 e/xo9 (f)i\o<;, 
 6 cro^ <^i'\o?, 
 
 o rovrov (eKeivov^ (f)i'K.o<;, 
 6 ■^fierepof (j)iXo<;, 
 6 vfie'repo'i 0^'\o9, 
 
 6 Tovrcov (eKelvoov^ (pi\o<;. 
 
 « 
 b) In a reflexive sense. 
 
 2. Move emphatic. 
 
 arepyeo rov ifiavrov (-rj?) (f>i\ov, 
 
 (TrepyeK rov aeavrov (-})?) i^iXov, 
 
 (TTepyei rov eavrov (-»)?) ^iXov, 
 
 arepyofiev rov ^fierepov avrcov (j)., 
 
 crrepyeTe rov iifierepov avrcov (j)., 
 
 (jrepyovcTi rov eavrwv <f>i\ov. 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 65. 1. o8e, TjSe, ro'Se this, this one here — points ahead (see 128), 
 oSto?, avrrj, rovro this, that, he (who') — points back, 
 eKelvof, eicecvTj, eKelvo that, yonder, that — over there — 
 points to things, absent or remote. 
 
 2. 6he is composed of the article and the enclitic -8e (9,' 1. f) 
 which has a demonstrative force (here, there) ; it is therefore declined 
 like the article. 
 
 3. oSto? too grows out of the article, with which it shares both 
 the initial sound (spir. asper or r : outo?, avrij, rovro, ravra) and 
 the middle sound (ov corresp. to the o-, av to the a-sound in the 
 
 article). 
 
 Sing. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 onTO? avTT] rovro 
 rovrov ravrrj^ rovrov 
 rovrm ravrrj rovrco 
 rovrov ravTqv rovro 
 
 Plur. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 ovroi avrai ravra 
 
 TOUTftJi' rovroav rovrcov 
 
 rovroi<; ravraiv rovroi<; 
 
 rovTov<; ravra'; ravra 
 
 4. 'EKeivo<; is declined regularly like auro'?, airi], avro, 61. 
 
 5. Note the predicate position in : 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 66, 67] 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 37 
 
 oSe 6 avr)p or o av'^/s ohe this man here, 
 
 ovTO<i 6 avrjp or o avr)p ohro'i this (that, the said} man, 
 
 eKsivr) rj yvvrj or ^ yvvr] e/ceivrj yonder woman. (See 128.) 
 
 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 66. 1. "O?, T], 6 who, which, that is thus declined : 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 & 
 
 
 6 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 at 
 
 a 
 
 . G. 
 
 ol> 
 
 ^9 
 
 ol 
 
 
 G. 
 
 oi)V 
 
 wv 
 
 wy 
 
 D. 
 
 
 7- 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 oh 
 
 ah 
 
 oh 
 
 A. 
 
 6V 
 
 ^V 
 
 6 
 
 
 A. 
 
 on? 
 
 a? 
 
 V 
 
 a 
 
 2. More emphatic is ocnrep, ijirep, oirep,. olnrep, etc. even (precisely, 
 jusf) he who, the very person who. 
 
 3. "OcTTt?, ■^Tt9, oTt quisquis, quicumque, any one who, whoever, 
 whatever, whoso. (See 67, 3.) 
 
 4. Notice the article in : o ^tXo?, oi) tov vlov TraiSevco the friend 
 whose son I educate. 
 
 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 67. 1. Tt?, Ti is an interrogative pronoun = quis? quid? 
 
 Who? what? which? 
 
 It always accents the stem-syllable and takes no accent but 
 the acute. 
 
 2. Tt?, Tt is an indefinite pronoun = aliquis, quidam: 
 Any (owe), some (one}, (a person}, a Certain (a kind of}. 
 
 It is enclitic throughout and never takes an accent but upon 
 the ultima (9, 2. b). 
 
 3. "Oo-Ti? is: a) an indirect interrog. pronoun = quis; 
 
 b) an indefinite relative = quicunque ; 66, 3. 
 
 4. They are declined as follows : 
 
 Sing. N, 
 
 Tt? ; Tt'; 
 
 Tt? Tt 
 
 oaTK 
 
 ^Tt? 
 
 0,TI 
 
 G. 
 
 TtVo? ; 
 
 TLVC; 
 
 ollTlVOS 
 
 ^O-Ttl'O? 
 
 odrLvos 
 
 D. 
 
 Tt'w ; 
 
 TivC 
 
 I^TIVL 
 
 yTCVC 
 
 I^TIVL 
 
 A. 
 
 Ttm ; Tt'; 
 
 TLVa Tt 
 
 OVTLVa 
 
 rjVTiva 
 
 0,TI 
 
 Plur. N. 
 
 rive<; ; riva ; 
 
 Tive; Tivd 
 
 oiTive<; 
 
 aXTive'i 
 
 &Tiva 
 
 G. 
 
 Tivmv ; 
 
 TlV(OV 
 
 oyvrtveov 
 
 avTivecv 
 
 SlVTlVCOV 
 
 D. 
 
 TCcn(v) ; 
 
 Ti<rt'(i') 
 
 olcmc7i(v} 
 
 al(7Ti(n(v} 
 
 olcrTiai(v} 
 
 A. 
 
 Tiva<; ; riva ; 
 
 Tti-a? Tti'a 
 
 ova-Tiva'i 
 
 aa-Tivaf 
 
 &TLVa, 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
38 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 68, 69 
 
 Note 1. — The following collateral forms are of frequent occurrence : 
 for Tivoi; : tov ; for rtw? : rov end., for oSrti'o? mostly : otov, 
 ioxrCvi: rSi; iov nvi : rm end., for wrtw mostly : otoj, 
 for the neuter nvd: drra (not end.}, for anva : arra. 
 
 Note 2. — To distinguish the conjunction on that, because from the neut. of 
 the relat. and interrog. pronoun on, the latter is sometimes written o,tl. 
 
 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 68. 1. TTOio?, "TToCa, irolov; qualisf of what description? what 
 sort of? 
 
 TTo'cro?, TTocrrj, ttoctov ; quantusf how large? how much? pi. quot? 
 how many? 
 
 TToVe/oo?, irorepa, Trorepov ; uter ? which of the two ? 
 
 Interrogative 
 
 Indef. 
 
 Demonstrative 
 
 Relative 
 
 direct and 
 indirect 
 
 only 
 indirect 
 
 end. 
 
 limited 
 (129, 1.) 
 
 unlimited 
 (129, 1.) 
 
 TTO- 
 
 OTTO- 
 
 TTO- 
 
 (to-) 
 
 0- 
 
 OTTO- 
 
 Tk; 
 
 oa-TK 
 
 Tk 
 
 o8e, o5to?, 
 e/ceti'o? 
 
 09 
 
 ocrrK 
 
 TTOiO? ; 
 
 OTTOIO'; 
 
 (woi6<;') 
 
 (rolo'i') TOioaBe 
 
 TOlOVT0<i 
 
 oto? 
 
 OTTOtO? 
 
 TTo'o-O? / 
 
 mroao'i 
 
 Qjroa-o^') 
 
 (roaa^ Toaoahe 
 
 TOaOVTO^ 
 
 6a-o<; 
 
 oTro'tro? 
 
 TTOTepo'i ; 
 
 OTToVe/OO? 
 
 
 erepo'i 
 
 
 OTToVe/OO? 
 
 2. TOiooSe, TOidSe, roiovhe and TocroaSe, rocrrihe, ToaovSe are declined 
 regularly, tolovto<; and too-outo? like oSto?, hence : 
 
 toioBtos, ToiauTi), TOiovTo I ToiovToi, ToiavTai, ToiaSra, 
 
 ToioiiTow, ToiaiTus, roiotiTou, etc. | toiovtuv, roiovruv, roiovTaiv, etc. 
 
 Besides toioOto, too-oBto and rairS (63, 1, note), also toioOtov, toctoOtov and 
 Tairdv are used as neuter forms. 
 
 Note. — By crasis, o crepos is changed to arepos, to irepov to ddnpov. See 18. 
 
 
 69. CORRELATIVE ADVERBS 
 
 
 
 Intekrogative 
 
 Indefin. 
 (all enclit.) 
 
 Demonstra- 
 tive 
 
 Relative 
 
 direct and 
 indirect 
 
 indirect 
 only 
 
 limited 
 (129,1.) 
 
 unlimited 
 (129,1.) 
 
 TTorv; ubi? tvheref 
 
 OTTOV 
 
 TTOv alicubi 
 somewhere 
 
 ev^aSc hie 
 avTov ibidem 
 evTavda ibi 
 6K£i illic 
 
 ov ubi 
 evOa 
 
 oTTov ubi • 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§70] 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 CORRELATIVE ADVERBS. — Concluded. 
 
 39 
 
 Interhogative 
 
 Indefin. 
 (all enclit.) 
 
 Demonstra- 
 tive 
 
 Relative 
 
 direct and 
 indirect 
 
 indirect 
 only 
 
 limited 
 (129, 1.) 
 
 unlimited 
 (129, 1.) 
 
 iroifquo? whither? 
 
 oiroi 
 
 TTOi aliquo 
 
 ivOahi hue 
 aiiTocre eo 
 ivTav6a eo 
 iKcl<T€ illuc 
 
 ol quo 
 tv6a 
 
 mroi quo 
 
 ■n-oOiv; unde ? 
 whence f 
 
 OTToOtV 
 
 ■Kodiv ali- 
 cunde 
 
 ivOivSe hinc 
 avTodev inde 
 evTivdcv inde 
 eKcWev mine 
 
 oOtv unde 
 iv6ev 
 
 oTToBcv unde 
 
 ttote; quando f 
 when? 
 
 oiroTe 
 
 TTori ali- 
 qvMndo 
 
 t6t€ turn 
 
 ore cum 
 
 oTTOTt cum 
 
 irSs; quo modo? 
 how? 
 
 OTTCDS 
 
 TTcils 
 
 (ci's) <o8e 
 owVa)(s) 
 
 a)S, wfrwep 
 
 OTTOi'S 
 
 trfj ; qua ? how ? 
 which way ? 
 
 OTTT] 
 
 wg 
 
 TjJ'Se 
 
 TavTT) 
 
 V> W^P 
 
 OTrg 
 
 Note 1. — ivda and tvdev are mostly relative {where, whither and whence"), but 
 have demonstrative force in such expressions as tvda &r] on that (very) occasion, Just 
 then, then indeed, and others. 
 
 Note 2. — Kol Sis (&) even so ; ov8' Ss not even so, ne sic quidem. 
 
 70. V. NUMERALS. 
 
 
 
 Cardinal 
 
 Ordinal 
 
 Adverbs 
 
 a' 
 7' 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 eh, lua, ev 
 
 8t)o 
 
 rpek, rpta 
 
 irpSiTO^, -7], -ov 
 Sevrepo'i, -a, -ov 
 T/01TO9, -T], -ov 
 
 aira^ once 
 
 hk twice 
 
 rpk three times 
 
 6' 
 e' 
 ?' 
 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 TerrajOe?, -pa 
 irevre 
 
 t A 
 
 ETTTa 
 
 TerapTO'i 
 Tre/aTTTO? 
 eicTO'; 
 e^Bo/jto^ 
 
 TeTpUKK 
 
 TrevraKi'i 
 
 e^aia<! 
 
 e7rrdici<; 
 
 n' 
 
 8 
 
 OKTCO 
 
 oyBoo<! 
 
 OKTUKK 
 
 0' 
 
 9 
 10 
 
 evvea 
 Sexa 
 
 evaroi 
 SeKUTO'; 
 
 evuKK 
 Se/ca/ct? 
 
 DigitizetJ by Microsoft® 
 
40 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§70 
 
 NUMERALS. — Concluded. 
 
 
 
 Cardinal 
 
 Ordinal 
 
 / 
 
 Adverbs 
 
 la! 
 
 11 
 
 eVSe/ta 
 
 evBeicaTO'; 
 
 evBefcaKK 
 
 L0 
 
 12 
 
 SaJSe/ca 
 
 ScoSeKUTO^ 
 
 ScoSe/caKK 
 
 '7' 
 
 13 
 
 T/3et9 (rpla) koX 
 
 T/31T0? Kal SeKUTO'i 
 
 TpurKaiBeKa.Ki<; 
 
 tS' 
 
 14 
 
 SeKa 
 
 TeTapTO<; Kal SeKaro'; 
 
 TerpaKaiBeKCiKi^ 
 
 le' 
 
 15 
 
 TrevTeKaiBeica 
 
 TrevTEKaiSeKaTO'; 
 
 etc. 
 
 ts' 
 
 16 
 
 eKKaiSeKa 
 
 eiCKOtheKaTO^ 
 
 
 '?' 
 
 17 
 
 eiTTaKaiheKa 
 
 eTrTaKaiSeKaTO<; 
 
 
 .V 
 
 '18 
 
 oKTCOKaiSeKa 
 
 OKTaKaiBe/caTOf 
 
 
 i^' 
 
 19 
 
 ivveaKaiheKa 
 
 ivveaKaiSeKaro<; 
 
 
 «' 
 
 20 
 
 eiKoaiCji) 
 
 ebKoaT6<; 
 
 elKoaaKK 
 
 A.' 
 
 30 
 
 rpiaKOVTa 
 
 TpiaKOCTTOV 
 
 Tpca/covTaKK 
 
 /^' 
 
 40 
 
 reTTap&KOVTa 
 
 TeTTapaKOUTO'i 
 
 etc. 
 
 I'' 
 
 60 
 
 7revTr)K0VTa 
 
 irevTTjKoaTo'; 
 
 
 r 
 
 60 
 
 e^rjKOVTa 
 
 e^rjKocno'i 
 
 
 o' 
 
 70 
 
 e^Bofi-qKOvra 
 
 e^BofJLrjicocTTO^ 
 
 
 tt' 
 
 80 
 
 oyBorjKOvra 
 
 oySo-qKoarov 
 
 
 ?' 
 
 90 
 
 evevrjKovTa 
 
 ivevrjKOCTTO'; 
 
 
 Z'' 
 
 100 
 
 eKUTOV 
 
 eKaToaro'; 
 
 eKaT0VTaKL<; 
 
 0-' 
 
 200 
 
 BtaKoinoi, -ai, -a 
 
 BiaKoaiocTTO^ 
 
 BiaKoaicucK 
 
 t' 
 
 300 
 
 rpidKocnoi, -at, -a 
 
 TpiaK0(TL0crT6<; 
 
 etc. 
 
 u' 
 
 400 
 
 TerpaKocnoi 
 
 TerpaKOcnoaTO^ 
 
 
 <^' 
 
 500 
 
 irevrdicoaLoi 
 
 TrevTaKoaioaro'; 
 
 
 %' 
 
 600 
 
 e^dfcocrioi 
 
 k^aKoaiO(TT6<i 
 
 
 t' 
 
 700 
 
 eTTTaKoaiot 
 
 €TrTaKO(7ioa-T6<; 
 
 
 ffl' 
 
 800 
 
 ofCTaKoaioi 
 
 OKTaKocnocTO'; 
 
 
 ^' 
 
 900 
 
 evcLKoaioi 
 
 evaKoaioaTO'; 
 
 
 ,a 
 
 1,000 
 
 yfXioi, -ai, -a 
 
 ')(CkLocn6'i 
 
 •XlXiaKK etc. 
 
 ,;8 
 
 2,000 
 
 Bva-'xtXioi, -at, -a 
 
 Bia-x'-^i'Oa-To^ 
 
 
 /' 
 
 10,000 
 
 fivpioi, -ai, -a 
 
 flVptOCTTO^ 
 
 flVpiUKK 
 
 ,ia 
 
 11,000 
 
 p,vptoc KoX ■X^lXlOL 
 
 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 71] NUMERALS. 41 
 
 t 
 
 1. All ordinals and the cardinals from 200 upwards are adjec- 
 tives of three terminations; of the others, only the first four are 
 declined : 
 
 N. 1. et? /ua ev 2. Suo 3. T/aet? rpCa 4. rerrape^ rerrapa 
 
 G. ew? fxid'; evo'i Svolv rpiMV reTTcipcov 
 
 D- evt fiia, evi hvolv Tpt,a-C(v') TeTTa/Jcri(i/) 
 
 A. eva fxiav ev. hvo. rpeh rpla. rerrapa^ rerrapa.. 
 
 OiiSek (/LtT^fiet?) no one is inflected like eh, a/j,(jia) like Svo. 
 S. ouSet? oiiBe/JLia ovSe'v none, PL Masc. ovSeve<; afi^co hath.. 
 
 ovBevo^ ovSefiia<i ovSev6<; ovSevcov a/j,<^oiv 
 
 ovBevi ov8e/j,ia ovBevi ovBec7i(^v') a/jLcfiolv 
 
 ovBeva ovhefiiav ovBev. ovSeva^. dfA,<j}a>. 
 
 2. Rule for the combination of units, tens, etc.: 
 
 If the smaller number precedes, /cat' must be inserted between; 
 
 if the larger number precedes, icai may be used or omitted. 
 Thus 235 may be expressed 
 
 by Trevre Kal rpiaKOvra kuI hiaKocnoi, 
 
 or BiaKocnoi Kal rpiaKOvratKal irevre, 
 
 or SiaKoaioi rpiuKovra irevre. 
 The same holds for ordinals : rpiaKocrroii 7re/x.7rTo? or rpiaKoaro';- 
 Kal Tre'/aTTTo?, but only Tre/iTrro? Kal rpiaKOcrro^. 
 
 3. Instead of rpeh (rpia~) Kal Bma, rerrape<; (rerrapa^ Kal Se'«a, 
 T/JiTO? Kal Bmara, rerapro^ Kal Se/Karo?, the other forms : rptcrKalSsKa, 
 rerrapaKaiBeKa, TpiaKaiBeKaro'i, rerrapaKaiBe'Karof are also met with ; 
 so also e^Bofjio<; Kal BeKaro^ besides eTrraKaiBeKaro<;, etc. 
 
 Note. — Avo is sometimes used indeclinably. Mvpt'ot, ixvpuxi, /wpia very many,, 
 countless, numberless (compare mille and sescenti) is different both in meaning and 
 accent from fuipioi, fivpiM, fjuvpia. 
 
 4. Besides the cardinal and ordinal numbers and the numeral 
 adverbs, the Greek has 
 
 numeral adj. in -ttXoD? = -fold, -plex (34, 1. b) ; 
 
 e.g. aTrXoO? simple, Bnr\ov<; twofold, double, etc. 
 and in -TrXacrto? ; e.g. Bnr\aaio<; twice the size of ; and 
 numeral subst. in -as, -dBo<;: -q fiopd^ unit, rj BeKw;, decad ; 
 
 7] /jLvpidi; the number 10,000, a myriad. 
 
 THE DUAL IN DECLENSION. 
 
 71. It has but two forms, 
 
 one for the nom., ace, and voc. cases, 
 the other for the genit. and dative cases. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
42 rSTFLECTION. [§ 72 
 
 Its terminations are in N. A. V. G. D. 
 in the I. decl. -a, -aiv, 
 
 " II. " -ft), -oiv, 
 
 " III. " -e, -oti/. 
 
 JS.g. TO) %(»/>«, TOti' 'yapaiv — ro) Ti,fid, toIv Tifialv, 
 
 TO) Oed), Tolv deolv — tw avOpayrrm, tolv avOpcoTTOiv, 
 
 Tft) O-rjpe, Tolv ffrjpolv — to) cj)v\aKe, rolv (f>v\aKOiv, 
 
 Tft) dvBpe, TOLV avhpolv — tco yvvaiKe, rolv yvvaiKOiv, 
 
 Tcb %eijoe, Toiv ')(epolv — toi &Te, toIv oitoiv (50, 12 ; 36, 7. c). 
 
 TO) TToXu, Toiv TToXioLV TU) (TKika, Tolv Tei^OLV. 
 
 of i'yd) : vd>, vSiv — oi a-v: (7<pd>, cripav. 
 
 Note. — The masculine dual forms tuJ and rotv are generally used for ra and 
 
 TOLV- 
 
 VI. INFLECTION OF THE VERB (CONJUGATION). 
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 72. 1. The Greek verb appears to some advantage when con- 
 trasted with the Latin verb, because it has 
 
 an additional number: the dual, see 96; 
 an additional voice : the middle, 
 
 an additional tense : the aorist, 
 
 an additional mood: the optative, 
 
 and two verbal adjectives. 
 
 2. The middle voice has indeed an active meaning, but involves 
 a reference of the action to the agent ; TraiSevo), for instance, means 
 I educate, TraiSevo /jlm I educate for my own sake or benefit (mihi, 
 dative), or, I educate myself (me ipsum, accusative). See 165. 
 
 3. The middle and the passive voices are the same in form, 
 except in the future and aorist. 
 
 Note. — Deponents -with the aorist in the middle form are called middle 
 deponents (D.M.) ; deponents with the aorist in "the passive form are called 
 passive deponents (D.P.). 
 
 4. The indicative of the aorist has its proper place in narra- 
 tive. It corresponds to the historical perfect in Latin. 
 
 5. The optative is used in wishes : -TraiSevoifu may I educate, 
 I zvish I were educating. However, this is not the only purpose it 
 
 ^ serves ; see 174, 2 ; 176, 4. 
 
 6. There are six tenses in Greek, which are divided 
 into principal 1 , [present, future, perfect, 
 
 and historical J i imperfect, aorist (ind.), pluperfect. 
 
 The historical tenses are also called preterit or augmented 
 tenses. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§721 CONJUGATION. * 43 
 
 7. The Verb Stem and the Present Stem. All forms of the 
 verb grow out of the verb stem, which almost always appears 
 enlarged or strengthened in the present tense. 
 
 For the manner of enlarging the verb stem, see 77 and 107-111. 
 
 8. There are two forms of conjugation in Greek, that of verbs 
 in -ft), with a thematic vowel ; e.g. Titid-o-fjiev, rt/ia-e-re. 
 
 in -/L«, without a thematic vowel ; e.g. Hara-fiev, lara-re. 
 
 9. The mood suffixes are not the same for all the moods : 
 
 a) the subjunctive lengthens the thematic vowels -o- 
 
 and -e- ; 
 for example : indie. TraiSev-o-ixev, -TraiSev-e-re, 
 subj. TraiBev-co-fiev, TraiBev-'ri-Te. 
 
 b) the optative adds a suffix of its own: -t- or -irj- (te-) ; 
 for example : indie. 7raiSev-o-fj,ev, "ara-re, 
 
 opt. TraiBev-oi-jjiev, itTTa-iTj-re. 
 
 10. The personal endings are of two kinds: principal and 
 historical; 
 
 j)rincipal for the indicative of the princ. tenses, and 
 
 the subjunctive, 
 historical for the indicative of the historical tenses, and 
 the optative ; in other words : 
 for all augmented forms and optatives. 
 
 11. Rule of Accent for the inflection of verbs : 
 
 In all forms of the verb, the accent is thrown back as 
 far as possible (the verb has recessive accent). Still it can 
 never recede beyond the augment, -at and -ot are counted as 
 short, except in the optative. 
 
 12. Special points to be noticed : 
 
 a) Contracted forms retain the accent on the contracted 
 
 syllable, if either of the contracted vowels was accented : 
 iTTOiovfieda (from i-Troie-ofMeda), fiaXov (from ^aXe-o), 
 TraihevdSs (from TraiSev6e-co~), SiSo) (from StSo-m'). 
 
 b) Optatives of passive aorists and of verbs in -fu have 
 
 the accent, if possible, on that syllable which contains 
 the mood suffix -t- : iraihevOelixev, 7raiSev6eiev — Tidel/Ji,ev, 
 lelre, BtBolev, laraivTO. 
 
 c) Infinitives, participles and verbal adjectives, 
 
 which are in reality verbal nouns or adjectives, do not 
 fall under the above rule ; participles retain the accent, 
 if possible, upon the syllable which is accented in the 
 nom. sing. masc. (25, 5). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
44 ♦ INFLECTION. [§§ 73, 74 
 
 d) Exceptions to the above rule for the verbal accent are conse- 
 quently only such forms of second aorists act. and mid. as have the thematic 
 vowel accented (see 86, 1 with note) ; hence 
 
 the 2 ps. sg. of the aor. imp. mid. : y3aA.oS (from jiaXi-o, see a*), 
 and a few active imperatives, as : ivwi (but airaire, t^uwe). 
 
 AUGMENT. 
 
 73. 1. The augment (^augmentum, increase') is the sign of the 
 past (historical, 72, 6) tenses. It is only used in the indicative 
 of these tenses (imperfect, aorist, pluperfect), and never in any 
 other moods or forms of the verb. 
 
 Tliere is a syllabic and a temporal augment. 
 
 2. Verbs beginning with a consonant take the syllabic aug- 
 ment. It consists of the prefix e ; thus 
 
 TraiSevft) : i-7rai8euov, eTraiBevg-dfiriv. 
 Initial p is doubled after e: epplinov I threw (22). 
 
 3. Verbs beginning with a vowel take the temporal augment. 
 It consists in the lengthening of the initial voweL The breath- 
 ing, however, is not changed. Thus • 
 
 lead, impf. fj'yov. 
 
 a is 
 
 lengthened 
 
 to Tj . 
 
 dya 
 
 e " 
 
 
 " V ■ 
 
 iXTTl^O) 
 
 " 
 
 
 "• (O 
 
 orrXi^co 
 
 I " 
 
 
 " I . 
 
 iSpVQ) 
 
 V " 
 
 
 " V 
 
 v^pi^o) 
 
 ot " 
 
 
 " V ■■ 
 
 alayyvc 
 
 a " 
 
 
 " V •■ 
 
 aSco 
 
 av " 
 
 
 " riv: 
 
 av^dvca 
 
 01 " 
 
 
 " (0 : 
 
 oIktCoq} 
 
 hope, 
 
 arm, 
 
 erect, 
 
 am insolent. 
 
 rfX'wil^ov, 
 
 anrXi^ov, 
 
 VBpvov, 
 
 v/3pi^ov, 
 
 rj(r')(yvov, 
 
 ySov, 
 
 rjV^avov, 
 
 (pKTipov. 
 
 sing, 
 
 increase, 
 
 pity, 
 
 4. Verbs beginning with a long vowel or ov, and sometimes 
 those beginning with et or ev, are not augmented; 
 e.g. ovrd^QJ wound, impf. ovra^ov, 
 
 elKa^co conjecture, " r/Ka^ov (^eiKa^ov'), 
 
 evxofJ^ai pray, vow-_ " rjixoM^ (.evxofirjv). 
 
 REDUPLICATION. 
 
 74. The reduplication enters into the perfect stem, and conse- 
 quently appears in the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect. 
 Reduplication takes place as follows : 
 
 1. Verbs beginning with one simple consonant (except p) 
 repeat the same with e, a rough mute being replaced by its corre- 
 sponding smooth ; 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§75] 
 
 AUGMENT. REDUPLICATION. 
 
 45 
 
 TraiBevco 
 
 educate, 
 
 perf. ire-TraiheVKa, 
 
 Xopevco 
 
 dance, 
 
 " Ke-')(opevKa, 
 
 (fyvTevm 
 
 plant. 
 
 7re-(}3VTevKa, 
 
 ffrjpevQ) 
 
 hunt. 
 
 " Te-6ripevKa. 
 
 e.g. 
 
 2. Verbs beginning ' with a njute followed by a liquid 
 (X, p., V, p) repeat only the mute with e; 
 
 e.ff. K\el(o shut, perf. Ke-KKeiKa, 
 
 Bpdo) do, " Be-BpaKu. 
 
 3. In all other cases the reduplication is the same as the 
 augment ; 
 
 e.g. ajQ) lead, impf. ■^701', 
 
 ottXiXo) arm, " SyirXi^ov, 
 
 KTl^CO found, " €KTl^O^, 
 
 (TTpaTevm take the field, " ia-Tpdrevov, 
 
 ^r]Tea) look for, aor. e^rjTrja-a, 
 
 ■KJravco touch,' ■ " eyjrava-a\ 
 
 jOtTTTft) throw, " epplyjra, 
 
 only KTUofiaL acquire, has usually 
 
 perf. ^x'^, 
 
 " anrXiKa, 
 
 " eKTlKU, 
 
 " ia-TpdrevKa, 
 
 " ei^rjT7)Ka, 
 
 " eijriiVKa, 
 
 " epplcf^a, 
 
 " Ke-KTTjfiai. 
 
 AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION IN COMPOUNDS. 
 
 75< 1. In prepositional compounds, the simple form is 
 augmented and reduplicated ; 
 
 e.g. ek-dyo), el<;-r}yov, ek-rj^o- 
 
 m-arpaTevay, i^-earpdrevov, i^-earpdrevKa. 
 
 2. Before the augment (or augment-like reduplication) : 
 prepositions ending in a consonant resume their original form, if 
 
 it has been changed in the present tense ; 
 prepositions ending in a vowel (except irepL and irpo) drop it; 
 
 throw into, impf. iv-e^aWov, 
 
 gather, " crvv-eXeyov, 
 
 draw together, " avv-ea-reWov, 
 
 throw away, " d-rr-e^aXXov, 
 
 throw upon, " eTr-e^aXXov, 
 
 throw beside, " irap-e^aXXov, 
 
 throw around, " irepi-e^aXXov, 
 
 flow around, " Trepi-eppeov, 
 
 throw before, " irpov^aXXov, 
 
 (or irpo-e^aXXov, 18, 2). 
 3. Such denominative verbs as are derived from nounal com- 
 pounds have the augment and the' reduplication at the beginning ; 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 e.g. ifi/3dXXa) 
 a-vXXeyci) 
 (TVcrreXXoa 
 avo^dXXo) 
 
 irapa^dXXco 
 but Trepi-/3dXX(o 
 irepippeo) 
 Trpo^dXXm 
 
46 INFLECTION. [§§ 76, 77 
 
 e.g. aStKeto do wrong, ^BiKija-a, rj^UrfKa (from 45ikos), 
 aOvixeo) lack courage, rjOvfirjaa, yOvfnjKa (from dtflu/xos), 
 Svarvx^eo) am unhappy, iSva-TV'x^Tjaa, SeBvarv'xrjKa (fr. Swtvx'^s), 
 evTVxeco am happy, rjirv^rjo-a, riyrvxr^ica (fr. efirt-x^s). 
 
 A. FIRST CONJUGATION: VERBS IN -co. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS. 
 
 76. ACCOEDING TO THE FiNAL CONSONAKT OF THE VeBB StEM. 
 
 1. Pure Verbs. — The stem ends in a vowel (or diphthong) ; 
 e.g. TraiSev-ct) educate, \v-co loose, ri-a value, 
 
 Ti/xd-co honor, iroie-o) make, 8ov\6-ai enslave. 
 
 2. Mute Verbs. — The stem ends in a mute : 
 
 e.g. Sid)K-a) pursue, Xe^-o) say, TjOe^-&) run, 
 
 TpeTr-(o turn, Tpi^-co rub, rpetfj-co feed, 
 
 T^euS-ft) cheat, airevS-o) pour out, TreiO-co persuade. . 
 
 3. Liquid Verbs. — Tlie stem ends in a liquid; 
 
 e.g. aT€\-X-(o send, Sep-o) flay, a-Treip-co sow, 
 
 ve/x-eo allot, fie'v-co stay, Kpiv-eo judge. 
 
 77. According to the Manner in which the Present Stem 
 
 IS Formed from the Verb Stem. See 72, 7. 
 
 1. First or ca-Class : Present in -<o. 
 
 The verb stem is enlarged by the thematic vowel -o, -e. 
 
 Almost all pure verbs (see 76, 1), very many mute verbs, and a few 
 
 liquid verbs belong to this class : 
 
 TraiBev-co educate, Sicok-co pursue, Tpetfj-aj feed, 
 
 7rav-eo stop, Xey-ai say, i|rev8-(u deceive, 
 
 firjvL-co am angry, apx-o) rule, irepd-o) sack, 
 
 firjvv-a> inform, Tpeir-<o turn, Bep-co flay. 
 
 2. Second or x-Class : Present in -tw. 
 
 The verb stem is enlarged by the suffix -to, -re. This 
 class consists almost exclusively of labial verbs : 
 
 TUTTTft) strike, stem ti/tt- (o tutt-o? blow'), 
 
 ^XdiTTm damage, " ^\a^- (77 fiXd^r) damage}, 
 
 KpinrTco hide, " Kpv(^- {Kpv(^-a secretly'), 
 
 Odirro) bury, " ra^- (6 ra^-o? grave, cf. 21, 2). 
 
 Note. — Exceptional formations are 
 TiKTCo beget, stem tsk- (to tsk-vov child), 
 
 avvTco accomplish, " dvv- (coUat. dvvco, dvvco). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§77] 
 
 CLASSES OF VEKBS. 
 
 47 
 
 3. Third or lod-Class : Present in -jw (1, 2, note 2). 
 
 The verb stem is enlarged by the formative syllable 
 -jo, -je. The concurrence of / with the final consonant of the stem 
 makes a variety of euphonic changes necessary. 
 
 a) A guttural («, y, x) withy becomes tt (o-q-): 
 e.ff. ^vXdTTco watch, stem ^vXaK- (J) ^vXuk-i] watch), 
 
 TUTTco arrange, " ray- (o ray-o? commander'), 
 
 TapuTTco disturb, " rapax- (Ji rapax-n tumult). 
 
 Note. — A dental with / becomes tt (a-a-) in 
 
 (o apfJuxTTT^i he who regulates), 
 (^To TrXdcr/jux, anything molded). 
 
 ap/XOTTO) 
 
 regulate, 
 form, mold. 
 
 stem dpfWT- 
 " TrXaT- 
 
 b) S withy becomes f: 
 
 e.g. iXiri^co hope, stem iXirlB- 
 
 Kad-e^o/xai take a seat, " eS- 
 o^to smell of, " 6B- 
 
 (fj eXirk hope), 
 (to eS-d? seat), 
 Qq oB-p,ri od-or). 
 
 Note. — In some verbs, such especially as denote a sound, a guttural under- 
 lies the ^. 
 
 e.g. arevd^a) 
 
 olfKO^CO 
 
 moan, 
 lament. 
 
 st. arevay- (d arevay-fidv moaning), 
 " olficoy- (J) oip,a)y-ri wailing). 
 
 c) X with y becomes XX (compare fidXa, fidXXov) ; 
 e.g. aXXo/iai leap, st. dX- (^ro dX-fia leap, sal-io), 
 
 dyryeXXo) announce, " dyjeX- (d dyyeX-o<; messenger) . 
 
 Note. — Only the stem o^eA.- forms ot^etAo) (see d). 
 
 d) -ayj(o, -evjoo, -lvj(o, -vvjw and -apjco, -epjco, -lpja>, -vp-fo) 
 become -alva, -eivco, -tvco, -vva> and -aipco, -eiprn, -tpco, -vpco; 
 
 stem <f)dv- (^^av-e-pd'i visible), 
 Kaddp- 
 
 e.g. <j)aiv(o show, 
 KaOaipco cleanse, 
 
 reivco stretch, 
 
 (nreipo) sow, 
 
 Kptvco judge, 
 
 dfivvw ward off, 
 
 likewise dc^eiXca am indebted, 
 
 (^KaOap-o'i pure), 
 ■rev- (a-Tev-ri'; stretched), 
 
 airep- (to cnrep-fia seed), 
 Kplv- (fut. Kpiv-a>), 
 dfivv- (fut. dfivv-o)), 
 d(^eA.- (aor. II. M<f)eX-ov, 86). 
 
 Note. — In Kaio) (besides xdo)) burn, st. Kav- (to Kav-fjia heat), * 
 and KXatu) (besides KXaoi) weep, st. xXav- (o xAau-^/tos weeping), 
 the stem remains unchanged before consonants ; their presents are formed from 
 Kap-Jo) and KXaf-Joi. 92, 2 ; 97, 44. 45. 
 
 For the remaining five classes, see the irregular conjugation, 
 107-112. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
48 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§78 
 
 1. PURE 
 
 78. PARADIGM : 
 
 Active Voice 
 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 
 
 
 
 Principal Tenses 
 
 Historical Tenses 
 
 
 
 
 / educate * 
 
 / educated 
 
 (that) ' I may educate 
 
 P4 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 TratSeu-u) 
 
 £-7ratS£T>o-i/ 
 
 TratSfiv-w 
 
 a 
 
 2. 
 
 7ratSei!-«s 
 
 £-7rat8£u-£-s 
 
 7rat8£v-7^s 
 
 1 
 
 3. 
 
 iraiBcv-ci 
 
 £-irat8£th£(l') 
 
 TratSev-Tj 
 
 ta 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 -TraiSev-o-fJiev 
 
 e-7ratS£v-o-/x£v 
 
 7rat8ev-(o-/i£v 
 
 £ 
 
 2. 
 
 TratSeu-E-re 
 
 E-7ral8£1>£-T£ 
 
 TraiBev-rj-TC 
 
 
 3. 
 
 7rat8ei>ov(n(v) ^ 
 
 i-TraLSev-ov 
 
 iraiS€v-tiy(n(v) ^ 
 
 
 
 / shall educate 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Tratoev-cro) 
 
 
 
 =1 
 
 
 
 7rai8eiJ-o-£is 
 
 
 
 PC4 
 
 3. 
 
 TraiSeu-crei etc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 same as in present 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 I educated (168, 2. a) 
 
 (that) * I may educate 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 
 £-7rat8£V-cra 
 
 7rai8ev-(T(D 
 
 ■4-1 
 M 
 
 o 
 
 
 £-7ratS£V-cra-s 
 
 irai8£v-(nys 
 
 n 
 
 .§ 
 
 3. 
 
 
 £-7rai8£v-o-£(v) 
 
 7rai8£v-o-r; 
 
 HH 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 
 £-irat8£v-(ra-/i£v 
 
 7rat8£T5-IT(l)-/i£I' 
 
 
 2. 
 
 
 e-irat8£v-(Ta-T£ 
 
 7rat8£v-o-j7-T£ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 
 £-7rat8ev-o-a-v 
 
 ■irai8£ij-o-u)crt(v) 
 
 ■s 
 
 
 / have educated 
 
 / ^arf educated 
 
 (that) ^ / may have educated 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Tre-Trat'Sew-Ka 
 
 £-7r£-7rat8£lJ-K£t-V * 
 
 ■7re.-Trai,8tv-K0i 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 7^€-7^atoe^^Ka-s 
 
 £-7r£-TraiS£r5-K£t-s * 
 
 7r£-Trat8£v-Kgs etc. 
 
 (1< 
 
 3. 
 
 7re-iratS£v-K£(i/) 
 
 £-7r£-7rat8£v-/c£i * 
 
 same as in present, or : 
 
 s" 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 7r£-7raiSeiJ-Ka-/n£i/ 
 
 £-ir£-7rai8ev-K£-;«,£v " 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Tr£-7rat8£v-Ka-T£ 
 
 £-7r£-7rat8£W-K£-T£ ^ 
 
 ir£7rat8£VKa)S (2, ijs, ^ etc. 
 
 Ph 
 
 3. 
 
 ■!r£-7rat8£ij-Kao-t(v) ^ 
 
 £-7r£-7rai8£v-K£-a-av '' 
 
 
 Note. — For the forms of the II Aorist 
 
 * In the paradigms only one meaning out of a variety 
 
 Remarks. -^ Note in the subj. the iota 
 
 ^ from 7rat5ci)-o-PTi, iraideTj-o-vfft. 
 ^ from 7roi6ei5-u-i'Ti, Traidei-ia-v(rt. 
 
 * from TTfiraiSd-Ka-vTi., Trewaidei-Ka-vin. 
 
 * early coUat. form iireirmSfiKTi, -ktis, -Kei{v) [from -ea, -eas, -££(>-)]. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§78] 
 
 PARADIGM: ■TraiSevm. 
 
 49 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 xaiSeuu I educate 
 
 Active Voice 
 
 Optative 
 
 Imperative 
 
 Infinitive and Participle 
 
 may I educate 
 iroiScv-oi-iu 
 
 ■TTCuStV-Ol-i 
 
 traiSev-oi 
 7rai8£v-oi-/i£i' 
 iraiSev-oi-TS 
 iraiSev-ote-v 
 
 irat8eu-£ educate 
 irat8£v-£-T<i> let him [= Ae 
 should^ educate 
 
 TraiBeu-o-VTOiiv ' 
 
 iraiStv-av 
 
 to educate 
 
 7rai8£ij-oiv, -OVTOS 
 iraiS£i>-ov(ra, -oiarfi 
 traihiv-av, -ovt<k 
 one that educates 
 
 (saying that) / would educate 
 169, 4. note 
 
 TTOlSeV-KTOt-fll 
 
 irai8£V-troi-s 
 TraiSev-aoi etc. 
 
 same as in present 
 
 
 TratStu-erEiy 
 
 {to educate in future) 
 
 'ir(uStv-(To>v, -oiTos etc. 
 
 one that will [is about 
 
 to] educate 
 
 may I educate 
 
 irOt8£lJ-(70l-/Xl 
 
 irai8£ij-<riii-!, -cr£ias 
 7rai8£i;-irai, -creie^v) 
 7rat8£u-<7ai-/i£v 
 ■TrcuSev-a-ai-re 
 vaiSev-Taie-i', -(Ttiav 
 
 TraiSev-(Tov educate 
 iratS£ti-(ra-ro) let him edu- 
 cate 
 ircaStv-aa-Ti 
 irat8£U-o-a-i/T<ov' 
 
 iraiBev-CTiU, 
 to educate or: to have 
 educated, 169, 4. 
 
 iraiSev-ffas, -(TavTos 
 
 ■!raiSe.v-a-a(ra, -(Taxrrft 
 
 ■ira.ihf.v-(Tav, -cravros 
 
 one that educated 
 
 may I have educated 
 ■n-e-Tra&v-KOL-iu 
 iTE-TraiSeu-Koi-s etc. 
 same as in present, or: 
 
 ir£^at8£VKu)s cirp>, arj'S, eirj etc. 
 
 
 ■ire-irai8e.v-K€-vaj, 
 to have educated 
 
 in-TraLiScv-Kioi, -kotos 
 Tre-iraiSev-Kvia, -kuuis 
 
 7r£-iral8£«-K0S, -KOTOi 
 
 one that has educated 
 
 and the II Perfect Active see 86 ; 88. 
 
 is given. For a full explanation see Syntax, 167 seqq. 
 
 subscript: iraihcvy;, ■Kaihevy. 
 
 5 late CoUat. form iireraiSei-Keiiiev, -Keire, -Keiirav. 
 
 ' that = in order that (implying intention, as in final clauses). 
 
 ^ late collat. form iraiSev-i-Tua-av. 
 
 8 tt tt " TratSeu-trd-TOKrap. 
 
 E Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
50 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 Middle Voice 
 
 [§78 
 PURE VERBS 
 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 Principal Tenses 
 
 Historical Tenses 
 
 
 
 / educate (for my 
 
 / educated (for my 
 
 (that) / m.ay educate (for 
 
 4-1 
 
 
 own sake), 165,l.h. 
 
 own sake) 
 
 my^oivn sake) 
 
 1 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 iraiSev-o-jJiai 
 
 i-^aiBev-o-fJLrjV 
 
 7rai8£v-(0-/Aat 
 
 2. 
 
 traiSev-rj ^ (-€t) ' 
 
 e-TTtttSev-ov * 
 
 waiBev-ri ^ 
 
 s 
 
 3. 
 
 Trai8e.v-€-Tai 
 
 e-TratSev-t-TO 
 
 ■n-aiScv-ij-rai, 
 
 09 
 
 s 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 TraiSev-o-ixeda 
 
 e-iraiSev-o-jne^a 
 
 iraiScv-to-iJieOa 
 
 £ 
 
 2. 
 
 iraiSev-^-a-Oe 
 
 e-Traioeij-e-0"P€ 
 
 waihev-rj-crOt 
 
 — 
 
 3. 
 
 waiSev-o-VTai 
 
 e-iratSev-o-VTO 
 
 Traihtv-ui'VTai 
 
 
 I shall educate (for 
 
 
 
 
 
 my own sake) 
 
 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Trai8ev-o-o-/iai 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 2. 
 
 ■TraiSci^triy 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 3. 
 
 Trai8ev-0'£-Tat 
 
 
 
 Pl^ 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 Traiitv-crcy-fxtda 
 
 ira&v-ae-irBi. 
 
 TraiSeu-CTO-vrai 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J educated (for my 
 
 (that) / may educate (for 
 
 
 
 
 own sake) 
 
 my own sake) 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 
 i-irai8cv-(Ta.-/jLT]v 
 
 ■Kcuhtv-crtsy-fXjaL 
 
 CO 
 
 ■g 
 
 2. 
 
 
 i-ira&v-arw ^ 
 
 TraiBev-a-ri 
 
 <■) 
 
 3. 
 
 
 i-^athev-a-a-TO 
 
 TraiSev-a-rj-Tai 
 
 •^ 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 
 i-TraL8ev-crd-iJ.€6a 
 
 iraiSev-CTfO-ixeda 
 
 
 2. 
 
 
 i-vaihtv-aa-ade 
 
 ■n-aiS€v-crr)-(Tde 
 
 
 3. 
 
 
 i-TTOiSev-cra-VTO 
 
 iraiBev-crui-VTai 
 
 
 
 / have educated (for 
 
 I had educated (for 
 
 (that) / may have educated 
 
 •c 
 
 
 my own sake) 
 
 my own sake) 
 
 (for my own sake) 
 
 3 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 TTe-TraiScv-fJUU 
 
 c-Tre-iraiSev-fiijv 
 
 irt-TraiBtv-fJilvos (u 
 
 P^ 
 
 2. 
 
 9r£-7ratS£v-o-ai 
 
 e-TTC-Trat'Sev-o-o 
 
 7,9 
 
 1 
 
 3. 
 
 ire-TratSev-rai 
 
 c-irc-TratSev-TO 
 
 V 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 7re-7ratoeu-/xepa 
 
 £-7re-Trai8eu-/xe6a 
 
 TTt-TTatBtv-ixivoi <S/J.£V 
 
 1 
 
 2. 
 
 TTi-TraiSev-crOe 
 
 e-Tre-irai8n)-cr0£ 
 
 — T 
 
 
 3. 
 
 7r€-7ratoeuv-Tat 
 
 c--jr£-7ratS£V-VT0 
 
 uj(n(v) 
 
 Note. — For the forms of 
 
 from 7rat5ci;-€-ffat, Traifieii-e-at 1 , , , . 
 
 , . ^ , ^ , }■ hence iota subscript. 
 
 ' irom 7ratoeu-77-(7ai, Tratoeu-ij-at J 
 
 ' the later form TraiSeiJei is 6ften used in the indie for the earlier form TratSeii??. 
 
 ^ from ^7rai5ei5-e-(70, iTraiSe^-e-o. .^ 
 
 ' from ^7rai5ei5-(Ta-iTo, ^TratSeii-ca-o. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft© 
 
78] 
 — Continued. 
 
 PARADIGM: iraSeva. 
 
 Middle Voice 
 
 51 
 
 Optative 
 
 Imperative 
 
 Infinitive and Participle 
 
 may I educate {for my 
 own sake) 
 Traihtv-OL-fi.7jv 
 iraiZeo-oi-o ^ 
 Tra.ihe.v-01-TO 
 irai8£ihoi'-/A£^a 
 Traiiiv-oi-uOt 
 iraihev-OL-vTO 
 
 educate {for your 
 own sake) 
 
 ■rraiScv-ov ^ 
 ■n-aiStv-i-crOo) 
 
 TTOuSev-e-trOe 
 iraiSev-e-crOuiv " 
 
 Trat8£v-£-o-0at 
 
 to educate (for one's own sake) 
 
 Trai8i.v-6-fitvoi 
 
 ■TraiSev-o-ixivr) 
 
 Trcu.8ev-6-fj,€vov 
 
 one that educates {for his own 
 sake) 
 
 (saying that) I would educate 
 {for my own sake) 169, 4. note 
 ■7raAZf.v-<T0i-ii.r)V 
 iraihtv-croi-o ^ 
 ■iraLhe.v-(Toi-TO 
 ■irajZe.v-(Toi-ii,tOa 
 iraihiv-uoi-aQe 
 iraiZtv-tToi-VTO 
 
 
 TraiSev-crt-crOai 
 
 to educate {for one's own sake) 
 in future 
 
 TraiSev-cro-fxevo? 
 
 7ro.ihe.n-aro-jj.ivj] 
 
 7rat8ev-<TO-/u.£V0]/ 
 
 one that will educate {for his 
 own sake) 
 
 may I educate {for my own 
 
 sake) 
 iraiSev-(Tai-fji,riv 
 TraiSev-aai-o ^ 
 ■7rai8ev-(rcu-TO 
 TraiStv-CTaC'/ji.cOa 
 iraiSev-irai-tTde 
 ircuSev-a-ou-VTO 
 
 educate {for your 
 own sake) 
 
 iraiSev-a-ai 
 TraiSev-crd-adu) 
 
 TraiStv-cra-a-de 
 TraiSe-v-a-d-o-Owv * 
 
 iraihtv-aa-trOcu 
 to educate {have educated, 169, 4) 
 {for one's own sake) 
 
 iraiStv-a-d-fjievos 
 TraiStv-cra-ixivri 
 Trai&ev-(Td-fJi,tvov 
 one that educated {for his own 
 sake) 
 
 may I have educated {for my 
 own sake) 
 Tren-aiSev/jt.eyo's eti;v 
 
 ireTraSevfiivoL cirj/iiv 
 
 £1»;T£ 
 
 CLri(7av 
 
 have educated {for 
 your own sake) 
 
 ir£-7rai8£v-o-o 
 Trf-Tratosv-cr^co 
 
 ir£-7rat'8£D-o-0£ 
 Trt-Trai.8tij-<T0tov ^ 
 
 ire-^aiSoj-crOaL 
 
 to have educated {for one's own 
 .lake) 
 
 Tre-TraiScv-fjia'Oi 
 irt-^aihtv-fjiivr] 
 7r€-TraiSev-jX€vov 
 one that has educated (for his 
 own sake) 
 
 the II Aor. Middle, see 86. 
 
 ^ from Tratde6-oi-ffo {int. watSei-ffoi-uo, aor. TraiSei-irai-ao) . 
 
 2 from iraiSei-e-cro, 7rai3eii-c-o. 
 
 3 later collat. form iraiSev-i-a-daa-av. 
 
 * " " *' TraL5ev-(T6.-(Tdtaaav. 
 
 5 " " " treTatded-jBoxrav. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
52 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 Passive Voice 
 
 [§78 
 PURE VERBS 
 
 
 ' 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Principal Tenses 
 
 Historical Tenses 
 
 
 
 / a7n educated 
 
 I was educated 
 
 (that) / may be educated 
 
 i 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P. 1. 
 
 TraiBiv-o-jjuu 
 TraiBev-Tj (-«) 
 ■n-cuSev-e-rai 
 
 etc. 
 
 i-Trai8tv-6-ixriv 
 i-iraiSev-ov 
 e-7rato€v-e-TO 
 etc. 
 
 irai8£v-(i)-|tiat 
 TraiSev-r/ 
 TratSev-ip-ai 
 etc. 
 
 cu 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 
 same as in the middle 
 
 
 
 / shall be educated 
 
 
 - 
 
 2 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 ■7rai.Sev-6rj-(TO-iJMi 
 
 iraiStv-0-^-crrj 
 
 ■TraiSiv-Orj-fre-Tai 
 
 ■TraiSev-Orj-ao-iJLeda 
 
 TraiSev-^iy-o-e-cr^e 
 
 ■TraiStv-OT^-iTO-VTai 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / was educated 
 
 (that) / may be educated 
 
 < 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 1 
 
 i-TTtxioco-Orj-v 
 
 i-TraiSev-drj-'s 
 
 €~TratO€v-0rj 
 
 i-TTOuStv-Grf-fJLev 
 
 i-^aiScv-Orj-Te. 
 
 i-Trai8ev-dr]-(Tav 
 
 TTotBev-Ou) 
 iraiBtv-Oy's 
 
 ■7raiBev-6!o-fji.cv 
 7raLoev-0^-T€ 
 
 V, 
 
 P4 
 
 d 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 / Jiaue been educated 
 
 Tre-Traioev-fjiat 
 
 TTt-TratSev-craL 
 
 7re-Trai8ev-Tai 
 
 etc. 
 
 I had been educated 
 
 i-Tre-^aiSev-fxrjV 
 
 c-7r€-7ratoev-o'o 
 
 c-ire-TratSeu-To 
 
 etc. 
 
 (that) / may have been 
 
 educated 
 TrCTraiScvfjiivo's w 
 
 •9 
 
 V 
 
 etc. 
 
 fk 
 
 
 same as in the middle 
 
 Note. — -For TraiSevij, iratSeJ^t, iirai8tvov, iraiScvoio and waiSeuov, see the 
 
 notes, pp. 50 and 51. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§78] 
 
 — Concluded. 
 
 PARADIGM: 7rai8ei?«. 
 
 Passive Voice 
 
 53 
 
 Optative 
 
 may I be educated 
 
 iratd£U-0t-/;t1Jl/ 
 iraiBev-oi-o 
 TraiSev-oi-TO 
 etc. 
 
 Imperative 
 
 let yourself be educated 
 
 7rat8ev-ou 
 
 etc. 
 
 Infinitive and Participle 
 
 naiSev-e-crOaL 
 
 to be educated 
 
 ■iraiSev-6-fi€vo's 
 
 one that is educated 
 
 same as in the middle 
 
 (saying that) / would be educated 
 (some time in the future), 169, 4. n. 
 
 ■!rat8eu-5i;-croi-|HTjv 
 
 7rai8£D-6jj-(roiro 
 
 irai8eii-6^-<70t-TO 
 
 TraiSev-Ori-o'oi-iJ.eOa 
 
 TraiStv-6rj-(TOt-(T0£ ~ 
 
 TraiScu-flTj-troi-i/TO 
 
 ■7raiSe.v-6i^-(T£-crdac 
 
 to he educated (at some 
 future time) 
 
 TraiScv-6rj-(T6-/jixvoi 
 TraLSev-Orj-o'o-fiivTj 
 TraiS€v-6r)-cr6-ficvov 
 
 one that will be educated 
 
 may I be educated 
 
 TTaiSev-Oeirj-v 
 ■7raiSiv-6arf^ 
 TraiScv-OeiT] ■ 
 ■ira(.heu-6tiyj-li.f.v, -6iifX.tv 
 iraLSiv-Odrj-re, -Oilre. 
 TrakSev-Ocirj-crav, -deXev 
 
 let yourself be educated 
 
 TraiStv-dif-Ti 
 watSev-O^Toi 
 
 waiSev-Oi-vTav ^ 
 
 ■7raLSsv-6rj-vai 
 to be educated (to have 
 been educated), 169, 4. 
 
 TratSeu-fleis, -OivTO'i 
 
 Traxhev-diUTO., -Otl.ar]'; 
 
 wajZiv-Oiv, -BivTO'i 
 
 educated, one that was 
 
 (is) educated 
 
 may I have been educated 
 
 iraraiSeviievoi urjv 
 
 — ar]i 
 
 tlr] 
 
 etc. 
 
 be educated 
 
 Tre-TraLStv-crOai 
 to have been educated 
 
 ir£-7rai8ev-(ro 
 ire-TraiSev-crOo) 
 
 (one who has been) 
 educated 
 
 same as in the middle 
 
 1 Later collateral form iraidev-eT/i-Tairav; compare the noteson pp. 49 and 51. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
54 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 79, 80 
 
 79. FORMATION OF THE TENSE 
 
 1. Pres. and Impf. Formative syllables are the thematic 
 Act., Mid., and Pass. vowels -o, -e, 
 
 -o before /i, v and in the optative, 
 -e before tr, t and before vowels ; 
 -eiv in the infinitive arises from -e-ev. 
 
 2. Fut. Act. and Mid. Formative syllables : -ao, -ae. 
 
 Same inflection as in the present. 
 Subjunctive and imperative are wanting. 
 
 3. I Aor. Act. and Mid. Formative syllable: -aa. 
 
 The subjunctive has the same endings as the 
 
 present. 
 To be distinguished: Trat'Seuo-oi'and'n-aiSevo-oi'; 
 
 TraiSevaat, iracSeverat, Traioevcrai. 
 [or Xvaai, 2. and Xvirai — jpd'^ai, 3.] 
 
 4. I Perf. Active Formative syllable is -Ka, added to the 
 
 redupl. stem. 
 Subj. and opt. have the same endings as in 
 the present. 
 
 5. I Pluperf. Active Formative syllable: -Kci, -Ke, added to 
 
 the redupl. stem. 
 Perfects with e- as reduplication take no 
 extra augment. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMATION 
 80. The stems of pure verbs, from the future 
 the verbs in -dw have after e, i, p : a (28, 1 ; 29, 1 ; 34, 2). 
 otherwise: t]. 
 
 1. 
 
 Present Active 
 
 Mid., Pass. 
 
 6i)pa-(i> hunt 
 @i\pa,-o-iuu 
 
 Tip.tt-a) honor 
 Ti(i.o-o-/iai 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 
 Future Active 
 Middle 
 
 6T|pa-cr<o 
 9t|po-(T0-)iiai 
 
 TlJlTJ-triO 
 
 Ti|i'/j-c7-o-jaai 
 
 Aorist Active 
 Middle 
 
 i-6-f\pa,-(Ta 
 l-@-t]pa-crd-iJLr)V 
 
 E-TC|iT]-cra 
 
 £-Tl|J.tl-(Ta-jU,T;V 
 
 Perfect Active 
 
 Mid., Pass. 
 
 T€-6i\pa-Ka 
 T€-6i\pa.-ijLai 
 
 Te-rl\ir]-Ka 
 
 T6-TC|i1l-pH 
 
 5. 
 
 Aorist ) „ 
 „ ^ 1 Pass. 
 Future ) 
 
 e-fltipo-^Tj-v 
 8iipo-^^-(T0(U.ai 
 
 e-Tin^-^jy-v 
 rip.i]-0-Q-(rofjuiL 
 
 6. 
 
 Verb. Adjectives 
 
 Bi)pa-Tds, 3. 
 9t)pa-Teos, 3. 
 
 rip.7\-T6s, 3. 
 Ti.|iT]-Te'os, 3. 
 
 For peculiarities of 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 79, 80] 
 
 FORMATION OF TENSES. 
 
 55 
 
 STEMS FROM THE VERB STEMS. 
 
 6. Perf. and Plup.Mid. Without formative syllable. 
 
 and Pass. 
 
 7. Future Perfect 
 
 The end- 
 
 I Aor. and I Fut. 
 Pass. 
 
 9. Verbal Adjectives 
 
 ings are applied directly to the redu- 
 plicated stem. The infin. and part, have 
 the accent throughout on the penult. 
 The act. is expressed by the pf. part, and 
 eaofiai (104, 3) ; thus ireiraihevKw'i eero/iai 
 I shall have educated. 
 The pass, adds to the redupl. stem the middle 
 endings -aofiai, etc. ; thus ireiraiSeva-ofj.ai 
 I shall have been educated. 
 Formative syllable: -Qr\, before vowels or 
 -VT : -9e, to be contracted with the the- 
 matic vowel of the subjunctive. 
 The aorist passive has active, 
 the future pass, has middle endings. 
 Mark as imper. "n-aiSevOrjTi 
 
 for iTai.Beii6r]dt (21, 1). 
 Formative syllables are -Td<;, -rrj, -rov 
 
 and -reoi, -Tea, -reov. 
 Trai8evT(k, 3. {capable of being) educated, 
 TraiSevTeoi, 3. that must be educated, edu- 
 candus. 
 
 OF TENSES OF PURE VERBS, 
 onward, end in a long vowel as follows: 
 the verbs in -eco : ii, the verbs in -dco : w, 
 the verbs in -lco : i, the verbs in -U(o : v. 
 
 iroU-to make 
 troU-o-fjuu 
 
 8ov\d-a> enslave 
 Sou\6-o-/;UU 
 
 HHviu-o) make known 
 
 |I.T|VD-0-/«« 
 
 7r0l{\-<T<O 
 
 iro^-o-o-iuat 
 
 8ou\(4-(ro-/nat 
 
 (iTlv^-cro-jtiai 
 
 e-Tro(i]-(ra 
 i-trovr\-cra.-iJ,T]V 
 
 £-Sov\<ii-cra 
 i-iovKa-cra-ix-qv 
 
 £-(),<) vv-cra 
 
 Tr£-1T0lT\-Ka 
 
 7r£-Troli]-iJMi 
 
 SE-8avX(D-Ka 
 S£-Soir\<ii-/nat 
 
 ;u,e-(i.^vv-/ca 
 fi.£-^i\vo-fxja.i 
 
 i-iroiif-6rj-v 
 ito\.i\-6ri-a-oixai 
 
 kSovXa-QrfV 
 tov\a-Ori-<joiiAU 
 
 £-f47)v6-^7;-V 
 
 TTOITJ-TOS, 3. 
 irOlT|-T£OS, 3. 
 
 8ov\(i>-Tos, 3. 
 8ovX(i)-T£0S, 3. 
 
 (i.r|vB-Tos, 3. 
 Urivu-TEOS, 3. 
 
 pure verbs see 91. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
56 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§81 
 
 81. PRESENT AND IMPERFECT 
 1. Paradigm Ti|ia<o : I honor. 
 
 a + E-sound(e, t?, et, rf) gives a (a), 
 a + O-sound (o, m, oi, ov) gives co (m), 
 original t becomes iota subscript. 
 
 
 
 Active 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 
 S. 
 
 1. 
 
 Tiixdu 
 
 TlflM 
 
 Ti/idofmi 
 
 TlfJiMfiat 
 
 > 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Ti/Juiei! 
 
 Tl/Jl,a<; 
 
 Tifidri (-ei) 
 
 TlfJ.a 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Tifldec 
 
 Tifia 
 
 Tiiiderai 
 
 Ti/jiaTai 
 
 .a 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 Ti/jAoixev 
 
 TifiSyfJiev 
 
 Tinabix(6a 
 
 rifia>fjLeda 
 
 a 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Ti/xdere 
 
 Tifidre 
 
 TL/j.de(r0e 
 
 Tijjida-Oe 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Tiii.&ovtn{v) 
 
 TlflMat^v} 
 
 TLfJ.dovTat 
 
 TCfl&VTal 
 
 
 •s. 
 
 1. 
 
 irifxaov 
 
 eTi/Jia>v 
 
 ^Tifjia6fj,7jv 
 
 iTifimfirjV 
 
 u 
 
 
 2. 
 
 iTijxaes 
 
 €Tifid<; 
 
 irindov 
 
 inixS) 
 
 "S 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ^T£/xae(i') 
 
 iTi/j,d 
 
 iTLfjAeTQ 
 
 irifidTO 
 
 4> 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 iripidoiiev 
 
 erifiMfiev 
 
 lTiiJ.abiJ.eda 
 
 iTLjxwueda 
 
 
 2. 
 
 irifidere 
 
 STifiaTe 
 
 iTtfjAetrde 
 
 eTifJi^da-ffe 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 irl/Mov 
 
 iri^wv 
 
 iTlfjAoVTO 
 
 irifi&VTO 
 
 V 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 rifiddj 
 
 Tt/ACO 
 
 TL/idu/iai 
 
 Tifiwfiai 
 
 •& 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Tifidris 
 
 TtyttO? 
 
 Tifidri 
 
 TLfl^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 3. 
 
 TlfuiTJ 
 
 Tl/MO, 
 
 Ti/id7)Ta{. 
 
 Ttfidrai 
 
 3 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 Tt.lJ.dwiX£V 
 
 TLflWfieV 
 
 TifjXLtbfjieQa 
 
 TifiafieOa 
 
 =1 
 
 CO 
 
 
 2. 
 
 TifJuitjTe 
 
 TiiMare 
 
 TifxdT}(Tde 
 
 Ti/j,aa-6e 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Tt/idu£ri(y) 
 
 TL/JLOXTli'^v') 
 
 TtfjdwvTac 
 
 Tifiavrai 
 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 TlfldoifU 
 
 Ti.ii,i}ii.L -qjtjv 
 
 Tl/J.aolfJ.Tjl' 
 
 Tifiwfirjv 
 
 u 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 2. 
 
 TtfldotS 
 
 Tt/A(fJs -coTy? 
 
 TLfldoLO 
 
 TLflSlO 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Tifxdol 
 
 Ti/i^ -aiT) 
 
 TtfjAoLTO 
 
 Tl/JL^O 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 Ti.iJ.doi.ixev 
 
 TC/J,q)fieV -i4riiJ.ev 
 
 Tifj.aoifj.e$a 
 
 TifjL^fie0a 
 
 o 
 
 
 2. , 
 
 TtfidoLTe 
 
 Tifiwre -((iijTe 
 
 Tiij.doi<r0e 
 
 Tifiacrde 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Ti/Mdoiev 
 
 rifiwev 
 
 TllldoLVTO 
 
 TlflWVTO 
 
 
 s. 
 
 2. 
 
 Ti/me 
 
 Tifjbd 
 
 Tiixdov 
 
 TlflS) 
 
 Pi 
 
 
 3. 
 
 TtfAah-(a 
 
 TCfXaTCO 
 
 Tiij.aic6ui 
 
 TifidaOw 
 
 a 
 
 p. 
 
 2. ' 
 
 TLfidere 
 
 riiMare , 
 
 TtfidetrOe 
 
 ri/idaOe 
 
 n 
 
 
 3. 
 
 TtfxadvTuv 
 
 TifKOVTWV 
 
 TtfjLa^(r6o)v 
 
 TifidcrdoDV 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 TtfidciV 
 
 Tifiav 
 
 Ttfidc(rdat 
 
 TifidaQai 
 
 
 
 TlfjLdttJV 
 
 rifioiv, -SwTO'; 
 
 Tifj,a6fj£vos 
 
 TlfKOfieVOI 
 
 Participle 
 
 Ti/idovcra 
 
 TifjLwaa, -(i>arj<; 
 
 Tinao/ihri 
 
 rifJbcofievTi 
 
 ' 
 
 
 Tifidov 
 
 Tl/ji&V, -aVTO'i 
 
 TtfiaSfievov 
 
 Tifjia/xevov 
 
 Note 1. — As the ending of the inf. act «v arises from a contraction 
 of e-ev, and consequently does not contain an original t, the contracted 
 inf. is Tijiov (not nixav) and SouXoCv (not SovXotv). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§81] 
 
 CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 57 
 
 OF CONTRACT VERBS., 
 
 2. Paradigm troiew: I make. 
 e + 6 gives ei, 
 e + o gives ov, 
 e before a long vowel or diphthong is absorbed. 
 
 
 
 Active 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 :ro(^u 
 
 ttolS) 
 
 TTOl^O/iai 
 
 'JTOlOVfial 
 
 
 2. 
 
 TTOt^eiS 
 
 ■JTOcelf 
 
 7roi^j;(-eO 
 
 7rot^(-ei) 
 
 i^ 
 
 3. 
 
 iroUci 
 
 TTOtet 
 
 iroUeraL 
 
 TTOieirai, 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 TToUofiev 
 
 voiov/jLev 
 
 roteS/ieBa 
 
 ■KOiovfieOa 
 
 A 
 
 2. 
 
 iroiiere 
 
 TTOieiTe X 
 
 TToUetrde 
 
 -TTOielade 
 
 f 
 
 3. 
 
 ^ 'ToUovffi(^v') 
 
 iroiova'i(v) 
 
 iroiioPTM 
 
 iroiovvTai 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 iiroUov 
 
 eiroiovv 
 
 itroteS/j.'tjv 
 
 eTTOiovfjbrjV 
 
 « 
 
 2. 
 
 iwoiees 
 
 iTTOieK 
 
 liroiiov 
 
 eiroiov 
 
 t! 
 
 3. 
 
 ^irofee(c) 
 
 iiroLei, 
 
 iiroL^ero 
 
 eTTOieiTO 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 iwoL^ofiev 
 
 eirocovfiev 
 
 iiroieSfieffa 
 
 eiroLovfieda 
 
 2. 
 
 iirot^ere 
 
 e-jroieire 
 
 ^iroi^eaQe 
 
 iiroielcrde 
 
 
 3. 
 
 iiroUov 
 
 eiroiovv 
 
 iiroJovTO 
 
 eiroiovvTO 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 TTOt^U 
 
 TTOiW 
 
 iroUwiiai, 
 
 iroiM/iai 
 
 > 
 
 2. 
 
 TTOl^l/S 
 
 TTOtr/? 
 
 Trotyl/ 
 
 voir] 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 
 3. 
 
 TTOl^B 
 
 TTOtj; 
 
 iroiiriTai 
 
 -TTOirjTaL 
 
 ^ 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 TTOt^ta/xev 
 
 7ro(ft)/iei' 
 
 TTOieii/ieBa 
 
 TTOimfieda 
 
 
 2. 
 
 woi4r]Te 
 
 TTOtijTe 
 
 TroUTI<r$€ 
 
 TroLrjaOe 
 
 CO 
 
 3. 
 
 irot^wo't(»') 
 
 iroiSicnCy) 
 
 TTOiiuyrai 
 
 "TTOiavrai 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 iroi^otjUi 
 
 TTOioliu -oirjv 
 
 iroieoifjiTiv 
 
 iroioifirjV 
 
 a> 
 
 2. 
 
 iroi^ois 
 
 TTOIOIS -Ot7^9 
 
 iroi^oio - 
 
 iroioio 
 
 ■s 
 
 3. 
 
 roiioi 
 
 TTOlOt -OtT^ 
 
 iroUotTQ 
 
 TTOIOITO 
 
 ^, 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 TTOL^OlfieV 
 
 TTOlolfieV -oLtlHEV 
 
 TTOteolfieda 
 
 iroLoifieOa 
 
 O 
 
 2. 
 
 iroUoLTe 
 
 TTO Loire -Oiljre 
 
 TTOiioia-Be 
 
 TTOiolaOe 
 
 
 3. 
 
 TTOidoiev 
 
 TTOtOtel' 
 
 TToUoLVTO 
 
 TTOiOlVTO 
 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 ToUe 
 
 TToiei, 
 
 TToUoV 
 
 TTOLOV 
 
 ^ 
 
 3. 
 
 iroteiro) 
 
 TTOleiTft) 
 
 Tpieiirda 
 
 iroieiardo) 
 
 Pi 
 
 P. 2. 
 
 roihre 
 
 TTOtetre 
 
 iroiieade 
 
 TTOiela-Oe 
 
 
 3. 
 
 TTOlebvTIilV 
 
 TTOtOlJl'TtBl' 
 
 TOte^ffdbJV 
 
 TTOieiaOcov 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 iroi^eiv 
 
 TTOteti' 
 
 Toiieffffai 
 
 TTOielcrOat. 
 
 
 
 ■wodwv 
 
 irOLOiV, -OVVTO'S 
 
 iroiebiuevos 
 
 •Kocovfievo'i 
 
 P£ 
 
 irticiple 
 
 voiiovsa 
 
 iroiovaa, -ovarj^ 
 
 voieoiiivt) 
 
 •JTOiOVfieVT] 
 
 
 
 TTOlioV 
 
 iroiovv, -ovvTOi, 
 
 TTOieblMVOV 
 
 iroLovfievov 
 
 Note 2. —In the optative sing, the forms with rj, in the plural 
 those without rj prevail. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
58 
 
 INFLECTIOIS. 
 
 [§81 
 
 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF CONTRACT VERBS. 
 3. Paradigm SouXdo) : I enslave. 
 
 o + e or o or ov gives ov, 
 
 + 7] OY (o gives ft), 
 
 + t-diphthong (et, ot, 77) gives 01. 
 
 ■ Concluded. 
 
 
 
 Active 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 
 S. 
 
 1. 
 
 douXdw 
 
 BovXo) 
 
 Sov\6ofj.ai 
 
 BovXovfiai 
 
 % 
 
 
 2. 
 
 5ouX6e(S 
 
 BovXoh 
 
 5ouX6]7(-ei) 
 
 BovXoi 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Soi/Xiei 
 
 Bov\oi 
 
 SovXderaL 
 
 BovXovTM 
 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 SofXio/iep 
 
 SovXouixev 
 
 dovXoS/ieffa 
 
 BovXav/xeOa 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 SouXieTe 
 
 SovXovre 
 
 dovXoecrdc 
 
 BovXovaOe 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 5ouX6ou£rt(j/) 
 
 SovXovai(^v^ 
 
 dovXSovTat 
 
 BovXowTai 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 ^SoiJXoop 
 
 eSovXovv 
 
 idov\o6fj.7}v 
 
 iBovXovfiTjV 
 
 1j 
 
 
 2. 
 
 4Soi\oes 
 
 iSovXov; 
 
 idovXSov 
 
 iSovXov 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 i5oi\oe(v) 
 
 iBovXov 
 
 ^dov\6eTO 
 
 iBovXovTO 
 
 
 p 
 
 1. 
 
 idov\6o/iei> 
 
 eSovXovfiev 
 
 48ov\o6iJi€6a 
 
 iBovXovfieSa 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 iSovXdere 
 
 iSovXovTe 
 
 idov\6e(Tde 
 
 iSovXovaOe 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 i8oi!f\oov 
 
 iBovXovv 
 
 idovTidovTO 
 
 iBovXoOvTO 
 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 dov\6ia 
 
 BovXci) 
 
 8ou\6(t3nat 
 
 BovXafiai 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 SovXdjis 
 
 BovXoi<; 
 
 dovMr; 
 
 BovXoi 
 
 p5 
 
 
 3. 
 
 dov\67] 
 
 BovXoi 
 
 SovXSt^Tat 
 
 BovXairai 
 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 dov\6anev 
 
 BovXS)fj,ev 
 
 SovXotljfieda 
 
 BovXcofjLeda 
 
 1 
 
 
 2. 
 
 5ov\6iiTe 
 
 BovXcoTe 
 
 SovXh-qaBe 
 
 BovX&trOe 
 
 CO 
 
 
 3. 
 
 5ouX6ttj(rt(i') 
 
 BovX(i)cn(^v) 
 
 douX6uivTaL 
 
 BovXcovTai 
 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 douXSoifit 
 
 8ov\oiiu -OlTjV 
 
 dovXooifiTjv 
 
 BovXoiixrjv 
 
 <u 
 
 
 2. 
 
 SouXiois 
 
 Soi/Xois -oCr)<S 
 
 dovXdoto 
 
 BovXolo 
 
 > 
 
 •43 
 
 
 3. 
 
 dov\6oL 
 
 SovKoi -0 1'?; 
 
 dovXioiTO 
 
 BovXoiTO 
 
 t 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 dov\6oLfji€v 
 
 BovXoilJ,€V -olri/i.(v 
 
 dovXooifieOa 
 
 BovXoifJ,e6a 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Sov\6oiTe 
 
 BovXoIte -olr)TC 
 
 dovX6ouTSe 
 
 BovXoLcrBe 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Sov\6ot€v 
 
 BovXotev 
 
 dovX6oLVTO 
 
 BovXoivro 
 
 
 s. 
 
 2. 
 
 SotfXoe 
 
 BovXov 
 
 SovXSov 
 
 BovXov 
 
 n 
 
 
 3. 
 
 dovXa^Tu 
 
 BovXovTd) 
 
 SovXo^adw 
 
 BovXovaOto 
 
 p. 
 
 2. 
 
 dov\6erc 
 
 BovXoVTE 
 
 SovXdecde 
 
 BovXovade 
 
 H^ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 dovXodvTujv 
 
 BovXovvTwv 
 
 dovXo4(T6o)v 
 
 BovXopcrdav 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 dov\6eLv 
 
 BovXovv 
 
 dovX6ea-da.i 
 
 BovXovcrdai 
 
 
 
 8ovX6(jjv 
 
 BovXaiv, -oOfTO? 
 
 dovXod/ievos 
 
 BovXov fj,evo<; 
 
 Participle 
 
 dov\6ov(ra 
 
 BovXovaa, -ovctt]'; 
 
 dovXooix4v'rj 
 
 BovXovfievT] 
 
 
 
 dov\6ov 
 
 BovXovv, -OVVTO^ 
 
 dov\o6fj^vov 
 
 BovXav/xevov 
 
 Note 3. — For the inf. act. SovXovv see note 1, page 56. 
 
 Note 4. — Contracted forms of the 3. p. sg. have no v iffttXKva-TLKov: 
 
 iTLjxa^ ewoUij iooTjXov. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
8-2, 83] 
 
 MUTE VERBS. 
 
 59 
 
 2. MUTE VERBS. 
 
 82. Their tenses are formed by means of the same formative 
 syllables and endings as those of pure verbs. Special attention is 
 due only to the euphonic changes to which those suffixes are sub- 
 ject when brought into contact with the final consonants of the stem. 
 
 1. Dental stems 
 
 drop their final consonants (S, t, 0) before a and k (see 
 €X7rtW39, 1), but change them to a before p, or other dental^. 
 Note. — (rire'vSu) takes compensative lengthening (13) throughout: 
 trTreVSo), cnrucro), e(nr£i(Ta, (ItrjrctKa), €tnreicr/iai, icnruaO-qv. 
 
 2. Guttural and labial stems. Here 
 
 with <T : any guttural becomes |, any labial i/r (38), 
 before /x : " " " 7, " " p,, 
 
 before t: " " " «, " " tt, 
 
 before 0: " " " %, " " <\). 
 
 These stems have no first perf. act. (in -ko) ; if they have 
 any perf. act. at all, it is the second (88). 
 
 3. Synopsis of the Formation of Tenses. 
 
 
 irain 
 
 apixoT- 
 
 join 
 
 irpdy- 
 do 
 
 Kpv<l>- 
 
 hide 
 
 Pres. Act. 
 Fut. 
 Aor. 
 Perf. 
 Perf. Mid. Pass. 
 Aor. Pass. 
 III. Fut. 
 Verbal Adj. 
 
 <Yvp,iid^a) 
 
 yvp,va-(T(o 
 
 iyvp.vd-o'a 
 
 jeyvp-vd-Ka 
 
 yeyvp,vaa--p-ai 
 
 e'yvp,vda--67]ii 
 
 dppOTTQ) 
 
 dpp,6-cra) 
 
 Tjpp,o-a-a 
 
 rjpp-o-Ka 
 
 ■>jpp,oa-p,ai 
 
 fjppA(7-6r)V 
 
 TrpaTTO) 
 
 Trpa^co 
 
 eTrpd^a 
 
 (88, 3. b.) 
 Treirpd'y-p.ai 
 eTrpa^-ffrjV 
 ireTrpa^op.ai 
 TrpdK-ro^ 
 ■n-paK-reo'; 
 
 KpvirTto 
 
 Kpvy^w 
 
 eKpvyjra 
 
 (88, 3. a.) 
 KeKpvp,-p,ai 
 
 iKpV^-67]V 
 
 KeKpv'\jrop,ai 
 
 /CjOHTT-TO? 
 
 KpvTT-reo^ 
 
 yvp.vaa-Toi; 
 'yvp,vaa--T€0<; 
 
 dpp.0(T-T6<i 
 dppLocr-Teo'; 
 
 INFLECTION OF THE PEBJF. AND PLUP. MID. AND PASS. 
 
 83. 1. As the final consonant of the stem must be assimilated 
 
 to the initial sound of the endings and a be dropped between 
 
 two consonants, the following are the only combinations possible : 
 
 in dent, stems in gutt. stems in lab. stems 
 
 o-fi W I^H. 
 
 I ^ 
 
 (TT KT ITT 
 
 ae 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 lUli 
 
 e 
 
60 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§84 
 
 2. The endings -vtm and -vro cannot be added to consonant 
 stems ; the third person plural, therefore, is always formed by the 
 perfect participle passive, with 
 
 ela-i(^v'), neuter iariQv}, in the perfect, 
 ^a-av, neuter ^v, in the pluperfect. 
 
 3. Paradigms. 
 
 
 Pekf. Indic. 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 Perf. Imper. 
 
 Inf. and Part. 
 
 I" 
 
 eyjreva-fiai 
 
 e\jfev-aai 
 
 e-^eva-rai 
 
 e-ijrevcrffe 
 i'xjreva-fj.evoi €lcri(v') 
 
 e-yjrev-ao 
 
 e'^€va-/j,e6a 
 e-^jrev-crde 
 e-\jrevcr-fj.evoi rjaav 
 
 itjrev-a-0a) 
 6-^ev-crde 
 
 iyJrev-crOai 
 
 i-\jrevcr-fievo^ 
 
 i-\jreva--fie'vri 
 
 e-\jr€Vff-p,evov 
 
 •8 j- 
 
 Q- -t-> 
 
 Treir pay -fiai 
 
 TreTrpd^at 
 
 ire-rrpdK-TaL 
 
 •jreirpdy-jjieda 
 
 TreTrpax^de 
 
 ireTrpdy-fievoi elai,(v) 
 
 iTreirpyay-ixrjv 
 
 eirerrpd^o 
 
 iireTrpaK-To 
 
 iireTrpdy-fieOa 
 
 iTreTrpa'x^-de 
 
 Treirpay-pievoL r\aav 
 
 Treirpd^o 
 TreTrpd'x^-da) 
 
 ireTrpax-Oe 
 TreTrpd'x^-Oiov 
 
 Tren-pdx-Oai 
 
 Trenpdy-iJ.evo'; 
 
 TreTrpdy-fievq 
 
 TreTrpdy-fievov 
 
 § '8^ 
 3 ? 
 
 yeypajM-fiai 
 
 yeypayjraL 
 
 yeypair-rai 
 
 yeypdix-p.e6a 
 
 yey pa(j}-6e 
 
 yey pafi-fievot, ela-^v) 
 
 lyey pap.- p,r\v 
 
 iyeypu'yjro 
 
 iyeypair-TO 
 
 eyeypdfjb-neda 
 
 iyeypa<j)-Oe 
 
 yeypap,-p,€VOi yaav 
 
 yeypd-ifro 
 yeypdi^-d(o 
 
 yeypa(^-6e 
 yeypd^-dcov 
 
 yeypa^-dai 
 
 yey pdp.-p,evo'; 
 yey pdfi-fievT] 
 yey pdp,-p,evov 
 
 4. The three verbs arpecfjco turn, T/jeVfa turn, rpecj^to nourish, 
 change their stem vowel e to a : 
 
 eaTpafifiai, rerpap,/j,ai,, re6pa/j,p,ai (21, 2). 
 
 5. An accumulation of consonants is avoided ; e.g. in Treirep.- 
 fiai, ireirep.ixevo^ (instead of 7re7re/j,p,-p,ai, TreTre/ifi-fievo^y from irefnra). 
 Nor is this the only instance. 
 
 3. LIQUID VERBS. 
 
 Future and First Aorist Act. and Mid. 
 
 84. 1. The future adds to the verb stem the endings 
 
 (-eVci), -e'o)) : -&, -ets, etc. 
 
 It is inflected like contract verbs in -e'to (Futurum contractum) ; 
 see 3. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
85] 
 
 LK^UID VERBS. 
 
 61 
 
 2. In the first aorist the a drops out with compensative 
 lengthening (13) of the last syllable of the stem. Thus 
 a after t,/3 becomes d: fuaivco stain, st. fuav- i. fiiavw, a.ifi^dva, 
 
 irepaivw finish, 
 elsewhere r)-. <l>aivco show, 
 e becomes et : Bepco flay, 
 ■ I becomes I : Kptvm Judge, 
 ii becomes v: afivvm ward off, 
 
 Trepav- 
 
 (j)dv- 
 
 Sep- 
 
 Kplv- 
 
 afiyv- 
 
 TTcpavo), 
 
 hepS), 
 
 KplvS), 
 
 afjwvo). 
 
 etrepava, 
 
 e^r)va, 
 
 eSeipa, 
 
 explva, 
 
 7)fJi,vva. 
 
 
 
 
 3. Paradigm : o-reXXtB 
 
 J se»wZ. 
 
 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Optative 
 
 Imperative 
 
 Infln., Participle 
 
 s 
 
 < 
 
 CTTeXa 
 tTTcXeis 
 o-TcXeT 
 <TT£Xoij/u,ev 
 
 CTTtXctTe 
 
 o-TeXoi)(rt(v) 
 
 
 (TTcXoiiu. -OL-qv 
 ctteXois -OtTJS 
 tTTEXoi -oti; 
 
 0-TeXo?/X£I' 
 
 (TteXoite 
 
 O-TEXotEV 
 
 ■ 
 
 (tteXeii' 
 
 (TTeXo)!' -oCvTOS 
 
 (TTEXoOera -ou(n;s 
 (tteXoSv -oCvtos 
 
 
 (TTeXov/Mtt 
 crreXy (-£t) 
 (TTeXetTai 
 crreXov/xcSa 
 crreXetcrfle 
 
 (TTiKovVTlU 
 
 
 (TTiXoifL-qv 
 
 (rreXolo 
 
 (TTeXoito 
 
 o-T£Xot/«.E0a 
 
 (TteXoio-^e 
 
 CTTeXdlvTO 
 
 
 OT£X£r(Tfcl 
 
 <rT£X01Jj«.£V0S 
 
 (TTiXovixiv-q 
 
 <JTcXoVfl£VOV 
 
 < 
 
 > 
 
 < 
 
 ea-TtiXa 
 eo-T£tXas 
 
 €(7T€lXe(v) 
 £<rT£6'XayU,£V 
 
 ECTTEtXare 
 EcrEiXai/ 
 
 OTEt'Xo) 
 
 crrEtXijs 
 
 CTTEl'XjJ 
 {TTEt'Xco/lEV 
 
 (rTEtX»;Te 
 
 (7T£tX(0Crt(v) 
 
 <7T€lXal[Jl.l 
 
 a-TiiXaK -Eias 
 
 <TT€l\xU -£ t E (v) 
 (TTEt'XatjUEl' 
 (TTEt'XfltTE 
 (TTEt'XaiEV -£6aV 
 
 (TTEtXov 
 (TTEtXaTCl) 
 
 o-TEtXare 
 
 O-TEtXaVTa)!/ 
 
 o-T£tXat 
 
 OTEt'Xas -aVTOs 
 UTelXaira -dcrrj'; 
 (TTclXav -avTO'S 
 
 
 icrTeiXdfj.rjV 
 
 €<TT£t'X(U 
 ECTTEtXaTO 
 
 iffTeiXd/Jitda 
 
 luTilXaxjOi 
 
 ECTTEtXavro 
 
 CTr£tXa>/«ii 
 (TTuX-g 
 
 aTeiXwixtda 
 areiXtjcrOe 
 
 (TTElXoJVTat 
 
 o-TEtXat)u.i?v 
 
 (TTEt'XatO 
 CTTEiXaiTO 
 
 (TTEtXatz/.E^a 
 
 (TTEtXaKT^E 
 0-TEtXatVTO 
 
 (TTElXat 
 CTTElXaO-fift) 
 
 a-TeiXxurOe 
 (TTtLXaLtrOtav 
 
 cmiXcurdai 
 
 (rTaXdf/.€vos 
 (TTeiXafievri 
 
 (TTEtXajUEVOl/ 
 
 The Remaining Tenses. 
 85. 1. They are formed. in the usual manner with the necessary 
 
 changes : 
 
 a) final p before k becomes y ; 
 
 b) final V before fi becomes tr ; 
 
 c) a- between two consonants is dropped ; 
 
 d) the e of monosyllabic stems becomes a (of. 11, 3. extr.). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
62 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§86 
 
 Synopsis of the P^ormation of Tenses. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 <j)av- show 
 
 dyycX- 
 
 announce 
 
 CTTiX- send 
 
 o-n-ep- sow 
 
 Pres. Act. 
 
 (^aiv(0 
 
 ayyeXXo) 
 
 (TTeXXa 
 
 aireipo) 
 
 Put. 
 
 <l>dv-Q, -€tS 
 
 d77eX-a), ~eh 
 
 (TTcX-ui, -ets 
 
 (Tirep-Qy -eU 
 
 Aor. 
 
 e-tp-qva 
 
 ij-yyci.\a 
 
 ^-ffTeiXa 
 
 i-uimpa 
 
 Perf. 
 
 7re-<pay-Ka 
 
 riyyeX-Ka 
 
 e-araX-Ka 
 
 e-cnrap-Ka 
 
 Perf. M. & P. 
 
 Tre-^aa-jxai 
 
 rjyyeX-jxai 
 
 e-araX-fiai 
 
 e-a-irap-fiai 
 
 Aor. Pass. 
 
 i-(j)civ-0r]V 
 
 rjyyeX-drjV 
 
 i-ardX-r)V 
 
 i-a-irdp-rfV (87, 3) 
 
 Verb. Adj. 
 
 (pav-TO'i 
 
 dyyeX-TO'i 
 
 o-raX-To? 
 
 o-Tra/s-TO? 
 
 
 (f)av-Teo^ 
 
 ayyeX-Teo'i 
 
 (TTaX-Teo? 
 
 cnrap-Teo'; 
 
 3. Inflection of the Perfect and Pluperfect Mid. and Pass. 
 
 
 Perf. Indic. 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 Perf. 
 Imper. 
 
 - Inf. and 
 Part. 
 
 s 
 
 Tre'<f>av-aai 
 Trecf)av-Tai 
 Trecpda-fieOa 
 Trecfiav-Oe 
 7re(})aa-fJi,evoi elcri^v^ 
 
 eTrecpda-fiTjV 
 €Trecf)av-(TO 
 eirec^av-TO 
 i7r€(j}d<T-iJie6a 
 e7re<f}av-de 
 Tre(f)a(T-iu,evoi rjcrav 
 
 •jrecjjav-cro 
 Tre(f)dv-da) 
 
 Tre(f>av-6e 
 Tre^dv-Omv 
 
 Tre^dv-dai 
 
 ■7recf>acT-/j,evo'; 
 
 Tr€<pa(r-/jiev'r] 
 
 7re(f>aa-fievov 
 
 = 
 
 e -< 
 
 -a 
 
 fiyyeX-ixaL 
 
 rjyyeX-auL 
 
 fjyyeX-Tai, 
 
 riyyeX-fieOa 
 
 ■ijyyeX-de 
 
 -^yyeXfievoi ela-i(y') 
 
 ■^yyeX-fXTjV 
 
 TJyyeX-cro 
 
 rjyyeX-To 
 
 rjyyeX-fieda 
 
 rjyyeX-6e 
 
 ■ffyyeX-fievoi rjaav 
 
 ijyyeX-cro 
 riyyeX-6co 
 
 rjyyeX-6e 
 rjyyeX-Oav 
 
 rjyyeX-Oai 
 
 'qyyeX-jj.evo'i 
 
 rjyyeX-iMevri 
 
 riyyeX-/Jievov 
 
 4. Liquid verbs lack the future perfect. 
 
 5. Tor ^oiAXo), kXiVo), Kpivw, tuvio see 92, 4. 6. 7 with note. 
 
 4. SECOND TENSES. 
 I. SECOND AORIST ACTIVE AND MIDDLE. 
 
 86. 1. Formative syllables are -o, and -£, to be added to the 
 verb stem. Thus the endings of the indicative are the same as 
 those of the imperfect, those of the other moods the same as those 
 of the respective forms of the present. However, four forms 
 have a different accent: 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§87] 
 
 SECOND TENSES. 
 
 in the active: the inf. and the patt. : PaXeXv, ^a\&v. 
 in the middle: the 2. p. imper. and the inf.: paXoi), paXeaOai. 
 Note. — The compounds too have the accent on the thematic 
 vowel in these forms : 
 
 a7roj3aXelv, cnro^aXmv, cfrro^aXov, airo^aXeaOai. 
 
 2. Paradigm. 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Optative 
 
 Imperative 
 
 Inf. and Part. 
 
 < 
 
 e-^aX-o-v 
 
 e-y8a\-e-? 
 
 ^-l3aX-e(v} 
 
 e-^dX-o-iiev 
 
 i-^dX-e-Te 
 
 e-^aX-o-v 
 
 ^dX-co 
 
 /3dX-rj'i 
 
 ^dX-7} 
 
 ^dX-a-ixev 
 
 ^dX-r]-Te 
 
 ^dX-p)cn(v') 
 
 ^dX-oi-fii 
 
 fidX-oi-<; 
 
 ^dX-oi 
 
 ^dX-oi-fiev 
 
 /3a\-ot-Te 
 
 ^dX-oie-v 
 
 ^dX-e 
 ySaX-e-Tft) 
 
 /SaX-e-re 
 ^aX-6-VT(ov 
 
 ^aX-elv 
 
 fiaX-wv, -ovTO^ 
 /3aX-ova-a, -ov(xr)<; 
 ^aX-d-v, -oWo9 
 
 
 i-^aX-d-firjV 
 
 i-^dX-ov 
 
 i-l3dX-e-T0 
 
 e-^aX-o-fieda 
 
 e-^dX-e-cyOe 
 
 i-^dX-o-VTO 
 
 ^dX-co-iiai 
 
 /3a\-77 
 
 ^dX-T)-Tai 
 
 ^aX-m-fieOa 
 
 ^dX-r]-(rOe 
 
 ^dX-oo-vrai 
 
 ^aX-oi-fi,rjv 
 
 /3dX-oi-o 
 
 /SaX-ot-TO 
 
 ^aXroi-jxeOa 
 
 ^dX-oi-crde 
 
 ^dX-ot-VTo 
 
 ^aX-o V 
 ^aX-e-(r6(o 
 
 0dX-e-cr6e 
 ^aX-e-a6<ov 
 
 ^aX-e-adat, 
 
 ^aX-6-fJLevo<i 
 
 ^aX-o-fiePT] 
 
 ^aX-o-fievov 
 
 3. The following second aorists of regular verbs are the most 
 important in Attic prose : 
 
 tUtcd 
 
 bring forth, 
 
 St. 
 
 TEK- 
 
 ereKOV, 
 
 dva-Kpd^o) 
 
 cry out. 
 
 C( 
 
 Kpay- 
 
 av-eKpayov, 
 
 l3dXXa) ' 
 
 throw, 
 
 ;( 
 
 /3aX- 
 
 •i^dXov, 
 
 Kara-Kaivco 
 
 kill. 
 
 (b 
 
 Kav- 
 
 KUT-eicavov, 
 
 o^eiXca 
 
 owe. 
 
 (4 
 
 o^eX- 
 
 &<^eXov utinam ego, would 
 that I, with inf., 172, 2. note. 
 
 fjydyov (redupl.), 
 eTpdiroiirfV (ablaut, 11, 2). 
 
 Some have a peculiar formation ; as 
 dyco lead, st. 07- 
 
 rpeirofjLai turn, intr., " rpeir- 
 
 Among the irregular verbs II aorists are very numerous. 
 
 II. SECOND AORIST AND SECOND FUTURE PASSIVE. 
 
 87. 1. The formative syllable is -r\, before vowels or pr 
 -6, to be added to the verb stem. These tenses are inflected 
 like the I aor. and fut. pass. (79, 8), except that in the 2d 
 person sing, of the imper. the ending -0i remains unchartged: 
 crrdX7)-0i. 
 
 2. Several II aor. have an intransitive meaning. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
64 
 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§88 
 
 3. In Attic 
 
 prose, the following II aorists are almost exclusively 
 
 ^sed: r^p^co 
 
 write. 
 
 st. jpdcf)- 
 
 II aor, 
 
 , iypd(}>r)V, 
 
 /SXaTTTW 
 
 damage. 
 
 y8Xa/S- 
 
 
 i^Xd^TfV, 
 
 daTTTO) 
 
 burl/. 
 
 ra^- 
 
 
 iTd<j>r]V, 
 
 Ko-mca 
 
 cut. 
 
 KOTT- 
 
 
 eKOTTTJV, 
 
 orKdirTO} 
 
 dig. 
 
 a-Kucj}- 
 
 
 iaKd<f)T)v, 
 
 aWaTTto 
 
 change. 
 
 aWdy- 
 
 
 TjWd'yqv, 
 
 (T(j)dTTCO 
 
 slay. 
 
 a<f>a'y- 
 
 
 ea-^dyr]V, 
 
 i7(j)dWco 
 
 deceive. 
 
 a-(j)aX- 
 
 
 ea(f)d\riv, pass. & intr. 
 
 fiaivofiai 
 
 rage. 
 
 fiav- 
 
 
 i/jLdvrjv, 
 
 ^aivofiac 
 
 appear. 
 
 <f>dv- 
 
 
 i<f>dvT]v. 
 
 The stem-vowel e is changed to a : 
 
 
 
 Tperrco 
 
 turn. 
 
 st. rpeTT- 
 
 II aor 
 
 . irpdTTTjp, pass. & intr. 
 
 (TTpejxo 
 
 twist. 
 
 CTTpecf)- 
 
 
 iarpd^rjv, pass. & intr. 
 
 Tpe<f>a) 
 
 nourish. 
 
 Tpe<f)- 
 
 
 €Tpdcf)r}i^, 
 
 Bepco 
 
 skin, flay. 
 
 Sep- 
 
 
 iSdprjV, 
 
 (TTeWm 
 
 send. 
 
 crreX- 
 
 
 iardXTjV, 
 
 aireipca 
 
 sow. 
 
 a-TJ-ep- 
 
 
 iaTrdprjv, 
 
 ?iLa-<l>6eipa) spoil, 
 
 (fiOep- 
 
 
 Si-e(f)ddpr]v, pass. & intr. 
 
 only ffvX-Xeyoo 
 
 i collect. 
 
 Xey- 
 
 has 
 
 avv-eXeyrjV. 
 
 Note 1.—' 
 
 To be distin 
 
 guished : 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 \(j}dvr]v app 
 
 eared, of 
 
 (j)aivofiai appear. 
 
 i 
 
 'x^dvO-qv was 
 
 shown, of 
 
 <l>aiva) 
 
 ^how. 
 
 NotCi 2. — 
 
 A II aor. J 
 
 )ass. occurs in such verbs only as lack 
 
 a II aor. act.; the verb Tpeira, however, has all the aorists possible : 
 in the act. erpeyjra and eTpwrrov turned, 
 in the mid. iTpeyjrdfijjv put to flight, 
 and eTpa-woixriv took to flight, 
 in the pass. iTpe(f>6rjv was turned, 
 
 and eTpdirrjv ivas turned and turned myself. 
 
 III. SECOND PERFECT AND SECONp PLUPERFECT ACTIVE. 
 88. 1. Formative syllables are -a and -ei, to be added 
 directly to the reduplicated verb stem. 
 
 lE.g. ypd<pca write, st. ypdcfi-, II pf. yeypaijj-a, 
 
 II plupf. i-jeiypd<j>-eiv. 
 Such II perfects and II plupf. active (without «!) are found 
 only in mute verbs and in some few liquid verbs. 
 
 1 111 tlie present work, only such perfects as end in -Ka are called I perfects, 
 all others, including aspirated forms, are designated as II perfects. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 89] PECULIARITIES. 65 
 
 These tenses are inflected throughout like the I tenses: 
 pf. ind. yeypaip-a, -a?, -e(y), etc. plupf. iyeypd(f)-eiv, -ei?, -et, etc. 
 
 subj. 7e7joa(/>-ft), -j7?, -7;, etc. opt. jeypd^oifjii, -oi<;, -ot, etc. 
 
 inf. yeypacji-e-vai. part, yeypa^-w, -via, -09, 
 
 -6to<;, -vlwi, -6ro<;. 
 
 2. It may happen that the verb stem remains unchanged in the 
 second perfect (3, a). But more frequently it is changed as follows : 
 
 final gutturals and labials are altered to the corresponding rough 
 mutes (3, b.) ; 
 
 short vowels of the stem undergo certain changes (3, c.) ; 
 
 or both aspiration and change of vowel take place (3, d.). 
 Several II perfects have an intransitive meaning. 
 
 8. Of regular verbs the following II pf. are the most common : 
 
 a) No change in the verb stem is made in: 
 KVTJ-TQ) stoops St. Kwj}.- pcrf. Ke-Kv<p-a, 
 lypdipo) write, st. ypacf)- perf. je-ypdtfi-a. 
 
 b) The final consonant becomes rough in: 
 
 dyoo lead, ay- VX'^-i 
 
 TaTTco arrange, ray- Te-Td')(;-a, 
 
 TrpaTTOo do, irpdy- Tre-Trpd^-a, 
 
 KOTTTOf cut, KOTT- Ke-KO(j)-a. 
 
 c) In the following the stem vowel is changed (see 11) : 
 a becomes rj in : fiaivo/ia-i rage, fiav- fie-p,r}v-a am mad, 
 
 (fyaivofiai appear, <\>av- ire-^r^v-a have app., 
 
 e becomes in : crTpe(j>a) turn, aTpe<f>- e-aTpo(f>-a, 
 
 Tpe<pa) nourish, rpecf)- re-rpo^-a, 
 
 airo-KTeivm kill, Krev- dir-e-KTOv-a. 
 
 ^ d) both aspiration and ablaut (11, 2) take place in: 
 Tre/iTToo send, irefiTr- ire-Trop.cfi-a, 
 
 rperreo turn, rpeir- re-rpo^-a. 
 
 Note the difference between (see 87, 3. note 1) : 
 
 ire<^r)Va have appeared, of (j>aivofiai, appear, 
 and Tre'^ayica have shown, of ^atvm show. 
 
 5. PECULIARITIES IN THE INFLECTION OF REGULAR 
 
 VERBS IN -«. 
 A. Augment and Reduplication. 
 
 89. 1. Six verbs originally beginning with a consonant have not 
 J? but et (from e-e) for their augment and reduplication : 
 F Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
66 INFLECTION. [§ 90 
 
 e^fo have, e\«<B pull, draw, eTrofiai sequor, 
 
 earn allow, edi^m accustom, ip'yd^of/,ai work. 
 
 E.g. elxov, elXKOV, elironrjv — eiav, eWia-a, eWi/ca, etc. 
 Note. — For the same reason, <a6ea) (originally paOiw) and dvioimi (orig. 
 frnvioftM) take the syllabic augment 111, 3; 112, 18; 209, 7. 
 
 2. Both the syllabic and the temporal augment are found in 
 impf. e-mpmv, aor. perf. e-copaKu (112, 6), of 6pda> gee, 
 
 av-e-cpryov, av-e-cp^a, avewx<^ (88, 3. b), 6f av-oiryto open, 
 
 (subj. dv-otS(o) 
 pass. av-e-a>y6fir]V, av-e-wxjdrfv, av-e-cp<yp.ai. 
 
 (inf. av-oixdrivai)- 
 
 3. "Eot/ca resemble, am (look') like, seem, which is a defective 
 II perfect of e'Uo), has in a similar manner in the plup. iaiceiv. 
 
 The participle eoiKm similar, must not be confounded with 
 etKo? meet, fitting, right, adv. et/coTw?. 
 
 4. The following verbs have el- instead of the reduplication : 
 Si,a-\eyop,ai speak with, perf. Bi-eiXey-nat (aor. St-eXe^-^?;!'), 
 crvX-Xeyco gather, pf. act. a-vv-e(Xoxa, pf. pass. crvv-eL\ey-fiai, 
 
 similarly the defective II pf. eia>6a, plup. elmdeiv am, was wont. 
 
 5. There is the so-called Attic reduplication in: 
 
 aKr)Koa and rjKrjKoeiv of aKovca hear, 
 opdypvxo- and apcopv'yp.Tjv of opimio dig. 
 In this reduplication, the first two letters of the stem are 
 repeated before the temporal augment. 
 
 6. Some verbs that are compounded with prepositions came to' 
 be treated like sitnple verbs and, in consequence, take their augment 
 before the preposition : 
 
 ev-avrioojxai withstand, oppose, impf. '^vavTiov/Mrjv, 
 KaO-e^ofiai take a seat, " eKaOe^ofirjv, 
 
 Ka6-i^Q) seat and take a seat, " eKaOi^ov, aor. eKcidlcra, 
 
 Ka6-evh(o sleep, " eKaOevhov. 
 
 7. 'Both the verb and the preposition are augmented in 
 av-exo/Aai bear up against ; ^vetxop'ijv, ■^veaxop-vv. See 112, 5. 
 
 B. Peculiarities in the Formation of Tenses. 
 
 FUTURE AND AORIST. 
 
 90. 1. Some verbs drop a in the future act. and mid. and are 
 then treated like contract verbs (the Attic Future). Thus 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
91] 
 
 PECULIARITIES. 
 
 67 
 
 /St^a^o) cause to go, fut. (/JtjSao-o)) : /StySw, -a?, etc. ; 
 KaXeto call, name, " (koAotw) : koXm, -e«, etc. ; 
 TeXeitt) finish, " (TeXecrw) : reXw, -ei?, etc. 
 
 2. Verbs in -i^m of more than two syllables regularly take the 
 Attic future, which in the active ends in -tw, -lelf, etc., 
 
 in the middle in -lov/iat, -irj (-teZ), etc. 
 
 ■E.g. vofU&, -ew, vo/moitjv, vofuelp, vofucov, -ovaa, -ovv, 
 vofjiiovfiai, -7), vofiioifiTjv, vofjtieladai, vofuovfieva, 3. 
 
 3. The aorist of aipco lift up, [st. ap- (from dep-)] has a instead 
 of rj : fut. dpa>, -et? ; aor. ^pa (augment !), apco, apai/it,!,, apov, apai, 
 dpa<;, 84, 
 
 PURE VERBS. 
 91. 1. ;)^;joao/iat use, changes a to ?; in spite of the p (agt. 80): 
 ^(^P'^a-ofiai,, e')(pij(7d/xr]v, Kexprjiiai.. 
 
 2. fao) live, and ;)(;/3ao/iat use, have 17 wherever d would result 
 from contraction : 
 
 Xpa>p.ai, xPVi XP'?™*. XPW^^i ^XPV'To, ixpfjar0e, xPW^air 
 
 3. Monosyllabic stems in -e contract only to-et: 
 TrXeco, TrXelf, TrXel, trXeofiev, TrXeire, irXeovaiv, TrXej;?, 
 'iirXeov, eVXet?, eTrXet, iirXeofj^ev, iirXeiTe, ifXeoifu, TrXelv. 
 
 4. The following verbs retain the short final vowel of the stem 
 through all the tenses. Moreover, in the perf., plupf. and aor. pass, 
 and in the verb, adj., they insert cr before the endings beginning 
 with -//., -T and -6. 
 
 jeXdeo 
 
 laugh 
 pass. 
 
 jeXdcrofiai 
 yeXaaOriaofiai 
 
 iyeXdcra 
 iyeXdadrjv 
 
 yeyeXuKa 
 'yeyeXaa-jxai 
 
 jeXaa-TO'i 
 laughable 
 
 air&w 
 
 draw 
 
 (Tiraa-ai 
 (T'KaaQy)(yop,ai 
 
 ecnrdcra 
 iaTrdcrdrjv 
 
 ecnrdica 
 ea-Traa-fiai 
 
 (TTraaTO'i 
 drawn 
 
 TeXea) 
 
 finish 
 
 reXw, -64? 
 TeXeaOrjffoiJLai, 
 
 ereXecra 
 eTeXecrOrjV 
 
 rereXexa 
 TereXecTfiai 
 
 cneXe(TTO<s 
 unfinished 
 
 alSeo/xai 
 D.P. 
 
 stand in 
 awe of 
 
 al8e<T0fjLac 
 
 ySeaOrjP 
 
 'pSeafiai. 
 
 
 dpiC€<o 
 
 suffice 
 
 dpKeaco 
 
 ■tjp/cea-a 
 
 
 . 
 
 5. The compounds of alvea, speak in favorable terms of, approve, 
 retain the short vowel through all the tenses that are most in use, 
 but have no o- inserted. Thus especially 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
68 
 
 ESTFLECTIOK. 
 
 [§92 
 
 eir-aiveo) praise, eir-aiveaofiai, eir-riveaa, eTr-yveKa, iir-rivedrjV, 
 TTap-aiveco encourage, irap-aiveaa), irap-yvecra, Trap-yveKU, Trap-rjvedrjv. 
 6. There is a short vowel in some tenses, but without er, in : 
 
 Se'o 
 
 bind 
 
 pass. 
 
 8edi]crofMai 
 
 eBrfcra 
 iBSr,v 
 
 BeBexa 
 BeBefiai 
 
 Sero? 
 
 Ovco 
 
 sacrifice 
 
 Ova-co 
 TuOrjcroiiai 
 
 edvcra 
 irHeriv 21,1 
 
 TedvKa 
 Tedvfiai 
 
 
 Xvoo 
 
 loose 
 
 Xvao) 
 Xv6r)croix,at 
 
 eXvaa 
 eXvOrjV 
 
 XeXvica 
 XeXvfiai 
 
 XVTO^ 
 
 BvQ} trans. 
 
 cause to sink 
 
 Svaa 
 BvOrjaofjiai 
 
 eBvcra 
 iBv0r,v 
 
 
 
 BeBvuai 
 
 Bvo/jiai intr. 
 
 sink 
 
 Bvcrofiai 
 
 Bvv 102 
 
 BeBvKa 
 
 
 7. Some verbs have o- after the lengthened vowel or diph- 
 thong (either in all, or at least in some forms of the passive): 
 KeXevco bid, KeKeXevcrfiai, eKeXevadrjV, KeXevaro';, 
 
 KXeCco (icXricoy shut, KeKXeifiai, eKXeiaOrjv, KXeiaro'i, 
 
 %jota) anoint, Ke'x^plp.ac, i'x^pfadrjv, y^plcrroi, 
 
 ■X^pdofiai use, Ke'x^prjjxai, mid., ixpri<^dr)V, pass., %/37;o-to'?. 
 
 92. Verbs with several of the above Peculiarities. 
 
 They are formed from stems that are not altogether different. 
 
 1. eXKco 
 
 pull, drag 
 
 eXk 
 
 iXKv(cT) 
 
 e'X^ftj 
 eXKVcr&ijaofiai 
 
 eCXKixra 
 eiXKVcrOyv 
 
 e'CXKVKa 
 eiXxvcr/xai 
 
 2. KaCoi 
 Kaco 
 never c 
 
 burn, trans., 
 (often Kara-') 
 ontracted 
 
 /cat 
 
 KO. 
 
 Kav 
 
 Kavaco 
 KavOyaofiai 
 
 eKavcra 
 eKavOrjV 
 
 KSKavKa 
 
 KeKavfiai 
 
 dKavQj^ro^ 
 
 3. crca^co 
 mid. 
 
 pass. 
 
 save 
 
 save for my- 
 self 
 am saved, 
 save myself 
 
 CTOlS 
 (70) 
 
 acoaco 
 acocrofiai 
 
 crcodijcrofiai 
 
 eacoaa 
 iacocrdfjLTjv 
 
 ecrcodyv 
 
 crecrcoKa 
 
 aecraa-fJiai 
 (cr«ra)[cr]/iai) 
 
 4. ^dXXco 
 
 throw 
 
 mid. 
 pass. 
 
 /3«X 
 ^Xr, 
 
 /3aXa), -et? 
 ^aXovfjiai, -y 
 pXr)6ricT0ixai 
 
 e^aXov 
 
 e^aXo/xyv 
 
 epXrjOriv 
 
 ^ej3Xr]Ka 
 ^e^Xri/iai 
 
 5. KoXeeo 
 
 call, name 
 mid. 
 pass. 
 
 KaX 
 kXt) 
 
 KoXS), -ei? 
 KoXovfiai, -y 
 KXrjOrjcro^aL 
 
 eKaXeaa 
 
 eKaXead/j,r]v 
 
 eK,Xri6r]V 
 
 KeKXrjKa 
 KeKXr}fiai 
 KeKXr}/jiai 
 my name is 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 93, 94] 
 
 PECULIARITIES. 
 
 69 
 
 6. Kptva 
 
 judge 
 
 . pass. 
 
 KpXv 
 
 Kpi 
 
 KplvS), -elf 
 Kpldi](rofiai 
 
 eKplva 
 iKptOrjV 
 
 KeKpiKa 
 
 KSKplfial 
 
 7. TeCvm 
 
 stretch 
 
 pass. 
 
 rev 
 
 TO. 
 
 revw, -et? 
 TaOrjaopLai 
 
 ereiva 
 eTaOrfV 
 
 reraKa 
 rerap.ai 
 
 Note. — xXacd) is inflected like Kaim, kXivu) like Kpivu): 97, 45. 49. 
 
 C. Peculiarities in the Use of the Voices. 
 TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE MEANING. 
 
 93. Whenever there is a fluctuation between transitive and intransi- 
 tive meaning in the forms of a verb, 
 
 the I. aor. and the I. perf. have the trans, meaning of the act., 
 the II. aor. and the II. perf. have the intr. meaning of the mid.- 
 pass. (95, 3.) ; 
 
 whenever only one perfect occurs, it is intransitive. Examples: 
 
 ^xiLVti) show, fut. <f>av!!>, -ets aor. t(t>riva pf. Tri^ayKo. 
 
 t^ivoftai appear, <l>avovfjuu, -rj icfidvrjv Trii^-qva 
 
 ovcofiaL 
 evSuo-ft) 
 evSucro^aat 
 KaTaSvtTU) 
 
 8vo) cause to sink, 
 
 Svo/Mu sink, intr. 
 
 ivSvu) put on (another), 
 
 lv8vo/mi put on (myself), 
 
 KaraSvai cause to sink, 
 
 KaraSvoftaL sink, intr. 
 
 <^ua) produce, 
 
 4>vofjiM am horn, 
 
 KaTa6vcro/«u 
 tfivcofiai. 
 
 ISucra 
 
 ISiv (102) 
 
 evc'Sucra 
 
 iveSvv 
 
 KareSvcra 
 
 KaT€OVV 
 €CJ)V<Ta 
 
 i<j>vv (102) 
 
 SeSiJK 
 
 vSeSv 
 
 nScSv 
 
 7re(l>VKa 
 
 am by nature. 
 
 Compare 'o-Tij/xt 100, 2 and 106, 9-11; 108, 1. 
 
 MIDDLE FUTURES IN ACTIVE AND PASSIVE SENSE. 
 94. 1. Many active verbs have a middle future with active meaning : 
 
 e.g. aKovu) hear, aKovaoiuu, yeXAui laugh, yekafroftxu, 
 
 Poau) shout, jSoT^croiJixu, BkLko) pursue, Sita^Ofmi, etc. 
 
 2. Some active verbs employ the middle future in a passive 
 sense; thus 
 
 aiiwa-opjai shall he deemed worthy, ^Xdij/op.ai shall be injured, 
 TToXtOjOKiyo-o/iai sliall he blockaded, (u<^eXi/<ro/«»i shall be aided, etc. 
 
 3. A few verbs employ both the middle and the passive forms in 
 a passive sense : 
 
 e.g. aTTo-o-Tcpifo-o/iai.and aTroa-TeprjOrja-oiJuu shall be deprived, 
 Tt/u,iya-o/Aat and nii.rfOri<ToiJM. shall be honored, etc. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
70 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 95, 96 
 
 DEPONENTS AND MIDDLE-PASSIVES. 
 95. 1. Middle deponents (72, 3 note) have in the passive form of the 
 aorist a passive meaning, in the perfect both an active and a passive 
 meaning; 
 
 e.g. aindofjuu accuse : yTM(raiJ.riv accused, yTiaOriv was accused, 
 ■qTiaimi have and have been accused. 
 Thus ;8iafo/xat force, Idofiai. heal, fuiJ.ioiJ.ai imitate, 
 
 SixofMi- receive, Xoyi^oixai reason, x"P°°/*"' overpower, 
 
 epyd^o/jLai work, fjLefKJioiJxiL blame, iv-TiXXoiJML enjoin, 
 
 aTTO-KpiVOfim reply, iJ.eTa-TriiJ.Trojjm send for, KaTa-crTpi<iiOiJM Subdue. 
 
 2. Passive deponents (72, 3 note) are especially verbs denoting motion, 
 feeling or mental action. They have generally a middle future. 
 
 E.g. ivavTioo/jaL Oppose, evavnoio-o/iat, r]vavTi<i>6-qv. 
 
 ipdoi, epapui love, epaa-OrJKrofiai, ■^pdcrOrjv. 
 
 ■^Sopai rejoice, rjcrdria-opai, rjaO-qv. 
 
 ■^TTdop.aL am defeated, ^TTrjcropM., ijTTirjOriv. 
 
 iv-Ovfieopai consider, iv-dvp-ria-opM, iv-e6vp.rjdrjv. 
 
 ■iTpo-6vp.iopja.i am anxious, -irpoSvp-ridopxa, ■7rpo-t6vp,i^0-^v. 
 
 Sia-yoiopiai intend, Sta-voijo-o/Aat, Bi-evoT^dijv. 
 
 For passive deponents of irregular verb^, see 111. 
 
 3. Middle-Passives. — ^Some (chiefly direct) middles (165, 1) have 
 passed from a reflexive into the intransitive and passive meaning, and 
 consequently some of their tenses are passive. They are called middle- 
 passives. E.g. 
 
 alaxvvoi make ashamed, m.-p. am ashamed, 
 
 KOLfido) lay to rest, m.-p. go to sleep, Koip.ri(jopM, 
 
 opyt^o) make angry, m.-p. grow angry, opyiovp-ai, -y 
 
 oppau) urge on, m.-p. set out, 6piJ,r]a-opai 
 
 ireCOu) persuade, m.-p. obey, ■Kda-opai 
 
 irapdw iry (trans.), m.-^. try {my own skill) , ' Treipda-ofMu 
 
 TrXavdat lead astray, m.-p. go astray, ^ TrXavrjcropjii 
 
 tropevo) convey, m.-p. ma.n-ch, travel, ■Kopcvcropm 
 
 (^ojSe'o) scare, m.-p. am scared, fear, tf>ol3ijcropai 
 
 4>(u.vta show, m.-p. appear, <JMvovpai, -y 
 
 al<7)(yvovpai, -y rjcryyvdriv. 
 iKoip,yjdrjV. 
 (opyi(Tdr)V. 
 &pp.ri6rjv. 
 itr£L(T6rjv. 
 iTTtipdO-qv. 
 
 ' tTlXaVTjOtjV. 
 
 l-rropeiOipi. 
 icfiopTjdrjV. 
 
 itjjdvrjv. 
 
 and cf>a.vri(TopAi 
 
 THE DUAL IN CONJUGATION. 
 
 96. It has but two forms, one for the 2., the other for the 3. person; 
 the 1. person dual is always the same as the 1. person plural. 
 The endings are 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
96] 
 
 DUAL IN CONJUGATION. 
 
 71 
 
 1. in the principal tenses and the subj.: 
 
 2. in the historical tenses and optati 
 or in the augmented forms: 
 
 3. in the imperatives 
 
 ves, 
 
 hence: 
 
 Active: pres. ind. 
 
 impf. 
 
 subj. 
 
 opt. 
 
 imp. 
 aor. ind. 
 
 subj. 
 
 opt. 
 
 imp. 
 Aor. Pass. ind. 
 
 subj. 
 
 opt. 
 
 imp. 
 Mid. and Pass. pres. ind. 
 
 impf. 
 
 subj. 
 opt. 
 imp. 
 perf. ind. 
 
 Aor. Mid 
 
 ETratSeuoi/ 
 7ra,LSno> 
 ■KaiScvoi/jLi 
 vaiSive 
 
 eiratSeticra 
 TraiSevaru) 
 
 TratSeiKTOv 
 
 TraiSev&Si 
 Trai^evdeLr/v 
 TraiSevOrjTt 
 TraiSeuofJuu 
 iiraiheuofxriv 
 iraiSeuiofJUii 
 TraiStvoifJLrjv 
 TracSevcyv 
 TreiraiSeviMU 
 plupf. iTmraxZeviMjV 
 imp. TTCwai'SeDtro 
 lTraiZtv(Ta.fi,7fV 
 7rat8eu<ro)/nat 
 
 TratSeiKTat 
 
 ind. 
 subj. 
 opt. 
 imp. 
 
 The same holds for the verbs in -/tt, 
 
 Act. and Aor. Pass. Mid. and Pass. 
 -o-Qov 
 -cr9ov 
 -(tOov 
 -(tOtiv 
 -aQov 
 aOcov ; 
 
 7rai8cvc-TOv 
 iTraiSevi-TrjV 
 Trai8ivr]-Tov 
 waiSevoi-Trfv 
 iraiSevi-^iov 
 iwaiSivtrd-Triv 
 'iraioev(T'r]-TOv 
 iraiScvcrai-^riv 
 iratSevcra-Tcov 
 
 TraiSevdrj^ov 
 TraiSevOei-Tijv 
 'TraiSevO'^-Toiv 
 irai8evt-(T$ov 
 
 iiraiSevi-aOijv 
 iraiSevrj-trOov 
 TraiSevoL-crOriv 
 ■TraiSeve-a-Ooiv 
 ■TreiraiSev-crdov 
 
 iireirajZev-dBriv 
 
 TraiSev(Tri-(70ov 
 
 TraiSevcrai-cr&rjV 
 
 TraiSevo'd-crOwv. 
 
 2. p. -TOV 
 
 3. p. -TOV 
 
 2. p. -TOV 
 
 3. p. -Trjv 
 
 2. p. -TOV 
 
 3. p. -TWV 
 
 TratSeve-TOV 
 CTratSeue-Tov 
 7raiSev);-T0v 
 TratSeuot-TOv 
 TTaiStve-Tov 
 i'Trai^evda-Tov 
 TratSeWTj-TOv 
 iraiSevcrai-rov 
 TraiSevKTa-TOV 
 iiraiSe.vdr]-TOV 
 iraiSevOrj-rov 
 TTiuSevOei-Tov 
 TraiSevOri-TOv 
 TraiSevi-aOov 
 
 7raiSevri-(T6ov 
 7raiScvoi-(T0ov 
 ■TratSeue-crOov 
 TTCTraiSev-aOov 
 
 iTViTraihev-aOov 
 TreiratSev-O'^ov 
 
 €7raiS£V(ra-(r6ov 
 iraxheva-q-frOov 
 TraiScvcrai^crOcyv 
 ■7raiSev(Ta-<76ov 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
72 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§97 
 
 97. TABLE SHOWING THE FORMATION 
 
 Present 
 
 
 Verb 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 Aorist Act. 
 
 a. Pure Verbs 
 
 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 TratSevo) 
 
 educate 
 
 Traidev- 
 
 •TraiSevcrci) 
 
 eiralhevaa 
 
 2. 
 
 Orjpda) 
 
 hunt 
 
 dTjpd- 
 
 
 Oijpaaa) 
 
 eOripdaa 
 
 3. 
 
 Ti/idea 
 
 honor 
 
 Tl/XTI- 
 
 -80. 
 
 Tifiijaco 
 
 iri/j,r]aa 
 
 4. 
 
 iroieco 
 
 make 
 
 TTOLTj- 
 
 
 TTOtrjao) 
 
 eTToirjo-a 
 
 5. 
 
 8ov\6co 
 
 enslave 
 
 SovXu- . 
 
 
 SovXacrco 
 
 iSov\cocra 
 
 b. Mute Verbs 
 
 
 
 
 
 6. 
 
 yv/jLvd^o) 
 
 train 
 
 yv^vdd- 
 
 JVflVOUTCO 
 
 iyv/jLvaaa 
 
 7. 
 
 dpfioTTca 
 
 set in order 
 
 dpflOT- 
 
 dpfiocrco 
 
 rjpfioaa 
 
 8. 
 
 ireiOw 
 
 persuade 
 
 veie- 
 
 TretcTtt) 
 
 eireia-a 
 
 9. 
 
 TveCOofjiai, 
 
 obey 
 
 ireid- 
 
 Tretaofiat 
 
 
 10. 
 
 ifrevSo) 
 
 deceive 
 
 }pevd- 
 
 ■^jreva-co 
 
 e-^evcra 
 
 11. 
 
 ■\jrevSofJi,ai 
 
 lie 
 
 ^|/cv^- 
 
 ■f'eva-o/j.ai 
 
 i-sjreva-dfJtrjV lied 
 
 12. 
 
 airevBo) 
 
 pour (a li- 
 bation) 
 
 (nrev5- 
 
 aireurco [13. 
 82, 1. note; 
 
 eaTreicra 
 
 13. 
 
 •TrpaTTCo 
 
 do 
 
 Tpay- 
 
 Trpa^eo 
 
 eirpd^a 
 
 14. 
 
 TCUTTO) 
 
 arrange 
 
 Tciy- 
 
 ra^co 
 
 era^a 
 
 15. 
 
 «>X" 
 
 rule, begin 
 
 ^px- 
 
 if f0 
 ap^m 
 
 Vpta 
 
 16. 
 
 d<ya3 
 
 lead 
 
 dy- 
 
 d^m 
 
 Tjryaiyov 86, 3. 
 
 17. 
 
 TrefiTTO) 
 
 send 
 
 TefJLTT- 
 
 Tre'fiyjrco 
 
 eirefiyfra 
 
 18. 
 
 ypd(pQ} 
 
 write 
 
 ypd<f,- 
 
 <ypd-\]r(o 
 
 eypayfra 
 
 19. 
 
 KOTTTtO 
 
 cut 
 
 KOTT- 
 
 icotira) 
 
 eKoyjra 
 
 20. 
 
 ^XavTco 
 
 damage 
 
 /3Xd^- 
 
 /3\d-\jr(o 
 
 e/3Xaijra 
 
 21. 
 
 ddirrca 
 
 bury 
 
 Td(t>- 
 
 ddyjro) 21, 2. 
 
 e6a-\]ra 
 
 22. 
 
 piTTTO) 
 
 throw 
 
 ^lir- 
 
 pt-\jrQ} 
 
 epplyfra 
 
 28. 
 
 Tpeirm 
 
 turn 
 
 rpeir- 
 
 T/3ei^ft) 
 
 e'T|Oe-f a 1 87, 3. 
 (Tpairov J note 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 24. 
 
 rpecfxo 
 
 feed 
 
 Tpe<t>- 
 
 epey}reo 21, 2. 
 
 edpeyjra 
 
 25. 
 
 arpi^oo 
 
 turn, twist 
 
 <rTp€<f}- 
 
 (TTpe-ylrco 
 
 ea-rpeylra 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§97] 
 
 FORMATION OF TENSES. 
 
 73 
 
 OF TENSES OF THE REGULAR VERB. 
 
 Perfect 
 
 Perfect Mid. 
 
 Aorist Passive 
 
 Verbal 
 
 Active 
 
 AND Pass. 
 
 
 Ad,jective 
 
 TreiraiBevKa 
 
 TreTraiSevp.ai 
 
 i-jraiSevdrjP 
 
 TratSevToV, -reo? 
 
 TeOrjpaKa 
 
 Tedripdp,aL 
 
 idrjpadrjv 
 
 dr]pdr6<; 
 
 Teri/jirjKa 
 
 Tertfirifial 
 
 enfitjOriv 
 
 Tt/iT/ToV 
 
 veiroiijKa 
 
 •7re7rotrip,ai 
 
 iTTOirjdriv 
 
 iroirjro'; 
 
 SeBovXa/ca 
 
 SeBovXcofJiat 
 
 eBovXa>6r)v 
 
 BovXcoTOf 
 
 yejvfivaKa 
 
 yeyvfivd(7fiaL 
 
 eyvp.vdcrd'qv 
 
 yvpiVacTTO^ 
 
 TJpflOKa 
 
 ripp^ocrpiM 
 
 rjpp.ocrO'qv 
 
 dpp.oaro'i 
 
 ireKeiKa 
 
 Treweia-fiai 
 
 iireCaOrfv was persuaded 
 
 ireiaro^ 
 
 
 7re7reicrp,ai 
 
 iireiaOriv oleyed 
 
 ireiareov 
 
 opevKa 
 
 e-f-evafiai 
 
 e-^evadrjv wtis deceived 
 
 yjrevaTO'; 
 
 
 e-\^ev(Tfiai 
 
 iyjrevadrjv was mistaken 
 
 
 eaireiKa 
 
 ea-7reiap,ai. 
 
 i(nreicrdrjv 
 
 a-Treca-Teov 
 
 Treirpaxa 88, 3. 
 
 Trejrpdyfiai 
 
 e'irpd'xBrjV 
 
 TrpdKTO'i 
 
 Terdxa 
 
 rerdyixai 
 
 irax^ffrjv 
 
 Ta/CTO? 
 
 flPXa 
 
 ^py/jbat 
 
 VPX^VV 
 
 dpKTOf 
 
 ^X« 
 
 rjyiMai 
 
 TjxOrjV 
 
 aKTO? 
 
 Treirofi^a 
 
 ireTrefifiai 
 
 i7refji(j>dr]V 
 
 Tre/ttTTTO? 
 
 yeypa<f>a 
 
 yeypafip-ai 
 
 iypd^Tjv 87, 3. 
 
 ypaiTTO'! 
 
 KeKO<f)a 
 
 Kmop.p,ai 
 
 iKOTrrjv 
 
 KOTTTO'i 
 
 ^el3\a(j)a 
 
 jSe^afi/JiaL 
 
 i/SXd^rjV 
 
 /SXaTTTO? 
 
 Teracfuj. 
 
 rSa/ji/iM 
 
 ird^-qv 
 
 d-daTrTOi 
 
 eppl^a 
 
 epplp-fJiM 
 
 eppt(f>dr]V 
 
 piTTTO'; 
 
 rerpo^a 
 
 TeTpap.fji,ac 
 
 erpdTrrjP 
 
 T/OeTTTO? 
 
 
 83,4. 
 
 iTpe(j)dr]V 
 
 
 TeTpo<f)a 
 
 Tedpafifiai 
 
 eTpd^rjV 
 
 BpetTTo^ 
 
 eaTpo<f>a 
 
 earpafifiat 
 
 effTpd<f)rjV 
 
 O-TpeTTTO^ 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
74 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§97 
 
 TABLE SHOWING THE FORMATION OF 
 
 Pkesent 
 
 
 Verb Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 AoristAct. 
 
 c. Liquid Verbs 
 
 
 
 
 
 26. 
 
 fualvo) 
 
 stain 
 
 fiidv- 
 
 IJLLdvS), -ets 
 
 ifiidpa 
 
 27. 
 
 KaOaCpm 
 
 purify 
 
 Kaffdp- 
 
 KaOapS), -et? 
 
 e/cddrjpa 
 
 28. 
 
 (fiaivco 
 
 show 
 
 <jiav- 
 
 (j)ava), el<; 
 
 e(f)r]va 
 
 29. 
 
 ^aivofj,ai. 
 
 appear 
 
 <pdv- 
 
 ^avov/iai, -Tj 
 <^avri<70fiab 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30. 
 
 ayyeWo) 
 
 announce 
 
 (i77eX- 
 
 ayyeXo), -et? 
 
 rjyyeiXa 
 
 31. 
 
 Sepco 
 
 flay, skin 
 
 5ep- 
 
 Sepo), -€« 
 
 ehetpa 
 
 32. 
 
 crreXKo) 
 
 send 
 
 (rreK- 
 
 oiTeXo), -et? 
 
 etneiXa 
 
 33. 
 
 aTrelpai 
 
 sow 
 
 airep- 
 
 cnrepo), -et? 
 
 eaveipa 
 
 34. 
 
 aTTO-KTeiVCO 
 
 kill 
 
 KTCV- 
 
 airoKrevS), -elf 
 
 direKTecva 
 
 d. Ve 
 
 rbs with cert 
 
 ain peculiar 
 
 ities : 
 
 
 
 35. 
 
 vop,C^(o 
 
 believe 
 
 voimS- 
 
 VO/XI&, -ei9 
 
 ivofibaa 
 
 36. 
 
 avdco 
 
 draw 
 
 a-ira(<r)- 
 
 CTTTaO-ft) 
 
 'icnrdaa 
 
 37. 
 
 TeXeo) 
 
 finish 
 
 Te\e<r- 
 
 reXo), -el<; 
 
 ireXeaa 
 
 38. 
 
 Beco 
 
 hind 
 
 Srj~, Se- 
 
 Sijcro) 
 
 eSrjaa 
 
 39. 
 
 'X^pdofiai 
 
 use 
 
 XPVi<ry 
 
 'Xprj(Top,ai 
 
 i'^^pijcrdfiTjV 
 
 40. 
 
 KeXevo) 
 
 command 
 
 Ke?ieu(cr)- 
 
 KeXeucrco 
 
 iKeXevaa 
 
 41. 
 
 UKOVQ) 
 
 hear 
 
 dKoi;((r)- 
 
 aKovaofiai 
 
 rJKOvaa 
 
 42. 
 
 KXeico 
 
 shut 
 
 K\ei(o-)- 
 
 KXeiaco 
 
 eKXeicra 
 
 43. 
 
 Xptw 
 
 anoint 
 
 XP'(<f)- 
 
 %jOt(70} 
 
 e'x^plcra 
 
 44. 
 
 KaiCO, KOCO 
 
 hum, trans. 
 
 /cau(o-)-, ra- 
 
 Kavcrco 
 
 eicavaa 
 
 45. 
 
 KkaCeo, kXcuo 
 
 ^l]eep 
 
 K\av{(r)-, nXa- 
 
 KXavaofiai 
 
 eKXavaa 
 
 46. 
 
 aw^a 
 
 save 
 
 aifS-, <ru- 
 
 acaao) 
 
 eacoaa 
 
 47. 
 
 aipw 
 
 lift up 
 
 dp-, (dep-) 
 
 dpO), -64? 
 
 •qpa Qapai) 
 
 48. 
 
 Kptva> 
 
 judge 
 
 Kpiv-, Kpi- 
 
 icplvS), -e« 
 
 eKplva 
 
 49. 
 
 KXivco 
 
 lean, incline 
 
 kKXv-, K\t- 
 
 kXIvS), -et? 
 
 eicXlva 
 
 50. 
 
 reiveo 
 
 stretch 
 
 rev-, rd- 
 
 revSi, -ei<s 
 
 ereiva 
 
 51. 
 
 ^dXXm 
 
 throw 
 
 fia\-, j3X»)- 
 
 ^aX5), -€t? 
 
 e^aXov 
 
 52. 
 
 KoXe'co 
 
 call, name 
 
 Ka\-£-, kXt} 
 
 KoXai, -eJ? 
 
 ixdXecra 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
97] 
 
 FORMATION OF TENSES. 
 
 75 
 
 TENSES OF THE REGULAR yERB. — Coticluded. 
 
 Perfect Active 
 
 Perfect Mid. 
 
 AoRisT Passive • 
 
 Verbal 
 
 
 AND Pass. 
 
 
 Adjective 
 
 fJi-e/J-iayKa 
 
 fie/j,ia(Tnai 
 
 i/jLidvdrjV 
 
 a-fiiavTO'! 
 
 KeKudapxa [^shown 
 
 KeKaOap/juai 
 
 eKaOdpdrjv 
 
 KadapTOi 
 
 7re(f}ayKa have 
 
 ire^aa-fiai. 
 
 i^dvOrjV was shown 
 
 d-^avTO<; 
 
 TreipTjva have ap- 
 
 
 i(j)dvr]v appeared 
 
 
 [peared 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 rjyyeKica 
 
 r]yyeXfJi,ai, 
 
 ■^yyeXdrjV 
 
 ayyeXTO's 
 
 SeBapica 
 
 SeSapfiai, 
 
 ehdpr)V 
 
 SapToi 
 
 ea-raXKU 
 
 earaXfiai 
 
 eardXTjv 
 
 a-TaXreov 
 
 eairapKa 
 
 ea-irapiiai 
 
 i(T7rdpr]v 
 
 airapTOi 
 
 a-rreKTOva 
 
 
 
 
 vevo/MKa 
 
 vevofjLia-fiai 
 
 evofiiaOriv 
 
 vofiitrreof 
 
 ea'TTUKa 
 
 e<Tira(rnai 
 
 icr-n-durO-qv 
 
 airaaro'; 
 
 rereXenta 
 
 reTeXeafiai 
 
 ireXeirdriv 
 
 reXea-ro'i 
 
 SeScKa 
 
 BeBefiai 
 
 iSSr)V 
 
 Sero? 
 
 
 Kexpv/J'at 
 
 ij^pijaOrjv 
 
 ■X^prjCTTch 
 
 /cexeXevKa 
 
 1 KeKeXeva-fiai 
 
 iKeXevcrdrjv 
 
 KeXeva-TO'i 
 
 aKTjKoa 
 
 ^Kovcrfjuu 
 
 ■vjKov(r9-i)v 
 
 aicova-TO^ 
 
 KcicXeiKa 
 
 Ke/cXetfiai 
 
 eKXeia-0TjV 
 
 KXect7T6<; 
 
 Kexplica 
 
 KB'x^plfJ'ai 
 
 i'^pfadrjv 
 
 XplcTTO'i 
 
 KenaVKa 
 
 iceKavfiaL 
 
 eKavdrjv 
 
 d-Kav^a-^rof 
 
 KexXaVKa 
 
 KexXav/iai 
 
 €icKav{ij)0rp/ 
 
 a-K\ai'(<7)T09 
 
 creaonKa 
 
 aeaaa-fiai 
 
 ic7cl>6r]v 
 
 a-o-coTos 
 
 rjpKa 
 
 fipiMai 
 
 TjpOrjv 
 
 dpreov 
 
 KeKpXica 
 
 Kexplfiai 
 
 iKpt07}V 
 
 KpiTO'i 
 
 KeicXiKa 
 
 KeKXliiai 
 
 iKXterjv 
 
 kXIto^ 
 
 r w I 
 
 TeraKU 
 
 rerafiai 
 
 eTaOrjv 
 
 TCiTO'i 
 
 ^e^XrjKa 
 
 ^e^Xrjfiai 
 
 e^rieriv 
 
 /SXTyro? 
 
 KeKXrjKa 
 
 /ceKXrjfiai 
 
 EKXrjQ'qv 
 
 /cXiyTO? 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
76 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§98 
 
 B. SECOND CONJUGATION: 
 
 1. Verbs in -ni with 
 
 98. THE PARADIGMS 
 
 ti9ti|jii put, pres. stem tiOt)-, Ti0e-, verb stem Or]-, 6e-, 
 
 iTlp.1 send, • " Ir)-, le-, " rj-, e-, 
 
 1. PRESENT AND IMPERFECT ACTIVE. 
 
 St. 
 
 TL0rj- and ti^£- 
 
 It]- and te- 
 
 8180)- and SiSo- 
 
 icTTT]- and idTa- 
 
 ri-0r]-)J.i 
 
 i-r]-fM 
 
 Si-Sco-fii 
 
 'i-aT-q-fxi 
 
 > 
 
 Tt-^77-9 
 
 f/ 
 
 St-S(B-9 
 
 X-CTTr]-^ 
 
 ■43 
 
 Ti-6r]-cn(v^ 
 
 i-r]-cn(^v} 
 
 Si-Sco-criQu^ 
 
 'i-(TT7]-(TL(v') 
 
 •a 
 
 TL-^e-fiev 
 
 i-e-fiev 
 
 Bi-So-fiev 
 
 X-cnd-nev 
 
 
 Ti-Oe-re 
 
 i-e-re 
 
 Si-So-re 
 
 'i-(nd-re 
 
 
 TL-Oe-dcTiQv) 
 
 i-aaiCv) 
 
 Si-S6-dai(y) 
 
 i-aTd-(Ti(y) 
 
 
 i-Ti-dr)-v 
 
 lei-v (t!) 
 
 i-Si-Sov-v 
 
 f-a-TT)-v(tl') 
 
 « 
 
 i-Ti-6ei-^ 
 
 r/ 
 
 t-et-9 
 
 i-Si-Sov-'; 
 
 'l-tJTT]-^ 
 
 
 i-Ti-Sei 
 
 i-ei 
 
 i-Si-Sov 
 
 i-arr] ' 
 
 HH 
 
 i-ri-Oe-fiev 
 
 i-^-fiev 
 
 i-Si-So-fjiev 
 
 "-(TTd-fiev 
 
 i-Tu-0e-Te 
 
 r/ 
 l-€-T€ 
 
 i-Si-Bo-Te 
 
 i-ard-re 
 
 
 e-TirOe-crav 
 
 L-e-crav 
 
 e-Si-So-crav 
 
 'i-ard-dav 
 
 
 Ti-65) (jL-Oi-w) 
 
 1-5) (t-e-(o) 
 
 St-Sw (81-80-u)) 
 
 l-CTTO) (l-O-Ta-O)) 
 
 4> 
 
 Ti-0rp 
 
 t-^? 
 
 St-Sw? 
 
 l-ary'; 
 
 
 Ti-e'r, 
 
 (-^ 
 
 Si-Sa 
 
 l-aTT) . 
 
 3 
 
 n-OSi-fiev 
 
 i-5i-iJbev 
 
 S(-8&)-/xey 
 
 l-(Tr5)-]ia> 
 
 
 ri-Orj-re 
 
 i-r]-Te 
 
 Si-SS)-re 
 
 i-arrj-re 
 
 ri-65ii7i(v') 
 
 i-waiiy) 
 
 St-Bci)a-i(v') 
 
 L-(naicn(y) 
 
 
 Ti-OeiTj-v 
 
 i-e(r]-v 
 
 8i-Soi-r]-v 
 
 l-ffTai-q-v 
 
 <u 
 
 TL-Oeir]-^ 
 
 t-eiT]-<; 
 
 St-Son;-? 
 
 l-araiT]-'; 
 
 Ti-OeiT] 
 
 i-eCr] 
 
 Si-Soir] 
 
 l-(TTaiT] 
 
 o< 
 
 Ti-de.LrjfX.tv, -Oelfiev 
 
 lurjficv, -eifiev 
 
 StSoirifiev, -Bolfiev 
 
 Lurair]ii,tv, -crraifiev 
 
 o 
 
 ri,-deir]Te^ -delre 
 
 lur]T€, -eire 
 
 htSoir]T£, -Sotre 
 
 lcrTair)T£, -(7TaiTe 
 
 
 TL-dur](rav, -delev 
 
 IcLTja-av, -eiev 
 
 SiSoiijo-av, -Bolev 
 
 itrTatiytrav, -(TTOteV 
 
 > 
 
 Ti-0a 
 
 Ui 
 
 Bi-Bov 
 
 X-CTTT] 
 
 •+3 
 
 Ti-Oe-TO) 
 
 l-e-Tco 
 
 Bl-So-TCO 
 
 l-<TTa-T(0 
 
 1 
 
 TirOe-re 
 
 v 
 
 t-e-TC 
 
 8i-So-Te 
 
 L-ard-re 
 
 
 Ti-6e-vr<ov 
 
 l-e-VTCov 
 
 Sl-Bo-VTCOV 
 
 i-tTTd-vreov 
 
 Inf. 
 
 ri-6e-vai 
 
 l-i-vai 
 
 Bi-Bo-vac 
 
 i-aTci-vai 
 
 u 
 
 Ti-6ek, -6evT0<; 
 
 l-ek, -evTOf 
 
 St-Som, -Sovro^ 
 
 l-CTTOi, -ffrdvTQ'i 
 
 •■£3 
 On 
 
 Ti-Oelaa, -6eicrT]<; 
 
 i-eicra, -eicrr]^ 
 
 8i-8ovaa, -Bov(Tr]<; 
 
 i-(TTdcra, -(7TdcTr]<! 
 
 n-6ev, -6evTo<; 
 
 l-e'v, -evTO'; 
 
 Bi-B6v, -BovTOf 
 
 i-(TTav, -ardvTO'; 
 
 Note 1. — Occasional secondary forms are the indio. forms TiOti's, riOtl- 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
98] 
 
 VERBS IN -1X1. PARADIGMS. 
 
 77 
 
 VERBS IN -111. 
 
 Reduplication in the Present Stem. 
 
 OF THE FOUR VERBS: 
 
 Si8(D|ii give, pres. stem SiSw-, StSo-, 
 
 lo-TTHiL place, set " " larr]-, io-to.-, 
 
 2. SECOND AOEIST ACTIVE 
 
 verb St. Seo-, So-, 
 " " o-tt;-, a-Tci- 
 
 St. 
 
 6>j- and ^e- 
 
 ij- and £- 
 
 hui- and ho- 
 
 (TTrf- and (tto.- 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 ■) 
 
 
 4> 
 
 j/ ^„ 
 
 T 
 
 
 e-a-TTj-v, stood, 
 
 e-CTTT;-? [stepped 
 
 e-arr] 
 
 e-aTTj-fiev 
 
 e-arrj-re 
 
 e-arr}-aav 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e-6e-fj.ev 
 
 e-0e-Te 
 
 e-6e-aav 
 
 7) KC[V) 
 
 elrfiev 
 
 elrTe 
 
 el-a-av 
 
 e-So-fiev 
 
 e-So-re 
 
 e-So-erav 
 
 1 
 
 6Sy (Oi-w) 
 
 By 
 ' da)-fjLev 
 Brj-Te / 
 6SstTt(v) 
 
 & (e-o)) 
 
 V 
 Si-fxev 
 
 Tj-re 
 
 S)cn(v') 
 
 Sea (So-o)) 
 
 S^ 
 
 SS)-fiev 
 Sco-re 
 8a>(n(^v) 
 
 arS) (vTa-io) 
 
 ary<! 
 
 arrj 
 
 ara)-/j,ev 
 
 arrj-re 
 
 arSiaiQv) 
 
 1 
 
 6e(r)-V- 
 
 6ur]jj.ev, Oel-fJLev 
 OeiYjTc, del-re 
 OEirjuav, Oeie-v 
 
 eXr,-v 
 t/ 
 eiT)-'; 
 
 r/ 
 
 eiTj 
 
 drjiJLa/, et-fiev 
 ciYjTe, el-Te 
 eirjcrav, ele-V 
 
 SoCrj-v 
 Soirj-i 
 SoCrj ^ 
 SoLr)fi.ev, Sol-fiev 
 hoiTjTe, Sol-re 
 Soirjcrav, Sole-v 
 
 arair)-v 
 
 aralr)-^ 
 
 araCrj 
 
 <7TairjiJi.£v, aral-fiev 
 
 (TTaLrjTe, aral-re 
 
 aratrjaav, arale-v 
 
 1 
 
 64-^ 
 6e-T(o 
 Oe-re 
 6e-VTcov 
 
 ^-9 
 
 e-Tco 
 
 tr 
 
 e-re 
 e-VT(ov 
 
 S6^ 
 So-rm 
 . So-re 
 
 So-VTCOV 
 
 arrj-Oi 
 arrj^co 
 arrj-re 
 ardrvrcov 
 
 Inf. 
 
 Oel-vai 
 
 el-vai 
 
 Sov-vai 
 
 arfj-vai 
 
 (2 
 
 Qek, Oevro'i 
 delaa, Oeicrr}'; 
 6ev, Oevro'i 
 
 et?, eVro? 
 elcra, e'Car}<; 
 ev, evTO'i 
 
 Sow, Sovra 
 Sovaa, Sovarj<; 
 Sov, S6vT0<; 
 
 o-ra?, ardvro'i 
 ardaa, araarj'; 
 arcLv, ardvro'i 
 
 teis, iti — and the plural forms with -ko.: tOrjKav, eSwKaaev, 99, 3. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
78 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§98 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION: 
 
 3. PRESENT AND IMPERFECT MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 Stems: 
 
 TL-ee- 
 
 l-£- 
 
 Si-So- 
 
 t-ora- 
 
 43 
 
 ■I 
 
 a 
 i-t 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 Tu-Oe-fiat 
 
 TtrOe-a-ai 
 
 T(-0e-TaL 
 
 ri-Oe-jxeOa 
 
 Tv-ee-aOe 
 
 rlrde-VTM 
 
 'i-e-ixai 
 
 'i-e-aao 
 
 i-e-TM 
 
 i-e-fi,e0a 
 
 i-e-a-0e 
 
 i-e-VTUi 
 
 Bi-So-flM 
 
 Ei-So-crat 
 Si-So-raL 
 Si-B6-/Jie6a 
 hlrho-(T0e 
 
 Sl-So-VTUi 
 
 "-crTd-fJ,ai 
 "-(TTOra-at, 
 i-ara-Tui 
 l-(Trd-fJi,e0a 
 
 'l-C7Tar<70e 
 
 i-(7Ta-VTat 
 
 v, 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 i-Ti-de-fitjP 
 e-ri-Oe-cTo 
 e-Ti-de-ro , 
 i-ri-de-/j.e0a 
 
 i-Ti-0€-CT0e 
 
 e-Ti-de-vro 
 
 l-e-ixTjV (t!) 
 
 I'-e-^o 
 
 I'-e-ro 
 
 i-e-jxeOa 
 
 U-a0e 
 
 i-e-VTO 
 
 i-8i-86-fn]v 
 
 i-Bi-So-ao 
 
 i-Si-Bo-TO 
 
 i-Si-S6-fie6a 
 
 i-B{-So-a0e 
 
 i-Bi-Bo-VTO 
 
 t-aTa-iJ.rjv 
 
 '(.-(TTd-ao 
 
 i-a-Ta-TO 
 
 l-aTa-/ie0a 
 
 i-aTa-er0€ 
 
 i-ara-VTO 
 
 t 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 TL-dSi-fiai. 
 ri-dy 
 Ti-drj-rai 
 TL-0co-fj,e6a 
 
 Tl-07J-<T0e 
 TL-0Si-VTal 
 
 l-5)-fiai 
 
 l-fj-TM 
 
 l-(o-fie0a 
 
 irrj-a0e 
 
 l-eb-vrai 
 
 Bi-Ba)-iJiaL 
 
 Bi-Bq> 
 
 Bi-Bm-tm 
 
 Bi-Ba)-fi€0a 
 
 Bi-Ba)-a0e 
 
 Bl-Bm-vtm 
 
 l-aTOi-fiai 
 
 l-crrrj-Tai 
 l-a-TQ)-fj,e0a 
 ircrrri-cT0e 
 ircnSi-VTai 
 
 o 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 rL-0ei-fi,7]v 
 
 Ti-0el-o 
 
 n-0el-TO 
 
 n-0elrfjLe0a 
 
 TL-0el-a-0e 
 
 Tl-0el-VTO 
 
 l-el-o 
 
 i-el-TO 
 
 l-ei-^e0a 
 
 irei-a0e 
 
 l-el-VTO 
 
 Bi-Boi-fir]V 
 Bi-Boi-o 
 
 Bl-Boi-TO 
 
 Bi-Bo(rfie0a 
 Bi-Boi-a0e 
 
 Bl-Bot-VTO 
 
 l-aTai-firjv 
 
 l-CTTal-O 
 
 l-aral-TO 
 iraTai-fieOa 
 i-<7Tal-q0e 
 ' l-aral-vTo 
 
 l-H 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 3. 
 P. 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 Ti-0e-ao 
 TL-0e-a0co 
 
 Ti-0e-a6a>v 
 
 i-e-cro 
 i-e-a0u) 
 U-a0£ 
 l-e-cr0(ov 
 
 Bi-Bo-ao 
 Bi-B6-(T0o) 
 Bc-Bo-cr0e 
 Bi-B6-a0a)v 
 
 'C-ard-ao 
 i-aTd-(T0a) 
 i-cTTa-o-^e 
 i-crTd-(T0a)V 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 TL-0e-a0ai 
 
 i-e-a0ai 
 
 Bi-Bo-a0aL 
 
 X-aTa-crdai 
 
 Participle 
 
 Ti.-0e-/jLevo';, 
 -r), -ov 
 
 -7}, -ov 
 
 Bi-B6-/j,€vo'i, 
 -ri, -ov 
 
 l-ffTci-fJbevo';, 
 -7], -ov 
 
 Note 2. — (7 in -trat and -ao remains in the present and impf. (except subj. and 
 
 hence rt^eo-at, iTidmo, rtdccro — SiSotrat, eSi'Socro, 
 
 Note 3. — Rare collat. forms are optatives with oi: tlOoIto, (twOoIto, 
 
 as also subj. and optatives with irregular accentuation: riOrjTai, irpdcr^ijTat, 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 

 98] 
 
 VERBS IN .^. PARADIGMS. 
 
 79 
 
 VERBS IN -^i. — Concluded. 
 
 SECOND AORIST MIDDLE. 
 
 Stems : 
 
 ec- 
 
 £- 
 
 80-' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 i-i 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 
 3^ 
 
 i-0e-fJ,r]V 
 'i-dov 
 e-6e-T0 
 i-ee-fie0a 
 
 e-de-VTO 
 
 €i-/ir]V 
 
 et-ao 
 
 epTO 
 
 €i-fie0a 
 
 elr(T0e 
 
 elrVTO 
 
 e-So-firjv 
 
 Uov 
 
 e-Bo-TO 
 
 i-S6-fj,e0a 
 
 e-So-a-0e 
 
 e-80-VTO 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 dw-jxai 
 Or, 
 
 drj-ade 
 0(o-VTai 
 
 T 
 
 V 
 ' y-rai 
 &-iJ,e0a 
 ?l-cT0e 
 
 Sh-VTM 
 
 Sa-fiaL 
 
 Sw-Tat 
 So)-fj,e0a 
 Sa>-a0e 
 SS)-VTai 
 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 s. 1. • 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 0ei-flTjV 
 
 0eU 
 
 0€l-TO 
 
 0e{-fie0a 
 
 0el-a-0e 
 
 0et-VTO 
 
 ei-fir)v 
 
 etro 
 
 el-To 
 
 er-fie0a 
 
 e%a0e 
 
 elrVTO 
 
 hotriir]V 
 
 hol-o 
 
 bol^o 
 
 Soi-fie0a 
 
 hol-(T0e 
 
 SoZ-VTO 
 
 
 i 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 3. 
 P. 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 00V 
 
 04-(T0m 
 04-cr0e 
 0e-(T0mv 
 
 of, 
 
 e-(T0m 
 U0e 
 e-(70a>v 
 
 Sov 
 
 S6-<r0a) 
 B6-a0e 
 S6-cr0a)v 
 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 0e-a-0ai 
 
 e-a0ai 
 
 S6-a0ai 
 
 
 Participle 
 
 06-fj,evo<;, -?;, 
 -ov 
 
 e-/iew?, -17, 
 -ov 
 
 S6-/j,evo<;, -77, 
 -ov 
 
 
 opt.), but disappears in all forms of the aorist except in the indicative elo-o. 
 StSotro — but edov, Oov — ov — IScw, Sov. 
 
 iinOoLfxeda, awanOoiVTO, icjuol/ji^v, iraptoiTC, irpocrio'itv, irpooLTO, irpodairo. 
 Trpoifrai, liridutvTaL, tlOoito, ctvvOolto, Trpootvro, d<l>ioi£v (against 99, 4). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® • 
 
80 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§§ 99, 100 
 
 KEMARKS ON THE PARADIGMS. 
 
 99. 1. In the present, imperfect and II aorist, the mood 
 suffixes and personal endings are applied to the stem directly (i.e. 
 without thematic vowel). 
 
 2. The stem vowel in the sing, of the indie, act. of the three 
 tenses is long. 
 
 3. The sing, of the aor. ind. act. is always supplied by edj]Ka, 
 Tj/ca, eSfOKa (for edrjv, r/v, eBcov}. The respective plural forms (as 
 edrjKav, eBtoKafiev, rjKavro) are less frequent ; for 'iarqv see 102. 
 
 4. The accent recedes here too (72, 11. 12), in both the 
 simple and the compound verbs, as far back as possible 
 (recessive accent!^, but never beyond the augment. Sub- 
 junctives always accent the contracted syllable, optatives 
 accent the syllable containing the modal suffix. 
 
 5. Accents of the aor. imper. : a<^es, dvTtBes, eirtfe, Trapafe, airoSos — 
 
 a(pov, Ttpofrdov (or trpotrOav), mrodov. 
 
 THE REMAINING TENSES. 
 
 100. 1. Their formation is regular, except that, in a few forms 
 
 the stem vowel is short: BeBofiat, iBoOrjv, crraTo'?; in others 
 
 the stem vowel is long (irreg. formation) : elr/xai (from e-6-/xat). 
 
 Fut. Act. 
 Mid. 
 
 6r)-(T0fiai 
 
 
 Bco-aco 
 Bci-crofiaL 
 
 Perf. Act. 
 
 Mid. Pass. 
 
 T e-O-q-Ka 
 
 (KelixaC) 
 
 el-Ka 
 el-fiai 
 
 Be-Bco-Ka 
 Be-So-fiai 
 
 Aor. Pass. 
 Fut. Pass. 
 
 i-re-6r]v 
 Te-d-^-croixac 
 
 eX-dr^v 
 e-Orj-a-OfJiai 
 
 i-B6-0nv 
 Bo-Orj-aofiai 
 
 Verb. Adject. 
 
 ^e-To'?, -reo? 
 
 i-TOi, -Teo<; 
 
 Bo-TO^., -Teo<! 
 
 2. "IcTTTjfjii, has, besides the intransitive second aor. ea-Trjv placed 
 myself, stepped., stood, a transitive iirst aor. ea-rrjaa set, placed. The 
 other tenses are partly transitive, partly intransitive. The following 
 is a synopsis of 
 
 The meanings of t'o-T??/u,t make stand, set, place. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§101] 
 
 VERBS INFLECTED LIKE larrjiu. 
 
 81 
 
 
 Transitive 
 
 Intransitive 
 
 Active: 
 
 plaee, 
 
 set 
 
 Middle: 
 
 place for my 
 
 own sake 
 
 Passive: 
 am placed 
 
 place myself, stand 
 
 Present 
 Future 
 
 Aorist 
 Perfect 
 Pluperfect 
 Fut. Perf. 
 
 
 itTTa/jiai 
 
 iTTria-opai 
 i<rTr)<rdfiyjV 
 
 la-TapM, 
 (TTaOyao/jiai 
 
 itrraOriv 
 
 '(TTaiJiai place myself, stand 
 (TT'^a-opxu shall pl.m., shall 
 
 stand 
 
 l(TTTqv placed myself, stood 
 
 ecTTijKa have pi. m., stand 
 
 d<TTr)Kav had pi. m., stood 
 
 ea-Ti^i(i) shall have pi. m., 
 
 shall stand 
 
 Note 1. — The intransitive forms supply the respective forms of the passive. 
 Note 2. — Note that the Engl, "stand, stood" etc. are used in two different 
 senses ! 
 
 VERBS INFLECTED LIKE io-ttj/xi. 
 
 101. The following six verbs (the last three of vrhich are depo- 
 nents without reduplication in the present stem) inflect their 
 presents and imperfects like "<m)ixL. 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 Aorist 
 
 Perfect 
 
 Kemarks 
 
 1. 0VLvr]fJi,i profit, 
 help 
 
 6pd 
 
 
 &v7i<ra 
 
 
 Impf. 
 &<j>€Xaw. 
 
 2. mp.'TrXrjiufiU 
 
 irX-q 
 ttXcl 
 
 irXijcrOi^a-oiMU 
 
 6irXrj(ra 
 iirXrjcrOrfV 
 
 TTCTrXriKa 
 '7re7rX7j(Tfiat 
 
 TrX'^dio : 
 
 am full. 
 
 3. iripyTrprifu burn, 
 set on fire 
 
 irp-q 
 irpa 
 
 TTprja-o) 
 TrprjtrOi^crop/u 
 
 hrp-qa-a 
 iirpT^a-Oijv 
 
 TTOrprjKa 
 TreTTpria-fmi 
 
 ■npyfiui : 
 burn, am on 
 fire. 
 
 4. ayafiai wonder at, 
 admire 
 
 a.ya((T) 
 
 dyda-Ofmi. 
 
 r]ya.(TdrjV 
 
 ayacTTos 
 
 
 5. SSva/Mu am able, 
 can 
 
 8wrj 
 8vva. 
 
 8vV^(T0fW.L 
 
 khwrjdriv 
 
 iSvvd(r$Tiv 
 
 8e8vvr)iJuu 
 
 
 6. imaTapw, know, 
 understand 
 
 iTna-TTi 
 
 iTTUTTa 
 
 iTTLa-TT^a-OfUlL 
 
 ri-irUTTi^OrjV 
 
 
 
 Note 1. — The aorist kirpidixriv bought is inflected like the imperfect 
 and present of the above deponents ; inf. TrpuurOai (present : w/ovpuu 112, 18). 
 
 Note 2. — Unlike 'o-Tiyjut, these deponents (also iirpidiJ.rjv) have the 
 recessive accent in the subjunctive and optative; hence 
 
 subj. 8vvo>fiai, iTTLO'Tmnai, TrpKofiai, 
 
 opt. Swaio, iiriQTMTO, TrpCaurOc, ayaivTO. 
 
 a ' Digitized by Micro.soft® 
 
82 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§102 
 
 102. PRIMITIVE OR. KOOT-AORISTS (to-Tijv and others). 
 
 1. '"Ea-Tfjv and the aorists of some other verbs in -a> are formed 
 directly from the verb stem (the root). They all have 
 
 a long vowel in the ind., imper. (except 3. p. pi.) and inf., 
 a short vowel before vowels and before -vr. 
 
 2. The following verbs are the most important : 
 
 a) Stems with final A-sound (a, iy": a). 
 
 1. aTTO-SiSpdaKco run awai/ 
 
 2. ^acvco go, step, walk 
 3., (j)6dv(o am beforehand 
 
 b) Stems with final E-so^nd (r;: e). 
 4. peco flow, run \ pvrj, pve \ eppvrjV 
 
 c) Stems with final O-sound (o> ; o). 
 
 Spa, Spa. 
 
 UTT-eSpdv 
 
 110, 9. 
 
 H /ia 
 
 e^rjv 
 
 
 <j>6ri, <jiOa 
 
 e(j)6r)V 
 
 109, 2. 
 
 5. yiyvioa K(o know 
 
 ■yvo), yvo 
 
 ^V(OV 
 
 110, 11. 
 
 6. dXicTKOfiai am taken 
 
 dXo), aXo 
 
 edXcov 
 
 110, 4. 
 
 7. (/8ioa))faa) live 
 
 ^tO), j8tO 
 
 e^iav 
 
 112, 13. 
 
 d) Stems with final Y-sound (v : v). 
 
 
 8. Svofiai sink, intr. 
 
 Sv, Si! 
 
 eSvv 
 
 Act. 91,6; 93. 
 
 9. <f)vofiai am born 
 
 <^ii, <f>v 
 
 e<f>vv 
 
 Act. <l)vw, bring 
 forth, 93. 
 
 3. Paradigm. 
 
 Stems 
 
 - 
 
 OTJJ-, (7Ta- 
 
 pu?j-, pUE- 
 
 ■yvo)-, yvo- 
 
 Sv-, Sv- 
 
 
 e-cxTTj-v stood, 
 
 ip-pvr]-v ' 
 
 e-yv(0-v 
 
 Ui-v 
 
 4) 
 
 > 
 
 ?-<7T7/-9 [100, 2 
 
 ep-pvrj-v 
 
 e-yvco-<; 
 
 i-Bv-<; 
 
 ■^ 
 
 e-a-TTj 
 
 ep-pvr) 
 
 e-jva 
 
 l-Su 
 
 '•5 
 
 e-a-TTj-iiev 
 
 ip-pvr]-fjiev 
 
 e-<yva)-fiev 
 
 e-Bv-iJi£V ' 
 
 a 
 
 e-arrj-re 
 
 ip-pvrj-re 
 
 e-iyvto-Te 
 
 ^Sv-re 
 
 
 e-arrj-crav 
 
 ip-pvTj-crav 
 
 e-yvm-crav 
 
 e-Bv-<7av 
 
 (U 
 
 > 
 
 cttS) (from o-Ta-co) 
 
 pvS) 
 
 yva 
 
 Bveo 
 
 •g 
 
 <7T^? 
 
 pvr,'; 
 
 yvuK 
 
 Svri-; 
 
 a 
 
 3 
 
 <7T^ 
 
 H 
 
 jva> 
 
 8VT] 
 
 3 
 
 aTcJ-fiev 
 
 pv&fiev 
 
 yv5)p,ev 
 
 Bvco/iev 
 
 CO 
 
 etc. see p. 77 
 
 etc. like 6u>px.v, p. 77 
 
 etc. like SStfiev, p. 77 
 
 etc. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
103] 
 
 MIXED PERFECTS. 
 
 83 
 
 
 4 
 
 Paradigm. — Concluded. 
 
 
 stems 
 
 CTTT)-, crra- 
 
 prnf, pv€- 
 
 yvtii-, yvo- 
 
 8v-, 8v- 
 
 .fc 
 
 araCr^-v 
 
 <TTal7j-<S 
 
 arair] 
 aral-fjiev ' 
 
 etc. see p. 77 
 
 pve^Tj-v 
 pveir)-^ 
 pveiTj 
 pvel-fiev ^ 
 etc. like dei/xcv, p. 77 
 
 yvolr)-v 
 yvovi]-^ 
 yvoit] 
 yvol-nev ^ 
 etc. like SoTjuev, p. 77 
 
 
 ■1 
 
 (U 
 I-H 
 
 a-TTJ-dl 
 arrj-rm 
 a-TTJ-Te 
 ardr-VTCov 
 
 
 yvw-di 
 yvw-TOi . 
 
 yVO-VTCDV 
 
 hv-Oi. 
 
 S0-T6 
 
 Inf. 
 
 a-Trj-vai 
 
 pvfj-vai 
 
 yvSi-vai 
 
 Zv-vai 
 
 o 
 
 •43 
 
 a-Ta.'i, ardvro'i 
 araaa, arda-rj^ 
 arav, ardpTO'i 
 
 pvek, -evTOf 
 pvelcra, -eiar)<; 
 ■pvev, -eWos 
 
 yvovi, yv6vT0<: 
 yvova-a, yvovar]^ 
 yvov, yvovTO'! 
 
 Svaa, Bva-T]<; 
 
 1 or a-Tairi-fi,£v etc. ^ or pvcirj-nev etc. ^ or yvovq-fxtv etc. 
 
 4. There is a middle future and a I perfect to all these 
 aorists ; 
 
 e.g. a) ^i^a-ofiai, e^rjv, ^e'^TjKa have gone, 
 
 b) pvrfaeTai, eppvr], eppvr]K€(v') h</is flowed, 
 
 c) yvcoaofiai, eyvmv, eyvcoKa have known, 
 
 d) (fivaofiat, e(f)vv, 7re'cj)VKa am by nature. 
 
 MIXED PERFECTS (WITH and WITHOUT -ko). 
 103. 1. Besides eo-TtiKa stand, there are forms without a 
 -Ku, directly derived from the reduplicated verb stem e-ard; thus 
 especially 
 
 perf . ind. eard-fiev, eara-re, eaTacn(y) ; plupf . eard-aav. 
 inf. ia-Ta-vai,; part. eo-roJ?, kffT&ara, eo-TW?, 
 
 eO-TOJTO?, eCTTWO-j;?, eCTTWTO?. 
 
 2. Likewise T€9vriKa am dead (pres. 110, 7): 
 
 perf. ind. TeOvd-jxev, Tedvd-re, re6vdcyi(v'); plupf. ireOvd-a-av. 
 
 inf. reOvd-vai; part. reOvew, reOveSxra, Tedveo's, 
 , Te0veano<s, TeOvedxyrji}, reOveSiTo^. 
 
 3. Moreover, biBoiKa fear (stem Set-, St-, aor. eSeiaa'): 
 perf. ind. Se'Sta, -a?, -e(v'), BeSi-fiev, Se'St-re, SeS^do-t(i'). 
 
 plupf. iBeSiradv; inf. SeBievai; part. SeSt-to?, -uta, -o'?, 
 
 -oVo?, -via?. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
84 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§104 
 
 4. Finally, a defective perfect with present meaning : 
 / otSa know, novi 
 (=have seen, of dS-, tS- (fi8-), vid-eo; aor. elSov saw, 112, 6). 
 Pres. and aor. are supplied by yiyvdicr/cQi (110, 11) nosco. 
 
 Perfect (Present) 
 
 Pluperfect (Imperfect) 
 
 Moods, Infin., Partic. 
 
 olS-a know, novi 
 
 olada ' 
 
 ol8-e(v') 
 
 la-fiev 
 
 tcr-Te 
 
 V 
 
 i(Tdai(y') 
 
 jjS-7; (-"»') knew, 
 
 yB-rja-Oa (-ets) noveram 
 
 P-et 
 
 rjS-e-fJ-ev 
 
 rjS-e-re 
 
 yS-e-aav 
 
 Subj. elBo), -^9 
 
 Opt. elSeLrjv 
 
 Imp. ia-6t, icTTQ} etc. 
 
 Inf. eih-e-vai 
 
 Part. elS-oK, -via, -09, 
 
 -0V09, -vta? 
 
 Future e'l-aofiai, shall know (wot^ero) and sAaZZ A;>iom^ (learn, cognoscam). 
 
 2. VERBS IN -|ii OF A DIFFERENT FtRMATION. 
 
 104. 1. <|)ii|Jii say, affirm, st. (f>rj-, <J3d-, Lat. /a-ri, 
 
 collateral form ^acr/co). 
 
 Present Ind. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Optative 
 
 Imperative 
 
 </"?-Mt 
 
 e-<f>r]-v 
 
 ^S) 
 
 <^aCr]-v 
 
 
 </>»?'? (0?7?) 
 
 €-(^r)-(j6a 
 
 <^^-9 
 
 <f)airj-<; 
 
 <f>a-dt 
 
 <^-n-aC(y) 
 
 e-cj)r) 
 
 4>V 
 
 (j)airj 
 
 CJid-TCO 
 
 (pd-fiev 
 
 e-<f)d-fiev 
 
 <pa)-fiev 
 
 (^al-fiev 
 
 
 (flOrTe 
 
 €-(f)d-re 
 
 ^rj-re 
 
 (j>a2-T€ 
 
 <j}d-Te 
 
 (j}dcri(y) 
 
 e-(f)d-crav 
 
 <f>aia-i(v^ 
 
 ^aie-v 
 
 <f)d-VTa)v 
 
 Infin. ^ 
 
 ■>d-VM 
 
 
 
 Fut. ^TJ-O-ft) 
 
 
 Partic. ( 
 
 ^<f>d^) or ^daK 
 
 (OV 
 
 
 Aor. e-<f)r]-crc 
 
 I 
 
 Note 1. — The whole of the pres. ind. except <^r;s is enclitic. 9, 1. 
 Note 2. — cravat and the impf. etjjtiv have also the force of aorists. 
 Note 3. — </)7;/At means a) say, declare: fut. ipS), Xeiw, aor. elirov, e<^7/v. 
 b) say yes, assent : fut. KJirja-o), aor. £<^jj<ra. 
 
 OV ^rifj,i = neffo, say no, refuse, deny. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§104] 
 
 SMALL VERBS IN -fj,i. 
 
 85 
 
 
 2. « 
 
 :tfi.i shall go, St. e'lr, 1-, Latin 
 
 i-re, Rer. 
 
 
 Present Ind. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Optative 
 
 Imperative 
 
 el-yttt shall go 
 
 y-a went 
 
 I'-o) (^thaf) I may go 
 
 'i-oi-fu, 
 
 
 el 
 el-ai(y) 
 
 7)-eL<; 
 y-ei 
 
 I'-V 
 
 t-ot-? 
 
 V 
 
 t-ot 
 
 i-0t 
 
 i-jMev 
 
 rj-fiev 
 
 'i-oo-fiev 
 
 t-Ol-/l€V 
 
 
 i'-re 
 X-da-i^y) 
 
 y-re 
 y-arav 
 
 t-tBO-t(l') 
 
 L-oi-re 
 L-oie-v 
 
 Ue 
 
 l-6-VT(OV 
 
 Infin. l-ev 
 
 %L 
 
 Part. l-a>v, l-ovaa, l-6v 
 G. l-6vT0<;, i-ovarj^ 
 
 Verb. Adj. t'-Teoz/ 
 
 Note 1. — The pres. ind. has always a future meaning; the 
 opt., inf. and part, have sometimes future, sometimes present 
 force. 
 
 Note 2. — Note the accent in compounds : 
 e.g. airei/M, ainiiev, uTridi, 
 but UTrya, airrjiiev, airycrav (99, 4). 
 
 
 3. elixi am, st. 
 
 eV-, 
 
 Lat. esse. 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Optative 
 
 Impkrativk 
 
 el/jLi 
 
 el 
 
 e(r-Tt(i') 
 
 rjirOa 
 
 S) (from if-m) 
 V 
 
 eirj-v (from i^-irj-v) 
 
 etV? 
 
 eiT) • 
 
 la-ei, 
 ecr-TftJ 
 
 ea-fiev 
 ea-re 
 
 rjfiev 
 
 rjTe (fi(T-Te') 
 
 &-fjLev 
 rj-re 
 
 ecrj-/Mev etr/iev 
 eXrj-re 
 
 ea--re 
 
 elaCCy') 
 
 rjaav 
 
 3)(7i(vy 
 
 e'l-q-aav ele-v 
 
 ecT-rmv 
 
 Infin. 
 
 elvaL (from ecr-j/at) 
 
 Future eVoyuat, ecrj 
 
 1 (ecrei), 
 
 Part. 
 
 tui', ovcra, 6v, 
 
 3. p. sing. ea--rai, 
 
 
 G. 
 
 OVTO^, OVCTT)^. 
 
 otherwise regular. 
 
 
 Note 1. — The whole present ind. (except el) is enclitic 
 w"hen it is merely the copula, but orthotoned when it means : to 
 exist, to be (in a certain state or condition). 
 
 Note 2. — In this latter case, the 8. p. sing, is: eariv, as also 
 in the meaning: it is passible (= e^ea-ri{yy) and after m?, ovk, el, KaC, 
 as well as after rovr and a\X' : w? ecrriv, rovr eanv, aXX' eariv. 
 Note 3. — Accentuation of the compounds : 
 / e.g. uTreifM, arret, arreariv, airiaOi, 
 
 but aTTW, airetfiev, anrrifiev, air ear at. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
86 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§105 
 
 4. xpi] it is necessary, one must (oughf). 
 From a combination of the noun XPV (sc ia-rCv opus est) and 
 certain forms of elfii the following forms result : 
 
 impf. XPV'^ ^^^ ^XPV^ ' s^^i- XPV ' opt- %P«"7 5 
 inf. 'xprjvac ; part, to y^ewv (indecL). 
 
 5. Kd6Ti[iai am seated, st. ^o--, Ka6r](a'}- ; and 
 
 6. Ket|j,ai lie, iaeeo, st. «et- are thus inflected : 
 
 Present 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Imperative 
 
 Present 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Imperative 
 
 KdOrf-jJiai 
 
 Kadrj-aai 
 
 Kadrj-rai 
 
 etc. 
 
 e-KaOrj-fJirjV 
 e-Kd9r)-a-o 
 e-Kadri-TO 
 etc. 
 
 KaO-q-cro 
 KaOrf-ffdo) 
 etc. 
 
 Kel-jxai 
 Kel-a-ai 
 
 Kei-TUl 
 
 etc. 
 
 i-Kei-flTJV 
 
 e-Kei-ao 
 
 e-Kei-ro 
 
 etc. 
 
 icel-cro 
 KeC-cr6(o 
 
 etc. 
 
 Inf. KaBrj-aOai 
 Part. Kadi]-/ji,evo<; 
 Fut. Ka0eSov/j.M, -rj (112, 14). 
 
 Inf. Kel-adat 
 Part. Ke(-fievo<; 
 Fut. Keiaofiai, -ctt), -a-erai etc. 
 
 Note 1. — The simple rjixai, rjaai, rjo-Tai is poetic. Like the future, 
 the subj. and opt. are supplied by Kade^ofmi (112, 14). 
 
 Note 2. — Both the simple Keia-ffai and 'its compounds serve as 
 perf. pass, of tiOt] fu (100, 1) ; 
 
 e.g. viroT(6r]/ii lay under, — vtroKenai it underlies ; 
 
 vofiovi TiOedcnv oi dp')(pvTe<s, — ot vojjlol Kelvrai, 
 OecrOai ra, ottXo eKeXevcrev, — ra oTrXa eKeiro. 
 Note 3. — A list of forms of like or similar sound 
 
 of irift,i, idTrjixL, olBa, ci/it, tlfjLi, Ka.6rifi.ai. 
 
 irapev, Trapyjv, Trapes, Trapa 2, Traprj, Traprj 3, irapirj, napLTj 2, Trapetij 2, d<f>eLri, 
 
 OlTtut), Traprja. 
 ■jrapets, Trapaev 2, ■nape.UTiv 2, irapeia-tv, d^etcrii', aTrcto-tv 2, ■jrapiaaiv, irapiacnv, 
 
 ■wapiiofiLv, wapiorvcnv, wapovcnv. 
 Wi, 'iddi 2, ire 2, ia-re 2, ctc, waprJTe 3, Trapgre, iraptire. 2, TrapeiTai, Tropetro 3, 
 
 ■n-apeirp-e 2, ^re, ^re, ^re 2, ^ore, jJct^e 3, lo-fle, elo-^e 5. 
 ecrT€, £crr£, icrTT], 1(ttt) 2, lo-rat, (.(10760.1, et(7ecr0e 2, eicreo-flat, £io-«r6at, etCTCi- 
 
 o-fle 5, d(T£i(T6ai, Ka6ia-6aj., Ka6ei(r6ai, Ka6fjcr6ai, 7]crccr6at. 
 KTTaa-av, ea-raa-av, la-Taa-av, ia-Toxrav, irapka-av, wapttcrav 2, jjo-av, ^(rav, Ka6rj- 
 
 a-ov, Kd6r]cro, Kd.6i(T6e, Ka.6r](j6c, Ka^o-^e, Ka6u(T6t 5. 
 
 Which of these forms may belong to other verbs than the above-named, and 
 to what verbs ? 
 
 3. VERBS IN -v5(jii (-vvvnO- 
 105. 1. They are inflected like the verbs in -/xt 
 in the present and imperfect of the active, middle and passive; 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§105] 
 
 VERBS IN -vv/ii. 
 
 87 
 
 the subj. and optative always, other forms sometimes, follow the -w 
 inflection ; 
 
 e.g. ZeiKvva = BeUvvaiv, ehelKVve = iSeiKvv etc. 
 
 2. The V of the syllable -vS is long in the sing, of the pres. 
 and impf. ind., as well as in the 2. p. sing, imper. active; elsewhere 
 it is short. 
 
 3. Paradigm : Beix-vvfM, show. 
 
 Verb stem SetK-, present stem SeiK-vv^. 
 
 
 
 Active 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 Present Indie. 
 
 S. 
 
 1. 
 
 SeiK-vv-fM 
 
 SeiK-vii-fiM 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 BeiK-vv-i; 
 
 heiK-VV-CTM 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 heiK-vv-(n(v') 
 
 helK-VV-TM 
 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 heU-vv-iiev 
 
 heiK-vv-fieOa 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 SetK-vv-re 
 
 heiK-vv-ffde 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 heiK-vv-da-t,(y') 
 
 BeiK-VV-VTM 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 e-heU-vv-v 
 i-BeiK-uv-v 
 
 i-BecK-vv-fiTjv 
 e-heU-vv-ffo 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 i-Se(ic-vv 
 
 e-heiK-vv-TO 
 
 
 p. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 i-SeiK-vv-fiev . ■ 
 e-beiK-vv-Te 
 
 e-BeiK-vv^lJieOa 
 i-BeiK-vv-ade 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 e-SeiK-vv-a-av 
 
 i-SeiK-vv-VTO 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 heiK-vv-o) 
 
 BeiK-vv^<; 
 
 etc. 
 
 BeiK-vv-toiMaL 
 SeiK-vv-y 
 etc. 
 
 Optative 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 SeiK-vv-oi-fu 
 8eiK-vv-oi-<i 
 etc. 
 
 heiyc-vv-oC-firfV 
 SeiK-vii-oi-o 
 etc. 
 
 Imperative 
 
 s. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 SeiK-vv 
 
 BeiK-VV-TtU 
 
 SeiK-vii-ao 
 
 0€lK-VV-Crd(0 
 
 
 p. 
 
 2. 
 
 heiK-vv-re 
 
 SeiK-w-erffe 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 heiK-vv-vrwv 
 
 SeiK-vv-aBccv 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 
 SeiK-vv-vai 
 
 helK-vv-adai • 
 
 Participle 
 
 
 
 BeiK-viK, -vvaa, -vvv 
 
 BeiK-vv-fievo<i, -fievr), 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 gen. -vvvTO<;, -vvcrrjv 
 
 -fievov 
 
 Future 
 Aorist 
 
 Perfect 
 
 Act. 
 
 Sei^m, Mid. Bei^ofj, 
 Bella, " iSei^dfi 
 
 21, Pass. Seix^ycrofiai, 
 7]V, " iSeix0r]V, 
 
 5e-Sef%-a, 
 
 Se-BeLy-/iai. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
88 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§106 
 
 106. THE REMAINING VERBS IN -v«(ii. 
 a) Stems with final A-sound. 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 1. KepdwiifM mix 
 
 {with : Tivi) 
 
 Kepa(s) 
 Kpa 
 
 K€pS>, -as 
 Kpad-qcroimi 
 
 iKepaa-a 
 iKpddrjV 
 
 KiKpapai 
 
 2. Kpefidvvij/M hang, 
 tr., suspend 
 
 Kpefi.a((r) 
 
 KpefiS), -as 
 KptpaaOridoiiai 
 
 (.KpipAtra 
 iKptiwxrdrjV 
 
 [itr. 
 
 Kpifuapjai hang, 
 
 3. -ireTavvvfu spread 
 out, expand 
 
 7reTa(cr) 
 
 TTTa 
 
 ■jtctS, -as 
 ireracrO'^croiJiai, 
 
 iirtTacra 
 iTreTaddrfV 
 
 TreKTapai 
 
 4. a-KsSavvvfii scat- 
 ter, disperse 
 
 (TKcSa ((r) 
 
 aKeBacr6i](T0fMai 
 
 ecTKehdcra 
 iaKehdaOrfV 
 
 i<TKeBaa-fiai 
 
 b) Stems with final O-sound. 
 
 5. pd)vvvfj.i strengthen 
 
 po)(cr) 
 
 pauTto 
 pmaOrjaofiai 
 
 eppwaa 
 eppojcrdriv 
 
 eppaifji,ai 
 
 6. aTpwvvufii spread 
 out 
 
 (TTpUl 
 
 (TTpdxTCO 
 
 (XTpadija-ofiai 
 
 ecTTpacra 
 icrTpd>OrjV 
 
 e(TTpcofj,ai 
 
 c) Stems ending in -7. 
 
 7. l^ev'^vvp.i yoke, join 
 together 
 
 ^€vy 
 
 ^ev)(6riaofiai 
 
 
 e^evyfiai 
 
 8. fieiyvvfu mix 
 
 (with : nvc) 
 
 p.uy 
 
 Ixeix'S-qaoiiai 
 
 ifji,ei)(drjV 
 
 fiefj,eiyfj.ai 
 
 9. -irrj'yvvfii fasten 
 Tfrj^vvfiai am fas- 
 tened 
 
 irrry 
 Tray 
 
 Trayijcro/oai 
 
 iTTTj^a 
 
 iTrayrjV 
 
 ireirrjya am 
 fixed 
 
 10. prjyviJfjLi break, 1*. 
 p-jyvvfiai burst, itr. 
 
 pvy 
 
 pay 
 
 pay^cro/xai 
 
 ippriia 
 ippayrjv 
 
 Ippmya. 
 
 d) Stems ending in a liquid. 
 
 11. aTT-oXXv/jLi perdo, 
 destroy, lose 
 aTT-oXXiifiai pereo, 
 perish 
 
 oX-£ 
 
 airoXw, -ei? 
 airoXovp.ai, -y 
 
 airdiXeaa 
 airaiXofJLrjV 
 
 cnroXcoXeKa 
 dircoXcoXeKctv 
 aTTo'XtoXa 
 airwXiLXeiv 
 
 12. 6iMvvjJ,i swear 
 
 OJU.-0 
 
 ofiovfiaL, -ri 
 
 wfioaa 
 
 OflCOjJLOKa 
 
 dtfitapAKew 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
107, 108] 
 
 IRREGULAR CONJUGATION. 
 
 89 
 
 C. IRREGULAR CONJUGATION. 
 Introductory Note. 
 
 107. Some of the irregular verbs have their presents enlarged or 
 strengthened in a manner different from that described in 77, others 
 form their tenses from several, mostly quite different, stems. 
 
 Hence we obtain five other classes of verbs, 108-112. 
 
 Fourth Class (Lengthening of Vowel in Present). 
 
 108. The verbs have in the present a lengthened vowel. In 
 the II aorist, however, they take, as a rule, the corresponding 
 short or weak vowel. In some of them there is a change of 
 quality (ablaut) in the II perfect. 
 
 A similar change from strong to weak vowel (11), and the ablaut 
 is sometimes met with in word formation : 
 
 E.g. <f)evyco flee, II aor. ei:f>vyov, rj (fivjij, 6 ^vyd<}. 
 
 XetVa) leave, II perf. XeXoiva, XotTroV. 
 
 Note. — Here belong four verbs in -cm : 
 
 TrXeta sail (fut. itXeu-crofmi), y^iot pour (To.X'^v-fm gush), 
 
 trvito breathe (to Trvev-jm breath), pem flow (to paj-fjia. stream). 
 nXevu) became first ■TrXifu), then irXeio ; for the forms of pew, see 102, 4. b. 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 Aorist 
 
 Perfect 
 
 1. Ti]K(o melt, tr. 
 
 TYjK 
 
 r^^o) ' 
 
 iTij^a 
 
 
 TijKOfiai, melt, itr. 
 
 TOiK 
 
 TaKr\<TOpj!lX 
 
 iraKrjv 
 
 TCTTJKa 
 
 2. ttXtjttq) strike 
 
 irXrjy 
 
 ttXij^co 
 
 e-TrXrj^a 
 
 
 (112,15) pass. 
 
 
 TrXriyijcrofiai 
 
 iirXijyrjv 
 
 TreTrXrj'YfiaL 
 
 eK-TrXTJTTCO 
 
 TrXr/y 
 
 eK-irXri^(o 
 
 e^-eirXTj^a 
 
 
 frighten 
 
 
 
 
 
 eK-Tr\r]TTOfiai am 
 
 n-Xay 
 
 iK-TrXayijaofiai 
 
 i^-eirXatyrjv 
 
 eK-TreTrXrj'yfiaL 
 
 frightened, fear 
 
 
 
 
 am panic- 
 stricken 
 
 3. rpf^a rub 
 
 rpl^ 
 
 Tpi-^co 
 
 erplylra 
 
 rerpl^a 
 
 pass. 
 
 rpip 
 
 TpL^rjcrofJLai 
 
 irpt^Tjv 
 
 rerpififiai 
 
 4. XeiTTft) leave 
 
 XCLTT 
 
 Xei-^eo 
 
 eXltrov 
 
 XeXonra 
 
 pass. 
 
 XlTT 
 
 Xei^Orjo-oiJiai 
 
 iXei^6rjv 
 
 XeXeififJiai 
 
 5. TreiOco jpersuade 
 
 iraO 
 
 regular, see { 
 
 )7, 8. 9., 
 
 TreiroiOa trust. 
 
 
 iriB 
 
 TTtffTo'?, 7riaTL<; 
 
 [except : 
 
 rely 
 
 6. (pevymflee 
 
 <^£uy 
 
 <l)ev^oiJ,ai 
 
 e(f)vyov 
 
 ire^evya 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
90 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§109 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 FUTDKB 
 
 AOKIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 7. TrXeci) sail 
 
 TrAev 
 
 TrXevao/jLai 
 
 eirXevaa 
 
 ireirXevKa 
 
 8. irveoi breathe, blow 
 
 TTVCV 
 
 TTvevao/iai 
 
 eirvevcra 
 
 ireirvevKa 
 
 9. x^co pour 
 
 pass. 
 
 Xiv 
 
 Xe'o) 
 XudijdOfuii, 
 
 €X€a 
 
 
 Fifth or Nasal Class. 
 
 109. The present is lengthened by a nasal. 
 
 a) Present in -vm. 
 
 1. rtvco pay, suffer 
 Ttvof/^ai punish 
 
 tX 
 
 TU 
 
 Tticroi 
 Teia-o/juii 
 
 fT€Wa 
 
 iT€UTdf/.rjV 
 
 T€TilKa 
 
 TenurfMi 
 
 2. (pdavco am before- 
 hand (with TLVa 
 TToiiov tl), antioi 
 
 pate 
 
 <j)6-i]aofj,ai 
 
 ecf)67)v and 
 e<j)dd(Ta 
 
 
 etpduKa 
 
 3. KUfivco am weary, 
 become tired (iro- 
 pevo/iLevos of march 
 
 Kd/j, 
 ing) 
 
 Ka/j,ovfiai, -y 
 
 eicafiov 
 
 KeKfi7)Ka 
 
 4. rifivw cut 
 
 Ttfi 
 
 TefJiS), -et? 
 Tfirjdijaofiat 
 
 erefiov 
 eTfirjdrjV 
 
 rerfirjKa 
 TerfJiTjfiac 
 
 5. iXaweo drive, set 
 in motion; intr. 
 march, ride etc. 
 
 iXav 
 iXd 
 
 iXo), -a? 
 eXaOrjaofiai 
 
 fjXdcra 
 r)Xa6r]V 
 
 eXijXaKa 
 iXijXdfiat 
 
 b) Present in -veo-/j,ai. . 
 
 6. iK-veo-fjLai come to, 
 usu. a<^- arrive 
 
 Ik 
 
 at 
 
 a<pi^Ofiai 
 
 d<j)lK6/j,r)v 
 
 a<f)iyfiai 
 
 c) Present in -dvco. 
 
 7. alcrOdvo/iai per- 
 ceive, hear (tivos 
 and tl), observe 
 
 aiaO-T] 
 
 aia-drjcrofjLai 
 
 TjaOoixrjv 
 (a.i(T$i<idaL) 
 
 ^aOrj/iai. 
 (y<T&^a-dai) 
 
 8. dfiapTavco sm(Ti); 
 7nis8 (tivo's) 
 
 afiapT-Tj 
 
 afiapTTfcroixai 
 d/Maprr)9ijaeTai 
 
 fifxapTOV 
 rjfiapT^drjv 
 
 rjfidpTTjKa 
 fjfidpTTqfJial 
 
 9. av^avto, av^co inr 
 crease, tr. 
 
 OLvi-T) 
 
 av^rjaoa . 
 ai^'qa-o/xai 
 
 
 rjv^rjKa 
 rjv^TjfjLat 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 110] 
 
 IRREGULAR VP^RBS. 
 
 91 
 
 d) Present in -dveo with a nasal in the stem syllable. 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 10. Xayx^dveo obtain 
 (by lot, something 
 
 Xa.x,Xrix 
 
 Tll/ds) 
 
 X'^^ofiat 
 
 e\a;^oi' 
 
 elXr]')(a 
 
 11. Xafi^dvo) take, re- 
 ceive, get, obtain 
 
 X&J3 
 
 Xr,P 
 
 X'^-^lrofiai 
 Xrjcjjd'qa'Ofiai 
 
 ^Xa^ov 
 eXrj<^6riv 
 
 eoXrj^a 
 eiXr/fifJiai 
 
 12. XavOdvmeseapethe 
 
 notice (of nvd), 
 
 am hidden from 
 
 iiriXavdavofiai 
 
 forget (something 
 
 Xad 
 Xr,6 
 
 T6VOs) 
 
 Xriaoa 
 eTTiXijffOfiat, 
 
 'iXdOov 
 eTreXdOofJLrjv 
 
 XeXr]0a 
 eTTLXeXfja/iai 
 
 13. fiavOdvo) learn 
 
 fjiaO-Ti 
 
 IxaOrjcrofiai 
 
 efiddov 
 
 IxeiiddrjKa 
 
 14. irvvddvofjiai in- 
 quire, learn, 
 hear (tivos ti) 
 
 TTvO 
 
 irevO 
 
 Trevao/jLai 
 
 eirvdofi-qv 
 
 -irenrvafjiai 
 
 15. Tvyxdva hit (some- 
 thing Tivoi'), ob- 
 tain (something 
 from Tivos tivos) 
 
 Tvx-V 
 Ttvx 
 
 Tev^ofj^ai 
 
 BTV'XpV 
 
 reTvxr}Ka 
 
 Sixth Class : Inchoative Verbs. 
 
 110. The present is enlarged by -cr«o, -o-we (^-ictko, -la-Ke). 
 
 a) Without Reduplication in the Present. 
 
 1. <^'i)pdaic(o grow old 
 
 yr)pd 
 
 yrjpaa-OfJiai 
 
 iyripa<Ta 
 
 yiyrjpaKa 
 
 2. Tj^da-Kco, fj^dco 
 grow to, am at 
 man]8 estate 
 
 
 rj^ricrto 
 
 rjPrjO-a came to 
 man's estate, 
 reached man- 
 hood 
 
 rj^iqKah'aveheen 
 young ! 
 
 3. apea-Kco please 
 
 ape 
 
 apc(T(a 
 
 fjpeaa 
 
 
 4. dXia-Ko/iai am 
 taken 
 
 aX-o) 
 
 dXaxTOjiai 
 
 edXmv ^Xtov 
 
 kdXcoKa ijA.o)Ka 
 
 5. avdXia-KCO, avdXooj 
 spend, use up 
 
 av-oX-<o 
 
 avaXcaaoo 
 dvdXmOria-ofiai 
 
 avrjXaxya 
 dvrjXdidrjv 
 
 avriXcoKa 
 avrfXcoixaL 
 
 6. evpia-KQ) find 
 
 eiip-e 
 
 evprjaoi) 
 evpe6rj(Top,ai, 
 
 rjdpov 
 rjvpe0r]V 
 
 rjvprjKa 
 rjvprjfiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
92 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§111 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 7. aiTQ-dvyaKW die 
 off 
 
 Odv 
 6vr} 
 
 ctTTO-Oavovfiai, 
 
 dir-edavov 
 fut. pf. 
 
 reOvrjKu am 
 
 dead 
 Tedvri^oo shall 
 
 be dead 
 
 8. BiBdcrKdi teach 
 
 pass. 
 Mid. take lessons, 
 have myself taught 
 
 SiSa^ 
 
 BiBd^a 
 
 BiBa'^6i]crofi(f,l 
 
 BiBd^ofiai 
 
 iBiBa^a 
 
 eBiBdj(67}v 
 
 iBlBa^dfiriv 
 
 BeBiBd^a 
 BeBiBay/iai 
 
 BlBuKTOi 
 
 b) With Reduplication in the Present. 
 
 9. cnro-BiBpaaKco run 
 away 
 
 Spa 
 
 airo-BpdaoiJ,ai 
 
 a-ir-eBpdv 
 
 diro-BeBpcLKa 
 
 10. /xi/MvgcrKa) remind 
 (usu. ava-, viro-) 
 (tlvo, tl one of) 
 fUfjLVri(TKop,at re- 
 member, am 
 mindful; men- 
 tion (rtvo's) 
 
 fi.vr] 
 /Avr/((r) 
 
 ava-fiVTjao) 
 fivrjad'^a-op.ai 
 
 dv-eiMV-qtra 
 
 iflV7](T0T]V 
 
 fjieiJ.vr]fji,ai 
 memini 
 
 fiefivijcrofiai, 
 meminero 
 
 11. yiyvdxTKoa know, 
 learn to know 
 
 yv<i>{(T) 
 
 yvdxTOfiai 
 yvcoaOi^aofiai 
 
 eyvcov 
 iyv(oadr)V 
 
 eyvwKa 
 eyvooa-fMai 
 yvacTTOv 
 
 12. riTpwaKco wound 
 
 Tplx> 
 
 TjOfBcra) 
 Tpco6i]crofiai, 
 
 erpcoaa 
 irpoodrjV 
 
 .TerpcoKa 
 rerpwfiac 
 
 TjOCOTO? 
 
 Seventli or E-Class. 
 111. The verb stem is enlarged by an E-sound, either in the 
 present or in the other tenses only. 
 
 a) Verbs with an enlarged present stem : 
 
 1. yafieco marry (a 
 
 ya/i-e 
 
 yafjLu), -ets 
 
 iyr]iM 
 
 yeydfurjKa 
 
 woman yvval/ca') 
 
 ya^-jy 
 
 
 
 
 yafiovfiai marry 
 
 
 ya/xov/jiai, -y 
 
 eyrjfJi.aiJi.rjV 
 
 ycya/jLrjfJML 
 
 {a man dvBpC, 
 
 nubo") 
 
 
 
 
 
 8oK-£ 
 
 B6^co 
 
 eBo^a 
 
 
 looked upon as; 
 
 
 believe, think 
 
 
 
 
 
 BoKel videtur, it 
 
 
 B6^ei 
 
 e'So^e(l') 
 
 BeBoKTai it has 
 
 seems good, best, 
 
 advisable 
 Dinitiyp 
 
 (1 hy Minmsnft( 
 
 a 
 
 been decreed 
 
§ 111] IRREGULAR VERBS. - 93 
 
 Verbs witli an enlarged present stem. — Concluded. 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 3. d)0€eo push (impf. 
 iii6ovv,S9, l.note) 
 
 &e-i 
 
 M(7C0 
 
 waOriaotiai 
 
 ecoaa 
 io)(r6r]V 
 
 ewKU 
 eaxTfiai 
 
 b) Verbs with a short present stem : ' 
 
 4. ideXco (j9e\o}} am 
 willing 
 
 iOsX-,} 
 
 iOeXrjaci) 
 
 TjdeXrjaa 
 
 fi6eXr}Ka 
 
 5. fJieXka) am about, 
 intend ; am ex- 
 pected or des- 
 tined ; hesitate 
 
 /jxXX^ 
 
 fjLeXXr]cT(o 
 
 ifieXXrjcra 
 
 
 6. ep- (ipcoTcico) ask 
 
 ifjrr] 
 
 epwTricTco and 
 ipiqcrofjial 
 
 r/payrrja-a and 
 ^po/j-rjv 
 
 ypuTrjKa 
 
 7. '^tr/vofiai fio, am 
 born, happen, 
 
 become 
 
 •yevijaofiai 
 
 iyevo/jLrjV 
 
 yeyevrifiaL 
 II pf. yeyopa 
 
 8. axOop-at am dis- 
 pleased, vexeU, 
 angry {at [eirt] 
 
 TlVt) 
 
 axdecrofiai 
 
 rfX^effdriv 
 
 
 9. ^ovXa/xai, wish, 
 desire 
 
 |8ouA-»j 
 
 ^ovXr)arop,ai 
 
 e^ovXrjOrjv 
 
 ^e/3ovXr]IJ,at, 
 
 10. Bet it is necessary, 
 one must, ought 
 
 Sc-i; 
 
 herjaei 
 
 iSeijae 
 
 SeSeriKS 
 
 11. Seo/jiat need, want 
 (tivos) ; ask, beg 
 
 {rivoi Tt) 
 
 herjaofiai 
 
 eSetjOrjv 
 
 SeBerjfiai 
 
 12. fieXei fiot {nvoi 
 something) is an 
 object of care to 
 
 fieX-rj 
 me 
 
 fieX'qcrei 
 
 ifieXijcre 
 
 fiefieXrjixe 
 
 13. eTn-ixeXojxai, -fie- 
 Xovfiai take care 
 {o/tlvos, that o7ro)s) 
 
 ,xe\-j; 
 
 eiriiieXrjaoiiai 
 
 eireixeXrjdrjv 
 
 iirifiefieXiifiaL 
 
 14. oiofjLai (olfjuai) 
 think, believe 
 
 ol-ri 
 
 olrjO-oiMai 
 
 (p^drjv 
 
 
 15. fid^ofiat fight 
 
 (against, with rm) 
 
 /MX-£(o-) 
 
 fiaxovjiai,-!^ 
 
 i/iaxecrdfjbTjV 
 
 liejJid'X'niJ'ai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
94 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§112 
 
 Eighth or Mixed Class. 
 112. Contains Verbs with several altogether different stems. 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 FUTDHE 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 1. aipeco take, cap- 
 
 aipr) 
 
 
 aiprjcro) 
 
 elXov 
 
 yprjKa 
 
 ture 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mid. take for my- 
 
 i\ 
 
 ■ 
 
 alprjcrofjiai 
 
 elXofiTjv 
 
 yprifiai 
 
 self; choose 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pass, (to Act. and 
 
 alpe 
 
 
 aipedrjao/iai 
 
 ypeQrjV 
 
 Vpr)ixai 
 
 Mid.) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2. epxoiiat go, come 
 
 epX. ". '> 
 
 elfJ.1 
 
 riXdov 
 
 iXrjXvda 
 
 impf. ^a 104, 2 
 
 a(D)^ 
 
 
 
 rJKO) adsum 
 
 3. ecrOCa) {liijipuiiTKui) 
 
 iaei, tS 
 
 eiiofxai 
 
 e(f)ayov 
 
 KaTa-jSffipwKa 
 
 eat, consume 
 
 ^ay, /3pM 
 
 KaTa-ftptoOi^crofJiai 
 
 KaT-t/SptiiOrjv 
 
 Kara-^iPpajim 
 
 4. eTTO/j-aisequor, fol- 
 
 Itt, 
 
 e-^ofiai 
 
 e-aTTOfirjv 
 
 
 low (impf; etVo- 
 
 creir, cttt 
 
 
 a. a-!ru>fuii-lTri<T7r<j)p.ai 
 
 
 IMr]v, 89, 1) 
 
 
 
 0. (T7roiTO-iTri(7iroiTO 
 imp. o-TTOv-iTTLcrTrov 
 
 
 5. e%to have, hold 
 
 ^x. <^«X 
 
 e'^o) 
 
 'ia')(OV 
 
 ea-xvica , 
 
 (coll. form : tcrxw) 
 
 o-X-i; 
 
 (T'XTjaCO 
 
 subj. (TxS> 
 
 
 impf. elxov 89, 1 
 
 
 
 opt. cr'xoiijv 
 imp. o- ;)^ e's, crx^Tui 
 
 
 Middle 
 
 
 e^ofiai 
 (T'X^TJcroiiai 
 
 ecT'XPfirjV 
 subj. cr^ui^t 
 opt. (Txoi/xrjv 
 imp. o-^ov, (TxeaOo) 
 
 e(T')(riP'0'i 
 
 Compounds : 
 
 
 
 
 
 a) IT ap-e')((o furnish. 
 
 
 7roj0-(s^ft) 
 
 irap-eaxov ' 
 
 ■jrap-eaxvi^"- 
 
 supply, afford. 
 
 
 rrrapa-axV'^^ 
 
 subj. 7rapd<JX<^ 
 
 
 provide 
 
 
 
 opt. ifrapdcrxoilJ.i 
 imp. ■n-apacrxes 
 
 
 Mid./wrwJsAetc. 
 
 
 irap-e^ofiai 
 
 'Trap-e<T')(pn7}v 
 
 irap-ea-X'TlH'Cii' 
 
 {from my own 
 
 
 irapa-o'xrjcyop^ai 
 
 subj. ■Kapdax'^l"'-'- 
 
 
 means') * 
 
 
 
 opt. irapdaxoiTO 
 imp. irapauxo^ 
 
 
 b) av-i-x^ofiai endure. 
 
 
 av-e^o/jLai, 
 
 riv-ea'xpfir]v 
 
 Vv-eaxvi^ 
 
 , suffer; impf. 
 
 
 
 subj. di/a-orxw/wii etc. 
 
 
 rfvei-xpixriv 89, 7 
 
 
 
 
 
 c) inr-icrx-veo-iiai. 
 
 
 viro-a-'xfjdoiiai, 
 
 VTT-ea-x^oixrjV 
 
 vTr-eir^^Tj/xat 
 
 promise 
 
 
 
 subj. i7rd-(rx«>/«u etc. 
 
 
 6. opdm see, impf. 
 
 opa (f opa) 
 
 oyjrop.aL 
 
 elSoj' 
 
 e(opdica, oirunra 
 
 iSpcov 89, 2 
 
 OTT, to (/Tto) 
 
 6^9ij(T0tiai 
 
 a)(j}0r)V 
 
 kdipdfuu, aKiim 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 ■ii 
 
§112] 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 Eighth or Mixed Class. — Oontinued. 
 
 95 
 
 Pkesbnt 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 7. irda-xco experience, 
 
 Tra(r}(, waO 
 
 Treia-Q/jLai 
 
 e-rraOov 
 
 Treirovda 
 
 suffer 
 
 TrevB 
 
 
 
 
 8. irtvo) drink 
 
 ■n-lv, TTl 
 
 -Trto/jbai 
 
 evlov 
 
 TrejrasKa 
 
 
 TTO), TTO 
 
 iroOrjaoiJLai, 
 
 iir667)V 
 
 ireiroiJLaL 
 
 9. irtirTw fall 
 
 TTET, TTta- 
 TTTia 
 
 •jreaovfiai, -r) 
 
 eireffov 
 
 iveivTWKa 
 
 1 
 
 10. Tpexco run [impf.) 
 
 TficX 
 
 Bpa/iovfial, -rj 
 
 ehpafiov 
 
 SeSpdfiTjKa 
 
 6e(o (only pres. and 
 
 BpajJ,-^ 
 
 
 
 
 11. ^epco hear, carry 
 
 <l>ep, ol, 
 wc(y)K 
 
 o'icrat 
 
 TJveyKOv and 
 TjveyKa 
 
 ivi^voxa 
 
 Mid. carry (^for 
 
 
 oicofiai 
 
 rjveyKa/iTjv 
 
 
 myself) 
 
 
 
 
 > ivi^veyfiai 
 
 Pass, am home. 
 
 
 evex^V°'Ofiai 
 
 r/vex^VV 
 
 J 
 
 carried 
 
 
 
 Verb. A. 
 
 oiareov 
 
 (jyepo/jLui hurry, 
 
 
 eve')(j9riaoiJiai 
 
 rfVex9r)V 
 
 evrjvejfiai 
 
 rush, fly, etc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 1 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 12. ayopevm 
 
 "1 2 'i 
 
 ayopev, 
 
 ipS>, epel<: 
 
 elirov, eiire 
 
 eiprjKa 
 
 Xeyco 
 
 
 Xey, 
 
 
 and eiTra 
 
 
 ^rjfii 
 
 
 4>V> <^°'> 
 
 104, 1. n. 
 
 eXe^a, e^7;o-a 
 
 
 Pass. 
 
 i:c7r,f£p,pri 
 
 prjOriaofiai 
 
 ippij0r)V 
 
 e" pi] fiat 
 
 * 
 
 - 
 
 \e')(Qr\(TOji.ai 
 
 eXexOriv 
 
 XeXeyfiai 
 
 Compounds ; e.g. 
 
 
 
 
 
 a) air-ayopevco 1) for- 
 
 
 UTT-epco 
 
 a-ir-eiirov 
 
 a-7r-eipr]Ka 
 
 hid, 2) ^tVe out 
 
 
 
 
 
 b) Sia^Xeyo/iai, speak. 
 
 
 Bia-Xe'^ofjLai, 
 
 Si-eXex^V^ 
 
 Si-eCXey/JLai 
 
 converse (with rm) 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 but c) Xeyo) gather, col- 
 
 
 cruX-Xefa) 
 
 (TVV-eXe^a 
 
 crvv-eiXoxa 
 
 lect (with o-uv-, ex-, 
 
 
 crvX-Xey^aofiai 
 
 a-vv-eXeyrjV 
 
 ffvv-eiXeyfuii 
 
 KaTa-) 
 
 
 
 
 
 13. ^ow (;8wa)) live 
 
 tv> ^"" 
 
 ^uoa-o/jiai 
 
 i^icov 
 
 /3e/3icoKa 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
96 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 [§113 
 
 Eighth or Mixed Class. 
 
 ■ Concluded. 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect 
 
 14. KaOi^w tr. make 
 sit down, intr. 
 sit down 
 
 KadC^^ofiai sit down 
 
 KaOi^ojxai intr. 
 
 am seated and sit 
 
 down 
 
 
 KadlS), -el<s 
 
 eKadia-a 
 
 
 Kddrjfiat 
 
 consedi, = 
 sedeo, am 
 seated 104, 5 
 
 KadeBovfiai, -y 
 
 iKade^ofirjv 
 
 1) considebam 
 
 and 
 
 2) consedi 
 
 15. iraCo), 
 
 TUTTTO) 
 
 Traraxraw, 
 
 TrXrjTTui 
 
 strike, 
 heat 
 Pass. 
 
 irat, TUTT, 
 Traray, 
 
 irX7?v 
 ttXjjv 
 
 TrXay 
 
 iraCcro) 
 
 TrXT^yTjaofiai, 
 iK-TrXrj^eo 
 
 eK-irXdy^crofj.ai 
 
 eiraiaa 
 
 e'jrXyf'yrjv 
 e^-eirXri^a 
 
 i^-eTrXarfrjv 
 
 •rreiraiKa 
 TreirXrj'yiiai, 
 
 frighten 
 eK-irX'^TTOiiai am 
 panic-stricken 
 
 eK-TreTrXrjyp.ai 
 
 16. TTCoXeiM, iriirpdcrKO}, 
 atrohihofiai sell 
 (oXiyov, TToXXoC 151) 
 
 ■KtaXij, 8(0, 
 So, Trpd 
 
 TTCoXijaco 
 
 cnroScoaofiai 
 
 Trpadrjaofiai, 
 
 iTTwXTjaa 
 aTreSofirjv 
 eTrpddrjv 
 
 TreTrmXrjKa 
 
 ireirpaKa 
 
 ireirpdiiai 
 
 17. cr/co7retB and -e'o/iat, 
 (TKiwTOfuxi look, 
 view, consider, 
 
 ITKOlTt, 
 (TKETT 
 
 examine 
 
 aKe-KJro/xai 
 
 ia-K€yjrdp,T]v 
 
 ecTKefJifiai 
 
 18. wveofiai, buy {for 
 Tivos : oXiyov, ttoX- 
 Xov 151) - 
 
 u)vrj, Trpva 
 
 avT^crofiai, 
 mvriQri(TOfxai 
 
 i'jrpidfj.rjV 
 
 id)vr])iai 
 iu>vrjiJ.ai 
 
 113. Certain Occasional Irregularities 
 
 Occurring with Attic Writers in the Inflection of Verbs. 
 For Reference. 
 aywixL break, tr. ; (pay-) : Kar-d^co, Kar-ea^a ; augm. 89, 1. n. 
 
 ayvU|U,at break, intr. : pf. Kar-iaya. have been {am) broken; aor. p. idyrjv. 
 dyw : 97, 16 ; aor. a. also ^^a. 
 
 aivcu) : 91, 6 ; f . also iwawiarui and Tapaiveirofuu. ; pf . p. ■gvrjfua. 
 aKpodo/xai. hear; d/cpodcro/iat, ^KpoacrafiT/jv ; cf. j8o^o-o/j.at and 80. 
 
 aXaXd^ui raise the war-cry; aor. •^XdXa|a: 77, 3, b. n. 
 dXtLcjxo anoint; pf. p. i^-aX'qXifiimi w. Attic redupl. : 89, 5. 
 dXt'^d) ward off (chiefly poetic) ; (oXck-, ^ a.XK--q) : f . dXe^^crw. 
 
 Mid. dXe|o/xai, f. dXe^ijcro/iai and dXe'^o/iat. a. ■^Xe^d/iijv. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 113] IRREGULARITIES. 97 
 
 aXew grind; pf. p. dXri\i(a-)iJuiL, sep 89, 5 and 91, 4. 
 
 dWofiai leap; f. dXovfiai, I a. ijXa/x,,^v, aXacr6lai (like dpat 90, 3 for ■^XatreaL 
 
 according to 84, 2), II a. y\6/j.riv, aAe'o-fct. 
 d7r-a/*«73o(«,at repZj/ (chiefly poet.) D. M. 72, 3 ; rarely A.-nriix.ti<i,0-q. 
 afitjuyvoiw am in doubt; augm. ^,u,<^tyv. or ■^jj.cjytyv. 89, 6 and 7. 
 afi^i^r^riTim dispute; augm. ■^iJL<j>i(r^. or ^yu</>£(r^. 89, 7. 
 dvaXto-KO) : 110, 5 ; also (incorrectly) ivaXia-Kov etc. without augm. 
 
 di/Sdi/o) please; (dS-, or/:aS-, lySw's) : -f. dSiya-w; a. eaSov, aBuv; pf. edSa. 
 
 di/UTft) besides avvw (dvuw) accomplish : dvia-w, i^viJo-a, ^vijKa, i7i/u(r/.iat, ■^vva-Orjv, 
 
 awa-Tos, see 77, 2. n. ; 83, 1 ; 91, 4. 
 djToSj^/ie'o) am abroad; augm. dTreSiy/nT^cra, redupl. d7ro8eSj;ju.7?Ka (agt. 75, 3, from 
 
 dTToSiyjitos) . 
 
 o.papL<TK<o join, Jit; (ap-, see 110, b.) : aor. -qpapov, pf. dpdpa ^< weZZ. 
 awaiVo) dry; sometimes drops the augm. : aiawero (besides rjvaLvcTo). 
 /JaiVo) : 102, 4. a. ; pf. p. (ivp.-, irapa-) -/ScySd/iat ; aor. -eftaOrjv. 
 fiiooi : 112, 13 ; aor. opt. also ^u^ besides ^mrj, part, also /Siwcras besides 
 
 /Slows. 
 ffiuMTKo/JLai, ava-: bring (and come) to life again; aor. -^LuxracrOai. 
 /JXao-rdvco sprout ; (jSXacTT-ij, 109, C.) : /3\a(TTij<7to, ifiXaa-Tov, /SeySXdtrTijKa. 
 /3A.(00-Ka) g'O; {p-oX-, p.\u)-, 15): /AoXov^tai, e/AoA.ov; cf. aird/ioXos. 
 PovKofi.aL : 111, 9 ; sometimes augm. rj- (■^(iovXop.rjv, ri/3ov\i^0rjv). 
 yqQiui rejoice; pf. yiyrjda, with present force. 
 
 yrjpdfTKa) : 110, 1 ; poetic aor. also iyijpav, yijpSivai, according to 102, 2. a. 
 SdiKvii) bite ; (Byjk- : BaK-, 109, a.) : SrjiofMi, tSaKov, SiSr/ypML, iSi^^drjv. 
 BapOdvia sleep; (hapO-T) 109, C.) : KaT-eSap9ov, Kara-SeSapdriKa. 
 Set-, Si- : 103, 3 ; plupf. 3. pi. also eStSi'eo-av. 
 
 huuTaopai. live, diet ; augm. hr/TuifA-riv, SiTjTT^Orjv and redupl. iSeSiijTrjTo. 
 SlS7]p,l, collat. with Siw bind; 3. p. plur. pres. StSeao-tv. > 
 
 Sii/fdo) thirst; contr. like ^d<o 91, 2: Sn/riys, Buj/rj, iU\p-q, Sixjrljv. 
 
 Spdai do; pf. pass. SeSpa/juu. Aor. p. iSpda-OrjV, V. adj. Spao-Tcos. 
 
 Swa/Aat : sometimes augm. ^- (^Svi/d/Aj^v, ^Swjy^j^v) and in the impf. also iSvva) 
 
 (^S.) for eSwacro. 
 8u(o : 91, 6 ; pf. aTro-8i8vKa is very rarely also trans. . iroXXous. 
 
 iyyvdti) pledge; augm. and redupl. ^-yy. (or ei/eyvwv, iyytyvrjKo). 
 
 iyeipo) awaJcen; fut. iyepd, -ets. Aor. -qyupa. Aor. pass, ■^yepdrjv tvas awak- 
 ened and awoke. 
 
 iyeCpopai awake, intr. Aor. yiyp6p.r)v (14), according to 86 ; pf. iyp-ijyopa, 
 plup. iyprjyoptiv (no augm.) am, was aivdke, cf. 89, 5. 
 
 iyKU>ijiid^oi extol, ev.logize; fut. -dcro) and -do-o/^at; impf. iveKwp,. ; pf. iyKtKfop.. 
 
 clp,L: 104, 3 ; verb. adj. o-ui'-Eo-Teov (impf. ■^p.rjv). 
 
 £t/it : 104, 2 ; collat. impf. sing. 1. ■gav, 2. yeurOa, 3. jjeti/, plur. 3. rjecrav. Opt. 
 
 also ioirjv. Imper. 3. pi. also trw; v. adj. also irrjTiov (from hdo), not 
 used in Attic dial.). 
 fKK\rj(Tid^u) vote ; augm. i^eKXirjaia^ov or rjKKXrja: etc. 
 
 " Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
98 INFLECTION. [§ 113 
 
 eA«yx«) convict; reg., only perf. with Attic redupl., 89, 5: e\^\eyKTat, plup. 
 
 i\ri\eyKTO (no augm.). 
 k\t(T(Tio roll; besides cWluitw, augm. ilXuraov, fDayixai. etc., according to 89, 1; 
 
 all tlie forms are also found with the smooth breathing : eXtrru etc. 
 
 ivavTioofJiaL : 89, 6 ; also iv-rjvTiov/Jirjv, iv-rjvTiwBirjV, iv^vTiuiiuu. 
 
 hwixt, d/A^t-, clothe, d/i<^tS, -eis, rjix^Ua^a, ^[j.<t>Ua-fmL. 
 
 cvoxA.€'(D annoy ; augm. ^vwx^ow, -j/o-a, -Ty/^at, according to 89, 7. 
 
 €TriopK€0> swear falsely ; augm. iinu>pKOw, iTniapK-qa-a., 
 
 iTTLO-Taixai : 101, 6 ; has also ima-TW for eTTtCTTatro ; r]Tri<TTU> for y/TrLcTTacro. 
 
 epyaZofiai work; augm. eipy. (89, 1) and ripy., redupl. dpy. 
 epTTOi and epTTv^u) creep, serpo; augm. elpirov, elpTrva-a, according to 89, 1. 
 epxo/tai : 112, 2 ; f ut. iXevtrofiai (chiefly poetic and Ionic) ; aor. imper. iXOi 
 like £t7r£ 72, 12. d. 
 
 io-Oio) : 112, 3 ; pf. i^SoKa, i&rjSea-fuu (comp. 89, 5) ; T. adj. eSecTTeoi/. 
 ecTTido) entertain; augm. etcrTtcoi/, eiortao-a, tlcTTiaKa etc. 89, 1. 
 
 £v8<o sleep, usn. Kad- ; see below Kadeihai. 
 
 cvepyereo) do good; augm. €v€py. or €vrjpy. 
 
 ixOa.voiJi.ai., wsu. air-, incur hatred; Qx^-r], according to 109, c.) : dTr-ex^iycro/Mii, 
 
 dv-^X^^/^V^) air-rjxOrjlJi.ai. 
 eX<i): 112, 5; ap.ir-ix'J' and -i(JX'i> envelop; impf. rj/jLTricrxov ; d/X7rexoju.ai have 
 
 (something) wrapped about me; augm. rifx.Traxop.yiv, according to 112, 5. b. 
 ef/u) cook; fut. iijjT^a-o); aor. act. -^xl/rjaa, verb. adj. exprjTos and cc^^os. 
 ^lovvvp,!. gird, according to 106, b. : ^wa-w, e^ata-a, e^w(cr)pML. 
 rjpju, Ka.6rip.ai : 104, 5. Impf. also Ka6-qp,r]V, KaOrjcro, KaOrjcrTO etc., subj. Kad<i)p.i6a, 
 
 opt. Ka6yp.rjv Or KaOoLp,rjv. 
 
 ripi say, impf. rjv S' lyw and rj 8' os said J, said he, cf. 104, 1. 
 
 0i<!) run, pres. and impf. 91, 3 ; (from Oevui, Oipto, like TrXe'co 108, note) ; fut. 
 
 OevcropMi according to 108, note. 
 6fyydv(o touch; (^ty-, 109, d.) : di^opuu, lOiyov. 
 6vy(TK(i}, aTTo- : 110, 7 ; j)roperly 6vri-C<jK<a ; wrongly ^vi/o-kw ; pf. opt. redvaajv, 
 
 imper. 3. sg. Tcdvaro}. 
 OpvwTo> crush, enervate; pf. pass. reOpvp-paL of Tpv<l>-, according to 21, 2. 
 iSp6<o sweat, reg. ; besides IBpovvn also ISpSivTi ™ tTTTru. 
 r^o), see KaBit,ii>. 
 
 ir/pi : 98-100 ; d0o;/*t : impf. also ^(^lav, augm. according to 89, 7. 
 IXdcTKopai appease ; st. tA.a(o-) : iXdo-Oftai, IXaa-apr/v. 
 lurrjpi : besides to eo-Tojs (103, 1) also TO ka-To^, to KaOearo?. 
 Ka0cv8<a : 89, 6 ; augm. besides iKadevSov sometimes KaBrjvSov ; f. KaOev^a-a. 
 KaOi^io : 112, 14 ; augm. besides iKd&ia-a (89, 6) also Ka&lcra. 
 KaLvio : 86, 3 ; pf. Kara-KCKova, according to 88, 3. 
 Kaio) : 92, 2, compare 77, 3. d. n. ; aor. act. also (cKT/a), tKca (poetic) ; aor. pass. 
 
 also e/cdij (poet, and Ionic). 
 KaXiw : 92, 5 ; opt. pf. pass. K€KXrjo (no periphrasis). 
 
 KiipML : 104, 6 ; subj. Keqrai, KetovTat ; opt. keoito, kcoii'to. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 113] IRREGULARITIES. ' 99 
 
 tcepawv/jLi : 106, 1 ; paSS. perf. KCKepaa-fua ; aor. iK€piur6rjv. 
 
 KepSatvo) gain; aor. besides iKtpSriva also tKepSam, against 84, 2. 
 
 kXAm break; (KA.a(cr)-) :• K\a.(ra>, eKkatra, KeKXaa-iuu, iKXa.(Tdr]v, according to 
 
 91,4. 
 KXeirro) Steal; KXaj/OfUU and kXei/to), ixXapa, K€K\o<f>a (88, 3. d.), KiKXcp.pai, €KX.d- 
 
 inrjV (87, 3), kAetttos and KA.£7rTeos. 
 kXiVo) : 97, 49 ; pass, also iKXtvrjv (and eKkivOrjv), Kh.vq(Topxu. 
 Kvdo) scrape; mid. ki/^toi, xi/^o-^at, contr. like ^^v etc., 91, 2. 
 Kopeirvvfa satiate; (Kopttr-) : Kopidu), fKopecra, KiKopccrpjii, iKopifrO-qv- 
 Kpavui Tcnock, strike : KeKpovpai, €Kpova-6-qv, Kpova-Tos, like kXuu) 91, 7. 
 KTao/iai acquire, reg. ; pf . opt. K€KTwp.e.6a (without periphrasis). 
 KTivvvfU, OTTO-, kill; coll. with diro-KTeivo) (ktclvvp-i). 
 Xap.pdv<» : 109, 11 ; II aor. imp. Xa^e (like etTrt 72, 12. d.). 
 Xtyoi collect, gather in ck-, Kara-, a-vX-Xiyio : 112, 12. c. ; pf. p. also -XeXeypMi ; 
 
 aor. <Tvv-e\ix'^r}v (chiefly Ionic). 
 Xtvui, gen. Kara-, Stone; aor. p. KareXevtrOriv, see 91, 7. 
 Aovo) wash, bathe (Xofu) lavo), reg. ; besides also Xovrai, iXovro, eXovvro, Xova-Oai 
 
 and other contracted forms. , 
 
 fkiLywp.1 : 106, 8 (see p.iyvvp.C) ; aor. p. ep-iyr/v (jjitiy : pXy, 11, 1). 
 p.t6v(rKu> make drunk, p,€6va-KopaL and p,e9v<a am drunk : lp,€6va0r)v. 
 p.eXX<ti : 111, 5 ; sometimes rj- as augm. (^peXXov, -^peXXirja-a). 
 pevd) remain, halt; f. and a. reg.; pf. /xtfieVi/Ka; v. a. /*Ev£rds, -tcov. 
 |U.£p- allot (to juepos, pepi^o} — fiopos, /;iotpa) : pf . pass, dpaprai it is allotted, 
 
 fated; ^ elpappivr] lot, fate, destiny, 
 piyvvpi, pi^io etc., late and improper spelling for pdywpi, pf.[^oi etc. : 106, 8. 
 pA.pvrj(rK>o : 110, 10 ; (also pLpv^tTK(o and e/ti/go-fliyv) ; pf . pass, without periph- 
 rasis : subj. pepviopeda, opt. pipvyo, pepvrJTO, pe.pvypi.Ba (or pEpviSo, pepvw- 
 
 peOa). 
 
 pvripovcvo) remember; redupl. a-n-epvrjpovevKa, cf. 74, 2. 3, 
 
 v€p<o distribute, deal out; fut. and aor. regular; but then vcveptjKa, vcviprfpxu, 
 
 hepriO-qv, according to 111, b. 
 veo) swira, see 108, note, like irXioi 108, 7 : vtvcropai, evevaa, vivevKo., 
 oiyu), av- : 89, 2 ; also Tjvoiyev, rjvoi^ev ; f . pf . p. di/eoi^ETai. 
 ol&a: 103, 4; oJSas collat. with oTcrea; 2. p. sg. impf. jiStjs and ^SEitr^a, in 
 
 the plur. (poet.) ya-pcv, jJo-te, ^a-av, f. dSrja-ai; v. adj. ictteov one must 
 
 ascertain. 
 oiKTEtpo) i5%, reg. ; better o'lKnpos (77, 3. d.), oiKTXpSt, ^Krlpa. 
 oixopai., go away, am gone away : f. olxna^opai ; pf. oixwrn (^xuxa and 4xVf^'-)- 
 opwpi : 106, 12 ; pf . ojiA(o/Ao((r)Tai, (jop6{a-)6ria-av — avmporcK. 
 ovivrjpi : 101, 1 ; besides (poet.) aor. mid. wi/^/xiyv {u>va.p.r]v), opt. ovatTo, mf. 
 
 ovaa-Oai to reap profit. 
 'op6.<i> : 112, 6 ; aor. imp. act. also iU (like d-ri 72, 12. d.) ; aor. also middle : 
 
 fiSoptiv, imp. iSov, when exclamation : ISov, behold, lo ! ecce ! 
 6<j)dXm owe: atjuXov 86, 3j o^EtXijo-w, wtpeiXija-a, 6<j>aXiii6tL<:. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
100 INFLECTION. [§ 113 
 
 6(j}Xto-Ka.vo>: incur {a penalty) ; {6<i>X-rj): oc^X^o-w, w</>\oi/ (improperly accented 
 
 o4>Xciv and o^tXwv) and w<j>\rja-a, wcf>\.rjKa. 
 Trdofuu (Doric) = KTaofmi and TrcVa/iai = Kc'/cTij/xat. 
 Trapavo/JiiiD act contrary to law; vrapei/o/AOW, Trapa.viv6fi.t]Ka. 
 ■n-apoivew act insultingly; augm. i-Trapiav-qa-a, like 89, 7. 
 Tvavia cause to stop, reg., except iravcrTiov, otTravo-Tos with a. Herodotus has 
 
 also iiravad-qv. — Trauo/xat stop, cease : ■iraxKTop.a.L, iiravcTaixy^v, Triiravixai. 
 
 TTuOui : 97, 8. 9 ; II pf. TviwoiOa 108, 5 ; aor. mid. iin66ii.r)v. 
 
 Treivau) hunger; is contracted like ^au 91, 2 : iruvrj';, weivrj, iTreivrj, Treivrjv. 
 
 TTupdoixai, M. P. 95, 3 ; but also aor. mid. iTr€Lpaa-dp.7jv. 
 
 ■Kiropju fly; ftit. TTTTyo-o/iai ; aor. iTTToix-qv (according to 86) or iTrTdixriv (accord- 
 ing to 100) or tiTTrjv (according to 102, 2. a.). 
 
 TTT/yvv/Ai : 106, 9 ; opt. pres. Trr/yvvro (for trriyvviTo). 
 
 m/xTrXriixi and TrLfjLirprifjLi may lose their p., when preceded by e/x : ip.TrLTrXrjfii, 
 ip-TTLTrprj/xi, ip.TnirpS.arLv etc., but always ivCTTLp-wX-qv etc., eveirijUTpoiv collat. 
 with iv€irLp.Trpa(Tav. 
 
 TrXcKO) plait : TrXi^ui, €7rA.£^a, TreTrXcy/iiai, iTrXaK-rjv, 87, 3. 
 
 wXito : 108, 7 ; f ut. also TrXevo-oC/iai (the so-called Doric future) ; also 
 
 TreTtX€v(Tp.ivoi navigated, aTrXeuo-ros not yet navigated, and irXeuo-Tt'ov. 
 TrXiyTTu) : 108, 2 ; 111, 15 ; ir^irXrjyivai doubtful for wtTrXfj-)(da.i. 
 ■n-viyui choke, tr. ; strangle (like rpi/Su) 11, 1 and 108, 3) : Trvt^u, lirvi^a ; mid.- 
 
 pass. choke, intr. ; ajn drowned : TrvXyridoiw.i, iTrviyrjv, TrcVwy/u-at. 
 TTo^e'u) tong for, desire, reg. ; sometimes also 7ro6e(Top.ai, iiroOta-a. 
 Tvop- procure, bring about {iropi^ta,' Tropcrvvui) : II aor. tiropov gave; pf. p. 
 
 TTtirpuiTai it is fated ; fj ireTrpmp.ivrj and TO iTtwpiop.ivov fatum. 
 TrpaTTw : 97, 13 ; besides iriwpdya. have fared, am (in a state or condition), 
 piyow am cold, shiver, reg. ; besides also subj. piy<^, inf. fnywv, part. piyJiivTuiv. 
 o-aXTTi'^oo sound the trumpet ; (a-aXinyy- 77, 3. b. note) : icraXmyicv (6 (TaXmyKTrji). . 
 (TJiivvvp.1 quench; {airo-, Kara-): (T/3e(TU), tirlitcra, t(TJ3€crp.ai, i<iPi(T6rp/. <j/3ivvvfw.i 
 
 am quenched : d^ria-opaL, tcr^rjv, la-p-rjKa, see 102, 4. 
 
 creiol shake; p. with a-: crecrEtcr/iat, icrtLO-Orjv, creiaro^ ; 91, 7. 
 
 a-rjiroi rot, tr. awo-, Karaa-rjtroixai, intr. rot, become rotten (like r-qKOfuii 108, 1) : 
 
 CTo.TTrj<jop.a.i, ia-dirrjv, d.Tro-<T€<7rj-n-t!>i rotten. 
 aTdt,(ii drop (oray- stagnum) : (rrd^ui, fCTTa$a, h-i<TTo.KTa.i, 11, 3. b. n. 
 (TTrjpL^u) prop {(rTTjpiy-) : icTT-qpi^a, ((TTrjpiKTO, UTrjpixdds, 11, 3. b. n. 
 o-Ti'^o) prick (cTTiy-) : o-Tt^to, ean^a, tuTiypai, cttiktos 77, 3. b. n. 
 raTTU) : 97, 14 ; occasionally T^Tdxirax and ijirdxaTo (against 83, 2 without 
 
 periphrasis, after the Ionic manner). 
 TLOr]p.i: 98-100; pf. riduKa late (Hellenistic) form. 
 TLvu) : 109, 1 ; incorrect TtW, iTto-a, etc. (rci : tI-, 109, 1 ; 11, 1). 
 TiTpdii) (rtTpaivui) bore : ^TpTjaa, Tirprjpxxi. 
 
 tXt;: rXa .Sustain, endure, defective stem, wanting in the present; forms 
 
 TX-^rrop.aL, hXrjv, reVXiyKa, according to 102, 3. 4. 
 T/D£U) tremble ; aor. trpecra, according to 91, 4. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§113] IRREGULARITIES. 101 
 
 Tpljiu) rub; (jpl^-; rpX/S; 11, 1): Tptypto, erplxj/a, rirpt^xi, Tirplfiixai, hptt^Orjv 
 and iTptpr,v, 108, 3. 
 
 ii7roirT£U(o am suspicious, apprehend, augm. iirunrTevov, virwTrrcva-a. 
 <l>evyto : 108, 6 ; fut. also tf>e.v^ovfiai (so-called Doric future). 
 4>r]p.i : 104, 1 ; t(j)7ji CoUat. form with t(f>r]a-6a, <i>a.6i witll fjioBi. 
 
 <i)0dpu>, usu. 8ta-; reg. like <nretpu) 97, 33 ; there is also a II pf. act. Sucjidopa, 
 tr. and intr. ; perf. p. 3. p. plur. also icj^Odparat, like TerdxaTcu, without 
 periphrasis after the Ionic manner. 
 
 <j>p€!ii (only in composition) let : huK-^prjdio, ei(T-4)p-qa-ofjLaL to let in ; inf. aor. 
 m. £jr-£icr-<^/j6o-Sai to let in besides; compare OeaOat. 
 
 y(a.ipu> rejoice : ^aiprjcrui, i)((xprjv, KC)(a.p7jKa, according to 102, 2. b. 
 
 Xa\d.to let loose: xa^ao-m, i^dkaa-a, i)(aXd.<j6riv, according to 91, 4. 
 
 yow heap up, erect : Ki)(u><j-imi, i)(u>o-6r]v, xoxtto^, according to 91, 7. 
 
 Xpo-'" give oracles : xprjcno, Ixprjaa ; mid. consult the oracle : xpi^aoixai, ixpriad- 
 
 p-rjv, pass. Kt'xpiyo-Tat, ixpT^(r6ri the Oracle was given. 
 Xpd-w lend, supply; contr. xP^St XPV' XPV^ i^^' 2); ^nd forms (91, 1) Ix/or/cra, 
 
 lent, ixp'^o-a.To he had something lent to him, borrowed. 
 
 (Likewise dTro-, ck-, Karaxpau) suffice.) 
 
 Moreover amoxprj (wrongly dnoxpri) it is enough, impf. onrexpr). 
 ij/evSio deceive; 97, 10; fut. 3. sg. i/reuo-ei (Doric future; compare 112, 9 and 
 
 in 113 the verbs irXew, (j>tvy(a). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
PAET III.: SYNTAX. 
 
 I. AGREEMENT. 
 
 SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 
 
 114. 1. A neuter plural subject generally takes a singular 
 
 verb. 
 
 KaXa ^v TO, a(f)d'yia the omens were favorable. 
 
 Ta fieydXa Bcjpa Trj<; tv^V^ ^xei (j}6^ov. 
 
 2. Two subjects or a dual subject have their predicate some- 
 times in the dual, sometimes in the plural. 
 
 Alio KoXw re KayaOo) dvSpe TeOvaTov or Tedvdaiv. 
 
 KpiTia<; Koi 'AX/ct/StaS?;? iBvvdcrdt]V ruv iTridvfiimv xparelv. 
 
 3. Observe the idiomatic agreement between the Greek and the English in 
 cases where a collective noun in the singular may take a plural verb. 
 
 Ilao-a rj arpaTia. ckuxXovvto irept Ta lepa. 
 
 'AOr/vouoiv TO trX^doi oiovTai,''lTrTrap)(ov Tvpavvov ovra diro^avetv. 
 
 4. A masculine or feminine subject often takes for its 
 predicate the neuter singular of an adjective, which is then used 
 as a noun. Compare triste senex miles} 
 
 'AOdvarov r] yjrvx^ij the soul is (ari) immortal (being). 
 Uovripbv 6 a-VKO^dmr]<; a sycophant is a malign creature. 
 Aeivov oi iroWoi the mob is a power. 
 
 5. Gender and number of a pronominal subject or object 
 agree with the predicate noun. Compare ea firma amicitia est. 
 
 AvTTj dXXr] '7rp6(j)acn<; rjV. OCrot v6p,oi elcriv. 
 Adjot elcriv iv eKdarotv rifimv, a? eXTrtSa? ovofid^ofiev. 
 But sometimes also: "Eycoye ^rjp,i ravra <f>Xvapia<! elvai. 
 
 Note. — Definitions require the neuter of the pronoun, which is then 
 the predicate, and not the subject, of the sentence. 
 
 Tt ^gs dpeTrjv ehai ; Quid . . .? How do you define ? 
 
 ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON. 
 
 115. 1. Adverbial phrases which signify place, situation 
 time, manner, succession, or a state of mind, are expressed 
 
 ^ Note the frequent omission of the copula in short statements. » 
 
 102 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§116,117] THE ARTICLE. 103 
 
 in Greek by adjectives agreeing with the word (subj. or obj.) to 
 which they relate. Compare 
 
 Socrates primus hoc docuiti Socrates venenum laetus hausit. 
 
 ^icrjvovfiev viralOpiot iv ry rd^et in the open air. 
 
 TpiTaloi eic l.-jrapTT]'; iyevovro iv ry 'ArTiKrj on the third day. 
 
 'ETTua^a irporepa K.vpov et? Tapcroiif cupiKeTo before Cyrus. 
 
 'EKOvcrat al TrdXet? y^pijfiara avve^dWovro willingly. 
 
 KarSfiuLvov eh ra? /ctofia^ ijBr) a-KOTaloi, it was already dark when . . . 
 
 2. To denote the highest possible degree of anything, m, on, 
 fi or olo9 may be added to the superlative. U.g. w? rd'x^Ltn'a quam 
 celerrime, as quickly (soon'y as possible ; avSpav on irXeiarov^ as many 
 men as possible; 'x^copiov otov ■xaXeTrmrarov almost impregnable. 
 Aet on fjidXcara evixa6el<; elvai to\k veovs. 
 
 II. THE ARTICLE. 
 
 116. The originally (Homer!) demonstrative force of the 
 article o, ^, to the is still apparent 
 
 1. in 6 fiev — o Be (the') one — the other (through all cases) ; 
 in TO fiev — TO Se i adverbially : partly — partly, 
 
 TO, fiev — ra Sei sometimes y— sometimes. 
 
 in irpo Tov before this, erenow, formerly. 
 
 2. in 6 Be, fj Be, to Be but (and) he, but (and) she, etc. 
 
 in the ace. with inf. tov Be, T-qv Be, toxk Be but (and) he, she, etc. 
 and Ka\ TOV, Kal Trjv, kuI tovv and he, and she, and they (nom. 
 
 Kal 09 129, 1. note 3). 
 Oi fiev eTo^euov, oi B' ia-<pevB6vcov. 
 
 '^tropevdrfffav tcl fiev ti fia'y^oiiei'oi, ra Be Kal dvaTravo/ievoi. 
 Ku/oo? BlBwcti K.Xedp'x^Q) fivpiov; BapeiKovi • 6 Be Xa/Swi/ to xP"' 
 
 aiov cTTpdTevfia avveXe^ev. 
 Tov Be yeXdcrai whereupon he laughed. 
 Note 1. — The article in the above meaning has of late begun to be 
 orthotoned : o, rj, ot, ai. 
 
 Note 2. — For other proofs of the dein. force of the art., see 117, 1 ; 119, notes 
 1 and 2. 
 
 USE OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 117. The Greek article has sometimes as in English and some- 
 times in opposition to our idiom 
 
 1. an individualizing force, when it points to one particular per- 
 son or thing in order to distinguish it from others (limited signi- 
 fication) : 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
104 • SYNTAX. [§ 118 
 
 Tebv eTTTO, (TO^Siv aocf>d)TaTO<; rjv l^oKwv. 
 
 'O ao(pbi iv avTw irepccfjepeL ttjv ovalav his property. 
 
 Tr)v SiKTjv iwiOeivai tivl due, condign punishment. 
 
 Sep^i]^ rjTTrjOeh Trj fJ^a-xv ^'^ ''"'?' 'EXXaSo? airexoipei in the well- 
 
 known battle. 
 l^vpa vTriaxveiTO Bwcreiv 'rpia ^fiiSapeiKa tov firjvb^ tw aTpaTubrrj 
 
 (distributive force : singulis militibus singulis mensibus: a (eacJi) 
 
 soldier a (per^ montK). 
 
 2. a generic force, when it points to a particular person or thing 
 in order to make it the representative of a whole class. Here 
 the English often prefers the indefinite article. 
 
 'AXV €v cjje'peLv ^PV crvfKpopai tov evyevfj (a [the^ noble-minded mmi). 
 Ael TOV (TTpaTiatTrfv cf>o^ela-6ai fiakXov tov ap^ovTa fj toik TroXefiiovi 
 (a soldier ought to fear his commander). 
 NtKa o jxeimv tov niiyav Sikm e^^ov. 
 
 Note 1. — There is therefore a difference between 
 iroXXoL many, and ol ttoXXol the most, most people (the majority, multitude), 
 oXCyoL (a) few, " ol oXlyot (the few =) the oligarchs, 
 wXtiovK (stilT) more, a greater number, 
 
 and OL irXetbves the majority, generality, 
 TrXdcrToi very many, " ol irAeto-Toi the greatest number, most, 
 aXXoi alii, ' " - ol aXXoi ceteri, 
 
 if-0% (^I'Aos a (some) friend of m,ine, and o ejaos <^tXos (this) my friend, 
 TotowTos avrip Such a man = a (some) man of such qualities, 
 6 ToiovTos a.vrjp such a man — the (this, that) man of such qualities. 
 
 Note 2. — 6 PovXofjievos whoso will, any person who tuishes, 
 
 6 Tu^'^i' " the first one meets," a chance comer, any one, 
 6 ToXix-^a-wv such a one as will, or as is able to, venture 
 (Quality !). 
 
 118. The article is used in the following cases, in which it refers 
 to a definite object. Here the English often omits it. 
 
 1. With the apposition after the personal pronoun (ex- 
 pressed or understood): 
 
 ij/uei? 01 "EXXt;^? we Greeks, ijo} 6 tXtjimcov — 
 
 Et ^ovXecrde fiou o'C re aTpaTrfyol KaX oi Xoxayol eXOelv, Xe^co. 
 
 2. With cardinal numbers, esp. when they denote a definite 
 portion of a whole number which is either expressed or otherwise 
 known, hence also with fractions. 
 
 To. Bvo fiepr) two thirds. 
 
 'Airrjcrav tmv Xo^^v ScoSeKa ovtcov ol Tpel'i three. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§119] USE OF THE ARTICLE. 105 
 
 3. With afi4)co, afitfyoTepo'; and eKdrepoi (uterque), often also with 
 
 T(u iralhe afJ.(f>OTepa) both (the) sons, iirl t&v irXevpeov marepcov, 
 eKaa-TOv (to) 'iOvo'i, e/cacrTTy? (tjj?) ■fjp.epa'i, iicdaTOv eVou?. 
 
 4. With the posses sive genitives ov, ^s, ^vwhose, of whom, of which: 
 
 Awidavev 6 (jiiXos, ov tov viov TraiSevo) whose son. 
 Pu(Tym>6riT€ Aia, iv ov tco itp<a i(7iJ,ev. 
 
 Likewise with the posses, pron. 64 ; 126 ; with the demonstr. 65 ; 128 ; 
 with Tras, 123. 
 
 6. Note. — Poets frequently omit the article where it cannot be 
 dispensed with in prose. 
 
 119. The article is omitted in the following cases — though 
 referring to a definite object. Its omission partly agrees with, and 
 is partly contrary to, English usage. 
 
 1. With the predicate noun or adjective : 
 
 IloXXcbv 6 KaipcK jiyverai BiSda-KaXo'i the teacher. 
 At Sevrepat ttcu? cj)povriBe<; aocfxorepai. 
 KaXXtffToV iari Krrjfia iraiheCa ^poTol<i. 
 yiaipe^Siv i/jLb<i eralpo'i rjV i/c veov. 
 
 2. With words that denote persons (as ^eo's, S.v$pmroi, a-rparriyoi, 
 etc.), when they are used as appellatives in a generic sense, 117, 2. 
 
 lidvTOiv fiirpov avOpuiiros ia-nv man (in general). 
 
 3. With certain appellatives, which are then used almost with the 
 force of proper names: 
 
 PacnXev's the king of Persia, p.iya'; /Saa-iXews the Great King, 
 
 iv axTTii in Hie city (of Athens), im Oa.va.Tov to execution, ■^X.io^, ovpavos, etc. 
 
 Hv ^Xtos eiri Svo'p.aL's, — 7jV rjhiq iyyvs ■q\iov 8va'fiS>v. 
 
 Note 1. — The uses of the article may thus be illustrated in the word 
 av&p unroi : 
 
 o av^poiTTOS = a) the (i.e. this particular') man, the man (mentioned before) ; each 
 man (117, 1). — b) man (in general, with all the constituent elements of human 
 nature, mankind, the human race), e.g. OvrjTO's i(mv (= oi avOpanroi dvrjToC d<jiv) 
 (117, 2). 
 
 avOpuiiroi = a) a man (some man, any one individual of the human race), e.g. 
 tXi^ev avT<5 told Mm (117, note 1). — b) man (in general, one man serving as the 
 representative of mankind), e.g. iravTiav /j^irpov avOpoiTTOi io'Tiv (119, 2). 
 
 Note 2. — However, the predicate noun takes the article, when- 
 ever it is to be emphasized as quite definite, as previously men- 
 tioned or generally known, hence esp. with participles that are used 
 as nouns, with 6 awo? the same, Tovvavriov, Baaepov, etc. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
106 SYNTAX. [§ 120 
 
 Air^ ^ TToXiTcta IxetTo ra a^Aa the prize (belonging to a contest). ' 
 
 OuTo's eo-Tti/ o <x(i>(t>p<i>v, ouTos o avS/jeios </ie truly wise man, the very type of 
 a wise man. 
 
 Ot avBpK etcrti' oi TroiovvTes, o, n av iv rats |[ia;^ais yiyvrjTai are precisely 
 
 those, who perform. 
 
 'Eyib fjiiv 6 avTos et/tt, i/xets 8e /iETa/3aW£T£. 
 
 !N"ote 3. — Proper names do not require the article, unless the 
 person spoken of is to be pointed out as precisely the same "who has 
 been previously mentioned, or as one who is well known. In this 
 case the article is added to the person's name or to its apposition, if there 
 be one. 
 
 E.g. 6 SwK/oaTjys or Siu/cpaTj^s o AOrjvaloi. 
 
 the (well-known) Athenian Socrates. 
 
 Note 4. — Names of countries, originally adjectives, as a rule, take the 
 article. 
 
 ij A(Tia, ij Evp<i>7rri, ■^ EXXdi, ij KTTixq (sc. yrf). 
 
 Note 5. — Names of rivers stand between the article and Trora/nos; e.g. o, 
 Ei<j>pa.Trji TTOTa/ios the (river) Euphrates. Other geographical names also have 
 the attributive position (120), if their gender coincides with that of their respec- 
 tive appellatives (opos, ttoXis), as to IIiJXiov opos, but •^ Airvrj to opos. 
 
 Note 6. — Words that signify parts of the body, virtues, vices, faculties, 
 arts, size, descent, length, width, name, etc., are more frequently with- 
 out than with the article. 
 
 The article is also omitted in very many familiar expressions : Kara y^v koI 
 Kara OdXaTTav, ex vt'ou, Ik TraiSds (wat'Suv), Kar aypoik ruri, iv Sefta, etc. etc. 
 
 120. A word has.the attributive position, when it stands between 
 the article and the noun, or after the noun with the article repeated. 
 6 ayaOov avrjp the good man, 
 or d avfjp 6 ayaOov the man (and more particularly), the good man. 
 Thus ^ ra>v Tlepaayv apxrji o Brj/jioi; 6 r&v 'AOrjvaimv, 
 
 o Trapcov Kaipo<i, Kara tov? vofiov'; Tov'i iceifievov;. 
 AeSoiKa fir) iinXadcofieda tjJ? oi/caBe oBov. 
 O TOTTOf o5to9 eKaXeiTO 'Ap/xevia rj 7rpo<i ea-rrepav. 
 
 By means of the attributive position adverbs and adverbial phrases 
 are used as attributes. E.g. 
 
 Trjv avw oSov (cf. " the above remark "), oi roVe avOpmiroi (cf. "the 
 then president "), 
 
 TOi;? oiKOL aTacn(ora<; — to iv UXaTaialf epyov. 
 
 Note. — The attributive genitive of nouns is not strictly con- 
 fined to the attributive position. Thus besides ^ t&v Ileper&v apxn, 
 TMv Uepcj-tov f) ap')(ri and rj ap'x^r] tSiv Hepcrcbv are equally good. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 121-123] USE OF THE ARTICLE. 107 
 
 121. A word has the predicate position, when it stands before 
 the article, or follows the noun without an additional article. See 
 145, 1. _ 
 
 ayaOb's 6 avrjp or 6 avr)p ayadov (sc. kariv or ajv), 
 
 the man is good or the man, who (when, etc. . . . he~) is good. 
 
 El^oi' iravrei Ta<: aerTriSo? eKKeKa\vfiiJ,eva<;. 
 
 Note. — Compare in English: The law makes a difference between things stolen 
 and things found. 
 
 122. A change of position sometimes changes the meaning. 
 Hence : 
 
 1. auTo? ^acrtXetk the same king, idem rex, 
 6 ^aai\ev<! avTO's ' 
 
 , , , _ , .the king himself, rex ipse ; 127. 
 
 2. 7] fiecrr] 7ro\t? the middle city (between two others), 
 
 ' , , \ the middle (center) of the city, 
 
 fiear] rj iroKKi J 
 
 3. TO uKpov opo<i the high, peaked mountain, 
 
 „ ^ , ,, !• the top, brow of the mountain. 
 
 aiCpOV TO 0/309 J 
 
 4. 57 eV%aT77 vrja-o<; the farthest, most distant of several islands, 
 
 1 ^, r ^ ^ \ the end, extremity, edge of the island. 
 ecyy^uTT] rj vrjao<; J 
 
 123. nds (diras, o-a5|XTras, oXos) mean : 
 
 1. when qualifying a noun with the article — in which case a 
 definite object is referred to — 
 
 a) in predicate position : all. 
 
 iraaa f, ttoXnI ^^ ^^^ ^. ^^^ ^^^^.^^ ^^^^^ ^^.^^_ 
 
 7) ttoXk iraaas 
 
 rrraa-ai al TToXei^ 1 „ ., ,., ^ ... 
 
 , „ fall the (these) cities. 
 
 ai 7ro\et9 iraaat J 
 
 b) in attributive position: whole, entire, total, complete. 
 6 Tra<; api.6/jL6<; the sum total. 
 
 f) iraa-a 7ro'\t9 the entire city, the whole of the city (at every 
 
 point, in every quarter of the city), 
 ai iraaat. iroXeK the union (confederation) of cities, the United 
 
 Cities, 
 hence ol irdmei, to, avfnravTa (with numbers) : in all, all told. 
 
 2. when qualifying a noun without the article — here an indefi- 
 nite object is referred to — 
 
 every, any, all, whole, nothing but, extreme, absolute, utter, sheer. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
108 SYNTAX. [§§ 12"4, 125 
 
 , „ I a whole city ; every (any') city. 
 
 TToXt? TracraJ 
 
 iraaai TroXeK whole cities; any (number of) cities imaginable, 
 
 all the cities imaginable. 
 
 Tldaav vjMV ttjv oKrjOeiav ipS). — Ttji' iracrav vfjcrov TeL^iov/Mev. 
 
 Et? Trdvra'i Toi)<; deoi>; Kal ek a-jraadv jrjv ttoXlv rjfiapTijKacriv. 
 
 El' irov BtaKOTreir] rjfj,a)V r) (jxiXay^, rrj oXy (jsaXayyi KaKov kaTai. 
 
 Na09 Sieipdeipap to,'; iracrav e? hiaKoala'i in all. 
 
 Tw 7a/3 KaXSy; "Trpdcraovn iraaa yrj Trarpi?. See An. 2, 5, 9. 
 
 TldcTTi re'xvT] Kal /irjxavr) by every means and device. 
 
 TravTi aOevei with all might, at full speed. 
 
 TraVre? dvOpairoi " everything human,'' everybody, all the World. 
 
 Trdv diyaOov nothing but what is good. 
 
 iv irdcrrj cnropia in sheer want of everything, in utter want. 
 
 124. By prefixing the article any word (adj., part., adv., inf.), 
 even parts of sentences or entire sentences can be used as nouns. 
 Thus the neuter of an adjective may supply an abstract noun. 
 
 TO dya66v, ol ttoXXoi, ol TrXeibi'e?, oi TrapovTes, 
 ol vvv, ol TrdXau, to ottco^, to <yva>6t aavTov, 
 
 TO hiKaoov justice, TaXrfOrj truth, to dvayicaiov what is (was, 
 etc.) necessary. 
 
 Neot? TO atyav KpeiTTov eVrt tov XaXeiv. 
 
 Note. — Here belong expressions like the following: 
 
 TO. oiKot the state of affairs at Iwme, in one's country. 
 
 TO. Tuiv 4>^Xu>v Koiva the property of friends. 
 
 TO. irpos TOV iroXift-ov what belongs to loar ; military matters. 
 
 Ol TTtpl Kvpov, oi df*</)i 'Aptaiov Cyrus, Ariaeus and his men, followers, etc. 
 
 TO TOV ArjfjLoa-devov;, illud Demosthenis, that (word) saying of Dem. 
 
 III. PRONOUNS. 
 
 125. 1. The reflexive pronouns (62) are used 
 
 a) directly, when they refer to the subject of that sentence 
 
 (or clause) in which they stand \_I)irect Reflexives'], 
 as in : — yvStOi cravTov know thyself. 
 
 A(.'Sa)/it croL ifiavTov BovXov Kal ffVfi/j.a'X^ov. 
 
 'O cro(^o? ev avTw irepLcfjepei ttjv ovaiav. 
 
 b) indirectly, when they stand in subordinate (dependent) 
 
 clauses and refer to the subject of the principal 
 sentence (or clause) [Indirect Reflexives], as in: 
 'Ojoe'ffTTj? (jievycov eireiaev 'Adrjvaiov; eavTov KUTdyeiv to restore him. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 126-128] PRONOUNS. 109 
 
 2. Instead of the indirect reflexive of the third person, 
 
 a) either the oblique cases of avToi may be used, in 
 which case the statement is taken objectively from the 
 point of view of the writer : 
 
 Aejovat 'Sei'o(f)Mvri, ore fi^rafieXot avToh (se paenitere^. 
 
 b) or the forms ol (end. ot) and a^iaiv (rarely a-(j>o!)v, 
 
 er(f)d<;y are employed : 
 KujOO? ■^|tow aSe\(jib<i wv ^acnXecos: ^oOfjvai ol (sibi) Tavrwi tos 
 TTo'Xet?. — (ipi^ovTci ol :' An. 1, 2, 8). 
 
 126. Possessive pronouns. — The relation of property ^may be 
 expressed by the individualizing article (see 117, 1). But more 
 frequently this is done by means of the possessive pronouns and 
 the possessive genitive of the personal pronouns. See 64, 3. 
 
 2ot TOVTO SiStufii, OTl fiov TrjV /MTjTepa Ti/Jia<;. 
 K.al vfieK airavTSi toxk iifieTepov; TraiBat ayaTrare. 
 K.cnrl Tot? aavTri<; KUKolaL Karri rol's ifiok yeXa'S. 
 ' AaTvd'yrj<; rfjv eavrov ffvyarepa fiereirefi-^aro koI tov iralSa avT-fji;. 
 M.aX\.ov TncTTeveTe rot? iifieTepoc; avTwv ocjjOdX.fiol'i r) toI^ tovtov 
 XoyoK (cf. vestra ipsorum opera). 
 
 127. The intensive pronoun auro? admits of a variety of uses : 
 
 1. self, ipse, Q-'g. o vi6<; avTO'i filius ipse, the son himself. 
 
 2. in the oblique cases: of him, of her, of it, etc'., eius, etc. It 
 never heads a sentence, o vio<; avrov filius eius, his son; aTep'yco 
 avTov Hove him. See 61. 63. 
 
 3. with the article : the sam^, idem, o auro? uw?. 
 
 4. KoX aiiTO'i (et ipse) means : himself, himself too, likewise, iji 
 
 tuvn. 
 
 ^ocf)ol<; ofJLiK&v KavTO'i in^rja-rj (T0(f>6<;. 
 
 5. with ordinal numbers auTos assigns to a person a prominent 
 place among others: 
 
 TpiTOi avros himself the third = he with two others. 
 ^TpaTTj-yo? ■qv 'SievOKX.dSr/i Tri/jLTTTOi auTos. 
 
 6. for airots avSpda-iv and 6 awTos Tivi see 158, 3. 
 
 128. Demonstrative pronouns (see 65). 
 
 1. "OSe this one (here or there), points ahead to what is present, 
 what is before and connected with one's self, or to what 
 follows. 
 O5t09 this, that, the said, points back to what has been pre- 
 (Viously mentioned, to what precedes. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
110 SYNTAX. [§ 129 
 
 'E/ceii'os that, yonder, that — yonder, that — over there, points 
 
 to things absent or remote in reality or only in thought. 
 rfhe r) rjiiepa this (the present') day, roSe to opo^ the m. before 
 me (or us}. ^Be r/ 'xeCp (this) my hand, this hand of mine. 
 Te/cfiT^piov Be tovtov (i.e. of what was said) kuI roBe (the following). 
 Tavra fiev Brj <tv Xeyet?, irap '^fiav Be cnrdyyeWe rdSe. 
 ToiocrBe and rotovTo?, rocrocrBe and roaovro'i, &Be and ourw? etc. are 
 to be distinguished as oBe and ovto^. 
 
 KXeap'x^o'; p,ev rocravTa elve • Ticra'aipepvrj'} Be S>Be cnreKpLvaro. 
 2. Observe that o8c (like hie) points to what concerns and is near (in place, 
 time or thought) the person speaking, ovtos (like iste) to what concerns the person 
 spoken to, ckcTvos (like ille) to what is remote in some way or other with respect 
 to the person speaking. Moreover, these pronouns must often be rendered by 
 adverbs. 
 
 o8e €<TTrjKa here I am (stand) . — Hpd/Aijv, oirov avTos arj- OStos, €<l>r], owurOw 
 irpodip^erai there he comes behind you. N-^es exetvat lirnrXiovfri ships are coming 
 yonder. (Note the omission of the article in cases such as this.) 
 
 Note 1. — "^e who," '■'■that which'''' are expressed by omo'i o?, as 
 in : o5to? o? \e<^ei, or o with the participle (201), as in : o Xeywv. 
 AlpeiaOe top epovvra him, the person, who is to speak. 
 Note 2. — Kol ovTOi is sometimes used in the sense of /cat avrds et ipse, ipse 
 quoque (127, i) ; so also, though less frequently, kol ekeivos : too, likewise. 
 Ayiixs /cat SwKptiTijs /cat tovtu) airtOaviT-qv A. and S. too. 
 Note 3. — /cat ovTos (= et is, atque is) introduces an additional qualification to 
 a noun previously mentioned, /cat TatJra (= idque) adds a supplementary remark 
 to a previous statement : and that too, and besides, and yet, although. 
 
 Airopoiv icTTi, /cat ai).yf)(a.v(ov, /cat tou'tcov irovqpwv, . . . and that too, besides. 
 Mivoiva ovK e^^TCt, Kat TaBTa Trap' 'Aptatbu (3v tov MeVcovos iivov although. 
 
 129. Relative pronouns and adverbs (66. 68. 69). 
 1. 09 who, that, which, what, and the other simple relatives (olo^, 
 oao'i, oil, 0X6,0)9) point to some definite object (individualizing 
 force: limited signification). 
 
 oa-Ti'i whoever, whichever, whatever, g,nd the other compound rela- 
 tives (oTT. . . .) point either to some quality of a person (or thing) 
 or to a whole class (generic force : unlimited signification). 
 "Ear IV AiKr)<: 6<j>6aXp,6<;, 09 to, irdvO' opd. 
 MaKaj0io9, oari'i ovaiav kuI vovv evei. 
 Note 1. — Therefore oo-rts (not os) is always used after negatives: 
 OVK ccrnv ocTTts, ofiSets ecrrtv oo-rts, rts ecrTtv oo-rts ; likewise ttos oottls any person 
 loho (plur. irai/TEs ocrot as many as). 
 
 Note 2. — Note the following idiomatic expressions: 
 
 i<TTiv 00-Tts some, tariv ore sometimes, 1(ttlv ov somewhere, here and there, 
 ta-nv <o to some, ecmv ot and eio-ti/ ol some, sunt qui, nonnuUi. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 .iiHa 
 
§130] PRONOUNS. Ill 
 
 "EcTTiv ore koI oh /ScXtiov nOvdvcu rj ^ijv sometimes and for some death is better 
 than life. 
 
 . Note 3. — OS has demonstrative force (116) in koI os (and) he, ^ S' os said he. 
 GuSeis di/TcAeye, Koi os ^yeiTo ... no one contradicted ; whereupon he advanced, 
 oavtp points to things that are known ; qui quidem. An. 3, 2, 10. 
 oo~ye adds at once a reason: quippe qui. An. 1, 6, 5. 
 
 2. A relative pronoun,, whose antecedent is in the genitive or 
 dative case, is often put in the same case instead of in the accusa- 
 tive. This is called assimilation or attraction of the relative pro- 
 noun. If the antecedent is a demonstrative, it is dropped; if 
 a noun, it is usually placed, without the article, at the end of the 
 relative clause. 
 
 "A^tot eaeaOe tj)? iXevOepiai, ^? KeKTtjcrOe of the liberty you enjoy. 
 Oi'x^pria'fjiipSol 'iaaaiv ovBev wv Xe'yovaiv nothing of what they say. 
 tivv iiraiva ere ec^' ok Xeyefi re koI irpdrrei'; for what you say. 
 TovTou? dp')(pvTa'i iiroiei ^? Karecnpei^eTO %<»/3a9 rulers of whatever 
 
 land he conquered. 
 '}ipt'inriSa<; eVopeueTo criiv y el^e Bvvdfiei with what force he had. 
 
 Note. — The antecedent (a noun or a pronoun) is sometimes assimilated 
 to the relative. This is called inverted assimilation. 
 
 'AvitXev avTiS 6 'AttoXXwv 9eoli ois tSet 6veiv. 
 
 3. When two (or several) relative clauses follow in succession, 
 and the case of the second relative pronoun differs from that of the 
 first, it is either dropped or replaced hy avro'; (less frequently by 
 oStos or iKelvo<;') or a personal pronoun is used. 
 
 'Apialo';, hv rjfi£l<; tjOiXofiev ^aaiXea KaOicndvai, koX (so. S) etmica- 
 jjbev Kal (sc. Trap' o5) iXd^o/xev Tnard, rjjJLWi kukw iroielv Trei'pdraL. 
 
 Uov St) iKeivof ia-Tiv 6 avrip, o? a-vveOrjpa rjfuv, Kal av /j,dXa eOavfia- 
 fe? avTov ; / 
 
 Kat vvp Tt XPV ^pdv ; oaTi<; efj-jtavw ffeoh i'x^daipofiai, fMo-el Se /u,' 
 '^XXi]vmv (TTpaTo^. 
 
 130. Interrogative pronouns and adverbs (67 ; 69). 
 rk, TTOto?, 7r6a-o<;, m-ov, VoVe, ttw? are used directly and indi- 
 rectly. , 
 
 oo-Tts, oirolo'i, oTr6(ro<;, oirov, oirore, otto)? are used in indirect 
 
 questions only. 
 
 Ti? re Kal iroOev irdpei ; 
 
 Made Trp&TOV, Tti/es ela-vv. Ovk care 6,tl irotelre. 
 
 Itfote. — 'Os, ij, o may take the place of the indirect interrogative 
 pronoun. 'Axow-aTe, cS rpOTrto vfuv 17 SrifioKparia KareXvOij. — Compare 179, 1. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
112 SYNTAX. [§§ 131-135 
 
 IV. THE CASES. 
 
 131. The Greek, like other kindred languages, originally had 
 eight cases, but in course of time lost three of them: the abla- 
 tive (whence?^, the locative (where? when?) and the instru- 
 mental (whereby? wherewith?'). The lost cases are made up for 
 partly by the genitive, partly by the dative. 
 
 A. THE ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 132. The accusative is the case of the so-called direct or nearer 
 object, vs^hich is either external to, and merely affected by, the 
 action (evdc-qaav tow TroXe/xtof?), or internal to, and already implied 
 in the meaning of, the action (rtVa vlktjv evUr}aa<; ;). 
 
 1. ACCUSATIVE OF EXTERNAL OBJECT. 
 
 133. Verbs that regularly take an external object in the accusa- 
 tive are called transitive, all others intransitive verbs. For verbs 
 which are transitive in Greek, see the Lexicon. 
 
 Attention is here called to : 
 
 do good (harm) to one ev (KaKm) ttoiS) riva, 
 
 speak well (ill) of one ev (KaKw) Xeyeo rivd, 
 
 escape the notice of XavOdvai nvd (^secretly, unawares !), 
 
 swear, swear falsely by ofivvfu, eTriopKeco rivd. 
 Hence vrj Ata yes, by Zeus ; ov /xa Toii'i deov^ no, by the gods. 
 
 am on my guard against, beware of (^vKdrrofiai. nva. 
 
 OvBell iroiSiV irovrjpa \av6dvei 6e6v. 
 
 134. Even (originally) intransitive verbs, esp. such as express 
 motion and are compounded with a preposition, are employed as 
 t.ransitives. E.g. 
 
 fievco wait, stay, remain, nvd, tI wait for, am in store for, expect, 
 
 airovBd^o)] am eager, in earnest, TLvd]^ promote, further, 
 
 a-TrevBoo J press on, hasten, tl J urge on, push, 
 
 TrXe'w sail, go by sea, ttjv OdXarrav sail (over) the sea. 
 
 In like manner (cp. the English to under-go dangers') : 
 
 Sta/Sai'vu) TroTa/Aov, v0to'Ta/iat kivSwous, vittp(iaCvu> o/aos- 
 Trapa/JatVti TOV'i vofiov;, hiipyojuu TrjV ^uipav, TrapairXeu) vrjcrov etc. 
 
 135. Verbs that signify to name, make, appoint and the like take two accusatives, 
 one of the external object, the other a predicate accusative. In the passive both 
 accusatives become nominatives. 
 
 Aapeios K-vpov &aTpa.TrrjV i'jroiija'i. KBpos crTpaTr/yo'S aireSiiy^Orj. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 130-138] COGNATE ACCUSATIVE. 113 
 
 136. The following verbs take two accusatives of the external 
 object, one of the person, the other of the thing affected. 
 
 remind of, ask, question (^ava-)/ju/jLVT^aKa), ipcoTaco 1 
 
 demand from, ask for, exact aireco, cnraireco, •KpdTTOfj.airTivd Ti. 
 deprive of, roh of cKpaipeo/xai, cnroaTepeoi > 
 
 'Avafivtjcra) vfid'i Toii? tmv irpoyovcov Kivhvvovi. 
 
 lS.vpov aiTrfcrofiev irKola Kal ■^ye/J.ova. 
 
 Toi' Travra B' ok^ov yp-ap ev jx d<j}e(XeTO. 
 
 Note 1. — In the passive, the ace. of the person becomes the subject nomi- 
 native, that of the thing remains unchanged : AmKrjs aTr£<TTipr]To ttjv dpxqv- 
 
 Note 2. — For dtroa-Tepioj niid Ttvos and a,<paiphiJ,al rii/ds ti see 147, 2. with note 2. 
 
 2. ACCUSATIVE OF INTERNAL OBJECT. 
 
 137. Sometimes a transitive or an intransitive verb takes an 
 accusative of the internal object (accusative of content or cognate 
 accusative). The object may be 
 
 1. a noun of kindred etymology or meaning. It is nearly 
 always modified by an attribute (or a relative clause). The 
 cognate accusative is more frequent in Greek than in English. 
 (^Figura etymologica. Compare : vitam iucundam vivere, to live a 
 pleasant life.) 
 
 TavTtjv T-qv (TrpaTr^yiav crTpaTrjyetv — KaXXKTTOv epyov ipyd^eadac — 
 SovXeia<; SovXeveiv, ota? ov8' av hov\o<; ovBek — 
 
 Meytcrra Kal dvocpLcorara dfiapr'^fiaTa d/jLaprdvovcriv. 
 
 TTopeveadai row "Trpatrovi aradfioiK; — rov iepov irokep.ov a-Tparevaai 
 — d-mfJiev, rjVTrep rjXdofiev, rj dXX,7jv nvd oBov; 
 
 Ztja-ei? /3iov KpdTUTTOv, rjv Ovfiov Kparrj';. 
 
 ]Srote. — -The modifying attribute may be wanting in certain idiomatic 
 phrases with pregnant meaning, as in </)vAaKas <j)v\a.TTew to keep watch and 
 ward, 4>6pov <j>ipav to pay tribute, and some others. 
 
 2.' or an attribute (sometimes a noun, sometimes the neuter of an 
 adjective or pronoun) relating to a noun that is understood. 
 'OXyfiTTia viK&v = '0\vfnriKf)V viktjv vikuv, 
 
 r)Bv yeXdv to laugh heartily — Beivd v^pi^eiv to commit an outrageous 
 insult, iraVTa vi/cdv, ovBev ^povTi^av, rd dWa iTn/J-eXelcrOat etc. 
 Oi/K eaTiv ocrTi<; Trdin dv-qp eiiBaifiovel. 
 
 138. Many transitive verbs take two accusatives, one a cognate 
 accusative, the other of the external object. See 133. 
 
 Bao-fXei;? ■qp.d'i rd a%a')(ia'Ta aiKi^erai,. 
 
 AaKeBaipLOViob "KoWd ttjv iroXiv 'qp,a>v riBitc-qKaai Kal p^eydXa. 
 
 ' Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
114 SYNTAX. [§§ 139-141 
 
 jfote. — In the passive the ace. of the external object becomes the 
 subject nominative, the cognate ace. is retained : 
 
 aWrjv cvepy£(r{av evepytTrjOeis — oiSev dSiKov/ievos. 
 
 3. GREEK ACCUSATIVE — ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT — ADVERBIAL 
 
 ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 139. The accusative is sometimes somewhat loosely used after 
 verbs that express a state or condition, as well as after adjectives, 
 in order to limit their application. (Accus. of limitation ; Greek 
 Accus. Compare : os humerosque deo similis.) 
 
 Kdfivco TTjv Ke(^aXr)v suffer from my head, have a headache; 
 Kcifivco T0V9 o^daXfiov'i suffer from my eyes, have sore eyes. 
 (to) ovofxa, 7eVo9, etSo? hy name, hy birth — race, in appearance, 
 in form. 
 
 (to) evpo<;, 5i/ro9, ^d6o<;, Tr'KrjOo';, koXKo^ in breadth, . . . (its} 
 breadth being . . . 
 
 Jie\Ti6v ian a&fid <y' rj -^Jrv^riv voaeiv. 
 
 Tu^Xo? TCt T 3>Ta TOV T VOVV TCI T OflfiaT £1. 
 
 140. The accusative of extent (of space and time) answers the 
 questions : how far ? (for) how long ? 
 
 Ttj? 'EXXdSo? ov fielov ■^ fivpia aTaSia a.Trel'X^ov. 
 '^evBofievo^ ovSel'? \av6dvet ttoXvv ^povov. 
 Note 1. — TpiaKovTa fTY) yeyovuis triginta annos natus. 
 
 and: ivaTrfv rjfi.ipav (this being the ninth day=) eight days ago 
 (before). 
 Note 2. — The terminal accusative without a preposition (luAii/ier ?) 
 is found only in poetry. 
 
 In prose a preposition must be used; hence only eh 'A&»;vas Athenas. 
 
 141. Very many accusatives of content, of restriction and 
 of extent have by frequent use become adverbs or adverbial 
 phrases (Adverbial Ace). 
 
 Oiihev in no respect, not at all, ToXXa in other respects, for the 
 tC in what respect? why? rest, 
 
 iroXv much, by far, multo, Tiva Tpoirov ; — tovtov top Tpojrov, 
 (to) irdvTa in all respects, in every in what manner? in this man- 
 
 wtiy, in all, ner, thus, 
 
 (to) Trp&Tov 1 in the first place, to irplv, to vvv formerly ; noioa- 
 (t7]v) TrpSTTjv ) at first, days, at present, 
 
 fxaicpdv far, a long way, iroWd in many respects, often, 
 
 tI in any (some) respect, to some to, TroWd for the most part, gen- 
 extent, at all, erally. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§142-144] THE GENITIVE. ' 115 
 
 apxnv «* (Ml at first, from the to /car ifjue, to kuto, tovtov as far as 
 
 beginning, depends on me (Jiim), as far as 
 
 TO XoLTTovfor the rest, for the (in) lam (he is} concerned. 199, 5. 
 
 future, •Trp6j>aa- IV professedly, pretendedly, 
 
 TTjV Twx^ia-TTjv (oSov) US soon as ostensibly, 
 possible, 
 
 Note. — For the ace. absolute see 203, 4. 
 
 B. THE GENITIVE. 
 
 142. The Greek Genitive is partly genitive proper and partly 
 represents the original ablative (whence-case) which denotes the 
 source of an action. This can be either material (^separation — 
 comparison — fnatter) or mental (cause). 
 
 1. THE GENITIVE PKOPER. 
 
 143. The possessive genitive with nouns and adjectives, as also 
 after elvai, '■^I'^veadai (to belong to, be owned by ; to be the part, charac- 
 teristic, in the. power of ; to betoken, give evidence of etc.) denotes the 
 owner or author. 
 
 rf K.vpov (TTpaTid — to tov SoXajyo?, to, tmv 'EWijvcov etc. 
 
 lepof 6 %aJ/oo9 t»}? 'A/sre/itSo? — K.ifj,(ov M.i\TcdBov, U€piK\fj<; 6 
 
 SavdlTTTTOV. 
 
 eVAtSou (sc. Ttj oiKia), et? "AtSon. Compare: at my brother'' s. 
 Ti.evlav^ (f)epeiv ov iravTo^, aklC dvBp6<; ao<f)OV — but ip,6v ianv. 
 Compare : cuiusvis hominis est errare — but meUm est. 
 
 144. The objective genitive, which denotes the object of an 
 action or feeling, is xised 
 
 1. with- nouns which denote an action (compare oupiditas 
 gloriae): 
 
 7] ttJ? iraTpiSo^ <j(OTT]pla — r] iTridvfiia rjhovStv, 
 
 TO luaot Tlava-aviov the hatred of (felt against) P. (subj. hatred of 
 
 [felt by'] Paus.), 
 ^la tS)v TToXtT&v against the will of the citizens, 
 S{' alaxvvriv aXKrjXmv Kal 'K.vpov from a sense of shame before. 
 
 2. with judicial Verbs, nouns and adjectives that denote a 
 charge or crime. Mg. 
 
 to accuse of, charge with aiTidop,ai, jpdcj}oiJ.aL nvd Tivo<i. 
 
 to convict, detect one doing, catch in alpeco Tivd tlvo'; — aXiaKOfxal tlvov. 
 
 guilty of aino';, avaiTL6<; nvm. 
 
 'Edv Tf? dXo) Tfj<; KaKWffeftJ? t&v yovecov, BeBea6a>. 
 
 3. with verbs and adjectives expressing the following notions 
 (and their opposites) Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
116 SYIv'TAX. [§ 145 
 
 desire : einOvixea), ipda, icpiefiai, opeyofiai Tivo'i. 
 
 knowledge : efi'rreipo';, direipo<;, iTna-Tijficov Tt.v6<;. 
 memory : p,ep,vr}p,ai, fivrj/xav — eTrikavOdvofiai Tivo'i. 
 
 concern : iirifieXo/jiac, (ppovTi^co — dfieXeco tivo^, 
 
 fxeXei fjLoi Tivo'i — iTnp.eXi^'i, ap,e\ij^ Tivo'i. 
 participation: Koivcoveco, fieTe^ai — /jLeTaBiBco/xi Tivo'i. 
 power : "■PX'>'i ^aaiXevco — Kvpio'i, i'yKpuTij'i Tivo'i, see 148, 2. 
 
 plenty : e/jnri/JLTr\r]/j,i, TrXijpoco — TrXrjprj'i, fiecTTOi, Kevo'i Tivoi. 
 
 'O ypafifiaTcov a.Treipo'i ov pXeirei ^Xeircov. 
 
 "KvOpanro'S wv fiefivrjcro tt)? Koivrj'; tv'XT)';. 
 
 4. after verbs that signify : 
 
 to seize, grasp, touch: XaiJ.^dvo/ji,ai,aTrTo/j,ai tivov. 
 to cling, — hit, find : exofJ^ai, Tvyx^dvo) Tivo'i. 
 to obtain, miss, lose : Xa'^xdvui, dfiapTavo) Tivo'i. 
 to be mistaken, disappointed ; experience : ^{revBofjiai, Treipdofiai Tivoi. 
 "Et' ecTTi KOI crot TCovBe o'vyyvwfjnj'i Tv^eiv. 
 'E(Tcf)dXr]fiev t^? B6^7)<i — ttoXXSiv KaKwv TreTreipdfj,e6a. 
 Note. — With many of the verbs that belong to 3 and 4, the objective 
 genitive is at the same time partitive. 
 
 145. 1. The partitive genitive is the genitive of the whole of 
 which a part is taken. It has nearly always the predicate position 
 (121). It is more frequent in Greek than in Latin, and may be used 
 wherever there is an expressed or implied relation of whole to part. 
 Tcov dvOpioTTcov 01 (TO<j)oi — (but only oi 6vr)T0i dvdpcoiroC) — 
 6 dpicTTO'i dirdvTwv — • rt? '^fjiSjv — ovBei<i avTOiv — 
 %r)^ai Trj'i BoKUTta? — ttov 'yrj'i ; tibi terrarum? — 
 oi^e Trj'i 'qp.ipa'i — ew tov6^ v^pewi (eo vecordiae"). 
 
 'ApicTTeii'i fjOeXe Kal avTcyi tcov fievovTcov elvai. 
 
 2. Accordingly, the partitive genitive may be dependent upon 
 any verb, if its action affects only a part and not the whole of the 
 object. It follows, therefore, especially 
 
 a) verbs that signify to eat, to drink, to take, to taste, if only part 
 of the food etc. is taken. 
 
 Tmv Krjpicov baoi ecjiwyov, irdvTe'i dcppoveii iyiyvovTO. 
 
 'OXiryoi aiTOV i'yevaavTO. — but : '^WKpdT-q'i to (^dpfxaKOV eiriev. 
 
 b) verbs and adjectives that signify participation or fulness. 
 See 144, 3. 
 
 Note 1. — Kaivov Ti {aliqvM novi) [not: kmvov tC], 
 
 oiiScv ayaOov (nihil boni) [not : oiSeV dyaSou]. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§146,147] THE GENITIVE. 117 
 
 Note 2. — When a partitive genitive depends on a numeral adjective, 
 the latter agrees in gender with the genitive : 
 
 XotTTOS TOV )(^pOVOV T^S yrj'S TTJV TToWrjV TOU (TLTOV TOV rjflKTW. 
 
 146. The genitive of quality is used almost exclusively with defi- 
 nite numbers to express size or age. An. 1, 2, 8. 
 
 TpL&v -^fiepwv oSov — Tei'X^o'i ev/ao? et/cocri ttoSoiv, vt^o? Se eKarov — 
 
 Iljoo^ei'os riv, ore cnreOvrjaKev, ir&v o)? rpidKovra. 
 Note. — In other instances, quality is expressed by the Greek accusative. 
 139 sq. 
 
 2. THE GENITIVE WITH ABLATIVE FORCE. 
 
 147. The genitive of separation 
 
 is used vi'ith verbs (and adjectives of kindred meaning) that signify 
 
 1. to separate, remove, free and the like. 
 Here belongs : <^et8o/iat rtvos I spare. 
 
 'Airi)(£i yj TlXaraxa. rtav @riJ3S>v o-TaStovs iphoix-qKOVTo.. 
 
 2. to deprive, be in want of, need and the like. 
 Note in particular : Sel /xot rtvos I need something. 
 
 'O firjSiv aSiKwy ovSei/os SeiTat voiiov. 
 Note 1. — "/ ask something of some one" means 8iofw.LTt.v6? ri, if the thing 
 asked for is expressed by a neuter adjective or pronoun. Otherwise, alrS) with 
 two accusatives is generally used. 
 
 E.g. 'Y/j,(i)v StofjLeOa ravra, but : Kvpov ^Tritrav fu<r06v. 
 Note 2. See 136. — ' A(paip^oiiai. takes also tiv6s ti. 
 
 3. to begin and to cease : 
 
 apx<>> Ihegin (what others continue): tov \6yov open the discussion. 
 dpypP'ai Qlbegin what I myself continue): tov \6yov my speech. 
 apxaiMai airo, eic Ti.vo'i from, with, at: cnro or eic tmv deS)v. 
 •jravo) cause to stop, Tivd rivo^ restrain, prevent ; depose, divest (a/3%^?). 
 Travo/jiai, Xijjco rivo^ quit, cease, desist from (0/37^?). 
 
 Tleipda6e crvv roi<; 6eol<; apxeaOai 7ravT0<; epyov. 
 
 "ISiTravaav oi 'AOrjvaioi Tip,6deov Trj<; crTpaTrj'yia'i. 
 
 4. to perceive, hear etc., to denote, the person who .is heard: 
 
 UKOveo, /lavdavm, aladdvofiaL, iTVvddvofx.ai. 
 ' KKovaecyOe ifiov irdaav ttjV a\r\6uav. ■ 
 Note. — The thing that is heard etc. is generally p,ut in the 
 accusative. There is, however, a difference between 
 (XKOwft), aifrOivoiMi Ti T hear, learn, notice, perceive something ; and 
 aKovui, aia-ddvo/mi rtvos (persons or things) : listen, harken, give heed, attend 
 to, obey. 'AKOvcravTK tov Oopv^ov ovx im-efitivav. 
 
 "A/cove wdvTpv, €KA,eyoD S a arvii.^i.pa. 
 Ncos oiv aKOvav TUiv yepaiTepaiv diXf.. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
118 SYNTAX [§§ 148-151 
 
 148. The genitive of comparison is used 
 
 1. with comparatives. It is equivalent to ^ with a nom., 
 ace, (gen.) or dat. 
 
 2f7J? ttot' iarlv aipeTCorepa Xoyov — cf . luce clarius. 
 
 4>tXet S' eavTOV ifkelov owSek oiiBeva. 
 
 Upoai^Kei fioi iJioXKov erepcov ap')(eiv (= ■^ erepoL's'). 
 
 2. with verbs and adjectives involving comparison, i.e. such 
 as denote 
 
 superiority : TrepiyiyvofiaL, crTpaTijyea), '^yeo/j,aL (cf . 144, 3) etc. ; 
 inferiority : ^TTaofiai — va-repeco etc., am {come') later than (too 
 late for^. 
 
 "AvOpairo^ ^vveaei inr€pe')(ei tS)V dXXcov. 
 
 TlaviravLa'; et? ' AXiaprov vaTeprjcrev AvcrdvBpov. 
 
 Note. — Kpariu) Ttvos : l07'd it over, am master of: Kparovcn irdvTwv oi Oeoi. 
 but Kpareti} rivd: conquer, vinco : E/cpaTi^tra/iiev jU.a;(ats StipaKOCTious. 
 rjyeofmL Ttvos: am leader {head) of, command: crTpaTevfMTo^. 
 yjyiojjuxC Tivt: lead = guide, show the way to: vavcrlv. 
 
 149. The genitive of material denotes the material of which 
 anything consists or is made or what it contains. The Latin has 
 here ex aliqua re. 
 
 irapdSeia-O'i TravToiav SevSpcoy, yeppa Bacreicov ^owv (/3. here ox-hides'). 
 Ol ari^avQi ovk 'lcov rj poBwv ycrav, dWd '^^pvaiov. 
 
 150. The genitive of cause, after verbs and adjectives denoting 
 mental states, designates the person or thing that causes an emo- 
 tion. Comp. 159, 2. Such verbs are : 
 
 evBaifiovil^a), fiaKapi^m nvd riva count one happy for, 
 •^aXeiraivco, opyi^ofiai tlvl tivo<; am angry with one on account of. 
 ^vBaip^ovi^ca vp.d'i rij? iXev6epia<i, rj<; Kmrrjade. 
 
 151. The genitive of price denotes the price after verbs (and 
 adjectives) that signify : 
 
 to buy, to sell : aveo/iat — TrcoXew, dTroBiBofiai Tt tivo<;, 
 to value, to think worthy : Ttfidco, d^ioco — d^io'i, dvd^to<;. 
 Twv TTOvcov TTCoXovcnv r]iuv irdvTa rdydd' ol Oeoi. 
 'ItjtjOo? yap dvrjp TroXXav avrd^io^ dXXcov worth as much as. 
 Thus : -rroXXov magno, dear — oXCyov, fiiKpov parvo, cheap, TrXeibyo?, 
 eXa')(^iarov etc. — fiicrdov mercede, for money, for a salary. — Tifiaa-dal 
 Ti TToXXov magno aestimare. 
 
 Note especially the phrase: "rrepl ttoXXoO (•TrXeioi'o?, irXeia-TOV, 
 iravrov, ovBevo';') TroietcrOai, magni, pluris, etc., facere, to make much 
 of, etc., to value highly, etc. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§152-155] THE DATIVE. 119 
 
 152. The genitive of time stands 
 
 1. without an attribute, in answer to the question : at what time ? 
 (^Greneral statements of time !) 
 
 WKTO'i KoX r)iMepa<i — 6e'pov<; aestate, ;n;et/iwz'os Meme, 
 
 rov iviavrov quotannis — tov /jitjv6<; every month (117, 1. extr.). 
 
 2. with an attribute, in answer to the question : iince or within 
 what time? 
 
 iroWov, irXeicnov j(^p6vov for a long, very long time. 
 irevTe, Bexa fifiep&v within five, ten days. 
 
 153. The genitive is used with many verbs, one of whose component 
 parts is a preposition that requires the genitive (162, 3). So especially with : 
 airo : airoTphrio tivos turn away from, a-Troyi-yvaa-Kw tivos despair of 
 
 147 a<l>t(TrrjiJ.C Ttvos cause to revolt from, a<^ia-ra^a[ nvo? revolt from, 
 €K, ii : eKjSoAAu rivd tivos banish, kKTrhzTia tivos am banished, 
 
 147 iiia-Ti^fji.L Tivd TIVOS remove, e^i(Traixm tivos depart, retire, 
 Kara meaning " down upon, against," in a hostile sense : 
 
 KaTayeXao) Ttvos lantgh at, KaTa<j>pov£tii tivos despise, 
 
 Karriyopiui " speak agt." = accuse, KaTatj/rj<l>L^oiJi.aL "vote agt.," condemn, 
 
 irpo : irpoaipeo/Mii tivos prefer, -n-poKpL^w Ttvos praefero alicui, 
 
 148 TrpoTiOrffLL TIVOS antepono alicui, Trpoi<TTrjp.(. Ttvos praeflcio alicui etc. 
 
 IIoXXGv Kariyvoxrav ddvaTOv (^KaTeyvu>a-6rj Odvaros) iJ.rjSKTfJi.ov. 
 
 C. THE DATIVE. 
 
 154. The Greek dative has two functions, one of its own (the 
 dative proper), the other representing the Latin ablative (the dative of 
 accompaniment, of means or instrument, the locative dative). 
 
 1. THE DATIVE PKOPEK oe OF ISTDIRECT OBJECT. 
 
 155. Very many (transitive as well as intransitive) verbs and 
 adjectives ^ take a dative of the person (or thing) to whom anything is 
 done. Most of the verbs of this kind govern other cases in English. 
 
 'H fimpia SiSaxriv avOpcinroi? KaKo,. 
 No'//.pt9 eirea-Oai, toI<; e7rt%a)/3toi? KaXov. 
 OvK eanv ouSet?, ocrrt? ov^ avTW <^i\o<i. 
 Note. — evxopAu TLVL Tt wish one something : vfuv ayaOd. 
 
 £V)(OiJUU Oeo'iS Ti promise the gods : crwTiypta, SeicaTijv, 
 
 1 esp. PorjOidi Tivt help, SovXcv<o serve, 
 
 hrofiai, aKoXovOita follow, -TrdOopm obey, 
 
 7na-T£v(D, TriiroSoi trust, dpKeo) suffice, help, 
 
 aTrakem threaten, irpewci, irpoa-^KCt it becomes, 
 
 SpyC^ofuu am angry with (at), crvfifjiipei it is of advantage. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
120 SYNTAX. [§§ 156, 157 
 
 or implore the g. for, implore something from the g. : arwrrjpiav, a-w^€iv. 
 (f>6ov^<i) Tivi Tivoi begrudge one something (160). 
 
 156. The dative of advantage (or disadvantage) designates the 
 person (or thing) for whose sake, benefit or advantage (disad- 
 vantage) anything is done or exists, at whose disposal it is etc. So 
 especially with elvai and jiyvecrffai. 
 
 'EvravOa Kvpo) j3a(Ti\eia rjv kol TrapdSeccro'; . 
 
 "E/cacTTO? ouxi' TO) Trarpl Kal ry fJ,r]Tpl fiovov yeyevrjTai, aWa Kal 
 Ty TraTpiSi. 
 
 157. Closely akin are the following varieties : 
 
 1. The ethical dative denotes in general the person who is mor- 
 ally or mentally interested in an action. In particular it 
 designates 
 
 a) the person -who desires the performance of an action. 
 
 Tt CTOi fjn.di^<TOfJuii ; what do you want me to learn f — tell me, what . . .? 
 
 Mi; fnoi $opv/3-qa-r]T€ pray, do not raise an uproar. 
 
 TovTia wavv fji.oi Trpocri-xere tov vovv I beg you to pay clone attention to this. 
 
 b) the person whose feelings {joy, surprise, distress, impatience) are awakened 
 
 by an action [often untranslatable] . 
 
 nSs ripuv ?x"s; how is our darling ? comp. quid mihi Celsus agit ? = " HoW' 
 
 fares my Celsus ? " 
 'li TCKvov, yj /3iPrjK€v r/ixXv 6 ^eVos ; daughter, is the stranger gone at length f 
 
 c) the person with whose mind or view anything accords. 
 
 OvTw; i)(€i (Toi TavTa such is the case — you understand? 
 
 O i(x0\6<; evyeurj'S ifiol, y avrjp — at least to my mind, in my opinion. 
 
 2. The dative of agent denotes the personal agent or autlior 
 of an action. This dative : 
 
 is always used with the verb. adj. in -re'o? : yfilv Troirjreov nobis 
 
 faciendum est, and 
 often with the jDassive, esp. the perf. pass, (instead of vtto with 
 
 the genit.): 
 
 TO, v/xlv ireirpayiMeva your achievements — your policy. 
 'Eai" e/cet viKMiiev, irdvff' rjfiiv TreTToirjTaL. 
 
 3. The dative of reference : '■'■ judging from the point of view of one 
 ivho," ^^with respect to one {doing')," "■' zvhefi or as one [you^ . . ■" 
 Compare : in universum ae.stimanti. 
 
 ^la^dvTi, ela-TrXeovTi (as you sail in), Trpoiovaiv. An. 3, 5, 15 ; 6, 4, 1 ; 
 
 3, 2, 22. 
 To) yap tca.\a)<; irpdcrcrovTi iraaa yg Trarpk. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§158,159] THE DATIVE. 121 
 
 Likewise yLyverai /Aot fiovXo(i.ivta, -^So/xh/w, dx^OjUcVo), 
 
 / am pleased with it, glad of it, vexed at it. 
 
 ETraviX£ii)fji.ev, a croi ijSo/iieva) eerriV if you please. 
 
 Note. — In the phrase ovoft.a /not eart (milii nomen est), the name is 
 always put in the same case as ovofm : 'E/noi 8' ovo/na kKvtov AWwv. 
 
 2. THE DATIVE OF UNION. 
 
 158. The dative of union and accompaniment denotes union, 
 approach or concurrence, in both a friendly and a hostile sense. 
 Here the English generally uses the preposition with. 
 
 1. It follows verbs, adjectives and adverbs to denote the 
 person (or thing) with whom any sort of union (or its opposite) is 
 entered into ; thus esp. 
 
 8uxA.eyo/iat speak, converse, ofjuXiio associate, mingle, 
 
 /juixpiJLai, TToXefieu) Jiglit, make war, a-n-evSo/juu make a treaty, 
 
 o^oAoyeu), bfiovoiw agree, Ki.pa.wvjxi, fji-dyvv/xL mix, 
 
 Koivuiveu), jUETep^a), /*£Ta8tSw/ti 144, 3. a/oia, o/xov together with, 
 
 •)(pa.ofMi Tivi utor alqo, alga re make use of, employ ; deal with, treat ; have as. 
 
 '^o<f)ol<; ofiCKoiV KavTO's eK^r/ar) <7o^o'?. "Afia tt} rjfiepa.- 
 
 @ea) fid')(ea6ai, SeLVov iart koI ti/'xtj. 
 
 Note. — TloXefJielv and iJi,a.)(€(r$ax avv tlvi Or /jLera. rivos mean : 
 to fight with = in alliance with one, as one's ally. 
 
 2. It denotes accompaniment of military forces (mostly with- 
 out criiv') : 
 
 oXiyo) (rrparevfiaTL it^teireadai, parva manu. 
 diia')(jXloLt; oTrXhai^ arpareveiv. 
 
 3. It stands with avT6<; ^^ together with," — "even inclusive of,"' 
 and : o avTK tivl, " the same as : " 
 
 Miav vavv Xafi^dvovcrcv avToi<; avSpdcriu with all the crew — men and all. 
 ''Ev TavrS) rjada roinoi<; at the same place as these. 
 
 4. It is often qualified by avv (168, 27): avv rot? deol<i. 
 
 3. THE INSTRUMENTAL USES OF THE DATIVE. 
 
 159. The dative (as instrumental case) is used like the ablative 
 in Latin. 
 
 1. The dative of instrument denotes the means or instru- 
 ment by -which anything is accomplished. So especially with 
 
 ')(^pdoiJbat. 
 
 OiSet? eTTMVOV ■fj^oval'; iicTrjaaTO. 
 
 X.p'^a-eToi 7)p,lv ^acTiKew, o,ti av /SovXtjtoi. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
122 SYNTAX. [§ 160 
 
 2. The dative of cause denotes the motive or cause. So esp. 
 with verbs denoting emotion. See 150. 
 
 evvoca, v/3pei,, ^66va>, (po^o) irocelv n out of kindness etc. 
 'A^ovXia ra TroWa fiXdirTovrat ^poToi suffer harm because of. 
 XaXeTTft)? ecj)epov ol crrpaTiciTai rot? irapovai Trpdyfiacrtv. 
 Note. — 'Em is often added to this dative in connection with verbs denot- 
 ing emotion, ffavfjui^av em iroirjcra, /J.eya (fspovciv iiz apery etc. 
 Xaipeiv eir aliT)(paLi lySovaTs ov -f^prj wore. 
 
 3. The dative of manner denotes manner or attendant cir- 
 cumstances. It is generally accompanied by an attribute. 
 
 TovTO) TO) TpoTTQ), ovSevl TpoTTO) in tMs wtti/, in no wise, 
 TTjSe, TavTT/, 8p6/j,a}, /3ia, Kpavyrj, a-ijy, 
 hrjixoa-Ca puhlice, ISia privatim, KOivrj Jointly, 
 TO) ovTi, epyo) in deed, in fact, really, 
 
 X6y<p, irpotfxicrei avowedly, professedly, pretendedly (141), 
 iravTi aOevei. with all one's might, TrdaTj re'^vrj koI firj'f^avy by 
 every means and device. 
 
 Ol AaKeBai/jLomoi Kpivovai /3o^ km oil ■yjfT^cjsQ). 
 
 4. The dative of degree of difference with comparative expressions 
 denotes measure or degree of difference: by how much . . . 
 TToXXa (^fjiaKpw) KpetTTov much or by far better, oXcyco iXdTTOV<; rpia- 
 
 Koaicov, 
 TToXXoK erecnv varepov many years later, iroXei Xoylfir} acrdevea-'repo';. 
 6aa> — roaovTO) : quo — eo, the — the. 
 
 Note. — Besides iroXA.(o etc., the adverbial accusative (141) is often used: 
 TToXii )(eLpov, oXlyov irporepov, as alvfays ovhev, tl and Tt (never ouSen etc.). 
 
 4. THE LOCATIVE DATIVE. 
 160. The dative (as locative case), which corresponds to the 
 Latin ablative of place and time, is used 
 
 1. as dative of place in answer to the question : "where?" In prose a prepo- 
 sition (ev, wapd, viro) is always added — except in the adverbial expressions rgSe, 
 TovTYj, rj — kvkXui — and in the locatives MapaOoivi, ' AO-ijvricnv (51). 
 
 2. as dative of time in answer to the question : "when?" 
 
 a) without iv (dates or names of festivals!) : 
 
 ravTTj TT) r)fJi,epq, rrj vcnepaia, rerdpTO) eVet, 
 Ttt) eTTLovTi fiT^vC, TlavaOTjvaiot'i, — 
 
 b) with ei'(= during, ivithin the space of, in the course of, 
 
 see 152, 2) : 
 'El" ereaLV e^BofnjKovTa i^rjv croi d-jrievai. 
 El' vvktI ^ovXt) tok (TO<f>ol(TL yiryveTui. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® » 
 
§§ 161, 162] 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 123 
 
 Note. — To be distinguished: rijv ^fiipav (140), ■^fi^a's (152), riji 
 
 ^/tepas (152), Trj yjnipq. and ev Trj rlfJiepa. 
 
 161. The dative is used with verbs one of whose component parts is a 
 preposition that requires the dative : 
 
 crvv : (rvvufii am together with, 
 
 158 : (Tvfnrovim toil together with, 
 
 iv : tvcifjiL am in, at, 
 
 160 : cju.7r6irT(o fall into, 
 
 iwi : eTn^ovXivio plot against, 
 
 158 : iTnTi$6fiai attack. 
 
 a-viJi.iJM.xio) Jight in alliance with, 
 arvfi.Trpa.TTu) work with, concur, help, 
 i/xixevu) abide by, 
 ivTvyxdvu) come upon, find, 
 e7rtSt8(u/*i give in addition, 
 iiriTpeTTw give up, commit; 
 
 less frequently after verbs compounded with irapd, iiro: irdpafii, viroKapai. 
 
 V. PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 162. 1. All prepositions were originally adverbs. Homer, 
 Herodotus and the Attic poets still regard them as such, whilst in 
 standard prose only Trpo? (besides, in addition, in : tt/so? Be and 'rrp6<; Be 
 Kai') is used adverbially. 
 
 2. As adverbial locative particles, the prepositions are 
 frequently joined to the oblique cases in order to bring out more 
 clearly, and define more plainly, their local meaning. Broadly 
 speaking, prepositions 
 
 with the genitive i r whence? whereof? 
 
 with the dative !■ answer the question j where? wherewith? 
 
 with the accusativeJ Iwhither? how far? 
 
 3. In many cases, however, the Greeks took a different view of things from ours 
 and, in consequence, expressed the same thought by means of different prepositions. 
 Compare: aTpdrevixa avviXe^ev dirb to&twv tSiv xpvf^Tuv with this money — Setv iK 
 Siv^pwv to lie up to trees — ^f dpurrepas on the left. 
 
 
 4. 
 
 USES AND MEANINGS OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 
 
 Genitive 
 
 Dative 
 
 Accusative 
 
 
 dvTi 
 
 instead of, for 
 
 
 
 
 aTTO 
 
 from, away (down) 
 from 
 
 
 
 
 iK,i^ 
 
 out of, from, in conse- 
 
 
 
 with 
 
 Trpo 
 
 quence of 
 before, in behalf of 
 
 
 
 one 
 
 iv 
 
 
 in, at, during 
 
 
 case 
 
 aw 
 dva. 
 
 
 together with 
 
 to, into, against 
 up along, over, 
 through 
 
 
 
 uigirizea 
 
 Dy iviicroson'& 
 
 
124 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 
 [§ 163 
 
 USES AND MEANINGS OF THE PREPOSITIONS. — ConcZutZerf. 
 
 
 
 Genitive 
 
 Dative 
 
 Accusative 
 
 
 Sid 
 
 through 
 
 » 
 
 owing to, thanks to, 
 
 with 
 
 
 
 
 on account of 
 
 Kara. 
 
 down from; down 
 
 
 down along, over. 
 
 two 
 
 
 upon, against 
 
 
 according to 
 
 eases 
 
 (JLerd 
 
 with 
 
 
 after, post 
 
 
 iwip 
 
 above, super, for, pro 
 
 
 beyond 
 
 
 d/*0t 
 
 about, de 
 
 about, on account of 
 
 about 
 
 
 iTrC 
 
 upon 
 
 iipon, because of, 
 
 up to, against. 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 for the purpose of 
 
 towards, in quest 
 of 
 
 with 
 
 irapd. 
 
 from beside, on the 
 
 by the side, near, at 
 
 alongside of, by and 
 
 three 
 
 
 part of 
 
 
 beyond, against. 
 
 eases 
 
 
 
 
 during 
 
 
 Ttepi 
 
 on, concerning, de 
 
 about, around 
 
 about 
 
 
 TT/DOS 
 
 by, from, on the part of 
 
 at, near, besides 
 
 towards, against 
 
 
 UTTO 
 
 from beneath, under, 
 by (agent !), through 
 
 under, sub iv. ahl. 
 
 to a place and 
 under, sub w. ace. 
 
 avev 
 
 without, 
 
 sine. 
 
 e/CTOs 
 
 outside. 
 
 extra. 
 
 ivTOs 
 
 inside. 
 
 intra, 
 
 ixerato 
 
 between. 
 
 inter. 
 
 ir\r)v 
 
 except. 
 
 praeter. 
 
 Trepav 
 
 on the other side 
 
 trans. 
 
 tp-TrpoaOev in front of, before, 
 oTTLcrOev behind, after. 
 
 5. The prepositional adverbs take tlie genitive : 
 
 axpi. and /u.exp' a^ far as, until, 
 i^m out of, without, 
 do-ID into, within, 
 eyyvs and ■n-X-qcriov near, prope, 
 TToppu) and irpodia far from, 
 Tripd beyond, ultra, 
 hi€Ka (hiKtv) for the sake of, causa, 
 ivavTLov opposite, in presence of, coram, 
 iKa.TipiaBe.v, dixtfioTipuiOev, tvOcv koI ivOev from both sides, etc. 
 
 163. USES AND MEANINGS OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 1. 'Aii(j)i with the Accusative (Gen., Dat.) = irepi: with the ace., about. 
 
 a) of Place : ol aiJi.<liL 'Apwuov, 124 note. 
 
 b) of Time: d/xc^t fiiaa^ vuKxas about midnight. 
 
 c) Figuratively : dft<^i ra irevrT/KovTa ?tj; about, circiter. 
 
 2. 'Avd with the Accusative: up, up along, over (opp. to Kara). 
 
 a) of 1 lace : ava Tov TroTajxov, povv up the river. 
 
 dva TO TTcSioi/, ra oprj over, through, upon. 
 
 b) of Time : dva Tracrav Tr]v ^p.ipav all day long. 
 
 c) Pigueatively : dva Kpdro^ to the extent of one's poiver, dvd Xoyov in 
 
 due proportion. 
 
 d) Distributively : dva vivTt five each, dvd rrda-av rjp.€pav every day. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 163] PREPOSITIONS. 125 
 
 3. ' AvTi with the Genitive : instead of, for, in return for. 
 
 aLpeifrOai to f(tipov avrl Tov ^£\tiovo<s. 
 Tiii,wp<j>ixtOa, Tov<s avSpai dvO' &v vl3pL(j9r]iJ.f.v- 
 
 4. ' Alto with the Genitive : from, away from, oft from. 
 
 a) of Place : d^' ittttov from the horse, on horseback, airo '%dp^(i)v. 
 
 b) of TiMK : ttTTo TovTov TOV )(p6vov fivm {ever since) this time. 
 
 c) FiGUKATiVELY : KaKu(Tdai atro tlvos to be named after one. 
 means : o-Tparevfia crvXXe'yeiv ciTro tSv ■)(p7jpjxTu)v with. 
 cause ; airh tovtov tov ToXfji.rjp.aTos for, in consequence of. 
 
 ■5. Aid with the Genitive: through (the midst of). 
 
 a) of Place : per, Sm p.ia-q'i t^s TrdXews through the center of the city. 
 I inter, Sto, x^ipSiv tx^iv in hand, to be worMng at. 
 
 b) of Interval :■ 8ta Trcvre o-TaStwv ai a distance of. 
 
 hLo. TTokkov (oXCyov) longo interiecto tempore. 
 
 c) of Medium : per. Si' epp-qviois through (the medium of) an interpreter. 
 %. Aid with the Accusative : on account of, owing to, by the help of. 
 
 mostly of Cause and Agency : Sta Tavra on this account, for this reason, 
 Sm irpoSocrtW, Sto, ij^as owing to us (whether merit or demerit). 
 7. Els (es) with the Accusative : into, against = in c. ace. 
 
 a) of Place : eJs ttjv ttoXiv into the city, eis -rroXep.Lovs Uvai against. 
 
 b) of Time, limit : cU tyjv ia-Tripav " into eventide " = until {on, at, for, 
 
 toward) the evening. 
 or extension : eh to Xonrov for (in) the future. 
 
 c) Figuratively, purpose : SiSovai, XPW^'"- "^ ■^' Z'^''- 
 
 w. numerals : €is {tovs) e/caTov about (to the number of) a hundred. 
 
 5. 'Ek, 4| with the Genitive: out of, from within, ex (opp. to «s). 
 
 a) of Place : «« t^s TrdXecos <^evyetv, Ik rijs yrjs 4>vecr0aL. 
 
 b) of Time : Ik iraiSiav from childhood, Ik ttoXmov from ancient times. 
 
 iK TOVTOV from {after) that time, thereupon, i^ ov ex quo, 
 since. 
 
 c) Figuratively, congruity : Ik tZv irapovTuiv as the state ofthinqs would 
 
 reqidre. 
 consequence : e/c tovtov in consequence of this. 
 manner : ck Travros TpoTrov in every possible manner. 
 
 9. ' Ev with the Dative : in, within, at, on, in c. abl. 
 
 a) of Place: iv'Ae^^vM'SfivTo'i'i'EXXT^a-ivcmong. ■7re(j>£vyeuai h toU oxvpots. 
 
 aTt/i.os iv Tots a-Tpa.TiwTa.is, iv T<S Ev^ciVw HoVto), on {by) the shore of 
 
 b) of Time : iv wktc, iv rais o-TrovSats during, 160, 2. 
 
 c) Figuratively : iv 4>6/3w etvai, eXirtSas ex^'" ^v tivi. 
 10. ' Em with the Gexitive : upon. 
 
 a) of Place, where ? : 6>' dpp.aTos oxcio-dai, — iwl tov opovs on top of. 
 whither ? : im 'Ioivms, i-jr' oIkov dmivM in the direction of, towards. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
126 SYNTAX. [§ 163 
 
 b) of Time : iirl Kpoia-ov jSacnXeuoi/Tos during {in) the reign. 
 
 ett' ifjiov me vivente, ol £<^' iJ/aSv our contemporaries. 
 
 c) Figuratively: itj}' iavrov by himself, alone, iiri Koupov as circum- 
 
 stances suggested. 
 
 d) DisTEiBUTiVELY : iirl TeTTapiov TropvutdBai four men deep. 
 
 11. ' Eirl with the Dative : upon. 
 
 a) of Place, where ? : etti vavmv, ttoXis eiri Tg OaXoLTTri o'lKovixevi] situated 
 
 by the seaside. 
 
 b) of Time, " immediately after " : eirt tco rpira a-rjp.eLw, iirl tovtoi^. 
 
 c) Figuratively, charge : ol im tw a-TpaTtv/xaTi, ol tirt rrj ttoAei. 
 dependency : iff)' vpXv ia-ri penes vos, iirl jSao-iAa yL-yvccrOai to fall into 
 
 the hands of. 
 cause (with verbs denoting emotion 159, 2): p^atpetv iir aitrxpais 
 
 condition : im toftois on such terms, i<l> w te on condition that, 180, 2. d. 
 object : im. Oavara ay civ, im. ^\dftrj, im. T(S KepSatvav with a view to. 
 in honor of: jTrl XlarpoKXa), iirl AetoviBa. 
 
 12. ' Eiri with the Accusative : towards, against. 
 
 a) of Place : itf>' tinrov avafiaiveiv, o8os iirl Sov(ra KJiepovda, ievai, iropeve- 
 
 aOcu iiri Tij/a, in both a friendly and a hostile sense. 
 
 b) of Time : im rpeis rjp.ipa's, iirl ttoXw xp°vov for the space of. 
 
 c) Figuratively : object {in quest of) : im, XEtW {praedatum) iiiivai, 
 
 i<f> vStop TrifJLiruv to fetch. 
 
 13. Kara with the Genitive : down from, down upon = against. 
 
 a) of Place : xar' ovpavov, Kara tS>v 6pS>v, Te.i\a>v piitTe.crOa.1, — ■ oikeiv Kara 
 
 ■y^s beneath (where ?), hvvai Kara y^s beneath (whither ?). 
 
 b) Figuratively : down upon = against : XEyEti/ Kara rtvos, cf. 153. 
 11. Kara with the Accusative : down along, over (extension), according. 
 
 a) of Place : Kara rbv iroTapov down the river, Kar aypovi run, Kara yrjv 
 
 Koi Kara 0a,\aTTav. tovs KaO' avTov^ opposite. 
 
 b) of . Time : xar' iKuvov Tov xpovov in {at, during) that time. 
 
 c) Figuratively, reference : ra Kara tov TroXepov. 
 
 congruity : Kara Svvapiv to the extent of one's power ; Kara tovs vofwvi 
 
 according. 
 manner : Kara. Ta;(os — KaO' -^(rvx^av at leisure. 
 
 Kara pxKpov little by little, into small pieces. 
 with numbers : miOavov Kara E^aKicrxiXiovs avSpai about. 
 
 d) DiSTRiBUTivELY, by : KaO' h/a one at a time, Kar avBpa viritim, naff 
 
 ■qpepav day by day, kOt' eras, Kar ivtavTov every year. 
 15. Mexd with the Genitive : (in company) with, amid. 
 
 attendance, company, alliance : Etmt perd nvos to side with, pA)(i(TQai 
 pera Ttvos in alliance with, ol ptra. Kvpov C. and his followers. 
 manner, attendant circumstances : pera SaKpvMv, Kiv8vvoiv amid tears, 
 dangers. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 163] PREPOSITIONS. 127 
 
 16. McTo, with the Accusative : after, next to, post, secundum. 
 
 a) of Time : /^era. TTjv itA\r]v, iitTo. ravTa, /xtO' ■^fi.ipa.v at daybreak. 
 
 b) of Eank, Succession : OeioTarov jncTa ^eous 17 i'^xv- 
 
 17. Ilapd with the Genitive : from (beside). 
 
 of Place : t^kciv Trapa j8a(ri\£(os, aheiv, fw.vOa.vav Trapa ^tXcui/. 
 
 18. Ilapd with the Dative : by (the side of), with. 
 
 of Place, esp. with names of persons: Trapa K.Xmp\(o elvai, irapa rois 
 Mi^Sots Koi iv TOW IlepCTats. — Trapa ry TroXct opp-i^ecrOai, trapa. Tif /8(D;a(3 
 6vetv. 
 
 19. Ilapd with the Accusative : to or towards, alongside. 
 
 a) of Place : ■Ki/j.irav Trpecr/8eis Trapa ^iXiinrov. 
 
 Trapa tt]v ddXaTTav Tropevea-Oai, o'lKelv alongside, on the shore of. . 
 
 b) of Time : Trap' okov Tov pCov per totam vitam. 
 
 C) PlGUEATIVELT : 
 
 going by and beyond : Trapa rotis vop.ovs, op/covs (opp. Kara) against. 
 difference, hy : Trapa TroXv liy far, Trapa. tcktovtov, wap oXiyov. 
 
 compared with : Trapa tovs oXXous evTaKTo;. 
 
 in proportion to : Trapa ttjv iavrov pd)fir]v on account of. 
 
 20. IIcpi with the Genitive : about, on, concerning, de. 
 
 Xiyeiv Trepl Trjs dpriv-qi, ipt^eiv, c^oySeicrfct Trept TJjs ap)(^i. 
 Tripl TToXXov, oiSevos, TravTos Trotcicr^ai : 151. 
 
 21. Ilepi with the Dative: about (rare in prose). 
 
 a) of Place : o-TpeirTOvs Trepl tois rpaxqXoi'; Ix^'v. 
 
 b) FigueATIVELT : SeSteVat Trepi Tracrg Trj TroXei for. 
 
 22. Ilepi: with the Accusative : about, around, near. 
 
 a) of Place : ol trepl Kvpov, Trepl ra opta, Trept rrjv iroXiv. 
 
 b) of Time : Trept p,eo-as vvktos, Trept TrXTj^oucrai' ayopav. 
 
 c) Pigukatively : in respect to, against : a/mpTavovai Trepl ■^p.as. 
 
 23. Ilpd with the Genitive : before, ante, and for, in behalf of, pro. 
 
 a) of Place : Trpo tSiv TrvXZv, to. trpo TroSSiv. 
 
 b) of Time : trpo t^s /^axi/s, ■'rpo ■^p.epa^, ot Trpo -^p-Stv. 
 
 c) Figuratively, preference : Trpo TroAASv atpeio-^at, TL/xacrOai. 
 
 in defence of: trpo rfji TrarpiSos p.dxecr&ai for (see vwep). 
 
 24. npds with the Genitive: from, on 'the part of. 
 
 a) of Place : eTratvoi' Trpos ip-lov cx<u, rb Trpo? icnrcpa? Tet^os, 
 
 eo-Tctvat Trpos tov Trorafiov SO as to face the river. 
 
 b) Pigukatively : Trpos rtvos etvat to side with (stare ah aliquo), see 16. 
 in swearing : o;avwat Trpos OeS>v by the gods, see 133. 
 
 25. IIpos with the Dative : at, by, near. 
 
 a) of Place : Trpos BajivX&vi, Trpos Tals Tr7;yats, Trj ayopa at Babylon, etc. 
 
 b) FiGUEATivELY : besides, in addition to (of. 162, 1) : Trpos tcu vTrapxavn 
 
 TTOVO), Trpos TOWTOtS bCSldCS tMS. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
128 SYNTAX. [§ 163 
 
 26. np6s with the Accusative : towards, against. 
 
 a) of Place : irpos fteo-iy/i/Jpiav, ievM Trpb's /SacrtXia as friend or as enemy. 
 
 o"7rov8a9 7roi,€i<T$ai Trpos rtva with. 
 
 b) of Time : irpos la-n-ipav towards evening: 
 
 c) Figuratively : in regard to : aOvft,(K irpos rrjv dva/Saa-Lv, 7rp6s ravra 
 
 eiTTE by way of answer. 
 
 compared with : oiSei/ ra -j^prjfiaTa irpos Tr)v <TOcj>Lav nihil ad. 
 end, purpose : iratSeveo-^at Trpos dpsTT^v, Xcyeiv Trpos x°-P'-^- 
 
 27. S-Ov, |ilv with the Dative : with, cum. 
 
 ( ot aiiv ^aXivuj the followers of Ph., avv Tois 
 union, accompaniment J » ^ ' 
 
 attendant circumstances 1 , ' „ , - ^ , 
 
 yaw Kpavyrj — crvv t<u OLKaio). ' 
 
 aid : a-vv Toh de.ol's with the help, by the blessing of. 
 
 28. ' Yirep with tlie Genitive : over, super, in behalf of, pro. 
 
 a) of Place : {nrep t^s yiys, yq\o(f>os vwep tjjs Kmp.r]'; r]v. 
 
 b) FiGUKATIVBLY, in behalf of : O-Tparriyuv virlp ^lXUwov. 
 
 in, defence of: ixdy^eaQax i-irip t^s Trarpi'Sos. 
 cause : opyi^ecrdai. virlp tSv ytytvTqp-ivuiv. 
 
 (In the sense of Trept with the Genitive only since Demosthenes.) 
 
 29. ' Yirep with the Accusative : beyond, svpra, idtra. 
 
 a) of Place : {nrep t6v 'EiXXTJmrovTov oIkciv. 
 
 b) of Time : virlp to. irevr-^Kovra tTr) -yeyoi/uJs amplius annos 50 natus. 
 
 c) Figuratively : virlp 8vvap.iv supra vires. 
 
 30. ' Yird with the Genitive : under, beneath. 
 
 a) of Place, from beneath : vtto y^s rjXOe.v ets <^u)s. 
 
 under : iiro yrji oiKetv, ovt' iirl yiys oi'd' virb y^s. 
 
 b) Figuratively ("wider the influence of"), in consequence, on account 
 
 of: = ab with the passive : viKda-Oai iiro twv 'EXXrjviav, diro6vg<TKav 
 viro (f>ov€(D^ at the liand of, KaKo. ira.cr)(€i.v w<^' wv ovk ISei. 
 
 cause : iiro XuVt/s through grief, viro Xt/xoC airoXXvcrdai to die of hunger. 
 accompaniment : viro adXinyyos to the sound of trumpet. 
 
 31. "Yird with the Dative,: under, sub with the Abl. 
 
 a) of Place : virb tw ovpav(S, iwb Trj aKpoTToXu at the base of. 
 
 b) Figuratively : iirb rvpavi/ots etvai, ylyvca-Oai in the power of. 
 
 vrf}" iavT<S iroiua-Oai to bring under one's control. 
 
 32. " Yird with the Accusative : to a place and under, sub with the Ace. 
 
 a) of Place : iirb to. SivSpa dir^Xdov, virb Tov X6(f>ov sub collcm. 
 
 b) of Time : iitto vvKxa sub noctem, virb tov<s avTous ;^poi/ous. 
 
 33. " fls with the Accusative : to, towards (with personal objects). 
 
 dvti-x6y)(rav u)s /SacriXea. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 164, 165] 
 
 THE VOICES OF THE VERB. 
 
 129 
 
 VI. 
 
 THE VOICES 
 
 OE 
 
 THE VERB. 
 
 
 ACTIVE 
 
 VOICE 
 
 
 164. 1. Some 
 
 verbs are both transitive and. intransitive : 
 
 E.g. a<yeiv 
 
 lead, 
 
 
 intr. 
 
 march. 
 
 aipeiv 
 
 lift up, 
 
 
 
 
 set out, set sail. 
 
 iXavveiv 
 
 drive, 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 drive, march. 
 
 KaTOkveiv 
 
 unyoke, 
 
 
 
 
 halt, take up quarters. 
 
 opfiav 
 
 urge on. 
 
 
 
 
 set out. 
 
 rekevrav 
 
 bring to an 
 
 end. 
 
 
 
 die. 
 
 ek-, ifi^dWeiv throw into, 
 
 
 
 
 invade; empty. 
 
 i^ie'vat (^-levai 
 
 ) send out. 
 
 
 
 
 empty, have an outlet, 
 
 8ca<pe'peiv 
 
 carry acrosi 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 differ. 
 
 e^eiv 
 
 have, hold. 
 
 with adv. 
 
 he (in a certain condition), 
 
 TrpuTTecv 
 
 do. 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 he, do, fare. 
 
 Note.- 
 see 93. 
 
 -For transitive and intransitive tenses of tlie same verb, 
 
 2. Some active verbs serve as passives of other verbs. 
 
 E.g. airoKTeivecv to kill : 
 
 eXelv or Xa^elv take : 
 eK^aXXetv banish : 
 ev Xiiyeiv speak well of: 
 e5, KaKW TTOielv riva 
 to treat well, etc. 
 
 airoOv^aKeiv (yiro Ttvo<s~) to he killed, 
 aXSivai to he taken, 
 eKTrLTTTeiv or (fseviyeiv to he banished, 
 ev aKoveiv to enjoy a good repute, 
 ev, KaKa)<; Trao-p^eii' (vtto Tti'o?) 
 to he treated well. 
 
 3. The active voice sometimes has a causative meaning: 
 K5/30? e^eKOyjre tov TrapdSeitrov Kal ra ^aaiXeia KaTefcavaev 
 Gyrus had the park cut down and the palace burnt. Comp. Caesar 
 pontem fecit. 
 
 MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 165. 1. The middle voice denotes that the agent is acting with 
 reference to himself. As this reference may have either an accusa- 
 tive — or a dative — or a dynamic signification, there are three kinds 
 of the middle voice : 
 
 a) the accusative middle: the agent acts on himself, being at 
 once the subject and the direct (i.e. accusative) object of the action. 
 The Direct (Reflexive) Middle : 
 
 Xovm wash, Xovo/xac wash myself, take a bath, 
 
 yvfivd^eo train, jvfivd^ofiai train myself, 
 
 ivSvco clothe, ivSvofiai clothe myself, etc. 
 
 ^ Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
130 SYNTAX. [§ 166 
 
 Some direct middles assume an intransitive meaning ; 
 
 e.g. ia-Trj/ii place, larafiai, place myself = stand, 
 
 Travca stop, Travo/j,ai stop myself = cease, 
 
 (paiveo show, ^aivofjuai show myself = appear. 
 
 For the so-called Middle-Passives (M. P.), see 95, 3. 
 
 b) the dative middle: the agent acts for himself, for his 
 ovirn sake, his own advantage. The Indirect Middle or the 
 Middle of Advantage. See 156. 
 
 alpovfiai take for myself, make my choice, choose, 
 afivvofiai Tiva ward one off to my own adv., defend myself agt., 
 (lera'jrefjL'irofJi.ai, send for one so. to come to me, summon, 
 (jivXaTTO/iai watch one sc. lest he should harm me, am on my guard agt., 
 Trape'xofitai fidprvpai; so. to give evidence in my own favor, 
 XvatfieOa jottoyii^j^a? iVttou? let us unyoke our horses, 
 apvco begin what others oontiuue, dpy^ofiai begin my own work. 
 'O vofioOerr^'i vofiov; Tidrjcnv, 6 S»}/xo? vo/jlov: riOerai the people make 
 their own laws. 
 
 c) the dynamic middle: the agent effects some result by his 
 own means (Sum/iet). Here the action involves some exertion, 
 activity, effort on the part of the agent. 
 
 irapexofnai supply from my own means, furnish what is my own, 
 aKOTTovfiaL look at closely, examine, search, 
 
 TToXtTevft) am a citizen; TroXtrevofiai fulfil my duties as a citizen, 
 iroXefiov -rroim bring about a war, bellum moveo, but 
 
 Troiovp,ai make, wage war, bellum gero, 
 iTrayjeXXofiai announce something done by myself, offer, profess. 
 
 2. The middle too has often a causative meaning: 
 
 Bavei^ofiai cause one to lend to myself, borrow, 
 
 IxiaOovjxai, cause to he let to myself, hire, bribe, 
 
 TToiovfiat, oifKa have arms made for myself, 
 
 TrapaTiOefj-ai helnrvov have a meal served to myself, 
 
 BiKa^ofiai have my case tried, go to law. 
 
 Note. — One verb may, of course, at the same time express several of the relations 
 which belong to the middle voice. / 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 166. 1. Also intransitive verbs form a personal passive-. 
 U.g. ajO%« Tii'oV rule (over'} one, ap^ofiai am ruled (^over), 
 
 KaTa<f)povea> rivo'i despise, Kara^povovfiaL am despised, 
 im-t^ovXevm Tivi plot against, iin^ovXevoiiai am plotted against, 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
■§167] THE TENSES IN GENERAL. 131 
 
 incrTeva nvC trust, iriaTevo/jiai, am trusted, 
 
 ^9ovem TLvi invideo alicui, ^dovovfiai mihi invidetur. 
 Note. — The only impersonal passive of an intransitive verb 
 (compare itur, perventum est) is SeSoktm visum est, it has been agreed upon. 
 
 2. With the passive, the agent is put in the genitive with 
 vvo = ah c. abl., 163, 30. b. 
 
 Note. — Occasionally a.v6, U, irapa and Trpo's with the gen. are used 
 instead of vrro. For the dative of the agent in connection with the 
 verbal adjective or the perf. passive, see 157, 2. i 
 
 VII. THE TENSES OF THE VERB. 
 
 THE TENSES IN GENERAL. 
 
 167. 1. The forms of the Greek verb simultaneously denote an 
 action 
 
 a) as either past, present or future: 
 
 they express the period of the action ; 
 
 b) as either momentary, continuous or completed: 
 
 they express the stage of the action. 
 
 2. Every form of the verb is capable of denoting the stage 
 of the action. An action is therefore described by the forms 
 
 a) of the aorist stem : 
 
 as simply taking place (no qualification being implied), as commencing 
 (entrance upon a state), as being (^successfully) accomplished, in a word 
 as attained. 
 
 b) of the present stem : 
 
 as going on and (still, as yet) in progress, as stopping short before 
 its accomplishment (the eonative tenses !), as repeated or customary, 
 as qualified (modality !), as continued. 
 
 c) of the perfect stem : 
 
 as fully accomplished and resulting in a certain state, as still felt in 
 its consequences, as lasting in its result, as completed. 
 
 i^vy- (e.g. w) : to flee [169, 4 to have fled] as a simple occurrence — to 
 take to flight [inceptive] — to flee [successfully] = escape; Xen. An. 
 1, 3, 20. 
 ^tvy- {e.g. etv) : to flee = to be [still, as jef] fleeing — to attempt eia. flee- 
 ing — to flee [repeatedly] — to be under accusation; to be a fugitive, 
 live in exile. An. 3, 2, 19. 
 ire^ivy- (e.g. evai) : to have fled = to have [already and fully] accom- 
 plished the flight; — to be in safety, out of reach. An. 1, 4, 8. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® " 
 
132 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 
 [§168 
 
 Oavfid^uv lo he wondering, 
 6avfj.dcraL to (be struck with) wonder, 
 TcdavimKivai to he full of wonder. 
 TTLTTTuv to he (in the act of ) falling, 
 irtcruv to fall, commence falling, 
 irarTuiKevai to have fallen, iacere. 
 
 Thus onro6vrj(TKeiv to be dying, 
 airoSavdv to die, 
 TeOvdvai to be dead. 
 KToio-Oai to he acquiring, 
 KTYjiTaa-dai. to obtain possession of, 
 KtKTrjcrOaL to be in possession of, own. 
 
 3. The period of the action is expressed solely by the indicatives: 
 the present by the present and perfect, 
 
 the past by the aor., impf. and plupf. (augment! 73, 1), 
 
 the future by the future and fut. perfect. 
 
 Note. — For the infinitive and the dependent moods (subj., opt., imper.), see 
 169 ; for the participle, see 170. 
 
 4. Table in Illustration of the Meanings of the Tenses: 
 
 Stage of Action 
 
 Period of Action 
 
 Stems 
 
 Past 
 
 Present 
 
 Future 
 
 Attainment 
 
 a) simple occurrence 
 
 {histor. sense) 
 
 b) entrance upon state 
 
 (ingress, sense) 
 
 Indie. Aor. 
 e/SaeriAevo-ei/ 
 
 
 Puture 
 a.Tro6avv.Ta,i 
 /3a(n\eva-ei 
 
 Aorist Stem 
 (including the 
 future and 
 inchoative 
 verbs) 
 
 yrjpa.a-K€i 
 
 Continuance 
 
 progress of action 
 
 (durative sense) 
 
 Imperfect 
 a.ireOvri<TKev 
 
 Present 
 
 a.Tro6vYj(TKei 
 
 Puture 
 /SacrtXEu'cret 
 
 Present Stem 
 (including the 
 future) 
 
 Completion 
 
 lasting results 
 
 (perfect sense) 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 Perfect 
 
 Put. Perfect 
 
 Perfect Stem 
 
 Note. — There is no sequence of tenses in Greek, because the tense 
 of the leading verb never affects that of the dependent verb. 
 
 THE INDICATIVES. 
 168. 1. The present indicative and the imperfect, which represent 
 action as going on (Durative Present — Durative Imperfect), 
 
 a) describe conditions, situations, customs, manners, characters, 
 express repeated or customary action, denote general truths, 
 detail attendant circumstances. 
 
 IlXoioi' e? ArjXov 'Adrjvaloi irefi'Trovaiv {every year~). 
 'Sevia'i 6 'Ajo/ca? ret Avicaca eOvcre Koi ayatva WrjKev • iOecopei Be top 
 ayava koI KOpo?. 
 
 b) denote action that is prepared, intended, expected, attempted, 
 started, but not accomplished (Conative Present — Conative Imperfect). 
 '"Eiiveidov avTow, Kal oik eircLaa, toutou? e'^eoz' eTropevo/jirjV tried to p. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§168] TI-IE INDICATIVES. 133 
 
 Note 1. — There is, also, an Historical Present for lively narration. 
 
 Ettei iTtXtvTr](T€ Aapeios, Ticrtrai^EpvrjS Sta/SoAXtt tov Kvpov. 
 
 Note 2. — A number of presents, besides denoting a certain action, at 
 
 once denote its lasting effect and may consequently be rendered by perfects 
 
 — their imperfects by pluperfects. Examples are 
 
 r. r have conquered, . „ f have been c 
 
 viKu> conquer \ \ vtt&iml am conquered \ ! ' 
 
 [ am victorious over, it— i ^^^ inferior to, 
 
 •s /- J f have done w., a / , f have learned, 
 
 abiKui do wrong ] ■ ,, fjavOdvo) learn i ^ , . ' 
 
 yarn in the wrong, ' {know (novi). 
 
 Note 3. — The indicative of iJku am come,- here and of olxoimi am gone, 
 off has always perfect force, the other moods have perfect as well as 
 aorist force. 
 
 2. The aorist indicative presents the following peculiarities (167). 
 
 a) Historical Aorist. — Being the tense of narration, it 
 merely chronicles events that once came to pass. It corresponds to 
 the historical perfect in Latin. 
 
 ''HXdov, elSov, evLKTjaa veni, vidi, vici. 
 
 b) Gnomic Aorist. — It denotes a general truth gathered from 
 experience. 
 
 OuSek eTraivov ■^Soval<; eKTqcraro. 
 Compare omne tulit punctum, qui miscuit utile dulci. 
 
 c) The Pluperfect Aorist denotes an action as prior to an- 
 other past action, especially in temporal and relative clauses. It is 
 therefore rendered by a pluperfect. 
 
 'ETret ecraXTTcy^e, Trpo^aXofievoi ra oirXa iirrjcrav. 
 
 Aapelo<; K.vpov fieTairefiTreTai. airo ttj'; ap'xfj';, ^9 aiirov aaTpdirriv i'KoC'qaev. 
 
 Note. — Sometimes the imperfect is thus used. It then brings 
 out more forcibly continued or repeated action. 
 
 Ku/so? etSe ra? cTKr)vd<;, oli ol KtXt/ce? i^vKaTTOv had been watching. 
 O'Cirep TrpocrOev TrpoaeKWow, koI Tore TrpoaeKvvrjaav. 
 
 d) The Ingressive Aorist expresses the entrance upon a state 
 or condition. 
 
 U.g. i^aaiXeva-a became king, rjpdadrfv took a fancy to, 
 
 ivoarja-a fell sick, was taken ill, iOdpa-rjo-a took heart, 
 
 iBdKpvaa fell (burst ouf) Orsrying, eaC'^rjaa became silent. 
 
 Ala fUKpov iiroXeixria-aTe started a war. 
 HeKna-rpdrov reXeVTTjcrai'TO? 'iTTTTia? ea-y^e rrjv ap'xfiv. 
 Note. — All these aorists may, of course, be used also in the historical 
 (2. a) sense : 
 
 i^acriXevo-a was (once) king, ivotrrjcra was (once) sick. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
134 SYNTAX. [§ 169 
 
 3. The future indicative denotes botli the attainment (ingres- 
 sive sense) and the continuance (durative sense) of a future 
 action. Hence a/afw means both : I shall obtain power (ingvess.}, 
 
 and: I shall have power (^durat.y. 
 "^KeiTTeov jMoi BoKel elvai, ottib? to, i-mTrjheLa e^ofi^v. 
 'O SiKaio? avrjp ev ^oSaerai, kukw Be 6 aSiKO<;. 
 Note. — McAAdj with the f ut., pres. or aor. inf. means (see 111, 5) : 
 
 a) am about, willing to : /tcXXo) u/x.as StSo^eii'. 
 
 b) am likely, expected to : ayopav oiSeis en irapi^av l/ieAAcv. 
 
 4. The perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indicative express 
 action already completed, as well as the state resulting from it. 
 
 ~ In the present past future 
 
 eo-TYjKa stand (100, 2), cio-t^kciv stood, ia-T-^ioi shall stand. 
 
 riOvrjKa om dead, ertOvrjKuv was d. T€6vTJiu> shall be d. 
 
 Ii.€fi,vr]fuu am mindful, e/xe/x.vTj/xTyi' was m. fjie/jLv^a-o/jLai shall be m. 
 ' ATToXeXoLTraaiv (^are gone^ fjixa'; '^evia^ KaX TiarrLcov, akX ovk airo- 
 
 ■Tre^ev'^acriv (^out of reach') . 
 Ov ^ovKeveaOai en a>pa, aWa ^e^ovXevaOai (advice should he ready). 
 Note. — In Greek, therefore, the perfect is never historical per- 
 fect ; the pluperfect does not describe an action as prior to another 
 past action (168, 2. c); the future perfect corresponds to the fut. per- 
 fect in Latin in independent sentences only; for the dependent 
 clauses, see 187, 1. 
 
 INFINITIVES AND DEPENDENT MOODS (Subj., Opt., Imp.). 
 169. 1. According to 167, 3, these forms of the verb do not 
 imply the period of an action. They merely describe the stage 
 of action, as explained in 167, 2. Thus, eiTrmfiev fj acy&fiev ; means 
 almost as much as : shall we break, or continue in, our silence? 
 
 2. The time of the action in this case is expressed by the tense 
 of the principal verb : e.g. 
 
 Xeiyco Tavra 1 ,, f in order that you may now obey, 
 
 eVirov ravra \ \in order that you might (at that time) obey, 
 
 ep5) Tavra J ^ \. in order that you should obey at some future time. 
 
 3. Accordingly, the imperative of the 
 
 aorist : expresses one single instance of a command to be obeyed 
 
 then and there ; 
 present: expresses either one single command — which is then 
 
 viewed in its continuance — or a command to be obeyed 
 
 continually or at least repeatedly ; hence also general 
 
 rules and maxims of life. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 170] THE PARTICIPLES. 135 
 
 "Meivov Trap' rjiiiv kuI avvi<7Tio<s jevov. 
 
 Tot)? (lev Oeov'i j>o^ov (make it a rule ever to fear'), toxk S^ yoveai; rifia, 
 TOW Se vo/jlok ireCOov. 
 4. It is only in indirect discourse that the opt. and the infin. 
 express the period of the action, as they then represent the corresponding 
 indicatives of the direct discourse. In indirect discourse, therefore 
 the opt. and inf. a or. denote a past action, 
 the opt. and inf. fut. denote a future action, 
 the opt. and inf. pres. denote either a present or 
 
 (accdg. to 177, note) a past action. 
 eXeyov, on Soir] (avrbv Sovvai) that he had given (eSuKe), 
 eXeyov, on 8u>(toi (avrbv Sticreiv) that he would give (Saxrti), 
 eXeyov, on SiSoir/ (avTov SiBovca) that he gave (St'Stotrti/), Or 
 
 that he had given (eStSou). 
 Note. — The fut. opt. is never found except in indirect dis- 
 course and, consequently, always has a future meaning. 
 
 THE PARTICIPLES. 
 170. 1. The participles denote "relative time," i.e. they rep- 
 resent the secondary action as either contemporaneous with or ante- 
 cedent or subsequent to the principal action expressed by the leading 
 finite verb. Accordingly, the secondary action is marked by 
 
 a) the present as contemporaneous with the principal action. 
 
 Soc^oZ? ofMiX&v KavTOi eK^rjcrr] ao(f)6^. 
 
 b) the aorist as prior to the principal action. 
 
 AiKuia Spdaa^ <TViJi,ixd')(pv'; e^et? Oeov^. 
 
 c) the perfect as finished and still lasting in its results at 
 the time when the principal action takes place. 
 
 Aia^e^rjKoa-i, rot? "EXXrjai (the Greeks had already reached the other 
 bank of the river, wheri) (paiverai 6 MiOpaBciTTji. 
 ''EiaKep.fieva Kal irapeaicevaa- p,€va iravTa Xeyco. 
 
 d) the future as subsequent to the principal action. 
 
 'O /3a/9/8a/30? i-rrl ttjv 'EXXdSa BovXa)a-6p,€vo<; fjXdev (in order) to subju- 
 gate it. 
 2. The participles depend, therefore, for their time on the prin- 
 cipal finite verb ; 
 
 e.g. Tama Xer^cov aKovei while saying (while he says) this, he hears, 
 ravra Xeyav rjKava-ev while saying (while he said) this, he heard, 
 ravra Xeycov ccKovcreTat, while saying (while he shall be saying) 
 this, he will hear, 
 or raVT eliroav airo^aivei (airier], cnro^-qaeTai). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
136 SYNTAX. [§§ 171, 172 
 
 VIII. THE MOODS OF THE VERB. 
 
 Introductory Notes. 
 
 171. 1. There are two main divisions of sentences: 
 
 a) such as contain a simple statement or assertion : (neg. ou). 
 
 b) such as express a wish, desire, command: (neg. /x?;). 
 2. Tlie modal particle av, which is often approximately rendered 
 
 by : ^'■possibly, perhaps, if the opportwtiity should present itself (see 
 174, 2), is of frequent occurrence in statements, but rarely found in 
 sentences of the second kind. 
 
 Note. — Position of av. "Ai/ is, as a rule, placed after its verb. Often, 
 however, it is attached to some prominent word in the sentence, esp. to interroga^ 
 tives, negatives, and adverbs. In relative and conjunctional clauses which require 
 the verb to be in the subjunctive av stands next to the relative or to the conjunc- 
 tion, with which it often forms one word (eav, orav, itrav, iireiSdv). 
 
 A. MOODS IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES. 
 
 172. The indicative mood expresses in general the relation of 
 reality and, in consequence, has its proper place in declaratory sen- 
 tences. In this the Greek is not at variance with our idiom. How- 
 ever, there are some uses of the indicative peculiar to Greek. 
 
 1. The imperfect without ctv stands in certain impersonal ex- 
 pressions which imply ability, possibility, necessity, duty, 
 propriety. In English we employ, as a rule, a different mood. 
 e'Set, exprjv, "Trpoarjtcev oportet, decet or oporteiat, decebat, 
 it would be necessary etc. ; you (one^ should or ought — 
 it would have been necessary etc. ; you (one^ should or ought to have — 
 e^rjv, elKo^, SiKaiov, avajKalov fjv aequum est, erat, 
 
 it would be possible, proper — it would have been proper — 
 you (one') might, you (one) might have — 
 Trpoaipereov, TraiSevreov fjv praeferendum est, erat, 
 
 you (one) ought to educate — you (one) ought to have educated. 
 The thought implied liere (not so in 172, 3 !) is this : 
 you ought etc. to do, but you do not, 
 you ought to have done, but you did not. 
 Tt cn<ya<i ; ovk ixPV'^ aiyav, reKVov you, ought not. 
 AlcT'X^pw KUKa eipydao) toi/tov?, ow rjKiara eSei. 
 
 Note. — "ESet etc. may, of course, also denote reality (it was neces- 
 sary). It has, therefore, three meanings : it was necessary, it would be n., 
 it would have been n. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§173] THE INDICATIVE MOOD. 137 
 
 To denote a trae case of unreality, S.v must be added, according to 
 172, 3 : I8et S.V it would be or would have been necessary. 
 
 2. The indicative of the historical tenses without '6.v expresses an 
 unattainable wish. It is preceded by eWe, el jdp, d,?. The negative 
 is fiij. 
 
 a) The imperfect refers to the present. 
 
 b) The aorist refers to the past. 
 
 Et^e ^ada Sumro? Spav, Sa-ov irpodvfj.o'; el that you were able. 
 
 YiW evpofiev o"' "ASf^rjre fi^ XvjTovjjLevov Would that we had found you. 
 
 Note. — A hopeless wish may also be expressed by w^eXov, -e?, 
 -ei' etc. with the present or aorist infinitive. 
 
 'AW w^eXe p,ev Kvpo<i ^ijv Would that Cyrus were alive. 
 
 'n? M^eXov irdpoidev eKXnrelv ^lov that I had departed life. 
 
 3. The indicative of the historical tenses with 'dv may express 
 unreality. The negative is /ii]. 
 
 a) The imperfect with dv refers to the present: 
 
 eXeyov dv dicerem I should say (but now I do not say). 
 
 b) The aorist with dv refers to the past: 
 
 eXe^a dv | dixissem I should have said 
 elirov dv J (but I did not say). 
 Examples are given in 185. 
 
 4. Again, the indicative of the historical tenses with av may express past 
 potentiality. "The Potential Indicative." 
 
 «A.£y£v (etTTci/) av ns diceres one (you) might have said; 
 BoTTov -ij los Tts av (jiero faster than you would have believed. 
 El Tis KA,eap;^a) Sokolt) /SAaKcueti/, eiraurev av he would sometimes apply the-' 
 cane : iterative av. 
 
 Note. — Accordingly, the indicatives of the historical tenses are capable of express- 
 ing three different relations : 
 
 a) past reality, 167, 3; 
 
 b) unreality, 172, 3; 
 
 c) past potentiality, 172, i. 
 
 173. The subjunctive is the mood of anticipation, inasmuch as 
 it expresses that the speaker anticipates something to happen or to 
 be done. 
 
 1. The hortatory subjunctive is used in exhortations. It is 
 almost confined to the 1. person plural. The negative is /a??. 
 "Icofiev eamus let us go. 
 ^eiSdafied' dvSpS)v evyevav, ^eiBcbfieda. 
 Note. — To the 2. and 3. persons commands are given in the impera- 
 tive, 175. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
138 SYNTAX. [§§ 174, 175 
 
 2. The deliberative subjunctive is used in questions of appeal. 
 It stands almost only in the 1. person. The negative is /*?;. 
 
 T { TTOi&fiev ; quid faoiamus ? what shall we do ? 
 WiTrafiev t] a-ijMfiev ; rj ti hpaaofiev ; see 169, 1. 
 Tiorepov ^lav <f>S>fi€V rj ixrj (f>a>fii,ev elvai ; 
 
 3. The prohibitive subjunctive is used in prohibitions. The 
 2. and 3. persons of the aor. subj. are used instead of the neg. aor. 
 imperative. The negative is lirj. 
 
 M^ ■Koi'qiTri'i ne feceris : do not do ! 
 lSJi.r]^ev a6vfirj<T7}Te eveica Ta)V jejePrj/jieveov. 
 
 174. The optative is the mood of thought or supposition, 
 inasmuch as it expresses that the speaker fancies something to be 
 possible. It is used i 
 
 1. without dv to denote an attainable wish. It may take in 
 addition the particles : 
 
 eWe, el yap, aj? that, if. Would that. The negative is p^. 
 
 *Xi Tral, ryevoio irarpo'; evTV')(e(JTepo<i. 
 M?/ /not yevoiS' a ^ov\o/jl, aXX' a crvficfjepei,. 
 Note. — For the method of expressing a hopeless wish, see 172, 2. 
 
 2. with dv to express possibility (may might, can could, will shall, 
 possibly, perhaps, peradventure'). It is apt to render a command less 
 imperative or a statement less positive. The negative is ov. The 
 Potential Optative. 
 
 "Io-&)9 dv TK eiiroi forsitan dixerit quisp'iam, perhaps somebody may say. 
 
 "D,pa dv etr) crV(TKevd^eaOai it may be time, — I believe, it is time. 
 ^Xi Tral, jevoio •jrarpo'; evrvxearepo^, 
 TO, S' dW' o/J,oio<;, Kal yevoi av ov KaKO'i. 
 
 Note. — For the potential indicative (past potentiality), see 172, 4. 
 Notice the difference 
 
 between elVot (Atyot) av rts dixerit quispiam 
 
 and ehrev (eXeyei/) av rts diceres. 
 
 175. The imperative denotes a positive demand. The\negative 
 is /jLTj. See the examples in 169, 3. 
 
 A prohibition is expressed by the present imperative or aorist 
 subjunctive with fitj : 
 
 fir) TToiei or f^rj Troirjarj';, 
 fif) TroieiToi or fit) Trof^ar}, 
 
 in the third person more frequently fir; iroiTjadTQ). 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 176, 177] MOODS IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES. 139 
 
 B. MOODS IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES. 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 176. 1. The mood of the subordinate verb (= verb of the 
 dependent sentence) depends on the tense of the leading verb. 
 This may be either a principal or an historical tense. 
 
 2. Principal tenses are all those forms of the verb that refer 
 either to the present or the future, i.e. the indicative present, per- 
 fect and future, the potential optative and all subjunctives and 
 imperatives. 
 
 3. Historical tenses are all those forms of the verb that refer to 
 the past, i.e. the aorist indicative, the imperfect and pluperfect, the 
 historical present and the potential indicative (172, 4). 
 
 4. This dependence of mood is often not expressed at 
 all. Nor can it ever be done after a principal tense. It 
 may be expressed after an historical tense and then only by means 
 of the Indirect Optative (without av). Moreover, only indicatives 
 expressing reality and subjunctives are subject to this change, 
 whilst indicatives denoting unreality as well as the potential moods 
 must remain unaltered. 
 
 5. The subject of the dependent sentence is often "anticipated" 
 
 and made dependent on the leading verb (anticipation or pro- 
 
 lepsis). 
 
 AeSoiica 8' avTrjV, fir) tl /3ov\eva-y veov, 
 
 'UpcoToyv Tov avBpa to aTpdrreviia, mrocrov eir). 
 
 SIMPLE SENTENCES IN INDIR. DISCOURSE. 
 
 177. They are introduced by on, ws that, and take 
 after a princ. tense the indie, (potent., unreal.i), 
 
 after an hist, tense t"he opt. (potent., unreal.), rarely the indicative, 
 unless their verb be an infinitive or a participle. 
 
 The negative is oit. 
 Ke<^ei 6 KUTri'yopo'i, &)? v^piaTTj^ elfii, Kal ^laio^. 
 Kt)/309 eXeyev, on r) 6ho<; eaono irpK ^aaiKea fieyav. 
 "'EiXeyov., on Kvpo? fiev redvqKev, 'Kpiam Se 7re(f>€vyco<; iv tw aTaOfiw elr). 
 
 Note. — The sentence eXeyev, on SSiKoirjv may mean: 
 
 both : he said [that] I was doing wrond/ (direct : d8t/ce6s), 
 and: he said [f/ia«] Ihpd been'doing wrong (direct: ^Sikos), 169, 4. 
 
 1 (potent., unreal.) = "unless the expression of potentiality or unreality should 
 require a different mood." See 176, 4. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
140 SYNTAX. [§§ 178, 179 
 
 DEPENDENT CAUSAL CLAUSES. 
 
 178. They are introduced by 
 
 oTi, 8i6ti, d)S because, as, quod, 
 ewa since, because, lireiST) inasmuch as, quoniam, 
 6t€, oiroTfi since then, quando, 
 and take after a princ. tense the indie, (pot., unreal.), 
 
 after an hist, tense the indie, (point of view of writer) 
 
 or the opt. (point of view of leading subject). 
 The negative is ov. 
 
 'AOrjvaloL ivofiicTav \e\va6ai ra? crirovBd?, Sto'rt e? %et/3a? fjXdov 
 
 (reason assigned by writer). 
 
 Ot 'AOrjvalot TlepLKXea eKciKt^ov, otl aTparijyo'i wv ovk eTre^ayoi 
 
 (reas. ass. by the KaKlt^ovres). 
 
 'Edavfia^ov 01 "FiX\rjve<;, on ovBafiov Kv/jo? (f>aivoLTO ovB' dXXo'i air' 
 avrov ovSel? Trapeir]. 
 
 Aeofiai crov Trapaixelvai Tjfuv, m? e^m ouB' av ew? rjBiov dKovcrai/XL rj crov. 
 
 DEPENDENT INTERROGATIVE CLAUSES. 
 
 179. 1. They are introduced by interrogative or relative pro- 
 nouns and adverbs (130), or by the interrogative particles : 
 
 ■ iiif, whether, num, 
 irdxepov — v\, ii — ■ii l whether — or, 
 
 irdrepa — TJ, €it€ — i'Vn] utrum — an. 
 They take after a princ. tense the indie, (pot., unreal.), 
 
 after an hist, tense the opt. (rarely the indlc). 
 The negative is ov. 
 'Evp.lSovXeuofieBa, croi, ti ')(pf) Troielv. 
 'ETT^joeTO Tov DArjBocrdSrjv, el aXrjOrj ravT ecr]. 
 O'lcov av iXiriBcov i/xaVTOV aTeprjaaiixi, ravra Xe^m. 
 
 QevoipMV ov TOVTO TrpSyrov ripcora, irorepov Xwov etrj avTw TropevecrBai r) 
 fxeveiv, aXXd tout' eTrvvOdvero, ottco? dv KdXXiara iropevOeir]. 
 Note 1. — Observe that et has not the same limitations as si in Latin. 
 Note 2. — Mi; is sometimes used in the second member of dependent double 
 questions. ' 
 
 2. Dependent questions implying doubt (173, 2) take 
 after a prine. tense the subjunctive, 
 after an hist, tense the optative or subjunctive. 
 
 The negative is always [iTJ. 
 
 'OjOw ae diropovvTa, iroiav oBov iirl rov 0iov rpdiry luhich road to take. 
 'O %7j/3aio<; rjTropet, o,ri 'x^pijaairo tw Trpdyfian what to make of it. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 \ \ 
 
§§ 180, 181] CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES. 141 
 
 CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES. 
 
 180. 1. They are introduced by ware (d)s) so that, so (such . . .) as. 
 An actual result (histor. fact) requires wcne with the indie, (pot., 
 
 unreal.), neg. oil, 
 
 a merely conceivable (expected, possible) result requires wtrre 
 (ftj?) with the inf., neg. [i.r\. 
 
 "Hi" i^Opi^o? Beivov, axTTe to vhrnp iir^jyvvTO. 
 "EiX<^ Tjot?7pei? aare iXelv to eiceCvcov ttXoiov. 
 
 J^pavyrjV ttoWtjv eiroiovv ol (TTpaTiSiTai KaXovvre'i aWt^Xov;, ware Kal 
 Tov<; iroXefiCov; aKoveiv could hear or could not help hearing it. 
 
 2. The infinitive is regularly used in the following cases: 
 
 a) to denote an intended result : 
 
 Tlav "TTOiovaiv ware Siktjv fir] 8iB6vai. 
 
 b) after such expressions as: to be able, qualifled; to bring about, 
 effect; to be such as; e.g. 
 
 To 6eiov TOiovTov iffTLV aare Travra'x^ov Trapeivai. 
 
 UpocnroXe/J-cbv avTOV iiroirjaa, ware tovto) So^ai tov irpo^ ifie iroXefiov 
 
 Travcracrdai. 
 Tt? oiJtcb Seiv6<; iart Xeyecv ware ae Trelcrai ; 
 
 c) after a comparative with ij, or after a negative ; 
 e.g. ^payvTepa rjKomi^ov rj oj? i^iKVeladai r]p,Siv. 
 
 TaOra ov iraXai eVrt yeyevrifieva, mcrre ayvoeiv vp.d';. 
 
 d) when ukttc mean's on condition that (= provided that, dummodo) and 
 takes the place of the more frequent I4>' a>, Icj)' Sre with inf. (or fut. indie. 191, 3. c). 
 
 IloXXa TifLaaicovi, ol 'HpaKXeMrai inncr')(yovvro ware eKTrXelv. 
 ^^^aaav a-7ro8a)creiv tov^ vexpov^, icj)' m fifj Kcieiv rw olKia<i. 
 Note 1. — "OcTTc, with the force wlierefore, consequently, itaque, some- 
 times introduces independent clauses. 
 
 Ets Tr)V i<jT£paiav ov^ ■^Ke Ttcrcrac^epi'ijs ' oicrO ol EXAtjves i(l>povTi^ov. 
 Note 2. — For the subj ect (nom. or ace.) of the infinitive, see 197. 
 
 FINAL CLAUSES. 
 
 181. 1. Final clauses are introduced by 
 
 iva, ws, oireos, ut, in order that, 
 
 }n\, '^Xne, lest, in order that — not. 
 oirws liTJ or |JLT|J 
 
 After a princ. tense they always take the subj. (pres. or aor.), 
 
 after an hist, tense they generally take the opt. (pres. or aor.), 
 
 less frequently the subjunctive. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
142 SYNTAX. [§ 181 
 
 M^ (fiOovei Tots eirrvx^ova-i, jxr) SoKy<; elvai KaKoi. 
 TaVT elirmv evOis avecTTj], Xva trepaivoiro ra Beovra. 
 Ta 7r\oia 'A^poKOfJLa'i KUTSKavaev, "va firj Kvpo<; Sia^rj. 
 
 2. In like manner, final object clauses after verbs of fearing and 
 other expressions that imply apprehension, anxiety, alarm, 
 
 introduced by [irj, ne, that, lest, 
 
 negatived \i.r\ ov, ne non, that — not, 
 always take after a princ. tense the subj., 
 after an hist, tense the opt., 
 
 less frequently the subjunctive. 
 AeSoiKa, fir) i7n\a6a)fj,e6a ttj? ooKuBe oSov. 
 ^^(jjo^elro, fJLT] ov Svvairo €k tij? %<»/3a? e^ekOelv, 
 
 Note. — When these verbs signify: to scruple, hesitate, he reluctant, 
 shrink from, like vereor, metuo, dubito in Latin, they require the infinitive. 
 See An. 1, 3, 17. 
 
 3. Final object clauses after verbs of caring and other expressions 
 that imply oare, anxiety, concern, endeavor, '■ 
 
 as iircfieXonai, (^jpomC^ai take care, am concerned, 
 (tkottS}, (jKoirovfiai see, consider, 
 fieXei fioi it is an object of care, thought to me, 
 aKeTTTeov (ecrTiv) Qyou, we) must see to it that, — examine, 
 ^ovXevop,ai deliberate, TrapacrKevd^ofiai get ready, prepare myself, 
 introduced by' 8ir<os, ws how, that, 
 
 negatived Sircos [j.tJ, ws |itj that — not, how — not, 
 take either the subj. or the opt. (see 181, 1) or 
 
 generally the future indicative (according to 191, 3, c). 
 Ojrajs in this case is a relative and the clauses are final rel. clauses. 
 'S./ceTTTeov fioi SoKel, oVft)? ok aa<f)a\eaTaTa fievovfiev. 
 KO/jo? ^ovXeverai, OTrto? fii^iroTe 'icrrai iirl raJ aSeX^w. 
 Compare An. 3, 1, 38 with 3, 1, 14. 16; 4, 6, 10 (bis) with 1, 3, 11. 
 
 Note 1. — In independent sentences expressing apprehension, 
 ■warning, a cautious or ironical assertion, 
 1J.t| or Sttws |11^ with the subj. means : I wish that — not, lam afraid, 
 |1T1 oil with the subj. means: I rather think that — not, not ... I dare say, 
 ov \Li\ with the aor. subj. or fut. indie, means: hardly, very improbably, not 
 
 at all likely, certainly not. 
 
 M^ Xvxv iriKpov dwuv rj — ottws fj.r] voiri<Tr)Te., a iroXXaKts vfiai ifiXaij/iv. 
 AWa firj ov tovt y ;^aXe7rdv, Odvarov eK<j>vyuv, aXXa TTOvrfplav. 
 
 Tov avSp' iKcivov ov ri p-y] XiVto ttotc. 
 
 Tovs TTOvripov'S ov ix,ri ttotc P(.Xtiov% Trotiyo-CTe. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 182, 183] 
 
 CONDITIONAL CLAUSES. 
 
 143 
 
 , Note 2. — Ml} with the indicative after verbs of fearing or oaring has inter- 
 rogative force {if not, whether not), and often represents the thing feared as positively 
 taking or having taken place : 
 
 io^oi/ieffa, fi-)] ilfm iiuftoripuv ijfMpTi^Kaij.ev we fear we have missed. 
 
 "Opa i*'^ with the ind. : (see if not) perhaps, beware lest ; e.g. Spa p.'t) <tkt^i.v oix oSa-av 'Kiyeis. 
 
 with the subj.: take care not to, beware lest : p.^ tt^/ib vuv a-aury tiB^s. 
 
 HYPOTHETICAL PROPOSITIONS. 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 182. 1. Hypothetical propositions are introduced by 
 
 el, cav (= et dv, also av, ilv) if, in case that, if perchance. 
 
 2,. The negative of the condition is always iitj ; that of the 
 conclusion either ooi or |j,tj, according to its character as a statement 
 or a wish. See 171, 1. 
 
 Note. — The condition is also called protasis, the conclusion apodosis. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OP HYPOTHETICAL PROPOSITIONS. 
 
 183. 1. There are four types of hypothetical sentences : 
 I. The First Type (expressing conditioned reality') : 
 
 Asserts merely the nexus between protasis and apodosis. 
 II. The Second Type (expressing unreality') : 
 
 • Represents the unreality of both protasis and apodosis. 
 
 III. The Third Type (expressing potentiality) : 
 
 Represents both protasis and apodosis as conceivable. 
 
 IV. The Fourth Type (expressing a single future or repeated occur- 
 
 rence) : 
 
 Represents the protasis as possible or even as expected in 
 a certain contingency. 
 
 The choice of any one of the four forms sometimes depends on 
 the point of view of the writer. 
 
 2. The conditional clauses admit of the following variety of 
 
 construction : 
 
 In the protasis. In the apodosis. 
 
 I. First Type : 
 
 el with ind., 
 
 indicative ; 
 
 II. Second Type : 
 
 el with hist, tense ind., 
 
 '6.V with hist, tense ind. ; 
 
 a) present: 
 
 £1 with impf., 
 
 av with impf. ; 
 
 b) past: 
 
 el with aor. ind.. 
 
 av with aor. ind. ; 
 
 
 (plup.) 
 
 (plup.) 
 
 III. Third Type: 
 
 el with opt. 
 
 av with opt. ; 
 
 IV. Fourth Type: 
 
 
 
 a) fut., pres. : 
 
 eS,v with subj., 
 
 princ. tense ind. ; 
 
 b) past: 
 
 el with opt.. 
 
 hist, tense ind. 
 
 The negative is 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 ov, |iii (182, 2). 
 
144 SYNTAX. [§§ 184, 185 
 
 Conditional Sentences of the First Type. 
 
 184. This form merely sets forth the nexus between the conclu- 
 sion and the condition ; in other words : it sets forth the conclusion 
 as real, if the condition be real— but implies nothing as to the 
 
 latter. 
 
 El with ind. of any tense — indie, of any tense. 
 
 Et ^ovXeu — hvvaaai. 
 
 If you wish, you can : Si vis, potes. 
 
 Et 6eoi Ti SpwcTLV ala'x^pov, ovk elcrlv 6eoL 
 Et SetV eSpacra<;, Seiva Kal iraQeiv ere XPV- 
 Et iJ.rj Kade^ei'i yX&aaav, ecrrai aoi icaKci. 
 
 Conditional Sentences of the Second Tjrpe. 
 
 185. Both the condition land the conclusion are represented as 
 unreal or contrary to fact. 
 
 El w. hist, tense indie, 'av w. hist, tense indie. ; 
 
 for the present : impf., av w. impf ., 
 
 for the past : aor. (plupft.), av "W. aor. (plupft.). 
 
 a) Present time : 
 
 Et e/3ov\ov, ehvvaero av. 
 
 Si velles, posses (^sed non vis). 
 
 If you wished, you could (but you do not wisTi). 
 $(5? el fjif) e'i')(piJLev, o/xolol rot? ru^Xot? av rjfiev. 
 Et firj <yap rjV yipvcn'mro'i, ovk av rjv crTod. 
 
 b) Past time : 
 
 Et i/3ov'\,')jdrj'i, iBvv'^6rj<; av. 
 
 Si voluisses, potuisses (sed non voluisti). 
 
 If you had wished, you could have (but you did not wish). 
 
 OiiK av eTroirja-ev 'Ayaaia^, et fir) eyo) cKeXevaa. 
 
 Et rpiaKOVTa /xovai fisTeireaov TOiv ■^rjtfxov, cnreTre^evyT] av. 
 
 c) Mixed Forms : 
 
 Et fir] vfieli rjXOere, i-TropevofieOa av iirl ^aaiXea. 
 Et yap cri) fiev Trat? ^cr0', eyed Se tro? irarrjp, 
 e/creivd rot a av kov cj)vyah i^rffiiovv. 
 
 Note. — In conditional sentences of the second type, the imperfect occasionally 
 expresses continuance of a past, and the aor. ind. instantaneous occurrence 
 of a present, action. 
 
 Ovk hv ' A-ya/j.^/jivai' v-ffaav ■fiireipiliTifs Civ iKpdrei, el /ii} n xal vavTiKbv elx^v. A. would 
 not have been master, had he not had. ... El p.^ irar^p ^a-Ba, elTrov S.v a oiiK eB <j>poveiv. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 186, 187] CONDITIONAL CLAUSES. 145 
 
 Conditional Sentences of the Third Type. 
 
 186. Both the condition and the conclusion are set forth as 
 purely imaginable, or as mere thoughts or suppositions that 
 are gratuitously assiimed by the speaker. 
 
 El with optative — 'dv with optative. 
 Ei ^ovXoco, Svvaio dv : Si velis, possis. 
 If you should wish (= Suppose you were to wish'), you would be able. 
 E? TL<; ^vvekaiv ravra (pa(r), opdw av elnroi. 
 
 Et avao/KoZov eoj] dSiKeiv ^ dBiKelcrOai, eXoi/xrjV dv yu.aWoi' dSiKeicrdai 
 ^ dSiKelv. 
 
 Note. — Suppositions that are oontrarytofaot may evidently also be expressed 
 by the speaker, if he chooses, in this potential form. 
 Kal 571117' &v, el <ri etriv (which is contrary to fact !), €PopKov S,v iroiriaaln'qv uxrirep 'Apyeioi. 
 
 Conditional Sentences of the Fourth Type. 
 
 187. 1. The condition is represented as objectively possi- 
 ble, or even as anticipated under certain circumstances. The 
 conclusion is set forth as positively certain. This form of hypo- 
 thetical proposition is especially employed to express thoughts or 
 truths of universal application and is, therefore, of constant occur- 
 rence in legal phraseology. 
 
 2. Sentences of this type admit of a double construction. 
 
 I. The condition refers to a single future occurrence (i/). 
 'Edv with subj. (pres. or aor.) — fut. indie, or imperative. 
 
 "Edv ^ovXrj Q^ov\r)6ri'i), Swijcrrj. 
 Si voles (yolueris'), poteris. Jf you wish, you will be able. 
 "H^ftj irapd ae avpiov, edv 6eo<; edeXrj. 
 Ne'o? dv ■jj-ovrjcrr]';, 'yrjpa<; e^et? e^^aXei?. 
 'Eav S' e')(^co/iev '^^prjfjiad', e^ofiev <^t'\oi/?. 
 
 Compare Donee erisfelix, multos numerabis amicos. 
 Here the pres. subj. stands in the sense of the Latin future, 
 
 the aor. subj. stands in the sense of the Latin fut. perfect. 
 
 II. The condition implies repeated occurrence (as often as). 
 a) in the present : 
 
 'Edv with subj. (pres. or aor.) — present indicative. 
 'Edv ^ov\r) (ySouXT?^^?), Svvaa-M. 
 Cum vis (yoluisti), potes. Jf (_= whenever) you wish, you (always) can. 
 "Atto? Xoyo';, dv dirrj rd Trpdyfiara, ixdraio'; (paiverai,. 
 "Av 6771)9 eXdy Odvarof, ovBeh ^ovXerai dvjja-Keiv. 
 
 L Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
146 SYNTAX. [§§ 188, 189 
 
 b) in the past : 
 El with opt. (pres. or aor.) — hist, tense ind. (esp. impf.). 
 Et ^ovkoio (/3ouX?;^eH79), ehvvaao. 
 Cum volebas (yolueras), poteras. 
 
 Jf (^= as often as} you (had') wished, you (always') could. 
 3evo^a>v ei irov ti opaiT] ^pcorov, SieScBov. 
 
 El' rk je Ti KiJ/3&) irpocTTd^avTC KaXoot inrrjpeTrjaeiev, ovSevl Tramgre 
 axdpta-Tov e'iacre rrjv ■n-podvp.Cav. — (See Anab. 2, 3, 11 ; 1, 9, 19. 
 cf. 172, 4.) 
 
 Here the pres. opt. stands in the sense of the Lat. imperfect, 
 the aor. opt. stands in the sense of the Lat. pluperfect. 
 Note. — These hypothetical forms account for the construction of those temporal 
 and relative clauses (190, 3. and 4. b ; 191, 4. d) in which 
 
 irav, Jus &v, irplv S.V — Ss (Sc, ifirws &v, S &p take the suhj. after a princ. tense, 
 or Sre, ?w$, vplv — dfs, Siras, J take the opt. after an hist, tense. 
 AU these clauses are equivalent in meaning to hypothetical propositions. 
 
 188. 1. The protasis of one type is sometimes followed by the 
 apodosis of another. In particular, a potential apodosis (as a more 
 polite and less peremptory mode of expression, 174, 2) is often joined 
 to a protasis of the first or the fourth type. 
 
 Aei^aifu av ravra, ei fioi riva ^ovkecrOe avp.irep.y^ai. 
 OiiBe, av TToWal lyecfivpai aiacv, ej(OLp^v av, oiroi a-fod&fiev. 
 2. Besides the simple particles el and idv, the following combinations 
 are worthy of note: 
 
 a) €l |JiTJ after a negative means (like nisi): save, except, unless. 
 
 b) €l Be iiTJ, when used without a verb after d ft,€v {ix.rj), iav /j-iv (jxrj), is 
 
 the regular expression for the English: otherwise. 
 
 c) e'iirep with the indie, means: si qvMem, if indeed, if really, if it be 
 
 true that. Sometimes it is equivalent to: since indeed, etc. 
 
 d) el \l\] <lpa with the indie, is (like nisi forte, nisi vera) used chiefly 
 
 in irony : unless perhaps, unless indeed, unless of course, unless 
 forsooth. 
 
 e) wo-irep civ tl with the opt. (denoting potentiality) ] (just) as if, as 
 
 or with hist, tense ind. (denoting unreality) J though. 
 
 CONCESSIVE AND ADVERSATIVE CLAUSES. 
 
 189. Being introduced by el Kai, edv Kai if even, although, 
 
 Kal el, Kai edv (Ktiv) even if, even sup- 
 posing, 
 they perfectly agree in construction with conditional sentences. 
 Their negative is fir/. 
 
 Ket fiT] TreTTOiffa, rovpyov ear ipyacTeov. 
 TeXa S' ficcpo^, Kav ti p,r] yeXoiov ^. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§190] TEMPORAL CLAUSES. 147 
 
 Note. — Sentences introduced by '■'■although, even though,"" may 
 also be expressed by the participle with KaC ox Kalirep prefixed, the 
 negative being ov. See 203, 3. e. 
 
 TEMPORAL CLAUSES. 
 190. 1. They are introduced by the temporal particles 
 8t€, oirdre, T|viKa, «s when, cum with the indie, 
 lirei, kT:t\,i'x\ when, after, cum with the subj., 
 
 ^ircl (Iir€i8ii) irpwTov (rdxicrTa) as soon as, no sooner . . . than, cum 
 d<j) ov, 4| ou from the time that, since, ex quo, \_primum, 
 
 ev (p during the time that, while, dum, 
 ?<os, ecTTe, \i.ixpi (ov) while, so long as, until, dum, quoad, 
 irpiv before, until, priusquam. 
 
 2. An actual (present or past) event is referred to by the indica- 
 tive. The neg. is ov. 
 
 'ETret irdvre: avvfjXdop, made^ovTO' ore Se ravra rjV, fjaav jxeaai vwre;. 
 
 3. An event may, however, be represented as possible only 
 or as anticipated (and occasionally as intended). And here too, 
 as in hypothetical clauses (187 with note), it may be referred to 
 as occurring only once at some future time or as one that may 
 repeatedly take place. Then 
 
 a) the subjunctive with av (neg. liTJ) must be used after a princ. tense, 
 
 b) the optative without av (neg. |iTi) is generally used after an hist. 
 , tense. 
 
 Note. — "Av (171, 2. note) attaches itself to the temporal particle, with which, 
 if possible, it forms one word. 
 
 Ta(^09 Se TTOto? Several /jl', orav Bdvco; 
 '^■TreiSav airavra aKovcn)Te, KpCvaTe. 
 M-aLVo/jLeOa Trai/re?, cmoTav opyi^cofieda. 
 Kv/30? iv Tft) TrapaSeicrm iO'^pevev, mroTe yv/j,vdaaL ^ovXoiro eavTov re ical 
 
 row 'i'TTTTow whenever. 
 M^ ava/ieiveo/jkev, ecu? av (until') TrXeiov; rfix&v oi TroXeficoi yevavrai, 
 aW Lco/xev, ew? (while) en olofieda evTreTW av avTcov KpaTrjcrai. 
 
 4. IIpiv may always be followed by the infinitive (nom. or ace. 
 with inf.: 197). Generally, however, it takes 
 
 a) After an affirmative principal sentence : the infinitive. 
 Aie/Srjaav irplv tov<; aWou? airoKplvaadai. 
 
 HoWol dvOpayiroi a-iroBvpcrKOVcn TrpoTepov vplv BrjXoi yiyveerdai, oloi ^aav. 
 
 b) After a negative principal sentence : 
 
 the indicative, if an (historical) fact is referred to: 
 OiiK a.'jreir^iSlfti^^^ l^&i<dWf^(yav rrjV ttoXiv. 
 
148 • SYNTAX. [§ 191 
 
 the subjunctive with az/, if an expected (or intended) event 
 is referred to : 
 
 M^ cnreXdTjre, irplv av o.KOva'qTe to -Trpayfia. 
 OvK fjOeXov av/jLTrXelv oi ^opivdioi, irplv av ra "Icr^/ita eoprdcrcocnv. 
 
 iq"ote. — IlptV never takes the optative except in indirect discourse- 
 (193, 2. b) or by way of mood assimilation (192). 
 
 RELATIVE CLAUSES. 
 
 191. 1. They are introduced by relative pronouns or adverbs. 
 
 2. Explanatory relative clauses, which merely serve to explain 
 some single word, retain the mood and the negative of the corre- 
 sponding independent sentences. 
 
 Tlpayna, 6 ovk iyevero — o ov yevijcreTac — 
 
 OVK av yevoiTO — o ovk av iyevero — 
 fjir) lyevoiTO — o fi-^Trore iroiSifiev — 
 jMrj iroielre (TroLrja-qTt) . 
 
 3. Contrary to Latin usage, we find in Greek 
 
 a) in causal rel. -clauses the indicative (neg. oii). 
 @av/j,aaT6v Trotet?, o? (ort) ■^/jlIv ovSev StSca? qui des. 
 
 b) in consecutive rel.-clauses the indicative, mostly the future 
 (neg. olt). 
 
 IlatSe? fioi oviro) elaiv, o'C fie Oepa-rrevaovcnv qui me colant : to take care. 
 Tt? oiiTO) fiaLverai, octtk ov jSovXerai croi ipi\o<; elvai ; as not to desire. 
 Ovk eaTt, OvtjTcbv, oVrt? ear i\ev6epo? nemo est qui sit. 
 
 c) in final rel.-clauses regularly (even after a leading histor. 
 tense) the fut. indie, (neg. /atj). 
 
 'Hyefiova aiTtjaofiev K.vpov, 6aTi<i rjfia'i aird^et qui ahducat. 
 "ESofe Tw hriiia) rpiaKOVTa dvBpaf eXeaOai, ot tov<; Trarpiov; vo/xov; crvy- 
 ypd-\^ovai., Kad' ov9 iroXiTevcrovcnv conseriberent, viverent. 
 
 4. Hypothetical rel.-clauses, i.e. such as are equivalent to (and 
 may be resolved into) hypothetical ones, require the moods of the 
 hypothetical protases : 183 (neg. /a?;). 
 
 o? (^ocTTK) = ev Tt?, o? av (oaTi'i av) = eav Tt?. 
 
 a) First Type (184) : "A m o'^^, ovBe ohfiai elBevai. 
 
 "A fir] irpoarjKei., i^rfr d,KOve firjO' opa. 
 
 b) Second Type (185) : Ot TratSe? v/xuv, Scroi ivddBe ^aav, inro rovrav 
 
 av v^pC^ovTO (et rcve; rjcrav'). 
 
 c) Third Type (186): '£70) /lev oKvoCrjv av ek rd TrXola ifi^aiveiv, 
 
 a rj/xiv KO/oo? Soir] (el' riva Som;). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§ 192, 193] INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 149 
 
 d) Fourth Type (187): 
 
 A single future occurrence : 'AiroKpivai, o,n av ae ipmTO). 
 
 Tw avhpi, ov av eXijaOe, Treicro/iai,. 
 Repeated occurrence, pres. : Ne'o? 8' cnroWvO', ovtlv av ^iky Oeo';. 
 past : 2(/)oS/3o? ^v Xat/ae^wi', e</)' o tl op/jLij- 
 aeiev. 
 
 192. The verbs of final, temporal and relative clauses are occasionally " assimi- 
 lated to " = made to agree in mood with that of the main sentence. This assimila- 
 tion of mood is of two kinds : 
 
 1. An optative -without av may follow an opt. with or without av : 
 
 Eip£ ^KOts, Lva yvoiijs — E/jSoi rts, 17V iKaaroi elhu-q rexyrp/. 
 OvK av im wav iKdoi fiacrLXev'S, iis Tracn <f>6j3ov Trapda-xoi ; 
 
 2. The indicative of some hist, tense without av may be used after an expression 
 of unreality (172, 2. 3, whether statement or wish) in the main sentence. 
 
 El yap <u<^e\ov oiot t eivai 01 ttoAAoi to. /iiyicrTa KaKO. ipyd^ecrdai, iva otoC t' ^crav /cat 
 
 dya^a to, fxeyiaTa. 
 Et TO) OVTL f evos ervy^avov (ov, iwiyiyvuMTKtTe av /aoi, el iv iKetvrj rrj <j>u>vg re Koi Tw 
 
 rpOTTia ekeyov, iv ota-irtp lTt6pa.p.p.yjV. 
 
 A SUMMARY OF THE RULES FOR INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 
 
 193. 1. When independent sentences, whether statements or 
 wishes, are indirectly quoted, i.e. are made to depend upon a verb 
 6i saying or thinking, 
 
 a) the former require on or d)? with some finite form of the verb, 
 
 or the infinitive (for whose subject, see 197). 
 E.g. Directly quoted : O4 6eol iravTa laaaiv. 
 
 Indirectly : 'LajKpdrri'; eXeyev, oti ol Oeol Travra laacrLv 
 (et'Setei'), or Toti? ^eoii? Travra elSevai. 
 
 b) the latter require the infinitive (for whose subj., see 197). 
 E.g. Directly : M^ Trapax<opel'Te (jrapaxoiprja-rjre) rri'i rd^eco'i. 
 
 Indirectly : 'A^t« i)/aa? fj,r) irapa'x^copelv (-prjcrai^ tt)? ra^eo)?. 
 
 2. When dependent sentences are to be quoted indirectly : 
 
 a) After a principal tense, both the mood and the tense of 
 the direct discourse remain unchanged. 
 
 b) After an historical tense, the potential and the unreal 
 moods remain unchanged, while indicatives, as well as subjunc- 
 tives with or without dv, may be retained or changed to the 
 indirect optative without dv. (See 176, 4.) 
 
 3. Not unfrequently the indirect turns abruptly into the direct 
 discourse. See An. 1, 3, 14. 16. 20 ; 1, 9, 25. 
 
 4. Indirect discourse, introduced by on or m, is occasionally changed to an 
 infinitive construction; an indirect quotation with oti (<us) or in the infinitive is 
 sometimes continued by the.iq.direct optative. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
150 . SYNTAX. [§§194-197 
 
 SUMMING UP OF THE USES OF THE PARTICLE SLv. 
 ■ 194. The modal particle av can be used only : ' 
 
 1. With the indicative of the hist, tenses to denote unreality, 
 172, 3. 
 
 2. With the indicative of the hist, tenses to denote past 
 potentiality (including the dv iterativum), 172, 4. 
 
 3. With the subjunctive in hypothetical clauses of the fourth 
 type (both in the purely hypothetical and in the hyp. -temporal or 
 hyp.-relative clauses), 187 ; 190, 3. 4 ; 191, 4. 
 
 4. With the optative to denote potentiality, 174, 2. 
 
 5. With the infinitive and the participle to denote poten- 
 tiality or unreality, 204. 
 
 6. Rarely with the final particles is, ottws (never with the final Iva; 
 Iv S.V is always relative = ubicunque). 'Qs av fidOrj'; to. SUaia, di/ra/covo-oi/. 
 
 Note. — 'Av sometimes occurs twice (irSs av ovk av Trao-i^oi/iev;), or it is occa- 
 sionally omitted (by the poets, Thucydides and Herodotus) where the aboTS 
 rules would require it. For the position of av, see 171, note. 
 
 THE VERBAL NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Preliminary Note. 
 
 195. Infinitives and participles may be inflected by means of the article ; thejr 
 are therefore used as nouns. However, they do not hereby lose their character as 
 verbs. For a) they are qualified by adverbs, not by adjectives ; b) they take their 
 objects in. the same cases respectively as the other forms of the verb (to aK/ji/Sus 
 Tois vd/iois TTuOeaOai) ; c) they have the properties of voice and express the stage 
 of action (see 167: XtTj-eiv, XiTricrOai, \ei<l>6^vai — (fivyeiv, <^eiiyeiv, 7re<jie.vy£vai) ; 
 d) they may be modified by av. 
 
 A. THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 196. The infinitive is originally a verbal noun with a dative 
 (locative) meaning : le'vai to the going, to go, \vcrai to the loosing, to 
 
 loose. 
 
 SUBJECT AND PREDICATE OF INFINITIVE. 
 
 197. 1. The subject of the infinitive is omitted when it is the 
 same as that of the leading verb : 
 
 'ABiKelaOai v<f>' rifi&v vofii^ei Kvpo? : se esse injuria affectum. 
 "^X"" '''pi'VP^'''^ coaTS eKelv ro eKeivcov "TrXolov. 
 2. The subject of the infinitive is put in the accusative when it 
 is not the same as the subject of the leading verb and not already 
 contained in a genitive or dative depending on the main verb. There 
 is therefore an Accusative-with-Infinitive construction in Greek, as well 
 as in English. E.g. l.coKpd.Trj'i '^yelro Oeoiii; iravra elSevai. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§198,199] THE INFINITIVE. 151 
 
 Note. — The indefinite subject "one, a person, [we, you']" (= rivd, rtvas) is 
 omitted; Now «x*"' ^" ""' <''<»4>povuv {sc. rivd a person must have . . .). 
 
 3. Predicate qualifications (nouns or adjectives) agree with the 
 word (whether expressed or understood) to wlaich they relate. 
 'EjOfflTWjitei'o?, 7roSa7ro9 etrj, 'n.ep<Trj<; e(f>r) elvai. 
 ^Ofil^oa vfid<! efjLol elvai Koi (piXov; ical avfifjjd'xpv'i. 
 AtKaiov ev irpuTTOVTa fiefivfjaOai 0eov (so. riva). 
 "E^e<7Tfi' vjuv evSaifiocri jeveadai, or (v^a?) eiihaifiovai; yevea-Oai. 
 Compare : Licuit esse otioso (otiosum) Themutocli. 
 
 KO/oo? TrapayyeWet Sefta ijKeiv Xa^ovn Toiiv aXX,ov<;, 
 or (avTOV) ijxeiv Xa^ovra tov<; aKXov<;. 
 
 INFINITIVE WITH THE ARTICLE. 
 
 198. 1. By prefixing the article, the infinitive becomes a noun 
 (124) or is used substantively without losing its character as a verb. 
 See 195. , * 
 
 2. The infinitive may always take the article when it is the 
 subject or object accusative. It must have the article when 
 it is the object genitive or object dative or when it depends on 
 prepositions. 
 
 Neot? TO aiyav KpeiTTov ecm tov \a\eiv silence . . . talking. 
 N/f/cJ/ffoi' opyrjv rq) XoyC^ecrdai. KaX,w? hy sound reasoning . 
 'E/c TOV irpoTepo'; (197, 3) Xeyeiv 6 SuoKoav la-)(yet, because he speaks first. 
 To iroXXa roXp,av tto'W d/iaprdveiv troiel who dares much will blunder 
 
 much. 
 
 INFINITIVE WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 
 
 199. 1. The supplementary infinitive (or ace. with inf.) is used 
 to complete the idea 
 
 a) conveyed by impersonal verbs and expressions, such as: 
 Set, %/3?7, hoKel, e^ecrnv, olov re ianv, Trpoa-ijKet,, avjx^alvei, 
 d^iov, BiKutop, BvvuTov, KaXov — &pa, Kacpo^, v6p,o<; iariv. 
 
 'KXXa yap TJSrj wpa dirievai. 
 
 'AyaOol'} vjilv irpoarfKeL elvai. An. 3, 2, 11. 
 Note. — Some of the above expressions are often used personally. 
 E.g. SoKo) videor, it seems that I, I seem, d^i6<! el/M, SiKai6<; elfii I have 
 a right, am entitled to. 
 
 b) of verbs that signify : 
 
 to say and to declare, to believe and to hope, 
 to desire and to wish, to forbid and to hinder, 
 to teach and to learn, to understand and to know. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
152 SYNTAX. [§§ 200, 201 
 
 Upwrayopa'; eXeye -TrdvTWV ^prj/jiciTcov /Merpov elvai avOpooirov. 
 
 "0,Ti civ iroirj';, vofu^' opav deotk Tiva<;. 
 
 "EXTTtfe Tt/M&v Tov Oedv irpd^eLV KoK.at'i. 
 
 KaXw? uKOveiv ixaXkov r) irXovrelv 6eXe. j 
 
 Ti'tov? QavovTWi ovk e'a? TeOvrjicevai, ; 
 
 Trjv Twv KparovvTcov fidOe (j)epeLV e^ovcriav. 
 
 AlKMO'i dSlKetv OVK eTTLCTTaTal rpoTTO^. 
 
 2. The limiting (or epexegetic) infinitive (generally in the active 
 voice) is used to limit the application of such adjectives as: able, 
 capalle, worthy, clever, skilled, easy, agreeable and their opposites. Mg. 
 p(;aXe7ro? evpelv difficilis inventu, d^co^ eiraiveaai dignus qui laudetur, 
 Uavol (f>vXdTT€Lv sufficient to — , olo's dpj^eiv jit for ruling — , 
 
 Seti'o? Xeyeiv clever at speaking, olo<; ^rjv enough to live, 
 aiJ,ri')(avo'i elaeX6eiv difficult to — , old? re elpa am able. 
 
 'PaBia irdvra 6eS) reXecrat easy to accomplish. 
 
 VvSivai irdvTcov vp-eK o^vraroi rd prjOevra. 
 
 KujOO? TrdvTcov rjV dp'^eiv d^icoraro'i. 
 
 3. The final infinitive denotes a purpose with verbs that sig- 
 nify to give, deliver, allow ; to choose, appoint and the like. 
 
 Ta? KQ>p.a<i Siapirdaai toi? "KXXrjcriv eTrerpe-^ev . . . diripiendas tradidit ! 
 Ei'A.oi'To ApaKOvriov Spopov eiripeXrjOrjvai. 
 
 4. An infinitive absolute (with or without the article) is used in: 
 oXiyov, piKpov Selv " little being wanting " = almost. 
 
 o)? (eTToi?) eiirelv so to speak; eKoov elvai willing(ly'), voluntarily. 
 (B? ffvveXovTL elirelv to be brief, in short. 
 
 ftj? epol BoKelv as it seems to me ; to mv elvai at "present, just now. 
 TO Kara tovtov (evrt tovtm) eivai so far as he is concerned, as far as 
 depends on him. 
 
 'AXrjde^ ye o)? eVo? elirelv ohhev elprjKatriv. 
 To ett' eKeivoK elvai diroXmXaTe. 
 
 B. THE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY NOTE. 
 
 200. The participle is a verbal adjective and is, therefore, 
 used as an adjective. Its double character as adjective and as verb 
 is explained in 195. 
 
 THE ATTRIBUTIVE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 201. It stands with a noun in the attributive position (120). 
 Ot TrapoVre? rjyep,6ve<; ■ — oi vvv ovTe<; dvOpwiroi the present generation — 
 ■f) MiSov KaXovpevT) Kprjvr) the so-called fountain of Midas — 
 
 Digitized by IVIicrosoft® 
 
§202] THE PARTICIPLE. 153 
 
 T0t9 ®pa^l Tolt inrep 'EXXtjctttoi'toi/ oIkovcti to. those Thraoians who — 
 
 (128, note 1). 
 The article joined to the participle may be 
 
 individualizing (117) : 6 '^pay^dfievo'; rov l^coKpaTr] the accuser of, 
 
 or generalizing: 6 tvx^cov, 6 ^ovXa/jLevof any one who wishes, 
 
 6 f/,fj TricTTevcov si quis non credit (203, 3, d) . 
 
 THE PREDICATE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 202. It qualifies, and completes the idea of, a verbal predicate. 
 1. It belongs to the subject of the verb, when it is used virith 
 verbs 
 
 a) that express some particular mode of being (in such or 
 such a state). E.g. 
 
 TU7%ai'(B am by chance, happen or chance (to be') — adv. by chance. 
 XavddvQ) am hidden, escape the notice (in doing) — secretly. 
 Btdyai, StareXco, Siayiyvo/iai continue (doing) — constantly. 
 855X09, (I)ai>ep6<; elfit, cjiaivoijiai it is evident that I — evidently. 
 (f)6dva) anticipate, am beforehand — before, sooner than. 
 oi')(pfiai am gone — adv. away. 
 
 'H yjfV'^ri a6dvaT0<i ^aiverai ovaa. 
 
 'ETTTa r]nepa<; irdcra'i /jLa-x^o/xevoi SieTeXeaav. 
 
 "K(f>drjcrav tov? Ilepcra? cKpiKO/JLevot ek rrjv ttoXlv. 
 
 b) that signify to begin and to cease, to persevere and to grow 
 weary. 
 
 E.g. dp^ofiai begin (by), at first ; iravofiaL, Xijyo) cease (from). 
 
 ave-xpiiai endure, can bear ; aira'^opevco, Kafiva grow weary (of). 
 
 OvTTOTe iiravo/jLrjv vfim oiKTipcov. 
 Mr) KdfjLrj'; (piXov avhpa evepyeraiv. 
 
 Havco Tovi exOpow yeXa)VTa<; I make the enemy stop laughing. 
 0) that signify to be right and to do wrong, to be superior and 
 to be inferior to one, e.g. 
 
 KaXfti? TTOtw do well (to or in) — uSckS) do wrong (to or in) — 
 Xapi^ofiai TLvi, %a/oti^ 4>epai tlvl do one a favor, oblige one (by) — 
 VMM, Kparw outdo (in) — r^TrSip^ai, Xei-rrofiai am inferior (in) ; want- 
 ing (in) — 
 KaXws e-TToiria-a'i Trpoenrav you did well to tell me beforehand. 
 'ASiKetre iroXefiov dpxovTe^ Kal crTTOi'Sas Xwoz/fe?. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
154 SYNTAX. [§ 202 
 
 d) that denote mental states, as 
 jjjai'pft), 7]Bofiai delight (in), am delighted (to') — 
 axOoixaL, h'yavaKTOi am displeased, vexed, angry (at) — 
 ala^vvofiai am ashamed (to do), (do) with a sense of shame — 
 jieTajxeXoiiai repent (of), am sorry (for). 
 
 "HSo/Liat aKovwv crov (ppovi/jLov^ T^Ayov^. 
 O.vK av aydoLfxriv fiavOdvcov I would fain — . 
 2. It belongs either to the subject or the object of the verb, 
 when it is used with verbs 
 
 a) that signify a (mental or sensitive) perception. H.g. 
 6p5>, irepiopS) (overlooh — allow), ctKovco, aia-ddvofiai,, KaraXafi^dvw, 
 ailha, eTTiaranai, ./jbefjivrjfiai, jiyvaxTKco, evplcTKO) and the like. 
 Compare : Catonem vidi sedentem, Socratem audio dieentem. 
 'OpSifxev Trdma oXtjOtj ovra, a Xeyere. 
 OvK ■^Seaav avrov TedvrjKOTa. 
 'O ^eo? TO. fieyiara fiev Trpdrrcov opdrai. 
 h) that denote the cause or occasion of such a perception. 
 ^■g. SeiicvvjM, SrjXdco, (a'7ro)^aiveo, ayjeWco, (e^)eKiy')((i). 
 JLvpov eincrrpaTevovTa ■jrp&TO'; TjyyeiXtt. 
 TldvO' evexa eavrov ttoiSiv ^t'XtTTTro? e^e'Ke'y')(6rj(TeTai. 
 Note 1. — The above mentioned verbs expressive of thought or 
 emotion may also take on with a finite form of the verb. 
 Note 2. — Observe the difference of idiom in : 
 
 1(t6i (fte'jU,v>jo-o) Bvrfo': &v scito te esse mortalem. 
 'OpSifiev ■^fuel's dSwaroi oi/t£s TrepiyevicrOai. 
 Note 3. — SuvotSa i/j-avrto am conscious o/" takes the participle now in the 
 nominative, now in the dative, — /iera/neXet /jlol repent, am sorry takes it only 
 
 " '' ^' Eyu) oi ^wotSa ifxavrw uo<j>bs <2v or (TO<j>d> ovti.. 
 
 Note 4. — 'Akovcd, aldOavofiai and irvvOdvoficu are construed as follows: 
 aKovio w. gen. part. ; hear [myself, in person] that — (see 147, 4, note). 
 aKovo) w. ace. part. : hear [through others] (as a fact) that — =otl. 
 aKovo) w. ace. and inf. : hear\as a rumor) that—. 
 Note 5. — In like manner several of the above verbs take sometimes the par- 
 ticiple, sometimes the infinitive, in order to imply a different shade of meaning. 
 E.g. with the Participle with the Infinitive 
 
 , J am at the beginning (of an action) , begin, undertake, set or go aboiit 
 
 "■^ '^ [begin by (doing something), at first. (doing), proceed (to do). 
 
 (^atj/o/LUM it is evident that I, I am evidently, it seems that I, videor. 
 
 apparet. 
 
 alSiofJML "I OTO ashamed at {doing), am ashamed to (do), 
 
 ai<T)(vvofW.i ] i.e. do with a sense of shame, i i.e. omit (doing) from shame. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
203] THE PARTICIPLE. 155 
 
 ^-L f determine, resolve 
 
 (follows an understand, know how 
 
 assertion) ^"'"''' '««™ ^""^ 
 
 ./ ■ forqet 
 
 OTl, 0)S 
 
 am careful, remember 
 
 to do 
 soine- 
 thing. 
 199, l.b. 
 
 yiyvuxjKio {learn to) know, 
 
 iiriaTafjMc understand, 
 olSa, fjavOdyco know, learn, 
 iTriXavOdvoiMu forget, 
 fitfivrj/juu remember, 
 
 Ix-ifivTHxai {oXha, a.Kovu>), ore with indie, memini cum, remember (the time) when. 
 
 Note 6. — Accordingly: 
 
 lx€iJ.vq<T$ti) avrip aya66i elvai let him remember to be a brave soldier, 
 but: fi€fiv^a-&tj) avOpumoi w let Mm remember that he is a man. 
 
 APPOSITIVE AND ABSOLUTE PARTICIPLES. 
 
 203. 1. The Greek participle is in sense equivalent to a. variety 
 of conjunctional clauses. In English we sometimes retain the par- 
 ticiple, sometimes employ a subordinate clause. The participle is 
 either appositive or absolute. 
 
 a) An appositive participle may be used only when its subject 
 
 occurs in some case or other in the main sentence. 
 
 b) An absolute participle may be used only when its subject does 
 
 not occur in any form in the main sentence. 
 
 2. The Greek has .a genitive absolute corresponding to the 
 ablative absolute in Latin. 
 
 ®eov SiSovra oiiSev tcr^i)et <j)66vo<;, 
 ical fit) fitSoVro? ovSev laj(yei ttoVo?. 
 
 Note. — Differently from the Latin, the Greek 
 
 a) allows the participle to be without a subject whenever the 
 latter is easily understood from the context : ourtos f-xovrav quae cum ita sint. 
 
 b) does not allow the participle to be replaced by either a 
 noun or an adjective {Cicerone consule, Hannibale vivo.'), but <uv must 
 always be added. Therefore, Pen'cZe dwce = nep«Xeot)s ■^yeij.ovo's ovtos. 
 — "EiKuiv and okwv are considered as participles : me invito = e/xoB oix ekwtos. 
 
 3. Either participial construction may correspond 
 
 a) to a causal clause, which, for greater clearness, often com- 
 mences with 
 
 are, oiov, ota (the author's reason): since, as, because, inasmuch as. 
 &i (reason of the subject of the leading verb) : since, as though, on the ground, 
 plea, under the pretence, saying, thinking that, as if to signify etc. See 178. 
 
 "'EivOa Sf) cnreKpivaTO K.\edvo)p 6 'A/oko? •irpecr^VTaro'i &v. 
 "Are i^ai<pvr)^ eTnirecrovTes iroWa avhpdiroha e\a/3ov. 
 ' AveOopv^i]crav «? ev elirovTOf tov 'Ayaaiov. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
156 SYNTAX. [§ 204 
 
 b) to a final clause. The part, must be in the future and 
 is often preceded by <»? : in order to, with the intention, avowed object 
 of (neg. firi). 
 
 Oi 'A.6-qvaloi, TrapeaKevd^ovTO m? 7ro\eiMi](70VTe<;. 
 
 c) to a temporal clause. The part, is often emphasized by 
 such adverbs as 
 
 a/m while, avrUa, ev6w immediately, forthwith, ixeratv while etc. 
 a/m TTOpevo/jLevoi during (on) their march, or: while marching, cvdh rraiSes ovtcs 
 a pueris, from (earliest, their very) boyhood. 
 
 HoXkaxov fJ^e eTre'trp^e Xeyovra fiera^v. 
 Apvbv irecrovari'i Tra? avr)p ^vXeverai. 
 
 d) to a conditional clause (ueg. fj-ij). 
 AiKaia Bpda-a'i a-v/x/jbaxov; efet? 6eov';. 
 
 T€v6fjtevo<i Kul av ryvwcrei on rjSea ecrTiv taste, and you too will find . . . 
 OuK av hvvato p-t) Kapcov evBaif^ovelv. 
 
 e) to a concessive or adversative clause. For the purpose of 
 clearness, Kai or KaiTrep (neg. ov} may be added. See 189, note. 
 UoXXoi yap oVre? evyevel'; elatv KaKoi in spite of their noble birth. 
 Wiarj'KOeTe vfieK Kahrep ov SiS6vTo<; rov v6p,ov. 
 
 4. The participle (often with &>?, wcnrep') is used absolutely with 
 such impersonal expressions as : 
 
 hiov, irpoariKOv since (when, although^ it is or was necessary, 
 ov, i^ov, Tvapov since (when, although') it is or was possible, 
 Bo^av, SeBoy/jtevov since (if, although) it is or was resolved, 
 dBrj'Kov ov, alaxpov ov since (if, although) it is or was unknown, shameful. 
 
 THaraKeip-eda, wcnrep i^ov rj(TV)(^Cav dyeiv. 
 
 ^ii craVTOv ov')(l ecrcoaa'i, olov re ov Kal Bvvarov. 
 
 BouXi)? d^iol TV^elv ^iXcov, ov p^erov ainm. 
 
 Infinitive or Participle with dv. 
 
 204. Both the infinitive and the participle require the modal 
 suffix dv, if the finite verb for which they stand would be 
 
 either the optatiYe with dv, 
 
 or the ind. of an historical tense with dv. 
 
 Consequently, infinitives or participles with dv always denote either 
 potentiality or unreality. 
 
 2w vplv dv olpai Tiptoe elvai, oirov dv a>. 
 
 'AjOt'o-TtTTTTO? airel K.vpov ew Stcr^tXtof? ^evov<s Kal pierOov, w? OVTO)'; 
 ireptyevopevo'; av ratv dvTiaTaaiairSsv. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§205,206] THE VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 157 
 
 Note.— Aorist infinitives or participles that stand, for optatives 
 never denote past time. Compare 169. 170. 
 
 C. THE VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 
 205. 1. Verbal adjectives in -t6<!, -ttj, -tov denote "(79, 9) either 
 what has been done : Xi^to? (that has been') loosed, uKparo'; unmixed, 
 or what may be done : ^pcoTo? that may he eaten, eatable, 
 
 aoparo'i invisible. 
 2. Verbal adjectives in -reo?, -Tea, -reov denote necessity. 
 E.g. \vTeo<; solvendus, ■n-eta-reov ohoediendum, 
 ireov it is necessary to go, one must go. 
 
 The personal construction emphasizes the person (or thing) 
 that must be acted upon. 
 
 The impersonal constructionemphasizes the kind of action 
 that is to be done. 
 
 The person who must do something is put in the dative 
 (157, 2). 
 
 Ot avfifj.a'x^elv edeXovTe<; ev nroirjieoi. 
 
 Oiareov iracn t7]V tiixV^ — tS) uSikovvti, Boreov Siktjv. 
 
 X. THE PARTICLES. 
 
 THE NEGATIVE PARTICLES. 
 206. 1. There are two negative adverbs : ov and /tuy. 
 
 By oil (^ovre, etc.) ,we deny (the truth of) a statement, 
 by [i.-i\ (Atjyre, etc.) we desire that something feared may not happen. 
 'E7(B Opaav'i Koi avaiBrj'i ovt eifu nrjre <yevolnriv. 
 
 2. Accordingly, O'u stands in all statements, 
 i.e. in independent and dependent declarations, 
 
 in questions and causal sentences, as well as in ordinary relative and temporal 
 
 clauses. r\t^ / 5 J'^ e/ > S> \ tr 
 
 KJv ovvaTov eariv — eA,67ez', oti ov ovvutov eirj — 
 Ti ovK ffKOere ; — eVet TavT ovk eyevero — 
 o0ev oiiK ecrnv i^eXOetv. 
 
 3. jiTJ is required in all sentences that express a desire, 
 
 i.e. in independent and dependent wishes and prohibitions, as well as in dependent 
 final clauses. 
 
 M»7 fJLOi yevoiO' a ^ovKofM aXX' a (TV/j,<f>epei. 
 M.r) cf)06vei Tot? evTV)(pv(n, fifj hoKy<; elvai kuko'!. 
 AeSoiKa, firj iiriKadiofieOa T'^? o'iicahe ohov. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
158 SYNTAX. [§206 
 
 4. Again, /^^ is used 
 
 a) in conditions and in all such phrases or clauses as are equivalent 
 in sense to a condition. 
 
 Et fiTj KaOe^ei's yXMcraav, ecrrai, croi kuku, 
 
 "A fiT) olSa, ovSe oiofiai elBevai. 
 
 'O fir) Sapeh avdpco'Tro'; ov -TraiSeverai. 
 
 b) with the infinitive, with which, however, after verbs of saying ov 
 may also be used : 
 
 "T'ina')(yovvro firjSev p^aXeTToi/ avrois ireCcreadai. 
 ToXfitba-L XeyeLV ovhejxiav /id'xrjv jejovevai. 
 
 Note 1. — After the verbs of controverting, denying, doubting, and 
 the like, which convey a negative idea, the dependent assertion receives an 
 additional ov, which must not be rendered in English. 
 OvK av apvrjOeiev tvioi, is avK elal toiovtol. 
 
 Note 2. — In like manner, after verbs of hindering, refi:aining, avoid- 
 ing, refusing, declining, denying, escaping, and the like, [i-^ is often 
 added to the infinitive, or ;nij ov, when the main verb itself is negatived (also 
 TO jx-q and to fjoj ov respectively). 
 
 M.iKp6v i^i<ftvye ixrj KaTaTrerpuidrjvai. narrowly escaped being stoned. 
 
 'O (^d/3os Tov vow avtipyu p-rj \eyeiv, a jSovXerai hinders from saying. 
 
 OiSei5 7ru)7rore avTetire p.y] ov KaXois l^eiv Toiis vo/nows denied that the laws are good. 
 
 Kai (f>rjp,l Spacrat kovk airapvovpai to p.r) ov I do not deny it. 
 
 9 
 
 M.-q is always added after verbs of forbidding: 
 
 e.g. 'ATrijydpeue ixrjSeva /SoAAetv Trplv Kvpos ip.irX'qa'Our] Orjpuiv. 
 
 5. Accumulation of Negatives of the same kind. A negative 
 or several negatives following another negative of the same kind 
 emphasize the negation, if they are compounded, but neutralize 
 it, if they are simple. 
 
 OvK ipel ovSeU ovBev no one will say anything. 
 OuSel? OVK aTToOavelrai every one will die. 
 
 6. Combination of Negatives of a different kind. 
 
 a) o4 (111 with the aor. subj. or fut. indie, is used in cautious or ironical 
 
 assertions : "hardly, not likely, certainly not" (181, 3. note 1). 
 Tovs ■jrovrjpov's ov prj ttote /SeATi'ous TroLi^creTC. 
 
 b) (IT) ov with the subj. (or indirect optat. 193, 2, b) after verbs of fearing 
 
 means : ne non, that not (181, 2 ; compare 3, note 1, "perhaps not, I 
 rather think . . . not"'). 
 
 E<j!)o/3eiTO p.r] ov SvvaiTO e/c r^S X'*P<*5 i^^XOitv. 
 
 c) |i,r| ou with the inf. after a negative main verb (or after negative expres- 
 
 sions) = not to (206, 4. note 2). 
 
 Ov^ otriov croi' €<tti pr] ov PorqB^iv StKaiocrwij. 
 Ilatnv ai(r-)(yvri ijv p.ri ov <TV(nravha£,av. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§207,208] THE PARTICLES. 159 
 
 THE mTERROGATIVE PARTICLES. 
 
 207. In independent questions, the Greeks expressed 
 ■ 1, the Latin -we ; by ^ and apa, 
 
 2. the Latin nonne : by oi, ap ov — ovkovv nonne igitur? 
 
 rj jdp and aWo ti rj does or is he (^she, it) 
 not? 
 
 3. the Latin wwm ; hy iirj, apa ixrj ]" indeed?" implying a 
 
 fia>p (^= fir) oiv') J neg. answer. 
 
 4. the Latin utrum — an : by Trorepov Qirorepa) — fj, 
 the Latin — an : by fj. 
 
 Note. — For dependent questions, see 179. 
 
 THE REMAINING PARTICLES. 
 Their Most Common Meanings and Usages. 
 
 208. Note 1. — Such particles as cannot begin a sentence are called post- 
 positive. In the subjoined list, they are marked by an asterisk. The references 
 are to Xenophon's Anabasis. 
 
 Note 2. — It should be remembered that the meanings of the Greek particles 
 which are given below are in many instances merely approximate. The Greeks were 
 able by them to express the finest shades of meaning. In English, the stress of the 
 voice, a change of tone, or even a gesture, will sometimes serve the same purpose. 
 
 1. ' AWd adversative : on the other hand, but, yet, still, however, on the 
 
 contrary, rather, sed, at ; especially after negatives. 
 
 with imper. and subjunctives: well then, come now, come then. 
 in replies : well, well hut, hut mind, for my own pa,rt. 
 in transitions to some new topic : hut enough of this, he this as it 
 may. 
 
 dXX' o4, dWcL fi,i\ : ac non, not, and not, hut not, instead of; — koj, ov. 2, 1, 10. 
 
 dW oilv (yi) : yet certainly, yet at least, yet at any rate. 
 
 cl |ATi — dWik -ye : si non — at tamen. 
 
 oi iirjv (|t^vTOi) dXXd : verum tamen, however, still. 
 
 2. &\\(DS : in another way, otherwise, differently ; at random. 
 
 oXXws T€ KaC : (both in other respects and) = especially, above all, particularly. 
 Tt|v aXXus : to no purpose, fruitlessly, in vain, idly (oi. ttjv Ta)(i(TT7iv 141). 
 
 3. a|ia : at the same time, together with, at once. 
 
 With dat. 158, 1. With part. 203, 3. c. 
 
 i|ia ^l.iv — Sua S^ : — and at the same time, at once — and, both — and ; partly — 
 
 partly. 
 &|ia («) — Ka£: both— and (KaV &}m: and at the same time), as soon as — 
 
 at once, scarce — when, no sooner — than. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
160 ■ SYNTAX. [§208 
 
 4. *apa inferential : therefore, then, consequently, accordingly. 
 
 intimating that, what is said, is obvious, a matter of course : 
 obviously, evidently, naturally, apparently, as one may con- 
 clude, as may, be expected, as is Tcnown, videlicet. 
 sometimes epexegetic : to wit, namely. 
 
 introducing something that follows : next, immediately, forth- 
 with. 
 cl opo, Idv apa: if perhaps; to wit, if; if indeed, if forsooth. 
 cl (ir) apa with the indie. : that is to say, if not ; unless perhaps, unless forsooth, 
 
 nisi forte, nisi vero. 188, 2. d. 
 lis (Sti) dpa ; to wit, that ; namely, that. 
 ovK opa: consequently not; then after all not (with imperfect). 
 
 5. dpa; interrogative = -ne? ap oi; = nonne ? — apa fi,ri ; = num9 
 
 207, 2. 3. 
 
 6. drtip (Homer aurdp) adversative : but, yet, but yet, on the other hand. 
 
 implying emphasis and gradation : but above all, but especially, vero. 
 
 7. *av adversative: in turn, on the contrary, on the other hand; like- 
 
 wise, too, again. 1, 6, 7 ; 1, 10, 11 ; 1, 1, 7. 
 
 8. *7ap stating a reason, cause or motive: for, enini; — often account- 
 
 ing for a thought which is to be supplied, 
 explaining and specifying : namely, to wit, — often introducing 
 
 an announced (or an expected) explanation, 
 in animated questions, denoting impatience, surprise, like nam 
 in quisnam? Tis 'YapJ "ivhy, who . . ." or "who, pray, . . ." 
 
 or " who then.'' 
 
 ttWd -ydp : at enim, but (a thought to be supplied) for = but of course ; however; 
 
 but since, since however; but alas ! 
 Kul ■yap : etenim, and (/ may well say so) for, for truly, and to be sure. 
 
 nam etiam, for also, for even. 
 
 nam et, for both (. . . et, and). 
 For €t -ydp, see 172, 2 ; 174, 1. I 
 
 9. *'Y£ (end.), like quidem, emphatic and restrictive : indeed, certainly, 
 
 at all events, at least. 
 
 eirct-ye : quandoquidem, since indeed ; dWol — -y^ : yet certainly, yet at least, yet 
 
 at any rate. 
 For e-ya)7€ etc., see 61, 2 ; for So-ye, 129, 1. note 3. 
 
 10. *'YOi)v (from ye ow), emphatic : at least, at any rate, at all events, 
 
 certe. 
 
 11. *8e adversative: but, hoivever, autem, atqui (by far less emphatic 
 
 than dXXa). See Kai and /xeV; in replies often: to be sure, certainly. 
 hi very frequently simply connects clauses: and, thereupon, etc., or 
 
 it is not translated at all. But not, and not = aW ov or o4 (i^vtoi. 
 For oiS^, see below 31. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§208] THE PARTICLES. 161 
 
 12. *6li temporal: already, presently, now, just now, immediately, iam ; 
 
 vvv 8tj : just now, even now, now at once. 
 inferential: then, tJierefore, accordingly. 
 
 marking as a matter of course : evidently, as is known, scilicet, 
 of course, you know. Kal br\ Kai and of course {and there- 
 fore) also; see below 19. 
 with an imperative, strongly urging : Xe'yc ^ now then, go on 
 ' to say! ; pray, tell me! 
 
 emphatic and serving to call attention to something : as in 
 ev8a 8tj turn vero, at this juncture, at that crisis, it was tJien 
 that, on this very occasion, or merely an emphatic then, 
 ore St) just at the time when. tL 8^ ; what in the world ? 
 quid tandem ? 
 d ^■f\ namely if, if indeed, if really. 
 
 OS 8^ he who, the very person who, tvho therefore, who in fact, 
 oiTTis hi\ whosoever (I do not know who'), nescio quis, some one. 
 
 13. SiiGev implying gradation: above all, especially so (introduces an 
 
 a fortiori). — as it seems, to all appearances. 
 restrictive : of course, apparently, as is pretended. 
 
 14. *8TJirO'u (less emphatic than Srj) : expresses confidence that a state- 
 
 ment will not be doubted : profecto, of course, you know, surely; 
 often ironically like opinor, credo. 
 16. *8TiTa (more emphatic than Si;) : indeed, certainly, to be sure. 
 ov SfjTa : no ! indeed not, of course not. rt Stjto : what then f 
 
 16. eiTC — ilT€ (sive — sive): be it that — or that; whether — or (i.e. in 
 
 both cases). 
 
 la dependent questions : whether — or ; if — or if; 179. 
 
 17. ■r\ in asseverations: truly, of a surety, really, verily; still more 
 
 emphatic is y\ y.'^v, see below 25. 
 For the interrogative particle rj, see 207. 
 Ti iro« surely. 
 
 18. 11 disjunctive: or; often doubled ^ — r;, aut — aut. 
 
 comparative : than, after comparatives and comparative expres- 
 sions (such as oAAos, h-epo?, ivavTios). 
 oKko Ti TJ : is it not so? nonne ? 207, 2. 
 TJToi (7«) — T) (or ^ — liToi) : aut — aut. 
 
 dXX' T) after a negative particle or a question : nisi, but, except. 
 Note. — With numerals and measures, ^ Is often omitted after the adverbial 
 comparatives tUov (coll. form TXety), ^Xarroy, m""", as well as after the corresponding 
 adjectives; e.g. TifiTc ofe ^Xarrov S^/ca S.vdpas nan minus decern; Iri, ycyoviis xXeio. 
 ipSoii'/iKovTa annos natus ampUus septuaginta. 
 
 19. Kai copulative: and, also, too ; emphatic: even; sometimes infer- 
 
 ential: and consequently i^itdque); with comparatives : stm,yet. 
 ji Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
162 SYNTAX. [§ 208 
 
 Where more than two -words are to be joined, the Greek repeats kcu with 
 each one of them (polysyndeton). 
 
 Ka( — Kttt, both — and, joins things of equal importance. See below 39. 
 Kal after expressions of sameness or likeness: as; o/jlolos, 6/ioi'(us, 6 
 
 auTos KaC = similis, similiter, idem atque. 
 S( Kat : moreover, also, besides ; likewise, (and) — too ; 1, 4, 17. 
 Kol Si: (but, and) also, (but, and) even; moreover; here 8e' connects, km 
 
 emphasizes. 2, 6, 8. 
 Kol Sr\ Kal : and (therefore) evidently also, and especially also. 
 o4 |i6vov — dWd. Ka( : not only — but also. 
 rfii\ — KaC : iam — cum, already — when (cf . cum inversum) . 
 oviru — KaC : nondum — cum, not yet — when. 
 
 20. KaiToi concessive : and yet, still, though, however, 
 but, atqui (in the ininor of a syllogism). See 40. 
 
 21. |Jid in asseveration ; followed by the ace. of the god or thing called 
 
 upon as witness (see 133). 
 |id Tois 6tois : by the gods ! val (id ACa : yes, by Zeus. 
 o4 |id ACa : no, by Zeus. 
 
 22. *(i,€V, a weak form of ixrfv. It is used 
 
 a) in asseveration : certainly, truly, indeed, in truth. 
 
 Kal (dWd) |i6v 8^ and (but) certainly, and in fact ; even — indeed. 
 o4 (lev 8<i certainly not, indeed not. Compare -32 extr. 
 
 b) |iev — Se are used in general to call attention to any kind of 
 correlation (not only antithetical relations !) of those words (or even parts 
 of sentences) which they follow and which the author wishes to be 
 viewed coiijointly, and not singly. 
 
 jueV is then mostly not translated, but only marked by the tone; see 1, 1, 1; 
 so in TTpSiTov fx,€V — hruTo. Se in the first place — in the second place. 
 
 //.ev — Se are frequently used in forming periods, (Dem. 16, 30) ; also in the 
 figure anaphora 1, 3, 16: "showing in the first place — in the second place — in the 
 third place " ; sometimes to be rendered by: as — so. See o ixiv — b Sc'116. 
 
 jxh/ — 8i are often adversatioe : — but, however, on the contrary, whilst, whereas 
 sometimes concessive : indeed — but ; it is true — but. 
 
 23. *|i€VTOi emphatic : indeed, really, certainly, in truth. 
 
 adversative (often after ij.€v) : but, yet, however; — for all 
 
 tJiat, nevertheless, all the same. 
 in questions: ov jJieVTOi — ; is it not so? nonne? 
 Tor oil |X€VTOi dWd, see 1. 
 
 24. liTJ : not, the negative adverb in expressions of desire. 206, 3 ; 
 apparently heading an independent sentence, 181, 3, note 1; 
 in questions = num, 207, 3. 
 
 oi |i^ and |iri ov 206, 6 ; fitfil, see oiSe below 31. 
 
 [It) OTi (= ix,T] enro), euTT^s, iiroXa/Sjys, oTt) : not only. 
 
 |ii) 8ti and |»i] 8ir«s (like ov^ oirw^) : not only not. [less (more). 
 
 V.r\ 8ti and \i.i\ tC -ye 8^ (sc. etTrrjs) : not to mention, to say nothing of, much 
 
 OTi (!.<) (like ei fji-q 188, 2. a) : except, but, nisi. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§ 208] THE PARTICLES. 163 
 
 26. *|j;Tiv, in asseveration : vero, verily, in truth, certainly, often pre- 
 ceded by ^ : upon my sacred honor (see above 17). 
 adversative : but, however, nevertheless, yet, for all that. 
 dXXd (ji^iv : at vero, but certainly, but still. 
 Kal \ii\v : et vero, and yet, and in fact. 
 
 Both aWa ix-qv and koL ix-qv are also used in transitions to some new (and more 
 important) topic: furthermore; also in the minor of a syllogism: but, now, but now. 
 For ov firjv dXXa, see 1. 
 
 26. |xmv, interrogative = \lj] ovv -. num . . .? implying a negative 
 
 answer. 207, 3. 
 
 27. vai, in replies : yes. vol |id Ato : yes, by Zeus; compare 21. 
 
 28. vii, in asseveration ; vr\ Aia : yes, by Zeus. 133. 
 
 29. *vvv (encl.), illative : then, therefore. See 40. 
 
 30. ov : not, the negative adverb in statements. 206, 2. 
 
 In direct questions : op' o«, oiKovv : nonne, 207, 2. 
 oi! Ti : not a whit, not at all, by no means, not in the least. 
 o4x Sti (ovk ipto oTi) ; not only ; also : although. 
 ov |i,6vov oTi and o^x "^i fi,6vov : not only. 
 o^x SwfDs (ovk ipS) oTTWi) : — d\XA koC (o48e) : not only not — but even (not 
 
 . even) ; after negative expressions : not to mention, much less. 
 |i6vov ov (ovxC), oo-ov oil : tantum non, almost, all but. Dem. 1, 2. 
 oo-ov oiiiriD, So'ov ovk rjSn : a,lmost already. 
 
 31. oilSe (|iT|8e), copulative : a) awd not, mor, negwe where some nega- 
 
 tive particle precedes (otherwise and not = Kal oi). 
 b) also not, likewise not, neither; not even, ne — quidem. 
 o48' tl : not even if. Compare 189. 
 ovSe — ovS^ : not even — nor. 
 ov&i — 8^: but . . . neither (likewise not), nor yet. 
 
 32. *0'uv, confirmative : indeed, certainly, the fact is, at any rate. 
 
 inferential : then, therefore, consequently, accordingly. 
 
 It also introduces a promised or expected explanation, e.g. in the transition 
 from the exordium to the subject-matter of a speech : then often not translated. 
 op' oiv ; (affirmative inference) : really ? indeed ? 
 &.\\' oiSv (y«) : yet surely, yet certainly, yet at least, but at any rate. 
 8' oiv: now, but noiu (in the minor of a syllogism) ; but certain it is that, 
 
 yet at any rate, but at all events. 
 Kol yip ovv : wherefore then, and consequently also, and on that account, for at 
 
 any rate, for the fact is. 
 fkv o5v : a) confirmative : (irdvv, ko|ii8;J, oil) (i.€v ovv to be sure, certainly. 
 
 b) introducing a correction : nay rather, immo vero. 
 
 c) when corresponding to a following 8i, each particle has its 
 
 original force. 
 joined to relatives : oo-tisoOv (ovrtvaovv, ■qa-rivcKOvv etc.) : quicunque, 
 whosoever. ^ 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
164 SYNTAX. [§ 208 
 
 33. ovKovv (a strengthened ovv) is : 
 
 a) inferential and confirmative: therefore, then, accordingly; 
 
 b) interrogative : = nonne igitur ? 207, 2. 
 
 34. ovicovv (a strengthened ovk) is : 
 
 a) inferential and confirmative : therefore not, at any rate not. 
 
 b) interrogative : therefore not 1 so then not ? 
 
 36. ovT€ — 0VT€ (|J.ilT€ — p-TJTe) : neque — neque, neitlier — nor. 
 
 otJtc (liTiTe) — T€ : neque — et, on the one hand not — and (but) on 
 
 the other hand, not only not — but even. 
 oi'rc — ov (poet.) : = ovt€ — ovtc. 
 otJtc — ov8e : neither — nor even; neque — et ne — quidem. 
 
 36. *ir6p (end., iiomTrepi): just, even, indeed, very, very much; w. part. 
 
 often = KacTTCp. Compare Homer Od. a 6 with a 315. 
 Strirep the very person who ; lireCirep seeing that, because precisely. 
 mrirtp just as, even as; orcirEp Just (at the very time, even) when; direp if 
 
 indeed, 188, 2. u. 
 
 37. irXriv : except, save, but, is : 
 
 a) a prepositional adverb with genit., 162, 5. 
 
 b) a conjunction: except that, save that, only; 
 
 it stands with the indie, or with the verb understood. 
 
 38. *ir<& (end.) yet, as yet; mostly joined to negatives: 
 
 ofiircii nondum, not yet (o4k€ti iam non, no longer /) 
 
 39. *Te (end., Lat. = -gwe), copulative: and; in prose 
 
 ri — T« : both — and ( = koC — KaC) generally connects sentences of equal 
 importance, whereas 
 
 «' — KaC: as well as, not only — but also, connects single words that supple- 
 ment each other and of which the second is of greater importance. 
 
 40. *Toi (end.) in asseveration : verily, in truth, surely. In this sense 
 
 it is often joined to other particles : 
 KaCroi, above 20 ; (icvtoi above 23 ; oiiroi indeed not. 
 ToC^ap inferential : therefore, then, consequently, accordingly : strengthened 
 
 forms are Toi7opovv and roiYdproi : for this very reason, precisely on that 
 
 account. 
 ToCvuv : inferential (esp. in the conclusion of a syllogism) : therefore, 
 
 consequently; introducing a minor proposition: but, atqui : 
 sometimes synonymous with 8e : besides, moreover, again, furthermore (esp. 
 
 In Toivvv) ■ 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 ON THE SOUNDS. 
 
 209. 1. Vowels; 
 
 ■ a\r)6eir]. 
 
 2. Metathesis ; 
 
 T] for a : (fjiXir], ver]VLr]<;, irprjaaoi ■ 
 
 ec for e : ^elvo^, eiveica, ^pvcreiov. 
 
 ov for : fji.ovvo<;, ovvo/jia, irovXw etc. 
 
 KdpTO<i, Kaprepof, eBpaicov, eirpaOov. 
 
 OpaaKQ) : edopov — ^XdxrKco : efioXov. 
 Metathesis of Quantity : 'ArpeiSea and 'ArpeiSdo. 
 arecofjiev and •crr^o/u.ei'. eto?, t«b? and ^o?, rrio<;. 
 Contraction : yi]pao<;^ repaa, repdcov, repdetrcn, fievea, 
 
 Teyeo'i, <j)i\eov, aotSidei, aoiBidovaa etc. 
 
 'E/s/iij?, 7jOV<i, r]0), iriXa, Ti/i.a, iipopfidrai — 
 
 6epev<;, <f>iXevvTe?, aev — veiKevcri. 
 
 evKXela^, BvcrKXea. 
 
 fivOelai or fivOeai. 
 
 5. Synizesis : TlrjXTjidSea) ' A')(^iXfjo<; — aXX' ore 8rj 'e^8ofiov rjfiap. 
 
 ■^pvcreoiaiv eTrl KXicr/jbolat — elXairivrj ^e yd/j.o';. 
 aXX' iS)/Mev /iiv irpStTa — rj ovk atet? etc. 
 
 6. Apocope : in dp (for dpa), in dv (for az/a), /car, irdp, air, vir ; 
 with assimilation : KdX-Xnre, Kd^-^aXe, Kdr-defiev, Kar-Oefiev, 
 
 Kap poov, KctTT TreBiov, kuk Ke(f}aXfj';, /cdS Be irapeicav, dX-Xe^ai, 
 afi-fiei^ai;, dfju-Trvevaai, dy-Kpe/xda-a^, dv-crTrjcra<;, dp, ireBiov. 
 
 7. A digamma was originally in the following words : 
 
 eo and eou to ev : 
 eea to eia or ea : 
 eeai to eiai or eai 
 
 peap ver fi<i vis 
 
 peadi]<; vestis folKO<i vlcus 
 
 peaTrepo<; vesper polvo<; vmum 
 
 peiKoai vlginti pejro<;, po-yjr vox 
 
 p<ovo<;, 6 (hence i-o)vovfirjv 89, 1. 
 
 note) 
 paXia-KOfiai hence (eaXwy, id- 
 
 XCOKO) 
 
 popdo) (hence e^pcav 89, 2) 
 
 8. There was an initial erp in o? (a-pd'i}= suus, e = 
 socer, dvBdvco, aor. e{5a^y^(5'^^l^^^^(sMa>i«) etc 
 
 165 
 
 ivii 
 
 d-ere 
 
 peX-Bofiai vel-le 
 pep- ver-bum 
 piB-, e-piBov 
 polBa, peiBo<; 
 peK(i>v (hence deicav, i.e. dpeKwv) 
 peX'TTOfiai (hence eoXira, i.e. pe- 
 
 poXira) 
 pepyd^o/jiai (hence pepopya and 
 elpy.) 
 
 se, eKvpo'i = 
 
166 HOMERIC DIALECT. [§210 
 
 9. Doubling of Consonants : 
 
 TToacriv, ScKacrcraTe — ecyerofiai, ereXeaaa. 
 OTTi, OTTTTft)?, OTTTTOTe — eSSeLasv, aSSijaeiev. 
 Toaao^, efi/Mope, evveov, eWa^e, eaavro. 
 
 10. Auxiliary Consonants (^avBp6<;, ya/i^po';, fiearj/i^pia) : 
 
 TjH^poTOV of dfiaprdvco, p-ifi^Xerai of fieXei. 
 fiefi^Xcoica of efioXov, ^Xwcricco — a/j./SpoTO'i. 
 
 INFLECTION OF NOUNS. 
 210. 1. A-Decl. : iinroTa. ' ArpeiSdo, 'ArpeiSeco, ivfifieXiw. 
 Bia Oedcov, irvXeav e^eaavro, kuS 8e irapeicov. 
 aOavdrrjai Oe'^f — ciKTaK, •jrdaai';. 
 
 2. O-Decl. : dpyvpeoio /Stoto — 6o KpdTO<;, AloXoo kXvto, Smfiara. 
 
 Oeolcriv iirovpavbota-tv — roliv m/jlouv. 
 
 3. Conson. Decl. : iroa-ai, irocri, m-oS-ecrcn — ^eXecr-cn, /SeXeai, 
 
 ^eXe-e<7cnv. 
 epiv and epiSa. yovvaroi and yovvo?. 
 ouaTO?, ovaaiv and maiv. 
 
 Trarepo^ and Trar/jo'?, dvyarepa and dvyarpa. 
 avepo'i and dvBp6<;, dvSpeacn and avBpda-tv. 
 jTJpaof, oiJSeo?, fiev€0<;, depev<;, fievea. , 
 
 KXe'a, ar^uKXee^ (see 209, 4). — 'HpaicXfjo<;, -kXtji, -kX^u. 
 ^c6?, -ovf, -ol, -ft}. — cTTretbu'?, airrji, crTrecrcrt, aTrijecra-i. 
 TTo'Xt? : TToXio^ and ttoXtjo';, iroXei and ttoXtji. 
 5781/? : evpvv and evpea. aiKea 'I/ot?, /3ader]^ vXri<;. 
 /3aaiX7Jo^ etc., ^aaiXevcn. 'OSvcr(o-)}jo9 and -a(^cr')eo<!. 
 
 4. Irreg. nouns: 'AtSr]^: 'AifSao and 'Ai'&ft) and "Ai'So?. 
 "Apti<;: "Aprjo<; and'A/seo?, voc. ^ Ape's and "A/ae?. 
 Zei5? : Aio? and Zt^vo'?, Zrjva and Zrjv. 
 
 Kdpr], TO : KapijaTO'i, Kdprjro';, KpdaTO<; and KpaTO?, 
 
 Kpdrtov, KpdaltV. — Kdprjva, Kapr)vcov. 
 I'jjO? : vr)6<; and ve6<;, vqeaai, veecrcn and vrjVaCv. 
 vm : vleo'i and vlo<;. 
 dXKrj : aXKy and oKkL fidariyi,, /jbdariya and fjidari, fidcmv. 
 
 5. Suffixes. -</)t: e^ ew?J(^t — Kparep7j<f}i ^irj^t Qsing.^, 
 
 Bid, (TTi^decrcfjcv — avv 6')(e<T^iv (plur.). 
 -6ev and -61 : ef dXoOev, i/MeOev — ^w^t tt/so. 
 
 6. Adjectives : l(j)di/jLovi; yjrV'x^d^, ddavdrrj yfrv^ij. 
 7ro(u)\i;?, TToXu, G. 7roXeo9, A. 7ro(i;)Xw (masc. and fem.). 
 
 Plur. TToXee?, TroXecov, TroXeeaari, iroXeaat and TroXeo-t, 
 and TToXXo'?, ttoXXj;, ttoXXoV reg. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§211,212] HOMERIC DIALECT. 167 
 
 7. Comparison: yXvKuov, (fnXimv — a>Kia-To<; — 5rAe£s(= TrAEWss), 
 Comp. apetcov, ^eXrepo':, cf>eprepo<;, Xmiop, Xwhepov, 
 KaKd>T€po<i, j^eiporepo';, ')^epei(ov, 'xepeioTepo'i — 
 (jLacrcyeov, aacrov. 
 Sup. Kapnaroi!, (jjepia-Tog, (f>epTaTO'; — fi'^KLajoi, d'Y')^icrTa. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 211. 1. Personal : iywv, eixelo, ifieo, i/juev, ip,e6ev. dfi/j,e<!, a/ifii, anne. 
 ti/z't;, creto, aeo, (rev, aedev — retv. iip.fie'i, vfifjLi, v/j,/j,e. 
 
 elo, eo, ev, evev — eoi — ee, I, fuv. 
 
 (7(f)ei<!, (Tcjieicov, cr(j)i(nv and i7<f>iv, a-(j)ea<;, (T(j>d<s and cr^e. 
 Dual : va>i, vmv — o-^wi, a-(j}mp — a-KJxai, (r^utiv. 
 
 2. Possess. : e/^d?, reo'?, ed? and 6'?. ap,6<;, vp,6<;, a^d'; and a-(j>erepo'i. 
 , Dual : vcotrepo^. o-^miVe/so?. 
 
 3. Demonst. : the article with rot, rat' besides ot, ai, 
 
 and OS or o (both masc. : he who), ri, 6 (116, note). 
 
 4. Relative : 6 = o? and ojs = ^?, as also those forms of o, ij, to', 
 
 which begin with t. 
 
 5. Interrog. : reo and rev, rem and toj, Teisw, reoicn ; 
 
 the same, when used as indefinite pronouns, are 
 enclitic. 
 
 6. Generalizing Relatives : ort? besides oa-n^, oneo and oT(T)ei', 
 
 oreft), 
 oTtva besides ovriva, — oTivai, affaa. 
 
 CONJUGATION. 
 
 212. 1. Modal suffixes, subj. : ijeip-o-fiev,7roii]a--e-rai,,ev^eai,iop,ev. 
 
 opt. : BvT] (for SviTj), <j}6ifir]v, <J)01to, Sv/iev, 
 SaivvTO, Baivvaro, Xvto, \eXvTO. 
 
 2. Augment : eXvae and Xvae, e/Si; and yS^, e';j(;ei' — /cdde/jLev, dvearav. 
 
 3. Personal endings : ideXafu, eOeXyaOa, ideXTjcrt — TidrjcrOa. 
 
 ireiroidea, -ea?, -e'ev, — (f)6/3r]dev, lev, e^av, ^dv. 
 oSvpeai, eXvaao — ^ ^e^XTjai — cf)pa^d>iJ,e<rda. 
 /3e0Xi]arai, -aro, ISoiaro — SiScoOi, ofivvBi. 
 
 4. Infinitive : d/iweiv, d/ivve/iev and dp-vveiMevai, — ISe-eiv. 
 
 5. Contract Verbs in -da, uncontr. : doiBcdei, Treivdwv, fievoiveov. 
 assimilated : yeXornvrei; and yeXwovre's, 6pda<;. 
 
 contr. : rt/tta, nfiacri, nfi&v, iipopfidrai. 
 
 in -6(0 : ^iXeeK, ^CXeov, tjuXeatfiev, (j)iXevvTe<; . 
 
 in -do) : apdatn, vTrvmovrai, Brjioaiev, j^^oXovvrai. 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
168 HOMERIC DIALECT. [§212 
 
 6. Verbs in -/nt : nffei, Ti,Oeicn, BiSolaffa, SiSoi, SiSovcriv. 
 
 Oijco (Oeloa), ^V^'ii OrjOfiev (^Oeio/xev^, de-co-fiev. 
 yva>-co, ryvQj-T)';,- Sco-o-iMev, ^rja (/Setm), 
 arrj-o-fiev (areioiiev), arecofiev, o-TTj-e-re, aTtjaa-i. « 
 BafiTj-a (Bafieico), Ba^co, /^I'yij'p'i, ^avi]Tj, 
 rpairriofiev (from erdpirrjv^, Safiijere, fuyecocri. 
 
 elfii-: elcrOa, fjia, Xaav, 'iiiev(ai), elao\xai, eicraro. 
 
 et/u.t': eWi, ea and eoj', r\r)v^ e(/t)/uei'(af), eaerai,, icraelTat. 
 
 olSa: rieihr]<;, etSo/xev, I8ea), lhiiev(ai), ISvla, elSijaco. 
 
 7. Alike forms (of different verbs) : 'iaav (elfii-, olSa), e'icro/iai, 
 (elfu, olSa, ecSofiaiy, elcrdfirjv (elfii, eiBofiai). 
 
 8. Presents with the force of futures : KaXem, TeXeta, dvva, ipva, 
 
 dvTioo), S'^eo, xeico, KUKKeiovre'i, veofiai, ^eiofiai. 
 
 9. Aorists without a- : eKrja, eaaeva, €')(eua, rjXevaro and akiacrOai. 
 
 10. Aorists of Liquids with a : eKeXaa, dpcra, eKepcra, a>paa. 
 
 11. Mixed Aorists : l^ov, Svcrero, /Sijo-gro, Xe^eo, opcreo, ol(Tefji,ev(a,C). 
 
 12. Reduplicated Second Aorists : 
 
 T]papov, wpopov; i7re(j)paBe, TeTapTroip^eada, dp.ire'rraXdiv. 
 TreTTiOelv, irecfuBeaOai (fut. TreTriOrjcra), Tre^iBrjaerai) . 
 iireTrXTjyov, TreTrXijyovTO, KeKXvOi, evivl-jre and rfvvrra'irQV. 
 With syncop,e : KmXero^ eVer/ue, cTre^j'e, dXaXKe. 
 In a causative sense : XeXd-)(a)ai, iKXeXaOov. 
 
 13. Primitive or Root-Aorists Act. and Mid. 
 
 (the aor. mid. mostly in an intr. or pass, sense) : 
 iyrjpa, eicTCiV (1. p. sg. and 3. p. pi.), KTd/xevaL, Krd'i, 
 eKTUTO, KTacrOai, /3X?jto, Xvvto, e(f)6iTo, (f)d(fj,evo^, 
 Subj. Kremixev, ^Xijerai, <f>6ieTai, <j)6i6/Jieada. 
 Opt. ;SX^o (/3Xeto), ^e{fi7jv, <j>eLTo 212, 1. 
 iSeyfirjv, Se'fo, SeKTO, fieiKTO, dXro, ttoXto, irepOaL, dp/ievo<;, 
 XeKTo (of Xeyai and Xe%-), ttXtjto (of TreXafto and Trip.TrXrjfu'). 
 
 14. Aorists of different formation : 
 
 deipa and depOrjv (of deipo), a'tpco~), 
 '^pdfjLjjv and dpofirjv, dpeaOai of dpvvfiai. 
 ^pcra, rjpapov, dpfj,evo<;, dpOrjv of dpapicTKQ). 
 of opvvp,i : &p(7a (212, 10) ; topopov (212, 12). 
 
 aipero (with oprjrai,, opoiro 86). 
 
 apro (with opcrai, opdai, 6p/j,evo<;, 212, 13). 
 and opaeo, opaev (accdg. to 212, 11). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
§§213,214] HOMERIC DIALECT. 169 
 
 15. Perf. and Plupft. : KeKoiroK, ive(^vatn, Tedvqw<;. i 
 With Attic redupl. : aprjpa, opcopa, aXdXrj/jLai, ipeptTTTO. 
 With change of vowel : XeXaa-rai (besides \ijOofj,ai'), eoiKa and 
 
 eiKTov, et'Sw? and IBvla, ire'cj^evya and 7re(^i/7/ieVo9, rerev)(^aro 
 and rervKTO, TeTX)j(dai, TeTvy/xevoi — doopro of aeCpco. 
 With irreg. accent: aicdjfrfadai, uKa'x^ijiJ.evo^, iauv/xevo';, dXd- 
 XTjadai, oXaKijfj.evo'i. 
 
 16. Iterative forms : ey^eq-Kov, eXeuae, fivqada-Kero, ardaKov, Ke-aKero. 
 
 ON SYNTAX. 
 Cases and Prepositions. 
 
 213. 1. The cases without a preposition are used in a local sense 
 
 (of. 162, 2). 
 Accus. : whither: epx^c^ov KXiairjV — e^avveat; afi^ieXicrcra';. 
 r where : epyovrai ireSioio — p,rj Sr]6a SiaTpi/Smnev oSolo. 
 I whence: dveBv TroXirj'i aXo? — Tri0a)V, ■^ipvcra-eTO oZi/os. 
 f -where : aWepi vaimv — aKpordrrj Kopvcjjy. 
 \ whither : %et/3 Trehlco ireae — OaXdaar] eXaai 'A.'x^acov^. 
 
 2. Prepositions : elv(, evi and elv, irapaC and vTrai, 
 
 irpoTi and ttoti, dfi<f)k and inreip. 
 
 3. Prep, as adverbs : iv Se, aw Be, irpoi; Be, fiera Se. 
 
 irepl fiev deceiv Ta')(v^, irepl 8' Ipa ffeolaiv eBeoKe. 
 
 4. Tmesis : e'/e S' e^av axnoL — ef epov evro — eirl Kve^a^ rjXOe. 
 
 vrjirioi, 01 Kara /Sou? "Ttrepiovo'; rfeXioio TJcrdiov. 
 
 5. Anastrophe : KiKovmv mro Brj(odevTe<; — ^vjav inro vr)Xee<; rifiap. 
 
 6. 'Am w. the dat. : upon : ^jowo-ea) dva aKriTrrpw. 
 
 7. Mera w. the dat. : among : fj-era rolaiv dvecTTrj. 
 
 between, in, with : e.g. (lera xepo-iv exovaiv. 
 
 8. "Kvi (for eveariv, eveia-iv), eiri, fiera, irdpa — dva. 
 
 Moods. — Infinitive. 
 
 214. 1. In independent sentences, the subjunctive (with or with- 
 out dv), being the mood of anticipation, borders on the meaning of 
 the future indicative. 
 
 Kat TTOTe Tt? et-irya-iv, cf . i»9 Trore rt? ipeet. 
 
 Oil ydp TTto Toiovi tSov dvepa<; ovBe 'iBcofxai. 
 , 2. "Kv (A;e(z/)) may be used (contrary to Attic usage, 194) : 
 with the fut. ind. : Kai ice tk aB' ipe'ei. 
 in the protasis of conditional sentences of the third type : 
 
 Et TOVTco K£ XdBoiu,ev, dpoifiedd ice /eXeo? iaOXov. 
 
 Digitized by microsoft® 
 
170 
 
 HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 [§215 
 
 frequently in final clauses : 
 
 'AXX' i9i, fJi,-^ IM ipeOc^e, aawrepo'; a? kc verjai. 
 rarely with the optative in wishes : & kI ol avOi, | yaux xo-voi. 
 "Av («e(i')) may be omitted, contrary to Attic usage, 
 with the potential optative : 
 
 'PeZa ^ed? 7' ideXoav koX rrfkoOev dvBpa aadscrai. 
 with the iterative hypothetical subjunctive in conditional, as 
 well as hypoth. -relative and -temporal sentences: 
 
 Et h' av TK paiya-i deSiv ivl oivottl -TrovTO), \ TKrjcroixai. 
 
 Zeis I avOpdnrov; i(f>opa koI jCvvTai, o? rt? afidpTr). 
 
 ''n ^i\oi, ov yap Tfeo KarahvcToixeff ayyvyi.evoL -rrep 
 et9 'AtSao BofjLovi;, nrplv fjLopcnixov ^fiap iireXOr]. 
 frequently also in comparisons : 
 
 'H? S' ore Kairvo'; Icbv i^ acneo^ aiOep' i/crjTaL 
 
 rrjXodev Ik vrjaov, ttjv hrjLOb aficfjifid^covraL, 
 
 S? utt' ' Axi'XXrjo'i Ke(j>a\r]'; ireXa^ aWep Licavev. 
 with the indicative implying unreality : 
 
 ev6a fjLe kv/jl' airoepae might have swept away. 
 The infinitive with the force of an optative : 
 ZeO ava, TrjXe/j.a'x^ov fioi ev dvBpdcrtv oK^iov elvai, 
 
 Kai ol irdvTa yevoiro, ocra <f)pecrlv yen fj,evoLva. 
 The infinitive with the force of an imperative : 
 
 Noo"T7jo"a? Brj eireiTa <f>LXrjV e? TrarpiBa yalav 
 aiifid re ol %e{)at Kal e-rrl Kre'pea Krepet^ai 
 •iroWa fid\\ ocrcra eoLKe, Kal dve'pi, firjTepa Bovvai. 
 
 215. THE MOST COMMON GRECIAN MEASURES, WEIGHTS 
 
 AND COINS. 
 
 1. MEASURES OF LENGTH. 
 
 crraSiov 
 
 TfXWpa. 
 
 opyviai 
 
 7r^X«« 
 
 TToSes 
 
 Equivalents 
 
 stadia 
 
 plethra 
 
 fathoms 
 
 cubits 
 
 feet 
 
 meters 
 
 feet 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 100 
 
 3331 
 
 500 
 
 164 
 
 640 
 
 
 1 irXedpov 
 
 20 
 
 66| 
 
 100 
 
 32.8 
 
 108 
 
 
 
 1 opyvid 
 
 H 
 
 5 
 
 1.64 
 
 5.4 
 
 
 
 
 1 Trrj'xv^ 
 
 H 
 
 .492 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 TTOV? 
 
 .328 
 
 1.08 
 
 The above stadium was the itinerary stadium which was some- 
 what shorter than oth^^^^y Microsoft® 
 
§215] 
 
 MEASURES, WEIGHTS AND COINS 
 
 171 
 
 The Olympic stadium = 600 ft., reckoning .32 m to the foot, 
 = 192 m = 629 ft. 
 
 The Greek-Roman stadium = 600 ft., reckoning .29 m to the foot, 
 = 178 m = 584 ft. 
 
 1 Parasang = 30 stadia = 4.92 km = 3.05 miles = an hour's march. 
 
 2. MEASURES OF CAPACITY. 
 
 Dry Measures 
 
 Liquid Measures 
 
 /ieSt/u.j'os 
 
 XOIVIKCS 
 
 Approximate 
 
 /i.eTpr/Tvs 
 
 XO£S 
 
 kotvXmi 
 
 Approximate 
 
 gallons 
 
 pints 
 
 gallons 
 
 pints 
 
 1 
 
 48 
 
 12 
 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 144 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 1 %04Wf 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 1 ^ov? 
 
 ■ 12 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 KOTvXrj 
 
 
 i 
 
 3. WEIGHTS AND COINS. 
 
 ToXavTOV 
 (talent) 
 
 (mina) 
 
 SpaxiMu 
 (drachma) 
 
 o/SoAoi 
 (obol) 
 
 Approximate Equivalents 
 
 grammes 
 
 grains 
 
 dollars 
 
 cents 
 
 1 
 
 60 
 
 6000 
 
 36,000 
 
 26,400 = 
 
 405,000 
 
 1080 
 
 
 
 1 fiva 
 
 100 
 
 600 
 
 440 = 
 
 6750 
 
 18 
 
 
 
 
 1 BpaxM 
 
 6 
 
 4.40 = 
 
 67.5 
 
 
 18 
 
 
 
 
 1 ojSoXo? 
 
 .73 = 
 
 11.2 
 
 
 3 
 
 The ratio of gold to silver was 10 or (in commerce) 12 to 1. 
 
 The Persian Aapet/co? {a-TaTrjp) was exactly one Attic gold stater 
 = about 15.40. 
 
 Besides the above weights and coins of the Solonian coinage, the 
 ancient Aeginetan commercial weights were in vogue still at the 
 early Roman period. Of the latter, a talent = 36,156 grammes, a 
 mina = 602.6 gr., a drachma = 6.03 gr. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
INDEXES. 
 
 In these Indexes the references are to the Sections of the Grammar. The Prepo- 
 sitions and Particles which are mentioned in alphabetical order in 163 and 208 are 
 generally not included in the Greek Index. Nor is any reference made to the Homeric 
 Dialect. 
 
 I. ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 Ablative use of gen. 147 fi. 
 Ablaut 11, 2. See 88, 3. 108. 
 Absolute : ace. 203, 4. gen. 203, 2. 3. 
 Accents, 3. 4. gener. princ. 6-10. re- 
 cessive 6, 6. in decl. 25, 5. 6. of mono- 
 
 syll. 36, 6. 7. in conjug. 72, 11. 12. of 
 
 verbs in -/jli 99, 4. 
 Accusative case: synt. 131-141. abs. 
 
 203, 4. w. inf. 197, 2. 199, 1. 
 Action, time or stage of 167, 1-4. 169, 
 
 1-4. 
 Active voice 164. 
 
 Adjectives: classif. 52-55. irreg. 55. 
 Adverbs 59; correl. 69. w. gen. 162, 5. 
 Adversative clauses 189. partic. in 
 
 203, 3. e. 
 Agreement, synt. 114. 115. 
 Alphabet 1. used as numerals 70. 
 Anastrophe 213; 5. 
 Anticipation or prolepsis 176, 5. 
 Aorist 72, 4. 79, 3. 8. second 86. 87. 
 
 primitive or root 102. synt. 167, 2. 3. 
 
 168, 2. —212, 9-14. 
 Apocope 209, 6. 
 Apposition: w. person, pron. 118, 1. 
 
 ■w. names of persons 119, n. 3. 
 Article 26. in dual 71. synt. 116-124. 
 Assimilation 19. of rel. to case of 
 
 antec. 129, 2. inverted 129, 2. n. of 
 
 mood 192. 
 Atonies 8. 
 
 Attic: decl. 35. redupl. 89, 5. fut. 90, 1. 
 Attraction of rel. 129, 2. w. n. 
 Attributive position of art. 120. 
 Augment 73. in compounds 75. in 
 
 plupf. 79, 5. peculiarities of 89. 
 Augmented tenses 72, 6. — 176, 3. 
 
 Barytones 7. 
 Breathings 3. 
 
 Caring, vbs. of 181. 
 Case-endings, locative 51. 
 Cases : synt. 131-161. of infin. 198, 2. 
 Causal sentences, depend. 178. cans. 
 
 rel. claus. 191, 3. a. 
 Caution, vbs. of 181. 
 Coins 215, 3. 
 
 Digitized by 
 
 Comparison: of adj. 56-58. of adv. 
 59, 3. 
 
 Compensative lengthening 13. 
 
 Compound words : accent of 6, 6. augm. 
 and redupl. of 75. comp. verbs trans. 
 134. 
 
 Concessive clauses 189. partic. in 203, 
 3. e. 
 
 Conditional sentences 182-188. 
 
 Conjugation 72-113. of pure verbs 78- 
 81. of mute verbs 82. 83. of liquid-verbs 
 84. 85. of verbs in -u 97. of verbs in 
 -IM 98-106. irregul. 107-113. 
 
 Consecutive clauses 180. rel.l91,3.b. 
 
 Consonants: final 23. movable 24. 
 euphonic changes in 19. 
 
 Contraction 16. of nouns: 1st and 2d 
 decl. 30. 33. of verbs 81. 91, Iff. ac- 
 cent of contr. syll. 16, 2. 
 
 Copula 114, 4. foot-note. 104, 3. u. 1. 
 
 Coronis 18, 1. 
 
 Correlative: pron. 68. adv. 69. 
 
 Crasis 18. 63, 1. n. 68, 2. n. 
 
 Danger, vbs. of 181, 1. 2. w. notes 1. 2. 
 Dative case, synt. 154-161. 
 Declension 25 ff. 
 Demonstrative pron. 65. — 128. 
 Dependent sentences 176 ff. 
 Deponent verbs 72, 3. passive, middle 
 
 dep. 95, 1. 2. 
 Digamma 1, 2. n. 1. omission of 89, 1. 
 Diminutives all neut. 25, 2. 
 Diphthongs 2, 2. 3. 3, 4. 
 Division of syllables 5. 
 Doric: gen. 29, 3. fut. 113, s.v. r\ia, 
 
 Dual: in decl. 71. in conj. 96. synt. 
 
 114, 2. 
 Dubitative: subj. 173, 2. quest. 179, 2. 
 Durative present, iniperf. 168, 1. 
 
 E-class of verbs 111. 
 
 Elision 17. 
 
 Enclitics 9. w. accent if emphatic 10. 
 
 Final clauses 181. final rel. cl. 191, 3.c. 
 Final consonants 23. movable 24. 
 
 Microsoft® 
 
INDEXES. 
 
 173 
 
 Fractions w. art. 118, 2. 
 
 Future 79, 2. 8. 84, 1. 87. 90, 1. 2. 
 
 94. Attic 90. Doric 113, s.v. feUdw. 
 
 synt. of 168, 3. perfect 79, 7. — 168 4. 
 
 Gender of nouns 25, 2. 
 Genitive case: Doric 29, 3.— synt 142- 
 153. absol. 203, 2. 3. 
 
 Historical tenses 72, 6. — 176, 3. 
 Hypothetical clauses, see Condit. 
 
 Imperative 175. 169, 3. 
 
 Imperfect tense:, synt. 168, 1. w. force 
 of Lat. plupf . 168, 2. c. w. n. — w. and 
 without &v 172. in conditions 185. 
 
 Impersonal verbs: synt. 172, 1. 199, 
 1. partic. of, in ace. abs. 203, 4. no 
 impers. passive of intr. verbs 166, 1. n. , 
 
 Inchoative class of verbs 110. 
 
 Indicative 167, 3. 168. of histor. 
 tenses 172. 
 
 Indirect discourse 177. 193. 
 
 Infinitive: synt. 195-199. w. S.v 204. 
 w. art. 124. absol. 199, 5. in indir. 
 disc. 193. cf. 169, 4. nomin. w. inf. 
 197, 1. 
 
 Interrogative: particles 207. sen- 
 tences 179. 
 
 Intransitive verbs 134. pass. 166, 1. 
 
 led 1, 2. n. 2. lod class of verbs 
 77, 3. 
 
 Irregular: nouns 50. adjectives 55. 
 verbs 107-112 and 113. 
 
 Irregularities in inflection : of nouns 
 60. of verbs 113. 
 
 Lengthening of vovyels 11. in the 
 
 nomin. 12. compensative 13. 
 Locative case-endings 51. 
 
 Measures 215, 1. 2. 
 Metathesis 15. of quant. 209, 3. 
 Middle: voice 72, 2. 3. 165. fut. 94. 
 
 depon. 95, 1. passives 95, 3. 
 Mixed cla^s of verbs 112. 
 Moods 171-194. 169. depend. 176 ff. 
 Mood suffixes 72, 9. 
 
 Nasal class of verbs 109. 
 
 Negatives 206. 171. 179, 1. n. 2. 
 
 Nominative case: singular of 3d deol. 
 formed 36,' 3. lengthening of vowel in 
 12. w. inf. 197, 1. two nominatives 
 135, n. 
 
 Numerals 70. w. art. 118, 2. 
 
 Object, external, internal 132 ff. 
 Optative 72, 1. 5. 9. b. 81, n. 2. —174. 
 
 176. oblique 176, 4. potential opt. w. 
 
 S.V 174, 2. in indir. disc. 169, 4. future 
 
 169, 4. n. iterative 187, 2. b. 
 
 Participles expr. rel. time 170. uses 
 of 200-203. w. &v 204. 
 
 Particles 206 ff. end. 9, 1. e. 
 Passive voice 166. cf. 164, 2. 
 Perfects: mixed 103. w. pres. force 
 
 168, 1. n. 2. 
 Perfect tense 79, 4-6. 83. 85, 3. 88. 
 
 — 167. 168,4. 170, L c. 
 Persons, names of, w. or without art. 
 
 119, 2. w. n. 3. 
 Phonetic laws 11-24. 
 Pluperfect tense 79, 5. 6. 83. 85, 3. 
 
 88. — 167. 168, 4. replaced by aor. 
 
 and impf. 168, 2. c. w. n. 
 Potential: optative 174, 2. indicative 
 
 172, 4. mood in indir. disc, in dep. 
 
 causa], interr., and consecutive clauses 
 
 177-ieO; 
 Predicate ace. 135. position 121. with- 
 out art. 119, 1. noun w. inf. 197. 
 Prepositional compounds: augm. and 
 
 redupl. 75.. w. ace. 134. w. gen. 153. 
 
 w. dat. 161. 
 Prepositions 162. 163, 1-33. 
 Present tense 79, 1. 80, 1.-168, 1. w. 
 
 notes. 
 Preterit tenses 72, 6.-176, 3. 
 Primitive aorists 102. 212,13. 
 Principal tenses 72, 6. — 176, 2. 
 Proclitics 8. 
 
 Prolepsis or anticipation 176, 5. 
 Pronouns 61-68.-114, 5. 125 ft. 
 Pronunciation 1, 3. 
 Proper names w. or without art. 119, 
 
 n. 3. 
 Punctuation marks 4. 
 
 Quantity of syll. 5. 
 
 Reading signs 4. 
 
 Reduplication 74 ft. Attic 89, 5. 
 
 Relative clauses 191. 
 
 Repetition: in condit. clauses 187, 2. 
 
 in temp, claus. 190, 3. cf. 4. b. in 
 
 relat. clauses 191, 4. d. 
 Root aorists 102. 212, 13. 
 
 Secondary tenses 72, 6. — 176, 3. 
 
 Shortening of vowels 11. 
 
 Sounds classified 2. 
 
 Spiritus asper, lenis 3. 
 
 Subject and predicate 114. of inf. 197 
 
 w. gen. absol. 203, 2. n. a. 
 Subjunctive 72, 9. a. 99,4. synt.173 
 
 cf. 176, 2. 
 Suffixes : mood 72, 9. tense 79. 
 Syllabic augment 73. 
 Syllables, quantity and division of 5. 
 Syncope 14. 
 Syntax 114-208. 
 
 T-class of verbs 77, 2. 
 
 Temporal clauses 190. 
 
 Tenses 72, 6.-167-170. in indir. disc. 
 
 169, 4. in the partic. 170. 
 Termination, final 23. 
 Thematic vowels 72, 8. 9. 79. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
174 
 
 INDEXES. 
 
 Time: of action 167. relative 170. ace. 
 
 of 140. gen. of 152. dat. of 160, 2. 
 Transitive and intr. verbs 164, 1. 93. 
 
 133. 
 
 Verb stem 72, 7. 
 
 Verbal nouns and adjectives 72, 1. 12. c. 
 
 79, 9. 195-205. 
 Verbs : in -M 76-97. contract 81 ff. in 
 
 -fu 98 ff. in -miJ.L 105 fi. irregular 
 
 107-112. 
 Vocative case 25, 4. 36, 5. 
 Vowels, change of 11 ff. 
 
 "Weights 215, 3. 
 
 Wishes: attainable 174, 1. hopeless 
 172, 2. 
 
 dya^ds 58, 1. 59, 2.— 
 
 199, 2. 
 ayaXXo/jML 159, 2. w. n., 
 
 202, 1 d. 
 StyafMi 95, 2. 101, 4.— 
 
 150. 
 ayavaKTeo) 159, 2. w. n., 
 
 202, 1 d. 2. n. 1. 
 dyycXXft) 85, 2. 97,30.— 
 
 202, 2. b. & n. 1. 
 dy^vai & ayvvfu 113. 
 ayopevo} 112, 12. 
 ^yo) 97, 16. 94, 3, 113. 
 
 — 164. 
 dStiv, 0877(70) 113, s.v. av- 
 
 Soivio. 
 dSeXi^ds 60. 
 aSijXov ov 203, 4. 
 dSi/c€0) 75, 3. 94, 2 (& 
 
 3). — 133. 168, l.n. 2. 
 
 202, 1. c. 
 aSo), see 94, 1. 
 Adrjva^e, -y]Oev 51. 
 'A6^i/i;(7i 51. — 160, 1. 
 aOpoo^, ci, ov 60. 
 advixeo) 75, 3. 
 ai8eo/tai91,4. — 133. 202, 
 
 2. n. 5. 
 'A180U, iv & £^143. 
 a(8a)9 44, 3. 
 aiv€(i) 91, 5. 113. 
 aipiojiai 112, 1. — 135. 
 
 199, 3. 
 alpiu) 112, 1. — 144, 2. 
 
 164, 2. 16.5, 1. b. 
 
 n. GREEK INDEX. 
 
 al'po) 90, 3. 97, 47.— 
 
 164, 1. 
 aladavoiuii 109, 7. — 147, 
 
 4. w. n. 202, 2. n. 4. 
 aia~)(p6v ov 203, 4. 
 aio-xpds 57, 2.-199, 2. 
 
 206, 4. n. 2. 
 aicrxvvofjuu 95, 3. — 133. 
 
 159, 2. 202, 2. n. 5. 
 aiTco) 136. 199, 1. 
 alTidopai 95, 1. — 144, 2. 
 atTtos 144, 2. 
 dKov'a) 89, 5. 94, 1. 97, 
 
 41. — 147,4. w.n. 202, 
 
 2. n. 1 & 4. 
 a.Kparri's 144, 3. 
 a.Kpodojjuj.1 113. — 147, 4. 
 aKpos w. art. 122, 3. 
 aKwv 115, 1. 203, 2. n. b. 
 dAoAa^o) 113. 
 dA.yetvds, dXyiwv 60. 
 aXei(jiO) 113. 
 dXe^o) 113. 
 d\€<o 113. 
 d\^X£((7);aat 113, s.v. 
 
 dXcco. 
 
 d\T^\lfJI,fIUU 113, S.M.dXciC^U). 
 
 dXto-Ko/iat 110, 4. — 144, 2. 
 
 164, 2. 202, 2. 
 aXXaTTO) 87, 3. 
 dXX-^Xcov 63, 3. 
 a\Xo9cv, -61, -ere 51. 
 aXXo/iat 113. 
 AXXo TL ^ 207, 2. 
 dpi 158, 1. 203, 3. c. 
 
 aimpTavm 109, 8. — 144, 4. 
 202, 1. c. 
 
 alXtlPojlOL, O.TT- 113. 
 
 d/ueXeo), djUEXijs 144, 3. 
 afivrj/wvevto, ap-v^/JLOiv 144, 
 
 3. 
 a/xoipo's 144, 3. 
 d/A7rexo> and -t(r;(<o 113, s.v. 
 
 d/iwo/iat 133. 165, 1. b. 
 d/iw(0 165, 1. b. 
 d/x^tyroeo) 113. 
 ap-^Levwixi 113, s.w. ew. — 
 
 136. 
 apu^uT^tfiui 113. 
 d/i<^tG,-eTs 113, s.w. cvvu/K. 
 dfic^oTEpos 118, 3. 
 a.iJ,'i>0T€puiQe.v 162, 5. 
 a/jLcjiO) 70, 1. — 118, 3. 
 dv 194, see 171, 2. w. n. ; 
 
 see idv. 
 avayKoiov rjv 172, 1. 
 dvamos32, 4. — 144, 2. 
 avaKpd^oi 86, 3. 
 dvttXtCTKO), di/oXdo) 110, 5- 
 
 113. 
 a.vap.ip.V7)aKU> 136. 
 dvd^tos 32, 4. — 151. 
 dvSdvo) 113. 
 di/ev 162, 5. 
 dvexo/itat 89, 7. 112, 5. b. 
 
 — 202, 1. b. 
 av-qp 42. 
 
 dvidu), -dojiox 95, 3. 
 dvotyo) 89, 2. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
dvTeT^o) iJiTj ov 206, 4. n. 2. 
 aVTiXiyw 206, 4. w. n. 1. 2. 
 aVTiiroUo/jiaL 158. 144, 3. 
 dvvro), dvuo) 77, 2. n. 113. 
 4|ios 151. 199, 1. 
 A^Loto 136. 151. 199, 1. 
 airayoptvio 112, 12. a. — 
 
 202, 1. b. 206, 4. n. 2. 
 aTraAAdTTO) 95, 3. 147, 1. 
 OTrafiitpoixoi 113. 
 airavTam 94, 1. 
 airsipym 147, 1. 
 direipos 144, 3. 
 a.Te\6a.vofUiL 113, «.j!. e;^^. 
 aTrexo/Jiai 147, 1. 
 aTrexpV H^, s.u. )(pa.<a. 
 S.'rrexo) 147, 1. 199, 1. 
 airrili€i<j>6ri 113, «.i;. dira/iet- 
 
 jSofiai. 
 airuTTeai 75, 3. 206, 4. 
 
 w. n. 1. 2. 
 dirXous 60. 
 dTrXows 34. 56, 4. b. 
 dToytyvucrKco 153. 
 diroS£ocvu/« 135. 202, 2. b. 
 aiToSrjiJLeoi 113. 
 diro8t8o/xat 112, 16. — 151. 
 aTToSiSpdo-Kti) 102, 2. 110, 
 
 9. — 133. 
 diroSiJo), see 93. 113, s.v. 
 
 &v(o. — 136. 
 diroOvrjfTKia 110, 7. 113 ; 
 
 pf. 103, 2. — 164, 2. 
 
 167, 2. 
 
 WKOKpCvOfUU 95, 1. 
 diroKpvjTTft) & mid. 136. 
 airoKTtivm 97, 34. — 164, 2. 
 diroXavoi 94, 1.— 144, 3. 
 
 145, 2. 
 d™AAi;/uaii -/Ai 106, 11. 
 AttoXXwv 60. 
 airovoiofjuu 95, 2. 
 diropioi 147, 2. 
 airoa-Tepew 94, B. — 136. 
 
 147, 2. 
 
 INDEXES. 
 
 a,Tro(TT£picrKO), see -o-repccu. 
 d7rotn;\do) 136. 
 airoTpejrm 153. 
 d7rorvyj(dvo) 144, 4. 
 aTro<f>aivopM (r^v) yvia/irp/ 
 
 165, 1. c. 
 dTTOc^euyci) 133. 144, 2. 
 d.Troxpd.(0 suffice, and 
 d,Tr6)(pr] 113, s.v. 2. )(pa.<j>. 
 aiTTopai 144, 4. 
 apa, apa /x^, ap' ov 207. 
 apapav, dpdpivai of 
 dpapCuKUi 113. 
 apecTKU) 110, 3. 
 •Ap,;s 60. 
 
 dpKEA) 91, 4. — 155. 
 apfio^ia, apjuoTTO) 77, 3. a. 
 
 n. 82, 3. 97, 7. 
 dpviopm 95, 2. — 206, 4. 
 
 n. 1. 
 dpx^v 141. 
 apxopju begin 147, 3. 165, 
 
 1. b. 199, 1. b. 202, 
 
 1. b. 2. n. 5. 
 dpxo) 97, 15; 94, 3. rule 
 
 144,3. 166,1. 168,3; 
 
 begin 147, 3. 199, l.b. 
 
 202, 1. b. 
 dcr/ievos 115, 1. 
 darv 47, 2. 60. — 119, 3. 
 S.T€ 203, 3. a. 
 arepos 68, 2. n. 
 arra and drTa 67, 4. n. 1. 
 av^dvo} 109, 8. 
 avTiKa 203, 3. c. 
 airds 63. 61. — 122, 1. 
 
 125, 2. a. 127. 158, 3 
 
 (bis). 
 a<l>aip£0ijuu 136. 147, 2. 
 
 di^eiSto), a<f>aSrjs 147, 1. 
 
 a.<^0ovo% 60. 
 
 a^LKviopjai 109, 6. 
 
 d<j>i(TTrjlxi, dtjiUTTapai 153. 
 
 dx^o/wii 111, 8. — 155. I yo'v«39, 3. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 175 
 
 157. 3. 159, 2. 202, 1. 
 d. 2.n. 1. 
 dxpt (dxpw) 162, 5. 
 
 ySatvo) 102, 2. a. 4. a. 113. 
 /JdAAo) 92, 4. 97, 51. 
 PaxTiXivi 119, 3. 
 /Jao-iAeu'a) 144, 3. 167, 4. 
 
 168, 2. d. 
 ^e/Sdpai 113, s.u. /JatVo). 
 PiaXppai 95, 1. 
 /3i;8di;o) 90, 1. 
 /St^puio-KO) 112, 3. 
 /8tda) 112, 13. 113. 
 Puarqv, /Stoutras, PiiaKOpai, 
 
 PiuxrauBai 113. 
 jSAa/cKTTaTos, j8A.d^ 60. 
 jSXdTTTO) 77, 2. 97, 20. 
 
 94, 2. — 133. 
 fiXa(TTdvo) 113. 
 /SXtocrKO) 113. 
 /8od<o 94, 1. 
 /Soijet'w 155. 
 /Sopexs, Poppas 60; 
 pcni\e.vofiai oirws 181, 3. 
 PovXoimi 111, 9. 113. 
 6 /8oi;A.dp,evos 117, 2. n. 2. 
 
 Pov\op,iv<a fjLoi yiyvcTai 
 
 157, 3. 
 /3oCs 48, 4. 
 
 yap.i(o 111, 1. — mid. 156. 
 
 yeXdo) 91, 4. 94, 1. 
 
 ye/jM, yefiL^io 144, 3. 
 
 •ycpatos 56, 3. 
 
 yepas 60. 
 
 ycvop/xi, yevu) 145, 2. cf. 
 
 165, 1. 
 yrfitui 113. 
 
 yripdaKOi 110, 1. 113. 
 yiyvopjOii 111, 7. — 156. 
 
 -I CT O 
 
 157, 3. 
 yiyvcio-KU 110, 11. 102 
 202, 2. n. 1. & 5. 
 
176 
 
 INDEXES. 
 
 ■ypaOs 60. 
 ypa.<j>Ofmi 144, 2. 
 ypa<^(i) 97, 18. 83, 3. 
 ■yv/Avds, yv/Avdo) 144, 3. 
 
 147, 2. 
 ywi^ 50, 1. 
 
 Sa/ceti', Saxru) 113. 
 SaKpvov 60. 
 
 SavCL^o/juu, Savei^to 165, 2. 
 oapOdvo) 113. . 
 
 -§£ 9, 1. f. 51. 
 SeST^y/xat 113, .f.u. octKi/oj. 
 Se'Sia, SeSoiKa 103. 3, 
 
 113. — 181, 2. w. n. 
 
 199, 1. b. 
 SeSLrjrrjiJiaL etc. 113, s.w. 
 
 8iatrao/iat. 
 SeSoy/AcVov 203, 4. 
 Se'SotKa, .see SeSia. 
 Seilll, 10.— 147,2. 199, 
 
 1. a. 4. 
 5etKvw/it 105. — 202, 2. b. 
 Setva, 6 "60. 
 Savoi 199, 2. 
 SeVSpov 60. 
 SiofmL 111, 11.-147, 2. 
 
 w. II. 1. 199, l.b. 
 Seov 203, 4. 
 8ep<u 97, 31. 
 8ecr/xds 60. 
 Seenrdrijs 60. 
 8i)(0iJui.L 95, 1. 
 Se'ft) bind 91, 6. 
 Se'iowant (see 111, 11. 10). 
 
 — 147, 2. 199, 1. b. 
 S^Xds eip,6 202, 1. a. 
 Sr)X6o} 202, 2. b. 
 AijiXT^Trjp 60. 
 SyjIxocTia 159, 3. 
 hri^Ofi,ai, 8rj\6rjva.L 113, .s.r. 
 
 8iaytyvo/Aat, Stayco 202, 
 
 1. a. 
 StaiTaojLWi), 113. 
 
 8iaX€yo/xai 89, 4. 95, 2. 
 112, 12. b.— 158, 1. 
 
 Stafocojuat 95, 2. 199, 1. b. 
 
 StaTcAeo) 202, 1. a. 
 
 htat^ipofuoL 158, 1. 
 
 hm.(j>ipia 164, 1 ; am differ- 
 ent from 148, 2. 
 
 Sia^^etpo) 87, 3. (97,33). 
 113. 
 
 8M<l>opo^ hostile 155 ; dif- 
 ferent 148, 2. 
 
 St8ao-KO)110, 8. 136. 151. 
 199, 1. b. 
 
 8iSrj/u 113. 
 
 8(8<o/At 98 - 100. — 155. 
 199, 3. 
 
 BlKa^O/JUU, SlKci^Ui 144, 2. 
 
 165, 2. 
 8iKaiov rjv 172, 1. 
 OLKat6<i elp.1 199, 1. 
 SiKfjV 141. 
 
 Stdrt 178. 
 
 Biirrjxvi (47). 60, s.ii. 
 
 Suj/doi 113. 
 
 8ta;/ca)94, 1.-144,2. 
 SoKcilll, 2. — 199, 1. a. 
 SoKtoi = videor 111, 2. — 
 
 199, 1. a. b. 
 8d^av 203, 4. 
 Sopv 39, 3. 
 8ovXda) 80. 81, 3. 
 8pacrTeos 113, s.v. Bpaw. 
 Bmafxai 101, 5. 113. — 
 
 199, 1. b. 
 8vo70, 1. 3. a. — 114, 2. 
 Svopai, 8u(u (Sijvu)) 91, 6. 
 
 93. 102, 2, 8. 3. 4. 
 SvcrTV)^i(ii 75, 3. 
 
 eaya 113, s.v. ayvv/jLi. 
 ca8a, caSov 113,s.i'.a]/8avo). 
 idv 182, 1. 187, 1. ih.v 
 Kat'lSg. iivapa208,4. 
 ea^a 113, s.v. ayvv/u. 
 
 £(£(o89, 1.-199,1. b. 
 tyyuao) 113. 
 Eyyvs59, 5. — 162, 5. 
 iyeipoi and mid. 118. 
 eyxaXtO) 161. 
 iyKpaTT^i 144, 3. 
 cyKfOjuta^o) 113. 
 iyprjpopa 113, «.t). iyapta. 
 iyu> 61 ; eytoye 61, 2. 
 ISei and I8« ofv 172, 1. 
 
 w. n. 
 eSi^Secr/Luxi, e89;8oKa 113, s.jj. 
 
 iSt!)Ka/ji,€v etc. 99, 3. 
 e^eA.ovTijs 54. n. 
 e^aculll, 4. — 199, 1. b. 
 iOT^Kafiev 99, 3. 
 ie;^w 89, 1. II pf. 89, 4. 
 el 182, 1 f£. whenever 
 
 187, 2. if, -whether 
 
 179, 1 w. n. 1. 
 el yap 172, 2. 174, 1. 
 £1—^179. 
 el Se p.ri 188, 2. b. 
 et8T^a"&) 113, 5.U. olSa. 
 elS6p.r]v 113, s.!). opdo). 
 eWe 172, 2. 174, 1. etff 
 
 tli(j)eX.ov 172, 2. n. 
 EiKa^u) 73, 4. 
 £1 /cat 189. 
 
 EiKos 89, 3. EtKos rjv 172, 1. 
 eiK<D, see eoiKa. 
 eiKO) 147, 1. 155. 
 etpaprat etc. 113, s.t). /*ep-. 
 el ixrj 188, 2. a. 
 El p.ri apa 188, 2. d. 
 elp.L 104, 3. — 113. 
 Et/xilOl, 2 —113. 
 EllTEp 188, 2. c. 
 eipyvvpx, Etpyo) 94, 2. — ■ 
 
 147, 1. 
 eIs 13. 70, 1. 
 £is 163, 7. 140. n. 2. 
 ela-pdXKm 164, 1. 
 eia-o/juu 103, 4. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
mDEXES. 
 
 177 
 
 ^UrrrpaTTm & mid. 136. 
 
 eicru) 162, 5. 
 
 are — £iT£l79. 208,16. 
 
 etta$a 89, 4. 
 
 €K, ef 24, 2. — 162, 3. 
 
 163, 8. 166, 2. a." 
 cKacTTos 118, 3. 
 CKarcpos 118, 8. 
 iKaripuiOev 162, 5. 
 eKpdW^ 153. 164, 2. 
 £(c8u<i) (91, 6), see 93. — 
 
 136. [129, 3. 
 
 cKEivos 65. 64, 3, a. 128. 
 
 iKKX.Tj<7ld.^(0 113. 
 
 iKkiyto 112, 12. c. 113. 
 tKiriTTTM 153, see 164, 2. 
 cK7rA.e<i)s, TO. cKTrXew 60. 
 iKirX.rJTTO[juu, -ttoi 108, 2. 
 
 112,15.-133. 
 e/cTo's 162, 5. 
 iK4>£vyio 133. 
 
 «/cw 115, 1. 203, 2. n. b. 
 £KQ)v civat 199, 4. 
 «XaTToo//at 148, 2. 
 eA.aTTwj' 58, 4. 5. 
 eAaw(ol09, 5.-164, 1. 
 eXeVx" 113.-202, 2. b. 
 eA-ETJ^epos 147, 1. 
 i\£v0€p6oy 147, 1. 
 iKevcro/jai 113, s.u. epy^ofuu. 
 eXriXiyjuu 113, s.u. cAey;^^. 
 eXt'ccrcu 113. 
 eXm^tt) 199, 1. b. 
 IXkiJo), IXko) 89, 1. 92, 1. 
 ep.pa.XKo> 164, 1. 
 IpjOl SoKELV 199, 4. 
 
 E/iios 64 ; Ejitdi' ecrn 143. 
 
 ili.irap(K 144, 3. 
 
 lpmp.irXrip.1 101, 2. 113. 
 
 — 144,3. 
 
 ip.Trip,Trprjp.i 101, 3. 113. 
 
 ip.mp.Tr\ripJ.} 
 
 , , ^113,s.w.'7rt/;(,jr. 
 
 ep.Tfip.'TrptjiJLi J 
 
 ip.iriirTm 161. 
 
 c/u.7rAc<ds 144, 3. 
 
 ip-irpoaOcv 162, 5. 
 evavTtdo/MU 89, 6. 95, 2. 
 
 113. 
 ivavTiov 162, 5. 
 £i/avTios 32, 3. 
 £;'S£7;s'45, 1.-147,2. 
 cvSvo) (91, 6). 93. — 
 
 136. 
 iveKa 162, 5. 
 iveirip,Trpo}v 113, s.y. irtju.- 
 
 rrpjj/it. 
 ivrjvTiovp.rjv etc. 113, s.u. 
 
 ej/avTidojUflt. 
 ev^a, evflev 69, w. n. €v$ev 
 
 Ktti li/^ev 162, 5. 
 ivOvpiopai 95, 2. 
 ?i/i 213, 8. 
 iwoiopjai 95, 2. 
 evwpj. 113. 
 'evo;^A.€o) 113. — 161. 
 evTcAAo/wii 95, 1. 
 evrds 162, 5. 
 ivTpeiropai 144, 3. 
 ei'Tuy^^ai'ttf 161. 
 eV ^ 190, 1. 
 ef, see EK. 
 
 efeXeyX" 113.-202, 2. b. 
 I^ecrriv 197, 3. 199, 1. a. 
 e|^v 172, 1. 
 i^irj/ii 164, 1. 
 i^iKveopai 144, 4. 
 i^icrrap/xi, i^LUTripi 153. 
 efdv 203, 4. 
 ef oJ 190, 1. 
 Ifo) 162, 5. 
 Iowa 89, 3. — 155. 202,2. 
 
 n. 2. 
 iirayyeXXopai 165, 1. u. 
 liraiviu) 91, 5. 113. 
 ETrav (eir£i av) 171, 2. n. 
 
 190, 3. n. 
 £7r£6causall78. temporal 
 
 190, 1. 
 i-ireiyopai 95, 3. 
 
 iweiZr) quoniam 178. post- 
 
 quam 190, 1. 
 iirrjv (iird ^v) 190, 3. 
 im^ovkevio 161. 164, I. 
 i7nSrip.i(o 113, i.w. ottoS. 
 i7n.SuKvvp.i 202, 2. b. 
 £irtSi'Sa)/it 161. 
 iTn6vp,eu> 144, 3. 199, 1 . b. 
 iTTiXapPavopai 144, 4. 
 E7rtAav^avo/;iai 109, 12. — 
 
 144, 3. 
 £7rtA£t7r(i) 133. . 
 
 £7rt^£Xeo/xai, iiTLpiXo/juii 
 
 111,13.-144,3. 181,3. 
 iinpcX'ji 144, 3. 
 iTTLopKem 113. — 133. 
 iirmtSio-Tepos, iiriirtSo'; 60. 
 iiri(TTapjax 101, 6. — 199, 
 
 1. b. 202, 2. n. 1 & 5. 
 liruTTriptov 144, 3. [b. 
 ETTtTClTTO) 155. 161. 199,1. 
 £7rtT?j8etos 199, 2. 
 i'KiTLdepxu 161. 
 iTriTipduy 161. 
 iTnTpemi 161. 199, 3. 
 £7rtTvy;^av<o 161. 144, 4. 
 imxapK 39, 4. 
 
 £7ro/iai 89, 1. 112, 4.— 
 
 155. 
 iiTTapriv, iTTTijv, ivToprp/ 
 
 113, s.u. ireTopai. 
 ip-, see ipcardu) and Xeyco. 
 ipdoi, epapju 95, 2. — 
 
 144, 3. 168, 2. d. 
 ipyaJ^opai 89, 1. 95, 1. 
 Ipyo) 159, 3. 
 £>77/Ios32, 4. — 144, 3: 
 lpiZ,<a 155. 
 ipTTV^ui, epiTio 113. 
 ipplj>p,ei/oi 56, 4. c. 106, 5. 
 epxopai 112, 2. 
 ipoiTdo) 111, 6. — 136. 
 lo-^io) 112, 3. 113.-145, 
 
 2. a. 
 
 lo-T£, eVt 5v 190, 1. 3. 
 
178 
 
 INDEXES. 
 
 idriov 113, s.v. el/jii. 
 ^a-TriKa 100, 2. 103, 1.— 
 
 168, 4. 
 iaTTjio) 100, 2. — 168, 4. 
 ecTTtdo) 113. 
 ?o-Tiv 104, 3, 2. — 143. 
 
 156. lo-Tivo? etc. 129,1. 
 
 n. 2. 
 «(TTds or £0"T<os 113, s.u. 
 
 lo-xaros 58,11. 60.-122,4. 
 £T£pos68,l.-w.n.— 148,2. 
 £? 59, 2. 3. 
 evSai/xovt'^o) 150. 
 £v8atju.o)v 40. 56, 4. a. — 
 
 150. 
 tijSios 60. 
 euSo) 113. 
 £v?eX7rts 53, 4. 
 £U£py£T£a)113. — 133. 138. 
 cvSm 203, 3. o. 
 Ei^u<^pa)i/ 60. 
 €VK\erj'; 45, 1. 
 eiXa/Sioimi. 133. 181, 2 
 
 or 3. 199, 1. b. 
 tv X£y<i) 133. 
 ev ira<T}(0) 164, 2. 
 €v Wo) 133. 164, 2. 
 
 202, 1. c. 
 tvTTopiw 144, 3. 
 dpia-KO) 110, 6.— 202, 2. a. 
 tixfypaivoixax 95, 3. 
 €V(j>vys 45, 1. 
 €vxoiJML 73, 4. — 155. n. 
 
 199, 1. b. 
 £iiSS£s 45, 2. n. 
 i(j>9dpaTai and ecfyOopa. 
 
 113, s.!;. <^B(.ipto. 
 
 icjldos 113, S.D. £l//(0. 
 
 £</)i£f«xt 144, 3. 
 £<^tKV£0|U,ai 144, 4. 
 i<j>icrTr]p.L, -(TTapai 161. 
 £<^ <U, £<^' (i)T£ 163, 11. c. 
 
 180, 2. d. ' 
 ixOo-vofJuu 113. 
 
 E^flpds 59, 4. — 155. 
 £Xo/iat 144, 4. 
 i-XP^v 172, 1. 104, 4. 
 t'xo) 112, 5 (113). 89, 1. 
 
 — 164, 1. 168, 2. d. 
 eiprjTo^, verb. adj. of eij/w 
 
 113. 
 E(i)s, 17 35, 2. 
 £a)S, £0)5 av 190, 1. 3. 187, 
 
 2. n. 
 
 ^<£<D 91, 2. 112, 13.— 
 
 137, 1. 
 ^ei)yvVjU.t 106, 7. 
 Zeu's 50, 2. ' 
 
 ^lyXdo) 133. 150. 
 
 ^TJ/JLLOO) 94, 3. 
 
 ^u>vw fxi. 113. 
 
 ^207,4. 208,18. ^ 5(rT£ 
 
 180, 2. c. 
 ^ 207, 1. 2. 208, 17. ? 
 
 yap 207, 2. 
 
 ^ 8' OS 113, S.!'. ^jUl'. — 
 
 129, 1. II. 3. [2. 
 
 if69. — 160, l.w.sup. 115, 
 yiPa.<TKU> 110, 2. 
 rj^ovXofjirjV 113, s.w. ;8ov- 
 
 X0//JXI. 
 yjyiofLai 135. 148, 2. n. 
 
 199, 1. b. 
 ijye/xovevu) 144, 3. 148. 
 o rjyyj(T6p.evo<s 117, 2. 11. 2. 
 rjypofiTjv 113, s.u. lyupw. 
 ^87;— Kat208, 19. 
 ^80^1 95, 2.— 159, 2. w. 
 
 n. 202, 1. d. 
 -rj 8' OS 113, s.i;. rip.L — 129, 
 
 1. n. 3. 
 riZvva.fi.7)V 113, s.v. Swa- 
 
 pjai. 
 i78i5s47. 57,2.-199,2. 
 ^£iv, -^Ecrav etc. 113, s.v. 
 
 £1/Xt. 
 
 ^^KiCTTa 58, 2. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 JiKu, 112, 2. — 168, 1. n. 3. 
 rjfiai,, see KaOrjixai. 
 TllxfXKov 113, s.w. jueAAo). 
 rip.iTipo^ 64, 1. 3. — 126. 
 rijx,Tpi 113, s.u. £i/Ai'. 
 yjIxL 113. 
 ^;U,60-VS 52, 5. 
 rjfx,weixop.rjV, riix,in<Jx6(i,riv 
 
 of a/jLirexpiJuu 113, s.!). 
 
 £Xa). 
 rip-tjiitcrpjax 113, s.i). hwiu. 
 rjv, see £ai/. 
 
 ^1/ 8' Eyo), 113, s.w. ^jUi'. 
 ■rjvi.Ka, fjviKa av 190, 1. 3. 
 rjvutyXovv 113, s.u. evoxXeo). 
 7jp, rjpcK 60. 
 ripy(xt,6fi.rfv etc. 113, s.r. 
 
 ipya.^ofw.1. 
 -rjpt^, adj. in, 45, 2. u. 
 r]p6p.riv 111, 6. 
 ^ptos 49. 60. 
 ^(rav of ef/it 104, 2. 
 rjcrav, gtr/UEV, ijo'te 113, s.v. 
 
 oi8a. 
 ■qTrdo/juu 95, 2.-148, 2. 
 
 168, 1. n. 2. 202, 1. 0. 
 
 rJTTCOV 58, 2. 
 
 ■^(ftisiv 113, s.K. ujjiii. 
 
 edTTTu) 97, 21. 21, 2. w. n. 
 dappito 134. 
 Odrepov 68, 2. u. 
 ^dTTW 57, 2. 21, 2. 
 eav/m^oi 150. 167, 2. 
 davfjiAo'io': 150. 
 -^EV, -^t 51. 
 OepaTrevoi 133. 
 Otvcropai, fut. of 
 ^£0) 112, 10. 113. 
 e,ypdo)80. 97,2.-133. 
 6'tyydva) 113. — 144, 4. 
 BvrjdKio 113, see ajroSv. 
 V^21, 2. 60. 
 ^pvTrTO) 21, 2. 113. 
 6vya.T7]p 42. 
 
INDEXES. 
 
 179 
 
 Ovfioo/juxi 95, 2 155. 
 
 Ovu) 91, 6. 
 
 ido/juu 95, 1. 
 
 iSi'ci 159, 3. 
 
 iStos 143. 155. 
 
 iSpdoi 113. 
 
 kimL 98-100. 
 
 [epos 143. 
 
 LTiixi 98-100. 
 
 iKavos 199, 2. 
 
 iKvioiiM 109, 6. 
 
 t\a(rKO/«it 113. 
 
 ha. in order that 181, 1. 
 
 Lva av 194, 6. 
 icraiTepos, comp. of icros 
 
 (as if from icraTos 
 
 accdg. to 56, 3). 
 IcTTafiai, '(TTrjiJ.L 98-100. 
 
 102. 103,1. (113).— 
 
 168, 4. 
 'uTTtov 113, s.v. oTSa. 
 iTtfeov 113, s.v. el/xi. 
 
 Kaeatp(o97j 27. — 147, 1. 
 KaBaiTTOftai 144, 4. 
 KaOapoi 147, 1. 
 Kadkoimi 89, 6. 112, 14. 
 Ktt^eijSo) 89, 6. 113, s.r. 
 
 £i;ScD. 
 Kae-qimi 104, 5. 112, 14. 
 KaOiioiim 112, 14. 
 Kaft'fo) 89, 6. 112, 14. 
 
 113. 
 Ka.&Laa 113, s.u. KtxO'it,u>. 
 i«i.$i(TT7)jU 135. 199, 3. 
 Kat208, 19. 203, 3. e. 
 Kai £t, Kai iav 189. 
 KaUs 129, 1, n. 3. 116,2. 
 KaiVep 189, n. 203, 3. c. 
 (Cat Tov, KoX rrjv, (cat Tovs 
 
 116, 2. 
 /cmo) 92, 2. 97, 44. 113. 
 /cat & (£s) 69, n. 2. 
 /caKds57, 2. .58,2. 
 
 KaKcwpyeu) 133. 
 Kafcujs Xeyo) 133. 
 icaKuis TTcia-^co 164, 2. 
 (coKuls TTOteoj 133. 164, 2. 
 (ca\e'o) 89, 1. 92, .5. — 1.35. 
 
 150. 
 icaA,ds 57, 2. 
 KoXfis 7rot€<o 202, 1. c. 
 ic(i/;iv&) 109, 3. 202, 1. b. 
 
 r^v K€<J3aXi^v 139. 
 Kara-yeXaft) 153. 166, 1. 
 KaTayiyvuxTKia 153. 
 KaraStKct^ft) 153. 
 KaraSvco (91, 6). 93. 
 KaraKaivui 86, 3. 113. 
 KaraKpivoi 153. 
 KaTaXajUjSctvo) 202, 2. a. 
 (caroX/yo) 112, 12. c. 113. 
 KaToXevo) 1 13, s.v. Xeuw. 
 KaraXijti) 164, 1. 
 KaTawXyiTTopML, -ttXi^ttu) 
 
 like iKirXriTTopM 108, 2. 
 
 112, 15. 133. 
 KaTacjjpoveio 153. 166. 
 KaTa\pr)'^l.t,opjai 153. 
 KaTrfyopeui 153. 
 (cdft), see fcatco. 
 /teat 113, 5.^^ icato). 
 KiijTcu, 113, s.t). Ketjuat. 
 /cet/mt 104, 6. 100, 1. 
 /cexXr/zxat 92, 5. 
 KCKkfjO 113, s.!/. (caXeo). 
 K£/cXo<^a 113, S.I). KXeirTo). 
 kIkovo. 113, s.w. KaLVbi. 
 KeKTTjfjuiL 74, 3. — 167, 2. 
 Ke.KTiop.e6a 113, s.^•. Krdopxxi. 
 KeXeu'o) 91, 7. 97, 40.— 
 
 199, 1. b. 
 Kcvds, yccvdo) 144, 3. 
 
 KCOLTO 113, S.U. KttfJMl. 
 
 Kepdvvvp.1 106, 1. 113. — 
 
 158, 1. 
 K€>as39, 3. 60. 
 KepSaivu) 113. 
 
 D/ 
 
 Kc'ttfs 60. 
 
 (c^ai 113, s.v. Kaiw. 
 
 Krfiopai 144, 3. 
 
 /ctV8wds£(rTtl81,2. 199,-2. 
 
 Koiiopai 95, 3. 
 
 xXatft) (KXdo)) 92, 11. 97, 
 
 45. 
 KXja.Trqvai, 113, s.y. (cXeWto. 
 (cXao), see /cXat<u. 
 /cXao) break 113. 
 KXetiu (kXi^'o)) 97, 42, 
 KXeo/ueVrjs 45, 3. 
 kXctttijs 60. 
 KXewTio 113. 
 
 /cXtVo) 92, n. 97, 49. 113. 
 Kvdia, Kvrjv 113. 
 Kvi<j>ai 60. 
 
 Koipdopai, KoipAu) 95, 3. 
 Kotvds 143. 158. 
 KOLvrj 159, 3. 
 Kotvcovcoj 144, 3. 158. 
 Ko\aK€v<o 133. 
 
 KOTTTO) 97, 19. 
 
 Kopevwp,L 113. 
 
 Kpaytiv, Kpd^o) 86, 3. 
 
 Kpartco 148, 2. n. 202, I.e. 
 
 KpcLvyfj 159, 3. 
 
 (cpeas 44, 2. 
 
 KpeiTTU)v 58, 1. 
 
 Kpipjapai, KpepAvvvpj, 106, 
 
 2. 
 Kptv(o92,6.— 135. 144,2. 
 Kpovia 113. 
 KpmrToi 136. 
 Kpv(j>a. 147, 1. 
 KTOo/xat 74, 3. — 167, 2. 
 KT£iv<j) 97, 34. 
 
 KTlVVVpA,, KTeivvpj, 113. 
 
 KV/cXo) 160, 1. 
 
 KUTTTo) 88, 3. a. 
 
 KVplOi, KVpLCVUl 144, 3. 
 
 Kvo)v 50, 3. 
 
 KoXu'o) 147, 1. 199, 1. b. 
 
 206, 3. n. 2. 
 Kws 60. 
 
180 
 
 INDEXES. 
 
 Xayais, Xayut's 60. 
 Xay)(av<ji 109, 10. 
 Xadpa 147, 1. 
 Xa/AjSavo) 109, 11. — 144, 
 
 4. 202, 2. a. 
 Aav^tfi/a) 109, 12. — 133. 
 
 202, 1. a. [b. 
 
 \€y<oll2,12. — 135. 199,1. 
 Xeyw gather, collect 112, 
 
 12 extr. 112. 
 Xdirofmi 148, 2. 202, 
 
 I.e. 
 XetTTco 108, 4. 
 Aeuft), KaraXeiito 113. 
 Xijyo) 147, 3. 202, 1. b. 
 Xoyliflfuu 95, 1. 
 Aoycp 159, 3. 
 Xoviii 113. — 165, 1. 
 Xvwiojixu 95, 3. 
 XvcriTeXiu) w. dat. 155. 
 Xvo) 91, 6. — 147, 1. 
 Xiawv and Xwcttos 60. 208, 
 
 21. 
 
 /id 208, 21. 133. 
 liaivofjuu 87, 3. 88, 3. c. 
 
 95,2. 
 fjMKap 54. 
 /juiKapi^tD 150. 
 
 fJMKpdv 141. 
 fJMKpO'S 60. 
 
 jxaXxi, fxaXXov, pAXuna 59, ■ 
 
 3. 56, 4. u. 
 /nai/6ldi/w 109, 13. — 147, 4. 
 
 (163,17). 202,2.n. 1& 
 
 5. 168, 1. n. 2. 
 MapaQ&vi 51. — 160, 1. 
 /jLaprv; 50, 4. 
 fMcrawv 60, s.u. fw.Kpo's- 
 ixd^opai 111, 15. — 158, 1. 
 
 \Y. n. 
 MtyapdSe 51. 
 /x,eyas 55. 58, 3. 
 /neya (f>poveo> 159, 2. n. 
 p.t6v(TKia and jjLtdvw 113. 
 
 p.tLyvvp.1 106, 8. 113. — 
 
 158. 
 
 fltLOOfXAU, p-tlOM 148, 2. 
 
 /ieXas 40. 52, 3. 
 
 jLieXet /ioi 111, 12. — 144, 
 
 3. 181, 3. 
 p.iXXioin,5. 113. — 168, 
 
 3. n. 
 p,£pvrjpjiL 144, 3.^ 168, 4. 
 
 202, 2. n. 1. 2. 5 & 6. 
 pcpvfjo, ix,e.p,vwo, p,(.p.vwr 
 
 p,eOa etc. 113, s.v. pj.jxvri- 
 
 (TKU). 
 
 p,ep.<j)opai 133 & 155. 150. 
 p.ivii) 113. — 134. 
 jLie/D-, (/xept'^o) etc.) 113. 
 /le'cros 122, 2. 
 p.ecTTo';, /ictTToo) 144, 3. 
 /i,cTaStSa>(U,6 144, 3. — 158, 1. 
 jneTaXa/AjSavo) 144, 3. 
 /jieTapeXiL, -/AeXo/iat 144, 3. 
 
 202, 2. n. 3. 
 p.£Tap,€Xov 203, 4. 
 /.leroiv 162, 5. 203, 3. c. 
 p.erairip.Trofxai 95, 1. — 
 
 165, 1. b. 
 
 p.€T£<TTl 158. 144, 3. 
 
 fji£Tix<^ 144, 3. 158, 1. 
 |u,eToi/ 203, 4. 
 
 /x€xpt (/AEXP's). /^W' «" 
 
 162, 5. 190, 1. 3. 
 p-^ 171, 1. 181, 1.2. 3. w. 
 
 n. 206, 1. 3. 4. 207, 3. 
 
 208, 24. 
 jar)Se«70, 1.-206,1. 
 pyjKixrros 60, s.v. pjiKpo^. 
 firj oTTia's, p,rj on 208, 24. 
 |Li^ou 181,2. 3. n. 1. 206, 
 
 6. b. c. 
 prjT-qp 42, 1. 
 pajyavdopjoi 181, 3. 
 piaivoi 97, 26. 
 p.iyvvpi 113, see p.ayvvp.i. 
 fiKcpos 58, 4. 
 piKpm 8etv 199, 4. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 lupteopai 95, 1. — 183, 
 p.ip.vy<TKopju, -fTKia 110, 10. 
 
 113. — 136. 144, 3. 
 Mtvcos 60. 
 
 purOota 151. 165, 2. 
 pva. accord, to 30. 215, 3. 
 fH/ripovevd) 113. — 144, 3. 
 pvT^pwv 144, 3. 
 pvrjcriKaKeu) 144, 3. 
 /xoXetv etc. 113, s.v. jSXol- 
 
 (TKU). 
 
 povov oi, ov^i 208, 30. 
 poiTcrvv 60. 
 
 pvpioi, pvpioi 70, 3. n. 
 pMv 207. 
 
 vavs 50, 5. 
 
 vepw 113. 
 
 veo) swim 113. 
 
 v^ Ata 133. 
 
 nrao) 168, 1.11.2. 202, I.e. 
 
 vo/itt" 97, 35. — 135. 199, 
 
 1. b. 
 vopjov Ti6r]pi, TiOepoL 165, 
 
 1. b. 
 
 voi, v<ov, dual of £y(i) 71. 
 
 ivv, see WW. 
 
 0, ij) TO 26 ; o jLiei' — o 8e 
 
 116, 1. 
 5Se 65. — 128. 
 o Se, ly 8e, TO Se 116. 
 ot, 01 62. — 125, 2. b. 
 ola 203, 3. a. 
 oiyft), oiyvvpi 89, 2. 113. 
 olSa 103, 4. 113.-202, 
 
 2. a. w. n. 1. 2. 5. 
 oiKaSe, oiKodev, o'koi 51. 
 oiKetos 143. 155. 
 oIk€0) 94, 2. 
 
 OlKTUpU), o'lKTlpia 113. 
 
 oi/uot w. gen. 150. 
 olpia^o) 77, 3. b. n. 
 olvTivoiv, cf. 71. n. 
 
INDEXES. 
 
 181 
 
 oloiMu 95, 2. Ill, 14.— 
 199, 1. b. [199, 2. 
 
 oios 68. — w. sup. 115, 2. 
 
 olov T€ i<TTi 199, 1. a. 
 
 olds T€ sl/u 199, 3. 
 
 oTs 60. 
 
 OL-xofUu 113. — 168, 1. n. 3. 
 202, 1. a. 
 
 oKviu) 181, 2. w. n. 
 
 oAiyo" 141- 159. 4. n. 
 oXtyos 58, 5 ; (ot) dA.t'yot 
 
 117, 2. n. 1. 
 dXtyov parvo 141. 
 dXtyoi; Seiv 199, 4. 
 6\iya> 159, 4. 
 oXiyoipiia 144, 3. 
 oXXti/M, see d7rdXA,v/ti. 
 0Xij;u,7rta viKav 137, 2. 
 6 jiiei/ — 6 Se 116, 1. 
 o/xtXeo) 158, 1. 
 Ojnn)//,i 106, 12. 113.— 
 
 •133. 199, 1. b. 
 ofiovof, bjxoLoio 158. 
 ojuoXoyc'o) 158, 1. 199, 1'. b. 
 ojuovoeo) 158, 1. 
 biimi 158, 1. 
 d/i;io)/xo(cr)Tai etc. 113, s.ii. 
 
 bfLVVIU. 
 
 ovap, ovapoi 50, 6. 
 SvauOai etc. 113, .?.t!. dvt- 
 
 VTjfU. 
 
 ovCva/Mu 101, 1. — 145, 2. a. 
 ovivqfu 101, 1. — 133. 
 ovofxA e<TTL fwi 157. n. 
 dvo/ia^o) 135. 
 o^vs 199, 2. 
 murOev 162, 5. 
 OTTorav 171, 2. n. 190, 3. 
 OTTore '69. — 130. 178. 
 
 190, 1. 
 OTrdreioos 68. — 130. 
 chr«)s69.— 130. 
 S7r(os(miJ)181,l-3.&3.ii.l. 
 6p<£a) 112, 6. — 202, 2. a. 
 
 w.n.i.2.5. 181,3.11.2. 
 
 opyiiflfuu 95, 3. — 155. 
 
 150. 
 opiyofiai 144, 3. 
 opQpuy; 115, 1. 
 bppAopai, bpfiaui 95, 3. 
 bpfjiAu) 164, 1. 
 opiapvy/juuoi opvTTia 89, 5. 
 OS relat. 66. — 129, 1. (poss. 
 
 211, 2.) demonstr. 129, 
 
 1. n. 2. for Tts or octtis 
 
 1.30. n. 
 OS o[v 191, 4. 
 do-ye 129, 1. n. 3. 
 dcrov owo), OUK fjhr] 208, 30. 
 oo-7r£p66. — 129, 1. n. 3. 
 oo-Tis66,2. 67,3.-129,1. 
 doTts av 191, 4. 
 btrffypalvopai 147, 4. 
 OO'tt) — to<70tJtoi 159, 4. 
 brav 190, 3. 
 dTe 178. 190, 1. 
 SreTrep 208, 36. [2. 
 
 dTil77. 193,1. 178. 115, 
 d,Tt 67, n. 2. 
 oTt ;aj; 208, 24. 
 oTou, oTtfi etc. 67, note 1. 
 
 OTtOV, OTOtS 60. 
 
 ov, ouK, oi;^ 24, 3. — 206, 
 
 1. 2. 207, 2. 
 ov 8, 2. b. 24, 3. n. 
 ovS el (eav) 189. 
 oiSets70, 1.-206,1. 
 ovSev 141. cf. 145, 2. n. 1. 
 
 & 159, 4. n. 
 oiS' Ss (<5s) 69, n. 2. 
 ouK, see oi. 
 oi jua Tovs Oeovi 133. 
 oi/ti; 181, 3. n. 1. 206, 
 
 6. a. 
 oStto) Kttt 208, 19. 
 o5s 39, 3. 36, 7. c. 
 o5tos65. — 128. 129,3. 
 oiTto), outws 24, 2. 
 ou ^?;/« 104, 1. n. 3. 
 I oiy OTrcos, ovv oTt 208, 30. 
 
 Digitized by Ivlicrosoft® 
 
 d<^£tXa) 113. u)<j)t\ov 86, 
 
 3.-172,2. n. 
 o(j>X.i^(ro), 6<l>X.etv etc. of 
 
 d</>Xio'Kav<i) 113. 
 di/'ios 60. 
 Qi/'oc^ayos 60. 
 
 TTatScuTeoi' ^1/ 172, 1. 
 
 TraiSeu'a) 78. — 136. 
 
 7ra?s 39. 36, 7. c. 
 
 xatto) 112, 15. 
 
 waXatos, TraXatTepos 60. 
 
 ■iravTl adeva 123, 2. L59, 3. 
 
 TravTodev 51. 
 
 iraopai 113. 
 
 Trapayye'XXo) 155. 199, 8. 
 
 ■jrapaZHtofu, 199, 3. 
 
 Trapatveo) 91, 5. 113, s.y. 
 
 alveoi. — 155. 
 TrapaKeXevoixau, 155. 
 Trapavojuco) 113. 
 TrapaTrXeo) vrjaov 134. 
 TrapaaKivd^ofjuu 181, 3. 
 TraparCOe/juxL 165, 2. 
 Trapep^o) 112, 5. — 165, 1. c. 
 
 199, 3. 
 Trapotveo) 113. 
 Trapdv 203, 4. 
 jras 41, 3. 36, 7. b. — 
 
 123. 
 iraXTy Te^vrj Koi fi,rj)(avrj 
 
 123,2. 159,3. 
 ■7ra.<TX<^ 112, 7. 
 Traracro-a) 112, 15. 
 TraTrjp 42, 1. 
 irarpk 54, n. 
 ■n-aijo/ouit, 7raT;(i> 113. — 147, 
 
 3. 202, 1. b. 
 TTOvwllS. 147,1. 202, l.b. 
 ir£6l9o/mt97, 9. 108,5. 113. 
 mBio 97, 8. 108, 5. 113. 
 Trtivau), Travrjv 113. 
 ireipao/xai 95, 3. 113. — 
 
 144, 4. 
 tteXekvs 60. 
 
182 
 
 INDEXES. 
 
 ir£;uirci)97,17. 83,5. 88, 3. d. 
 irevidTepos 60, s.v. irivq^- 
 ttIvti's 54. 60. 
 ■Kerrafiiii 113, s.v. Trdofiuai. 
 TrarXrjya 113, s.v. ttXt^tto). 
 TriwoiOa. 108, 5. — 155. 
 iriirpaya. 113, s.v. Trpdrrii). 
 TTeirpuiTM 113, s.v. wop-. 
 Trip 208, 36. 9, 2. e. 
 Trepa, Tripa. 60. — 162, 5. 
 TrepaiTipto 60, s.u. Trepa. 
 Tripav 162, 5. 
 TTtpas 60. 
 
 TTtpiyiyvopM. 148, 2. 
 7repi€lyU,t 148, 2. 
 wtpLopdia 202, 2. a. 
 ■KtpvTTeiia 148, 2. 
 ireTavvu/it 106, 3. 
 
 TTiTOfJUU 113. 
 
 ir-qyvvfu 106, 9. 
 7r^;(us and adj. in -jr. 60. 
 TnOiaQat 113, s.u. Treidta. 
 ■jtiixttXtjixi 101, 2. 113. — 
 
 144, 3. 
 ■Kip,TTpr)p.i 101, 3. 113. 
 irtvoi 112, 8. — 145, 2. 
 TrmpdcTKoi 112, 16. — 151. 
 mWa) 112, 9. — 167, 2. 
 
 TTICTTCIJO) 155. 
 
 TrXaKTjvaL 113, s.j;. n-XcKco. 
 irXavdojuu. 95, 3. 
 TrAaTTu) 77, 3. a. n. 
 TrXelv {rf) 208, 18. n. 
 TrAet'oves and ol ir\. 117, 
 
 2. n. 1. 
 irXiKio 113. 
 irXeovEKTeo) 148, 2. 
 7rXeov€KTr]'s 60. 
 irAcvcrov/iiai, irXeutrTeW 
 
 113, s.v. TrXio). 
 TrXeu) 108, 8. 113. 
 irXeoJS 35. 60. — 144, 3. 
 7rA»;(9(ul01, 2. — 144,3. 
 ttXi^v 162, 5. 208, 37. 
 7rAi;pr/s 144, 3. 
 
 irXripom 144, 3. 
 
 ■wXyjcriov 60. — 162, 5. 1 55. 
 
 TrXiyTTO) 108, 2. 112, 15. 
 
 TTveo) 108, 8. [113. 
 
 TTviyia 113. 
 
 Uvv^ 60. 
 
 7ro8iyp?;s, -5p^s 45, 2. n. 
 
 TToOiu) 113. 
 
 TToiio/jAxi aestimo 151. 
 
 TTOieo) 80. 97, 4. — 135. 
 
 165,2. 181,3. 199, l.b. 
 iroXejueo) 94, 2. & 3. 158, 
 
 1. w. n. 
 
 WoXep.OV TTOLUi, -OVfJlMl 165, 
 1. u. 
 
 TToXiopKeo) 94, 2. 
 iroXtT£wa> and mid. 165, 
 
 I.e. 
 TToXXd, ra tt. 141. 
 TTOXXOL, ol TT. 117, 2. n. 1. 
 
 TTOXXOV 151. IT. )(p6vOV 
 
 152, 2. 
 TToXXo) 159, 4. 
 TToXu 59, 2. — 141. 159, 
 
 4. n. 
 TToXvs 55. 58, 6. , 
 TTOvrjpo'S, Trovrjpim 60. 
 TTOptVOfXSU, 95, 3. 
 TTOp-i^ia, -crwco 113. 
 TToppo) 59, 5. — 162, 5. 
 Iloo-eiSciJi' 60. 
 irorepov (-a) — ^ 179. 
 
 207, 4. 
 TToiJs 39, 3. ; adj. in it. 60. 
 Trpaos 32, 3, see irpaijs. 
 TrpaTTopai 136. 181, 3. 
 TrpaTTO) 97, 13. 83, 3. 88, 
 
 3. 113. — 136. 164,1. 
 
 181, 3. 
 TTpav^, irpaiwy 60. 
 TrpcTrei 155. 
 7rpeo-/3£i)T»Js 50, 7. 
 TTpia-jSvi 56, 1, see 50, 7. 
 TrpMo-eat 101, n. 1. 2. 112, 
 
 18. — 1.51. 
 
 TTpiv or irpiv av 190, 4. 
 
 w. n. 
 irpo Tov 116, 1. 
 ■Kpoaipeo/juii 153. 199, 1. b. 
 ■Kpoaiperiov rjv 172, 1. 
 Trpo^u/icojtiai 95, 2. -181, 3. 
 
 TTpOLO'TrjIU 153. 
 TTpOKplVW 153. 
 
 wpovoiofjuu 95, 2. 
 irpoarJKev 172, 1. 155. 
 TTpocnJKov 203, 4. 
 irpo(TKvviu> 133. 
 Trpo(T<j>ipoiJja.L 158. 
 TrpoCTO) 162, 5. 
 Trpdrepos 58, note. — 1 15, 1. 
 TrporldTj/u 153. 
 Tvporpeiro) 199, 1. b. 
 wpovpyov 60. 
 7rpo<^a(7£i 159, 3. 
 ■n-p6<l>acnv 141. 
 Trpcoi, ■Trpco, Trpiorepov etc. 
 
 60. 
 (t^v) irpu>Trjv, (to) Trpul- 
 
 TOV 141. 
 
 irpSros 58. n. — 115, 1. 
 TTTacrdaL, TTTecrOai, ttt^voi, 
 TTTrjaopai 113, s.w. ■jreVp- 
 
 ■n-vvOdvofjiai 109, 14. — 147, 
 4. (163,17). 202, 2. n. 
 1.4. 
 
 irCp 50, 8. 
 
 TTw 208, 38. 9, 1. e. 
 
 TrwXe'o) 112, 16. 151. 
 
 pa'Sios, pacTTOi, pdiitv 58, 7. 
 
 — 199,2. 
 p£(o 102, 2. b. 
 p-qyvvixi 106, 10. 
 piydo) 113. 
 
 (ptTTTEO)) piWo) 97, 22. 
 puivvvpix 106, 5. 
 
 (raXTTi^o) 113. 
 
 craTj-^vat etc. 113, s.!;..(nJ7ra). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
INDEXES. 
 
 183 
 
 (r/SiJoTEcr^at 113. 
 (rail) 113. 
 
 aicrfTrallS, s.v. (rqiria. 
 ai]\imv<i> 202, 2. b. 
 (TT^TTOiJiai, tnjiro) 113. 
 eriyij' 159, 3. 
 (TITOS 50, 9. 
 UKo/ima 87, 8. 
 (TKeSavw/u 106, 4. 
 (TKerrTtov, ottcos 181, 3. 
 (7K£7rTO/Mll 112, 17. 
 (rKourioixai, trKtwrtft) 112, 17. 
 
 — 165,1.0. 181,3. 
 (TKOTaTos 115, 1. 
 
 (TKOTO! 60. 
 
 0-OS64. — 126. 
 
 <Tvavit,<o 147, 2. 
 
 o-jraw 91, 4. 97, 36. 
 
 (Tireipoi 97, 33. 
 
 awivSofJiai 158, 1. 
 
 o-TTcVSo) 82, 1. n. 97, 12. 
 
 (TTreuSu 134. 
 
 CTTTOvSa^o) 134. 181, 3. 
 
 <rTaSioi/50, 10. — 215, 1. 
 
 crTa^oi 113. 
 
 cTTeAAa 84 fE. 97, 32. 
 
 (TTEva^o) 77, 3. b. n. 
 
 <TTei/ds 60. 
 
 (rT£p£'<o94,3. — 136. 147,2. 
 
 (XTepofjuu 147, 2. 
 
 (TTTjpL^Ul 113. 
 (TTt'^O) 113. 
 
 (TTOxa^ofuu 144, 4. 
 (TTpaTrfyiio 144, 3. 
 (TTpicjxj) 97, 25. 
 tTTpU)WVIl.l 106, 6. 
 
 (TTuyvos 199, 2. 
 
 (Tu, crvye 61, 2. 
 
 <Tvy)(o>pioi 161. 199, 1. b. 
 
 oTjXao) 136. 
 
 (TvXkiyu) 89, 4. 112, 
 
 12. c. 
 <TVii.pa-)(im, -fieiyvufi.1, -tto- 
 
 l/eoj, -^paTTU> 161. 
 
 cn;/t<^ep£t 155. 
 arvvafu 161. 
 crt)veA.dvTt eiTTEiv 199, 4. 
 crwoiSa CjUttuTO) 202, 2. n. 3. 
 (rvvTidiiMi. 158. 199, 1. b. 
 u^oXKopju, (TcfuiXXoi 87, 3. 
 
 — 144,4. 
 <r<^aTTO) 87, 3. 
 CTc^Eis, (T<t)L(nv 62. — 125, 2. 
 trc^erepos 211, 2. 
 (Tc^u, (r(f)<Sv dual of trv 71. 
 cr;^ pronunc. 1, 3. 
 <7;(o\aTos, -atrepos 60. 
 <r<o^o) 92, 3. 97, 46. 
 (7U0S, (TWOS and crcls 60. 
 
 Ttt aAAa, ToAAa 18, 2. — 
 
 141. 
 TaK^vat 108, 1. 
 TO. fxev — TO. Se 116, 1. 
 TCLV or Tav 60. 
 TopaTTtt) 94, 2. 
 TaTTft) 97, 14. 113.— 
 
 199, 3. 
 Tavrd, -rfj, -rm etc. 63, 1. n. 
 Tabu's 57, 2. 59, 2. — t^v 
 
 ra^LCTTrjv 141. 
 TiOvauq, TtdvaTO) 113, s.u. 
 
 Tetvo) 92, 7. 97, 50. 
 reiiTo) etc. 113, s.v. tlvw. 
 T€K£LV 86, 3. 
 TeXtvToios 115, 1. 
 reXcto 91, 4. 97, 37. 
 TeXos 141. 
 TCfjivai 109, 4. 
 Tepas 60. 
 
 TETa^aTat 113, s.u. TaTT<o. 
 TCTijKa 108, 1. 
 TerXriKa 113, s.u. tXi^. 
 TETpatVu), TiTpr))Jiivos 113. 
 
 TETTapES 70, 1. 
 
 TrJKOfiai, ttJkui 108, 1. 
 rtandTiMl. 159, 4. n. 
 Tt%|ai 98-100. — 135. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 TiKTo) 77, 2. n. 86, 3. 
 
 TipAofUXl 151. 
 
 Ti/xau 80. 94, 3. 97, 4. 
 
 — 151. 
 Ti.iJi.<x>peoiJuu 133. 144, 2. 
 Tip,u>piii> 155. 
 TtVo) 109, 1. 113. 
 Ti's 67, 1.-130. Tts 
 
 67,2. 
 Titrai, TicTEiv 113, s.v. tlvio. 
 Ti(Tcra(l>epvrjs 60. 
 TiTpaco 113. 
 
 TlTpllXTKO) 110, 12. 
 
 xA^vai, t\i^<to/juii 113, s.w. 
 
 tXt;-. 
 toioo-Se, toioBtos 68, 2. 
 
 TO KaT €p.€, TO KaTO. TOV- 
 
 TOV, TO vvv 141. 
 TO Kara. TcnJTOv €ivai, to 
 vvv EH/at 199, 4. 
 
 to XotTTOV 141. 
 
 TO p.El/ TO Se' 116, 1. 
 
 TO p-Tfj — TO p.r) ov w. inf. 
 206, 4. n. 2. 
 
 TOl' 8e, T-qV 8e, TOIIS S«' 
 
 116, 2. 
 TO TrpiV 141. 
 too'oo'Se, too'oBtos 68, 2. 
 
 TOTE 69. 
 
 Tpeis 70, 1. 
 
 TpEirOjUat, Tpiiru) 87, 3. n. 2. 
 
 97, 23. 
 Tp€(Tai, Tpitra's 113, s.v. 
 
 Tpeu). 
 TpE><«94, 2. 97,24. 21, 
 
 2. .w. n. 
 rpexo) 112, 10. 21, 2. 
 
 w. n. 
 TpE'aill3. — 134. 
 TprjcroL 113, s.i). TLTpdu). 
 TpijSuy 108, 3. 94, 3. 113. 
 TptijpTjs 45, 2. 
 rpiTrrixus 60, s.u. -ttt/^vs- 
 TpLtravs, -ow 60, s.u. -ttovs- 
 TplTTOVS, 6 39. 
 
184 
 
 TpLTOUK 115, 1. 
 
 TpoTTOV (riva; rmiTov tov) 
 
 141. 
 TpOTTta (tlvi etc.) 159, 3. 
 T/)(as 60. 
 Tvyxdvo) 109, 15.-144,4. 
 
 202, 1. a.— 6 Tvx<ov 117, 
 
 2. n. 2. 
 
 TVTTTU) 112, 15. 
 
 i/Spi'^co 133. 138. 
 
 V^pLO-T-qS 60. 
 
 iyti;s 45, 1. 
 vSo)/} 89, 3. 
 vioi 50, 11. 60. 
 i/*€Tepos 64. — 126. 
 VTraCOpLOi 115, 1. 
 iirdpx'o 155. 202, 1. a. b. 
 VTripT€poi, -TttTos 58, n. 
 UTnyKoos 143. (156.) 
 iTncrxv^oiJai 112, 5. c. — 
 
 199, 1. b. 
 VTrofUfJi,vri(TK<a 110, 10. 136. 
 VTTom-Tevo) 113. — 181, 2. 
 UTrOCTirovSos 115, 1. 
 vwo<j)€vyoy 133. 
 v(TTaT(K 58, n. — 115, 1. 
 viTTepaioi 115, 1. 
 varepeai 148, 2. 
 vtrrepo's 58, n. — 115, 1. 
 
 148, 1. 
 v<l>icrTaixai 134. 199, 1. b. 
 
 <f>a.[voixm 93. 97, 29.— 
 
 165, 1. a. 202, 2. n. 5. 
 (^atVo) 93. 97, 28. —202, 
 
 2. b. 
 <j>av£p6'; el/jLi 202, 1. a. 
 <^a.(TKU) cf. 104, 1. 
 tfyuhofwx 147, 1. 
 ^ip<o 112, 11. 
 <^£vyo>108,6. — 133. 144, 
 
 2. 167,2. 
 <j>evKT€o^ and c^ev^ov/uu 
 
 113, s.u. <l>evyu>. 
 
 INDEXES. 
 
 ^T^jut 104, 1. (112, 12). 
 
 113. 
 c/)^^^ 109,2.-133. 202, 
 
 1. a. 
 cjiOdpa accdg. to 97, 33. 
 
 & 94, 3. 113. 
 (jtOovim 155, n. 166, 1. 
 <^iAo9 56, 3. 
 fjioPco/juu 95, 3. — 133. 
 
 181, 2. w. n. 199, 1. b. 
 ^o/3epos 199, 2. 
 ^opov <i>ipav 137, 1. n. 
 <l>peap 60. 
 €J)pi(i), (jipetrOai, <l>pi^(Tui 
 
 113. 
 <t>povTtC<a 144, 3. 181, 3. 
 <^vAaKas <j>v\a,TTiii 137, 
 
 1. n. 
 i^vXaTTopoL 94, 2. — 133. 
 
 165, 1. b. 181, 2 or 3. 
 
 199, 1. b. 206, 4. n. 2. 
 <j>vofjuu, cj)V(a 93. 102, 2. 
 
 9. 4. d. 
 ^5s 39, 3. 
 
 Xatpo) 113.-150. 159,2. 
 
 w. n. 202, 1. d. 
 XaXdoy 113. 
 XaXeiraivu) 155. 150. 
 XaXeiros 199, 2. 
 ^aXcirSs ^X''" ^^^' <l>^p<o 
 
 155. 159, 2. 202, 1. d. 
 Xap.S^e, -aOev, -at 51. 
 Xap'tts, -liiTTepo's 41, 4. 
 
 60. 
 Xapt^opai 155. 202, 1. c. 
 Xaptv (t6vos) 141. X"P"' 
 
 <^e(DU) 202, 1. c. 
 Xap 50, 12. 
 Xapoofiai 95, 1. 
 X^ip<^v 58, 2. 
 X£w 108, 9. 
 Xoo) 113. 
 Xpo-opai 91, 1. 2. 7. — 
 
 19.5, 1. 
 
 Xpa<i> give oracles 118. 
 
 Xpa<i> lend (suffice) 113. 
 
 Xpeos 60. 
 
 Xpews 60. 
 
 Xp^l04, 4.-199, 1. a. 
 
 XP^iit 91, 7. 
 
 XpM and xp<^s 60. 
 
 Xwpt^o) 147, 1. 
 
 X^apt's 162, 5. 
 
 ■/ravcD 144, 4. 
 
 ij/€v8oiMU, i/f£ijSa> 97, 10. 
 
 11. 113.-144,4. 
 i^iA.00) 147, 4. 
 
 -aiSes adj. in, 45, 2 n. 
 
 aided) 111, 3. 
 
 un/dix-qv, oivij/xiji/ 113, s.ji. 
 
 6vLvrjiJ.i. 
 iiveofuu 112, 18.-151. 
 
 aiWOS, SlVTjTOS 151. 
 
 uipiipvKTO of opvuaut 89j 5. 
 
 ft)s69. 
 
 <j)S in wishes 172, 2. 174,1. 
 in ind. disc. 177. causal 
 178. consecut. 180. final 
 181,1. temporall90, 1. 
 w. partic. 203, 3. a. b. 
 4. w. S.V 194, 6. 
 
 ois or tos 69 w. n. 2. i 
 
 t'r°ff''?ll99,4. 
 
 wcTTrep 208, 36. 203, 4. 
 
 wcTTTcp av £1 188, 2. e. 
 (US truv£X(5i'Ti eiTreii' 199, 4. 
 oj(jTe 180. 
 wTivt, form of ocrns & 
 
 rfTKi. See 96. 1. a. 
 d)(^£A£'(u94,2.3. 133. 138. 
 a)^£\tp.os 32, 4. 
 (u(^£Xov 86, 3. — 172, 
 
 2. n. 
 SxpXtjKa, Snj)X.r]<Ta and 
 
 uxftkov 118, s.w. o<^Xi- 
 
 (TKaVU). 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
TABLES FOR REPETITIOISr 
 
 APPEl^TDIX 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 A LIST OF VERBS 
 
 AND 
 
 THE CHIEF RULES OF SYNTAX 
 
 I I 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
186 
 
 aya/xai — atTiaojuai. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 FUTUBE 
 
 1. admire, wonder at 
 
 dYa|xai. 
 
 aya(tr) 
 
 ayaaofiai 
 
 2. lead; intr. march 
 med. lead for myself ■ 
 pass, am led J 
 set sail 
 land, intr. 
 
 ayofjuai 
 
 dv-dyofiai, 
 KaT-dyo/j,ai 
 
 ( 
 
 d^co 
 
 d^ofiai, 
 
 d^dija-ofiai 
 
 dv-d^ofiai 
 
 Kar-d^Ofiai 
 
 3. sing 
 
 a8(D 
 
 pass. 
 
 dental 
 
 aaofJ,ai 
 dcrOrjcroiiaL 
 
 4. feel shame ; re- 
 spect ; fear ; look up 
 
 al8£0|ji.ai 
 
 on with awe 
 
 aiSes 
 
 alSecrofiai 
 
 5. praise 
 
 encourage, exhort, 
 recommend 
 
 alveu), usu. Iir- 
 pass. 
 
 irap-aivea) 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 iir-aivecTop.ai 
 eTr-aLveOrjao^iai 
 Trap-aivecrw 
 irap-aLveOrjaojjbai, 
 
 (5. take, capture 
 med. take for my- 
 self, choose 
 pass, (to med. and 
 act.} 
 
 alpeo) 
 
 aipovixau 
 
 alpri 
 
 a 
 
 alp€ 
 
 alpricra 
 alprjffo^ai 
 
 alpeOrjo-ofiai 
 
 7. raise, lift ; intr. sfet 
 out 
 med. raise for my- ■ 
 ' self 
 pass, am raised 
 
 aipo) 
 
 alpofiai 
 
 ap, (dep) 
 
 dpSi, -et? 
 dpovp,ai, -rj 
 apOrjcrofJkai, 
 
 8. perceive, esp. by- 
 hearing, observe, be- 
 come aware of 
 
 alo-edvojiai 
 
 ai(Td-rj 
 
 alcrO'jcrofiai 
 
 9. disgrace, shame 
 med. am (feel) 
 ashamed (before on 
 
 alffxvvw 
 
 ala'xyvofiaL 
 e Tivdy 
 
 al<T)(vv 
 
 alaxvvo), -ell 
 alcr'X^vvovfial,, -y 
 
 10. blame, find fault 
 with, charge, accuse 
 
 alTiaonai 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 aLTidaofjiai 
 alndd-^a-ofiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
ayafiai, — aiTiaojuai. 
 
 187 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 ■fjydadrjv admired 
 
 
 &Y<>'H'Q'l' • "> ■'■""^ ''■"'"s — °^'- or part. 
 fuiOav — Vopylav t^s cro<j}lai — 
 o-oC, OTL irpoeiXov = <tov TrpoeXofiivau. 
 
 ar^ava.K'ria am irritated, vexed : tI 
 — Ttvt : TovTo — Tw ipuiTrj/jian, 
 w. part. a.Tr€(TT€pr]iJL€vos . 
 
 d^Y^^^'*' • K.Bpov i-n-ia-TparevovTa 
 or on lirUTTpareiu {fact) 
 or Kvpov im<TTpaT€v€iv (rumor'). 
 
 irapayyeXkco command: 
 
 d8lK£(D do wrong to : o^s rjKia-Ta tSa. 
 
 dStKElTt ■KoXep.OV aLpXOVT£i. 
 
 alSo-Vjiai. before : toiis irpea^vTepovs. 
 OVK cuSuTai KaKo'S elvai. 
 ovK aiSetrat KaKo'S <u v. 
 
 eiraivw : i/^as tSv Xoywv — 
 
 v/iSs, e<f)' oh Xeyere. 
 irapcUvSi : vfuv p.r] ava^uipeiv. 
 alpu : TToXiv — convict: avTovKXcwr^s 
 
 or aVTOV KXcTTTOVTa. 
 
 pass. aXicrKo/juu : kXcot^s or KXeimov. 
 alpovfiai'. KY/tiova (rTpaTrjyov (pass.V.). 
 a^aipovjiai : tow SXXovi y^prfjiuiTa, or 
 
 Tuiv oAA<ov )(prjiJLaTa. 
 Trpoaipov/jyUi : to. auxrovTa tu>v ■qSi- 
 
 a-T<j)v. 
 
 alaSaVOIxai, constr. like aKovo)-. 
 
 tI, Tivoi and tivos ti, 
 
 w. gen. and ace. part., or w. inf. 
 
 alo')(^VVO|JLai : Oeov? /cat a.v6pu)Trovi. 
 
 Xevtov (oTi, el Xeyui) ] „ „„„ , _ 
 , / ^ ' . ^ Gr. 202, note 5. 
 Xiyciv vereor aicere J 
 
 ju,^ oi o-ucrirovSo^eij' not to. 
 
 aiT£(0 : Ktipoi/ juaBov. 
 
 Kvpov SiSovat rfyefiova. 
 
 alTl(0|l.ai : airov aCTC/Setixs, 
 or ort acrcjSet. 
 
 ayaaro'i 
 
 Tjyajov 
 
 r)<yay6iJ.r)v i 
 TjxOnv J 
 av^yayofirjv 
 KaT-rjyayofirjV 
 
 fiXa 
 
 ^yfiai aKT6<: 
 
 av-rjy/iai 
 Kar-^yfiai 
 
 f/cra 
 
 
 TO aa-jjia 
 
 rjSecrdrjv 
 
 ySccr/juii 
 
 iir-rjveOrjv 
 irap-^veaa 
 irap-yvedi^v 
 
 iir^veKa 
 
 irap-riveKa 
 
 
 elkov 
 
 elX6/j,r]v 1 
 
 T/pe'6r]V 
 
 yprjKa 
 
 ■gprifial 
 
 alpeTK 
 fj aipeai^ 
 
 rjpa, dpm 
 TjpafMjv, dpa/jML 
 Tjpdrjv 
 
 rjpKa 
 rjpfiai 
 
 ycrdofirjv 
 
 aladr]T6<; 
 rj aiadrjcri,'; 
 
 rjo-yyva 
 ■gcryvvOrjv 
 
 
 
 rj alax^vr] 
 
 fjTidcrdn'qv "1 
 rjTiaJd'qv J 
 
 yTidfiai 
 
 
 uigirizea oy ivi 
 
 croso/f® 
 
188 
 
 OLKQvoi — airavToico. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Pkesbnt 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 11. hear 
 
 cLko-uo) 
 
 
 aKOva-o/iai 
 
 12. am taken, caught 
 
 d\iaKO|j.ai 
 
 {ipf. ^Xca-KOfirjv) 
 
 aX-o) 
 
 aXd)iyofjLaL 
 
 13. change 
 
 med. exchange, 
 
 barter 
 pass, (to aet. and 
 mid.) 
 
 dWoLTTca 
 
 dWdrTOfiai 
 
 dWaTTOfiai esp. 
 cnr-, Si-, KUT-, avv-. 
 
 aWdy 
 
 m 
 
 aXXa^o) 
 aWd^ofiai 
 
 aXKayrjo-ofMi 
 
 -aWd^Ofiai 
 -aWayTJcroiiai 
 
 14. miss (the mark tivos). 
 fail, sin (tI) 
 
 d|i.apTavci> 
 
 pass. 
 
 a/mpT-r] 
 
 d/iapTijcrofiai, 
 dfiapTT] dricrerai 
 
 15. race, contend 
 
 d|ii\Xdo|i.ai 
 
 
 d/jLiXXi^crofiai 
 
 16. ward off, assist 
 med. ward off from 
 myself = defend my- 
 self (against rivd) 
 
 anLvva 
 
 dfiwofj,at 
 
 a/jivv 
 
 afivvS), -et? 
 d/ivvovfiai, -7j 
 
 17. force, compel 
 
 dvayKa^w not compounded ; regular. 
 
 18. use up, spend, ex- 
 pend ; consume, 
 waste 
 
 dvaXicKco 1 
 dvaXoo) J pass. 
 
 dv-aX-o) 
 
 dvaku>CT<o 
 dvdXa)6r]ffOficu 
 
 19. grieve, distress 
 med. am grieved, dis- 
 tressed 
 
 dvld<o 
 
 dvidofiac. 
 
 
 dvid<T(0 
 dviaaofiai 
 
 
 i.v-olya, see oi-yoi 
 
 
 
 20. finish, accomplish 
 
 dvvw and dvvTw 
 
 (dvwo), avvTOi) 
 
 avv 
 
 dvucru) 
 dvuo-flijo-o/iat 
 
 21. forbid ; give out 
 
 dir-a-Yop€\l<o 
 
 (see 
 
 Xeyo)) 
 
 dir-epS), -ipei<s 
 
 22. (go to) meet 
 
 dir-avTd<o 
 
 
 dir-avTrja-oiiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
aKovo) • 
 
 ■ anavTaoi). 
 
 189 
 
 AOKIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 rjKOVffa 
 
 aicrjKoa (■^KrjKoav) 
 aKovcTTO'; 
 
 dKoXovOeO) : nvi or otjV nn. 
 dK0'i)a€(r9e e/noi) ttjv a.\rj6euiv. 
 uKovo) Tov Oopv^ov hear the noise, 
 
 ToB dopvjiov listen, give heed, 
 
 hearken to. 
 
 a,Kovu> arov Xeyovros I myself hear 
 you say, 
 
 <T€ Xiyovra \ hear through others 
 = oTi A.£y£« J that . . . (^fact). 
 ere \eyav hear that you say 
 (rumor). 
 aiKovoi Tivoi (xnr'^Koo's) : am subject 
 to, obey. 
 
 dXlCTKOIxai : kXott^s or Kkeirriov, 
 see aipio). 
 
 dir-aWdTTO) tr. set free, release : 
 ae Secr/iSv. 
 
 intr. get off free : airo Secr/JiMv. 
 dtraXXdTTOnai rid myself, get rid. 
 
 intr. go away, depart : ttoXcms. 
 d|iapTdV(0 : /ueyttTTa eis, ■ncpl vj^ai. 
 
 miss :■ a-KorKciv, ovSets rjii.d.pTo.vi.v av- 
 Spos- 
 
 lose : ■nj'i Botiurias, £0-^X^s yuvaiKOs. 
 
 do wrong to : . apapravcTi SitaKovrti. 
 
 djI'OvCi) : Traialv oXeOpov — vo/xoi. 
 d/XVVOfJ,at, : tov tinovTa TroXifuov. 
 
 dviaS /*£ Tas ^pevas yEXfiv. 
 
 dvlMflM : TOVTO (cTTt) TttlS t5)V oiX- 
 
 Xwv evTrpa^icws — ex^p<3 irapovn. 
 d|l6o> deem worthy (aftos tivos) : 
 ejUavTOV TtSv koAAmttiov — 
 ij^ibv 01 So^^rai Tas ■ttoXeis. 
 iTjTpbi avijp -TToXXlov dvra^ios aAA<ov. 
 
 diraYopfitia) : 
 
 forbid : vp.LV pr/ aTnevai. 
 become exhausted : Tpi\uiv. 
 
 dTravrdo) encounter : tivl. 
 oTn^VTrjO-av avTOii XaXu/Jes- 
 
 r eaXcov 
 \r)\o)v 
 
 edXioKa 
 rjXcDKa 
 
 fjXKd^a 
 r)Wa^dfiT]v ] 
 
 r)Xkd/^r}V i 
 
 -TjWdjTjV 
 
 T]X\ayfiai 
 -i^Wdy/^ai 
 
 TjfiapTOV 
 
 rffiapTTjO-qv 
 
 '^fidprrjKa 
 rjixdpTTjfJiM 
 TO dfJi,dpTrjiJ,a 
 
 r)iJiiXKri97}V 
 
 fjiiiW-qfiai 
 
 TJfivva 
 
 ^/JLVVdfJLTJV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 dvi^Xcoaa 
 avrfKcaOrfV 
 
 avrjXcoKa 
 dvrfKcopLal, 
 
 rividcra 
 r]Via6r}V 
 
 7]VMKa 
 
 T/vidfiai 
 
 
 
 ijvvcra ' 
 ■fjvvadrjv 
 
 TJVUKa 
 
 TJvva-fji.ai dvvaTO'i 
 
 air-elTTOV 
 
 1? 
 
 aTT-eiprj/ca [den 
 diroppijTov forbid- 
 
 air-Tjvrrjaa 
 
 dir-riVTTfKa 
 
 
 uigmzea by Mi 
 
 crosoft® 
 
190 
 
 aTTctTact) — avcci). 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 23. deceive 
 threaten 
 distrust 
 am at a loss, doubt 
 
 dTrardo) 
 direiXeo) 
 diriffTcw 
 diropeco 
 
 are not 
 
 compounded 
 
 24. incur the hatred 
 (of Tiviy 
 
 dir-exOdvoitai 
 
 ixO'ni 
 
 aTT-ex^i^crojiiai 
 
 25. enjoy 
 
 diro-Xavco 
 
 
 diro-Xavcrop.ai 
 
 26. saj' in my own 
 defence 
 
 dtro-XoYeoiiai. 
 
 
 dnro-Xoy'^aofiai 
 
 27. fasten; kindle 
 med. touch, lay hold 
 of 
 
 alTTO) 
 
 pass. 
 aTTTOfiai. 
 
 dtf> 
 
 d-KJrco 
 
 d(p6ij(70ijLai 
 
 d-^o/iai 
 
 28. please; gratify 
 
 dpecTKco 
 
 ape's 
 
 dpeaco 
 
 29. am sufficient ; aid, 
 assist 
 
 dpKc'o) 
 
 apK£i 
 
 apKeao) 
 
 30. fit (together), join 
 
 dpiAOTTO) (apfJioiw') 
 
 pass. 
 
 app.0T 
 
 dpfioao) 
 dpp,0(T6rjffOiiai 
 
 31. deny, disown 
 
 dpveo|JLai 
 
 
 dpvrja-ofiai 
 
 32. grasp hastily, seize, 
 plunder, carry away 
 
 dpird^w 
 
 pass. 
 
 dental 
 
 dpircuToixai 
 dpiraa-d'^crofiai 
 
 33. rule ; begin 
 
 med. begin i 
 pass, am ruled J 
 
 dpX(o 
 
 apxafiai 
 
 "■PX 
 
 dp^co 
 dp^ofiai 
 
 34'. pass the night in 
 the open air, bivouac 
 
 avXit^o|j.ai. 
 
 dental 
 
 avkiov/xai, -rj 
 
 35. increase, trans, 
 pass, am increased, 
 grow, increase, intr. 
 
 aiJlw, av|dva) 
 
 av^-r] 
 
 av^TfiTOiiaL 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
aTrarao) 
 
 10) — augw. 
 
 191 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 """■JX^^W 
 
 a,T!^y^y]\na.i 
 
 air-eXavcra 
 
 airo-XeXavKa 
 
 air-eXoyTjcrdfirjv 
 
 airo-XeXoyrifJiai 
 
 rj<f)0r]V 
 ■ff^dixrjv 
 
 flfjL/Mai 
 
 rjpeffa 
 
 apearcK 
 
 rjpKea-a 
 
 ■fjp/iocra 
 tjpimouOtjv 
 
 TjpfiOKa 
 ?! p 1X0(7 fiai 
 
 apixoaTO^ 
 
 ripvrjdriv 
 
 ■ijpvrifjiai 
 
 rjpTraaa 
 •^pirda-ffijv 
 
 rjpiraKa 
 TjpTracrfiai 
 
 fjp^a, ap^ai 
 
 Tjp^dfirjv 
 
 fipxdriv 
 
 rjpxa 
 
 ^pry/jLai, 
 
 apKTO'i ruled 
 apKTeo'i regendus 
 and incipiendui 
 
 TjvXla-dfMr]!' and 
 r]vXi<r6r]V 
 
 r]v\tap,ai 
 
 diropcb am in want : tSv iirLTi^Suaiv- 
 at a loss : to! Trpay/nari (toCto) . 
 in doubt : mroi Tpairutfuxj. — 
 o,Ti Set TTOteTv. 
 unable ; Kpivca — 
 
 ovK awopui TToXAa Xiyuv- 
 diroXaiica : tGv ifuav KTrjfiaTwv. 
 dTTTO) fasten, tie : ppo^ov. 
 light, kindle, set on fire : Xvxyov, 
 vewv, lepd. 
 aiTTOfjiM : davovTwv oiiSev aXyos air- 
 
 TCTOlI. 
 
 apsCTKCO : apecKe p.rj cavTw yuovo). 
 pass, am satisfied, pleased with : 
 Toi'; (Tol's Xdyois- 
 apK(0 : djOK£t ■^fuv iJt,€rpiOi ySt'os- 
 aid, ward off : ^cVots oXedpov- 
 it is enough that I apKCi TrpdrToiv 
 Tavra. 
 
 cLpVOVIiat, : t6 -irpaypa, 
 
 &i ov SeSpaKO, or 
 ju^ SeSpaKfvai. 
 
 OVK apVOVLUU ] , . n n / 
 
 , , „ > firi ov oeopaKwai. 
 Tts apveirat J 
 
 dpY(0 rule: ruiv Tlepa-uiv — (pass.?!) 
 dp^oi begin : 
 Tov Xoyov (others continue), 
 Xiyav am the first to speak. 
 dpyo/Jiac begin: tov Xoyov (vaj own 
 speech, / continue), 
 aTTO tSv OeZv TravTos epyov. 
 a.pxofw.1 Xeyuiv begin to speak = am 
 at the beginning of my speech, 
 or : begin by speaking. 
 Xeyetv begin, undertake, proceed 
 to speak, set ^bout speaking. 
 
 
 T]V^r)p,ai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
192 
 
 a^^o/xat — yiyvaxTKOi. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 36. am displeased, 
 vexed, angry 
 
 dx6o|iai 
 
 dx^-« 
 
 a')(6e<T0iiai 
 
 37. go, walk 
 
 pa8i1^<D 
 
 dental 
 
 ^aSiovfiai, -7) 
 
 38. go, walk, step 
 
 Paivo> 
 
 l3r,,Pa 
 
 ^■^aofiai 
 
 39. throw 
 
 med. throw for my-i 
 
 self. c 
 
 pass. am thrown J 
 
 pdWci) 
 
 px-n 
 
 /3dA,&), -elf 
 ^aXovfiai, -y 
 
 ^X-qOrjaofiai, 
 
 40. force 
 
 Pid^o|i.ai. 
 
 pass. 
 
 dental 
 
 ^laaofiai 
 ^laadi^crofiai 
 
 41. cause to go, bring 
 
 pipd1^(a 
 
 Pa, dental 
 
 /3t/3ci), -a? 
 
 42. injure, harm, dam- 
 age, hurt 
 
 PXdlTTO) 
 
 /SXa-rrro/juai, 
 
 pXaP 
 
 ^Xd^rjCTOixai 
 
 43. shout, call 
 
 Podo) 
 
 
 ^oijaofiat 
 
 44. wish, desire 
 
 PoilXoiJiai 
 
 j3ovX-rj 
 
 ^ovXtjaofjbai, 
 
 45. marry (a woman) 
 med. marry (a man) 
 
 ya/jLeofiai 
 
 yaii.-e 
 
 yafiS), -eis 
 yafi-ov/Jiai, -5 
 
 46. laugh 
 
 •yeXdo) 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 ryeXaaofiai 
 yeXaaOi^aofiai 
 
 47. give a taste 
 
 med. taste, eat, enjoy 
 
 ycvij), usu. 
 
 
 yevaofiai 
 
 48. grow old 
 
 ■yripao-KO), yiypao) 
 
 yrjpi 
 
 yqpaxTOiua 
 
 49. am born; become; 
 happen 
 
 ■yi'yvo(i.ai 
 
 yiv-T) 
 
 yevijerofiac 
 
 50. learn to know, per- 
 ceive, know; decide 
 upon 
 
 7i"yv<&<rKo> 
 
 pass. 
 
 yvui(jT) 
 
 yvcoaofiai 
 yvcoadijcrofiai, 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
a)(6o^JLai — yLyv(o(TKO). 
 
 193 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 r}')(d4(T67)V 
 
 i^dSiaa 
 
 /Se^dSiKa 
 
 e^rjv 
 
 ^e^T]Ka faro's 
 
 e^dXov 
 
 e^Xrjdriv J 
 
 fut. pf. 
 
 ^e^Xrjfiat 
 
 i^idadfj,r]V 
 i^idcrdrjv 
 
 e^i^dcra 
 
 , e/SXdyjra 
 '■ epXa^r)v 
 
 e^&qaa 
 
 e/SovXi^driv 
 
 tyriijux 
 iyrjlJi.diJi.rjv 
 
 iyeXdcra 
 ijeXdadrjV 
 
 )^ / 
 
 eyevaafirjv 
 
 eyrjpatra 
 
 ejevofJirjV 
 
 eyvav 
 eyvaaOrjv 
 
 /Se^iaafiat 
 
 ^e^Xd^a 
 ^e^Xdfifiai 
 
 ^e^orjica 
 
 ^e^ovXrjfjLal 
 
 yeyajLrjKa 
 ye.yd.iJ.rj)Jua.L 
 
 yeyeXdica 
 yeyeXdcrfJLat 
 
 KarayeXaaTO'i 
 
 yeyevfiai 
 
 yf.yrjpa.Ka am old 
 dyrjpaTO<; never 
 aging, undecaying 
 
 yeyevrjjXM 
 yeyova, also pf. to 
 
 iLft.1 
 
 d,Y6o|J.ai : toTs ■ycyevij/x.O'Ots — 
 Tois Trpi(TJii.(nv, 
 on ajiaprdva, 
 pavddvoiv do not like, hate. 
 
 £t<7(e/i.)pdXX<0 tr. throw into, 
 intr. empty (of rivers), invade (of 
 
 armies). 
 eK^dXXco banish; pass. e/CTrtWro). 
 VTrep^dXXco go etc. over, across : ra 
 
 oprj, TO. TetX'?' surpass irpoyoi/ovs 
 
 euKXei'a. 
 
 Ba(ri\cvo>: rti/ds — pass. fStunXevopai. 
 
 Bld)^0|l.ai Tov €K-rrXovv force my vray 
 or passage out, jSta^o/xat raSt am 
 driven to, forced to (do) this. 
 
 GoTiOeco : Kdvcon SaJScKa vavcnv. 
 
 vajXtO yvvaiKa, yaiJi.0VfJkai dvSpi. 
 
 eyvooKa Tiovi 
 eyvaxT fiai 
 yvooTO'i known 
 yvaxTTO^ knowable 
 
 uigitizea ay Microsott® 
 
 vei/ouai : crCrov, Trdvtov p,vpiiav. 
 
 YlYV€T().l with (ace. and) inf.: fit, ut. 
 Siayiyvofiai : puavOdvun/. 
 Trapayiyvpfiat, : eJs SapSas- 
 irept.yiyvofJyM : survive, escape from 
 
 Toi) irdOovi. am superior to t&v 
 
 aXXiav pu>p.rj- 
 viVV«&<rK(0 perceive that something 
 
 is the case : ort or p a r t. 
 
 on OvrjTos dju or 6vrjTo<i otv. 
 
 oTt OvrjToi el or o-e dvrjrbv ovra. 
 resolve, with inf. : pJrj pAx^o-Oai. 
 
194 
 
 ■ypd(f>0} — 8l(oko}. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 51. write 
 
 med. write (in my own 
 interest), accuse, in- 
 dict ; pass. . 
 
 •ypacjxi) 
 
 r^pa^o/jbai 
 
 ypa<l} 
 
 jp&^a) 
 jpd-^ofiai 
 
 '^pd^rjo-op.ai 
 
 52. fear 
 
 
 Set-, St- 
 
 Seicrofjuu 
 
 53. point, show 
 med. show (what is 
 my own), prove 
 
 pass. . 
 
 8eiKvU|JLi 
 
 SeiKvvfiai 
 
 SetK 
 
 Bei^Q) 
 Bei')(drj(70iJ,ai 
 
 54. receive 
 
 Scxofiai 
 
 SeK 
 
 Se^ofiai 
 
 55. bind 
 
 med. bind (for my-i 
 self) ; ^ pass. J 
 
 Beofiai 
 
 (8«) 
 
 S^cra> 
 
 Sijao/iai 
 
 Bedrjaojiai 
 
 66. want, lack 
 
 it is necessary, one] 
 must J 
 need, want (rtvo?) j 
 beg, ask (rivo^ rt) 
 
 8^(0 
 
 Set impersonal 
 Beofiai 
 
 (Sev) 
 (Scf) 8e-57 
 
 Seijo-ft) 
 SeTjo-et 
 Seija-Ofiai 
 
 57. teach, instruct 
 med. teach myself, 
 have myself 
 taught, have one 
 taught (in my own 
 interest) 
 
 8i8d(rK(i> 
 
 SiSdcricofiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 8tSa;( 
 
 StSafto 
 BiSd^ofial 
 
 BiSaxOiJo'OfJtai 
 
 58. run away 
 
 8i8pao'Ko>, usu. 
 
 UTTOt 
 
 Spa 
 
 airo-Bpaaop.ai 
 
 59. give {pres. and ipf. 
 also : offer) 
 med. give what is my 1 
 own, for myself 
 
 pass, i 
 
 8i8o>|ii 
 
 BiSofiat 
 
 8(1), 8o 
 
 Bdxreo 
 
 Baxrop^ai 
 
 Bodrjcrofial 
 
 60. pursue 
 
 8l(bK(0 
 
 pass. 
 
 guttural 
 
 Bico^o/iat 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
ypaxjxti — BicaKO). 
 
 195 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 iypayjrdfirjV 
 eypacl^rjV 
 
 eBeica 
 
 eBei^a 
 iSei^d/jLr]V 
 
 iSei'X^drjV 
 
 eSe^dfij]v 
 
 eBrjaa 
 e8r)(rdfiriv 
 - iSSrjv 
 
 eberjaa 
 
 iSerjereCy) 
 
 eBei]0j)v 
 
 iBiBd^a 
 iBiBa^diJ,r)V 
 
 €.BiBd')(6r)V 
 
 cnr-eBpdv 
 
 eBcoKa, eSoixfv 
 
 eB6p,rjV 
 
 iBodrjV 
 
 iBimX^V^ 
 
 'yeypd(j)a 
 yeypdfifiai. 
 
 BeBoiKa 
 BeBia 
 
 BeBeiy^^a ' 
 
 Se'S, 
 
 eijfiai 
 
 BeSeyfiLai 
 
 BeBe 
 
 BeBefiai 
 
 BeToi 6 Bea-fio^ 
 
 BeBerjKa 
 
 BeBer]K£(vy 
 
 BeBeijfiai 
 
 BeBiBd'x^a 
 
 BeBiBdyfiai 
 BiBa'XT]., BiBaKT6<; 
 
 cnro-BeBpaKa 
 
 BeBcoKa 
 
 BeBofiai 
 
 Soto's 57 SoVts 
 
 B&pov Bcopeid 
 
 SeStioy/nat 
 
 diroyiyvcaaKCi) acquit: 
 
 i|u.<uv TrpoSoctav. 
 despair of, give up the intention of 
 ■ doing : 
 
 /xa^ijs or Tov iJLa,^e(T6ai. 
 KaTayiyvd)aK(o Tivog n : 
 charge : i/Acoj' SeiXtav. 
 declare guilty : tovtov ^ovov. 
 ToAASv Kariyvuxrav davarov jx,7^itTi3,dv, 
 TToXKSiv KaTtyviiuOrj OdvaTOi ;u.jj8tcr/io{). 
 (TVyyiyvtoaKCO pardon, forgive : 
 (rvyyv<j)6L fwi tyjv a/juxpriav- 
 'YpCl(|>0|iai. accuse, indict : 
 
 StuKparr/ a.(Ttpuwi or' 
 oTt dcre/Sc? or 
 (US dcreySoBvTa. 
 
 SeSoLKa : /a^ iTriXaOwfieOa ne obliv. 
 (oi) Sc'SotKa fjLrj ovK £^(o ne non hab. 
 SeSotKtt SiaXiye<T0ai vereor colloqui. 
 
 5€lKVU|Xl : ifJMVTov ayaOov ovTa, 
 
 or oTi ayaOoi ei/tit. 
 BeiKW/xai (^pass.^ ayaOo'; wv. 
 
 8e<0 iroXkov diruv am far from. 
 
 dXt'yoD iSerjtra eiTreiv paene dixi. 
 Bel jMOi : *oXX'5s (jtpon^a-cais. 
 
 tSei (three meanings !) and 18a dv. 
 Beo/Jiat need : t^s v/jLerepai PorjOiUK. 
 ask, beg : i[xS)v iyut ravra, but : 
 
 K-vpov yT7]crav /ucrOov. 
 vpju>v p.r] ainevai,. 
 
 8i8o>|Xi, allow : 
 
 Sds p.01 (Tio^av Tovi EXXrjva^. 
 aTToBiBofJiai sell: 
 
 ri Tivoi (&t a price), iroWov. 
 /jberaBiBm/M : 
 fjieriSocrav aW^Xots, (ov cixov (Katrroi. 
 
 SlcoKCO accuse: nvdnvo^; 
 
 tjievywi Trjv Siktjv tj Simkeis ; 
 o SiiLkuiv the accuser. 
 
 Diyilized by Mlcrdiioft& 
 
196 
 
 SoK€l 
 
 oKeoi — eLjjLi. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 61. seem, am believed 
 or looked upon as ; 
 believe, think 
 it seems good, best, 
 advisable, expedi- 
 ent to me = videtur 
 mihi, I move 
 
 80K£0> 
 
 SoKel fioi 
 
 8oK-e 
 
 fio'fet 
 
 62. can, am able, strong 
 enough, have power 
 
 Svva\Lai 
 
 hvv-q 
 hvva 
 
 BvvrjaofiM 
 
 63. am unlucky, un- 
 happy 
 
 SUCTTUX^W 
 
 
 BvarvxTja-m 
 
 64. wrap up, cause to 
 sink or set 
 wrap myself up, put 
 on (clothes), sink or 
 set, enter, intr. 
 
 8ij<o 
 
 pass. 
 SvOfJ,ai and 8vva) 
 
 Su, 8v 
 
 Bvaeo 
 
 BWrjcrofLai, 
 
 Bvaofiai 
 
 65. suffer, permit, al- 
 low, let, leave 
 
 ld» (ipf. eW) 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 iacrat 
 idaofiai 
 
 66. will, am willing, 
 ready, determined 
 
 IGeXco, e€\o> 
 
 Wt\-yj 
 
 iOeXrjaa) 
 6eX-q(To> 
 
 67. accustom 
 
 (ipf.uOiiav) vaSS. 
 
 dental 
 
 eOiS), -elf 
 lOuTBrjiToiua 
 
 68. yield, give way, 
 withdraw 
 
 e'CKo) 
 
 piK, €IK 
 
 eo^co 
 
 69. resemble, am simi- 
 lar, am like, look like 
 
 cKkcd 
 
 flK, £l/C 
 
 
 70. am 
 
 el|M, tt, lo-Tivetc. 
 
 yjv, rfdOa, 7)v etc. 
 1<t6i, IcTTIl) — eivoi, (UV 
 
 to- 
 
 eaofiai, lorat 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
JOKeco ■ 
 
 ■et/xi. 
 
 197 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syktax 
 
 eBo^a 
 
 eSofe(i') 
 
 iSvvrj9rjV 
 iSwa.(T6rjv 
 
 iSvarv'^ricra 
 
 eSva-a 
 
 iBv6r]v 
 
 eBvv 
 
 eloBrjV 
 
 rjOeXrjcra 
 €0fX.r](ra 
 
 eWlaa 
 eldla-6r)V 
 
 el^a 
 
 eyevo/iiyv 
 
 BeBoKTai it has 
 been resolved on, 
 visum est. 
 
 r) Bo^a, TO Boyfia 
 
 BeBvvrjfiai 
 
 Bwdro'} 
 
 BeBva-Tv^jjKa 
 
 BeBv/j.ai 
 BeBvKa 
 
 TO aOVTOV 
 
 eta fiat 
 
 ^ffeXrjKa 
 
 eWiKa 
 
 ecOla/jLai 
 
 e'icoOa, elto6eiv am, 
 
 was wont 
 
 eotxa look like 
 
 plpf. iipKeiv 
 eoiKtos similar 
 eiKos natural ; meet; 
 probable, likely 
 
 ytyevr]fmi, 
 yeyova 
 
 8oK(& : seem, am believed xp'^a-ifioi 
 iSoKow ctvai. 
 believe, think : ^aaiKia amivai (not 
 
 OTL). 
 
 Boicel : So^av raJTa — (ws) c/noi 8ok£iv. 
 8ov\€'0(O serve, am subject to: tivl 
 
 — ijoovais — TTjV KaKLtrTTjv 8ov- 
 
 Xeiav. 
 
 D'OvajXai. (Suvarov iariv) : evpeiv — 
 
 iroXis SwttT^ apLdTtj yeviuOai, 
 68os SvvaT^ TTOpeixa'Oai. 
 
 KaTaS'OcO : vavv auToTs avSpdcnv. 
 oveTai. 6 ^\tos — KaraSvErai 17 vaBs. 
 ivQa-7ro')Bvofial put on, off, a-ToXrjv. 
 
 ew : ovK dwv aSiKciv vetahant - 
 
 IdcXo) : dvrjp ayaOoi ycviudai - 
 OVK edekoiieiuse: elcrievai. 
 
 iXKOt : Tots yepovcri t^s oSoS. 
 
 £OlKa : <}>iX.oit6<I>ui, fueOvovn. 
 (is ro eiKO's. 
 
 elvai : dvSpos <to<J)Ov (but e/x6v) ecTTiv. 
 £(TTi jitot ovojjux AydOtov ( Gaio) . 
 ovopA p,oi iOecrav Ayddiava. 
 i^v — SiKaiov rjv — dirtTeov rjv — 
 i^icrn — TO vvv efvat — ef w, irapov. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
198 
 
 etjMi — eiricrra/Aai. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Pkksent 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 71. shall go 
 
 (the opt., inf., and 
 part, with fut. and 
 pres. force) 
 
 etpLi, £t, cTaiv etc. 
 
 ya, gets, yu, ij^ev, 
 
 rJT€, rja-av 
 t (p, tiys — loiixi, tots — 
 Wtt'iTO) — ievai — tiu v 
 
 £t, I 
 
 elfu 
 
 72. shut up (in, out), 
 hem in, enclose, press 
 
 e'tp-yw (et/o-yo), tpyw, 
 dpyvvfu) pass. 
 
 guttural 
 
 F^py 
 
 eip^co, ctpfo) 
 etpfo/«n 
 
 73. tr. drive; 
 
 intr. drive, ride, 
 march, sail etc. = 
 feror and vehor 
 
 £\avva» 
 
 pass. 
 
 iX.av 
 iXa 
 
 iXa>, -a? 
 iXdOi^a-ofiai 
 
 74. draw, drag 
 
 cXkco (ipf- cTXkov) 
 pass. 
 
 €Xkv((T^ 
 
 iX^co 
 eXKva-d^a-oiJhai 
 
 75. hinder 
 
 i\nroUt,<ji 
 
 dental 
 
 efiirohiSi, -el<s 
 
 76. am against, oppose 
 
 IvavTidojiai 
 
 (ipf. ^vavTiov/XT/jv) 
 
 
 ivaVTicoaofiai, 
 
 77. lie in ambush; way- 
 lay (jiva) 
 
 eveSpevo) 
 
 
 iveBpevaco 
 
 78. lay to heart, con- 
 sider well, reflect 
 
 lv&Ci|i£0|jiai 
 
 
 iv9vfi7]ao/jLai ) 
 
 79. examine well; in- 
 spect, review 
 
 llerd^o) (ipf.: 
 
 iirJTa^ov) paSS. 
 
 dental 
 
 i^eTaaOrjiTOfiai 
 
 80. urge on, press 
 hasten, hurry, push, 
 press on 
 
 e-n-ecyeo, usu. 
 l-irei-yoiiai 
 
 guttural 
 
 eirei^oixai 
 
 81. desire, long for, 
 covet 
 
 eiri,ev|i£(0 
 
 
 eTridvpLrja-w 
 
 82. swear falsely, am 
 a perjurer 
 
 liriopKco) 
 
 
 eTTiopKi^a-a) 
 
 88. know, understand, 
 am versed in, ac- 
 quainted with 
 
 lTTicrTa|JLai 
 
 rjTn(TTa.ix.r[V, ^TricrraTO 
 
 eTrtcrTOi/tat, emtTTaiTO 
 
 — iiri<TTa(ro 
 
 imcTTa. 
 
 iTncrri^ffOfiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
eijui- 
 
 ■ e.Tri(TTafji.ai. 
 
 199 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Pbrfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 
 TjXacra 
 rfkadr^v 
 
 etAKVcra 
 elXievcrdrjV 
 
 iveTToBlcra 
 
 ■^vavnd)dr]V 
 
 evrjhpevcra 
 
 iveOvfiTJdrjv 
 
 le. / w 
 
 •^Treix^V^ 
 
 eTreOvfiTjaa 
 
 eiTLcopKriffa 
 
 rjiniTT'qOriv 
 
 tTO'i, iTeov 
 
 eipy^uii, 
 
 eKrfKdfJbai 
 plpf. iXrjXd/jbrjv 
 
 eiXKVKa 
 etXKVcrfiai 
 
 EjiATrCTrdStKa 
 
 •qvavTUOnat, 
 
 ivT^SpevKa 
 
 TO ii'-uvfirjfia 
 
 i^ijTcicrfiai 
 
 TJireiyiJuu 
 
 e'mTe6vfi7}Ka 
 
 eTricopKTjKa 
 
 r) iTTla-TTJfJLT] 
 
 irepieifM (Trepieivat) surpass : 
 aAAui' TToXv apiTrj. 
 
 eXpyoi keep off, hinder from : 
 
 TT/v ipvx^v iiTidviumv- 
 6 <j>6poi Tov vovv aTTcipya jxr) Xi- 
 yav a jiovXerai 
 
 4\£v6ep6a> (cXeiJ^epos) free : 
 
 Toil? avairCcyv^ rr)% ^jj/ixias- 
 
 IXmJ^CO expect, hope:'7rpd^eii' KaXm- 
 ti,r]h\v KaKov 'Treco'icrOai,. 
 
 4vavTiO'0|jLai : rti/t — 
 evaVTlMXTopiai vfuv /xi/Sev Troietv 
 Trapa tovs vo/jlovs, 
 
 kvQv]LOV\iai : ravra iravra — 
 oTt r/iuv ouSevos p-enanv- 
 oloiv Tip.S)v a.iri(7Teprip.t6a- 
 /XTj ovK e)(u>p,fv- 
 
 £'n'i6u|l&: 7rA.o<Jrou — 
 
 apxuv, np,S,(T$cu. 
 
 eiriopKO : rivd — 
 
 Oeov imopKZv p^rj Soxet XiXrjOevai. 
 CiriaTaiiaiknoWjiiiiderstand: rexyriv 
 
 know how to : eiKav xaKoTs. 
 
 know that: OvrjTOi &v (on — elfu). 
 ere OvrjTov ovra (oTt — £()■ 
 
 iin<TTrip.<tiv tS>v irepl ras Ta§£is. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
200 
 
 eTTo/jLOLL — irapexcD. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 84. follow 
 
 eVotiai 
 
 kw, cTEir, 
 
 eyjro/iai 
 
 
 (ipf. eiTTO/iijv) 
 
 (<r^) 
 
 
 85. love, desire ardent- 
 
 lpd(0, tpafwj. 
 
 epo 
 
 ipaxrOi^a-opai 
 
 ly 
 
 
 
 
 86. work 
 
 €p7d,5o|iai (ipf.: 
 
 fvy 
 
 epyaao/jLai 
 
 
 eipya^6fi.riv) pasS. 
 
 
 ipyaaO-^ffOficu 
 
 87. go, come 
 
 epxoi^ai 
 
 ipX, «, I 
 
 eifii 
 
 
 (ipf- Sa) 
 
 i\(v)e 
 
 
 88. ask, question 
 
 IpCOTOLO) 
 
 
 epcoTJjaa) 
 
 
 
 ip-q 
 
 eprjaofiai 
 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 ep<OTr)6ri(Top,ai 
 
 89. eat, consume, live 
 
 ecrOico, fitfipwa-Koi 
 
 eo-^t,eS, 
 
 eBofiai 
 
 on 
 
 often Kara- paSS. 
 
 <^ay, Ppoi 
 
 KaTa-jSpwdi^a-opai 
 
 90. find, discover 
 
 eiipiffKo) 
 
 evp-r] 
 
 evprjao) 
 
 med. find for myself, 
 
 eiipoaKOfiai 
 
 eip-e 
 
 evprjaofial 
 
 get, procure, obtain 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 evpedrjao/JLai 
 
 91. gladden 
 
 €v<j)paiv<o reg. 
 
 e.v<^pav 
 
 
 med. rejoice 
 
 ev(f>paivofiai 
 
 
 eixfypavovfiai, -^ 
 
 92. pray; vow 
 
 eTJXO|iai 
 
 guttural 
 
 ev^o/iai 
 
 93. have, hold ; intr. 
 
 ex© (i(rx<») (ipf 
 
 «X' <^«X 
 
 e^a>, a'xrj<T<o 
 
 am (in a certain state, 
 
 efxov) 
 
 'T'C-'? 
 
 
 — e.g. KoXws), fare 
 
 
 
 
 med. hold for myself 
 
 exofiai (ipf €lx6- 
 
 
 e^ofxaL, erx'^'^o- 
 
 
 Mv) 
 
 
 fiai 
 
 Compounds, e.g. 
 
 
 
 
 furnish, supply, afford. 
 
 irapexw 
 
 
 Trape'^m, irapor 
 
 provide, grant 
 
 
 
 <T')(r]aa> 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
^irofiaL — TTape^ft). 
 
 201 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 ea'irofirjv 
 
 o-jroJ/iai, €7rt(r7ro)/iai, 
 crirotTO, eTTunrotTO, 
 
 CXOV, iTTUTTTOV 
 
 ■^pda-Orjv became 
 fond 
 
 eLpyaaa/irjv 
 elpydaOrjV 
 
 eipjaa-fjiai 
 
 rfKdov 
 
 eXrfkvOa 
 rjKO) adsum 
 
 TJpcoTTjcra 
 
 ripofjiriv 
 
 'qpoorqdTjv 
 
 ripo)Tr]Ka 
 
 KaT-ePpii)6riv 
 
 Tjtpov (fvpov) 
 rjvpofiTjV 
 7]vpe0T]V 
 evperai-r] evpeeri'; 
 
 7jV<})pdp07]V 
 
 j]v^dfir)V 
 
 ctxe's, (tx^to) 
 
 (r)((w, crxedOui 
 
 irapecT'Xpv 
 irapdcrxoi 
 7rapd(rxoil^L 
 
 irapdax^^ 
 
 r)pcoTriiJiat, 
 
 Kara-pipptDKa 
 KaTa-pifipa>imi 
 
 r]vpr]Ka (evp.) 
 
 TjvprjIJCai 
 TO evprifia 
 
 TjVjfiai 
 
 evKTO^ 
 
 e(T')(r]ica 
 
 ecr'xrj/MM 
 
 irapea-xV'"'' 
 
 ^TTOIXai, : ■^yep.ovL sequor ducem. 
 
 £pT||J.6s TWO'S : vpMv ipTjixos iov with- 
 out you. 
 
 kp& iJja.Brjfw.TO<; — Tov ^^v. 
 
 oiiK ipui TVXitv T^S O^S TLlXrj'S. 
 
 kpi'^a rival, vie with in something : 
 ipiifuvcnv 'AfftpoSiTy KaXXos- 
 
 |p<i)T(i z ravO' r/xSs — 
 
 dvrjpcO' ■^/xSs Toil's iv 'lAtifi irovows. 
 
 ecrOlco : Krjpiaiv — dpovprj'S Kaprrrov- 
 
 CuSaitlOVll^CO account one happy be- 
 cause of : vfrnis T^s IKvuOipms. 
 
 fi'OfipvtTW (= e5 TTOiS) : two. do good 
 to. 
 
 eilpTJaeiS, otl aXrjOrj Xiyoi 
 or e/Ae 6^r]6^ Xiyovra. 
 
 €vpi(7K0fiat aXirjOrj Xeytoi'. 
 
 €'U<|>paivo|i.ai : (eti) tyj Simvou}. 
 opS)v (at seeing) v/aSs Trapovras. 
 
 EliYOIxai. wish : vplv ayaOd. 
 vow : Oeois kKaTop-firp/, 
 
 6v(rav crtDTT^pia. 
 pray to, beseech : 
 
 GeoL's TrokvKapTTiav for, 
 
 vfuv Sowat Tayadd. 
 €Y0) : KaA.Ss eX" '''°' ''/"*' 
 
 cwoiKMS £ixop£v dWriXoLV- 
 evo^ai : x^'P°5 — vo/a(dv — cling to, 
 
 T^s auT^s yvta/irp. 
 airivco trans. : tous vloiii Trovripoiv. 
 intr. : ov -iroXv Ba/JuXtovos- 
 aTre')(piJ.ai : ^inOviuSn/. 
 
 apx^'s — TivL TWO'S share with. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
202 
 
 ■!Tap4.-)(piJiai — danTCt). 
 
 Mkanmig 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 FCTTIKE 
 
 furnish etc. (what is my 
 own) 
 
 endure, suffer, can bear 
 promise 
 
 irape-xpnai 
 
 dvexo|iai 
 
 {ipf. ^i/etxW") 
 ■uTrt<rxveo|JLai 
 
 
 •jrape^ofiai 
 'jrapa(rj(r)(roiiai 
 
 ave^Ofiat 
 
 94. live 
 
 l^do), iyi etc., /Jidcu 
 
 ^V /3'"> 
 
 ^imaoixai 
 
 95. yoke, join together 
 med. join for myself 
 
 ^evyvijfiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 levy 
 
 ^ev^ofiai 
 ^evyOrjcoiiai 
 
 96. grow to man's es- 
 tate; am at man's 
 estate, in the prime 
 of youth, young 
 
 TiPdaKO) 
 T)Pd(a 
 
 ■^Pa, TiP-q 
 
 1 
 
 97. lead(Tti'o'? — rivi^; 
 take for, regard as 
 (^Tivd Tt) ; believe 
 
 T)Y€0|iai 
 
 
 ■^y^erofiai 
 
 98. am glad, delight 
 
 T^8o|iai 
 
 dental 
 (cr^aS, f 58) 
 
 •fjcrOrjcroiiai 
 
 99. am arrived, am 
 come, am here 
 (there), adsum 
 
 T]KO> 
 
 guttural 
 
 ri^(D 
 
 100. am seated 
 (see 1^0)) 
 
 ^|nai,pros.Kd6llliai 
 ipf- €Ka6Ti|JL11V 
 
 
 
 101. am weaker, 
 , beaten, defeated 
 
 T\TTd0|Xai 
 
 
 ^TTrjao/jLat 
 
 102. bury 
 
 edlTTO) 
 
 pass. 
 
 Ta<f> 
 
 6d-\]rco 
 Tat^rjcroiiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
'jrape)(Ofiai — 6(iiTT(o. 
 
 203 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 ■n-apeerxoM^ 
 
 Trapea-xrit^"'!' 
 
 irapexfo '• efrnvrov <j)iXov, 
 
 Trapa.a-)((iiijuxi 
 
 
 i/juavTov epwrav t<3 ^ovXoixevif. 
 
 irapda-xoiTO 
 trapdcrxov 
 
 rjveaxvii'M 
 
 avexofiai : Tr-^para 5racrx<uv iroXAa, 
 'Apimov ^aaiXevovTos sufEer A. to 
 rule. 
 
 a.vd(TX<iijjjaii, 
 
 
 
 wrea-xoM^ 
 
 {nreaxv/^O'i- 
 
 i&iriaxvoflfiai : Suxruv purdov. 
 
 ,vTr6(Tx<'>l'JU 
 
 
 vplv, avTovi //IijSei/ iretitrtcrfci. 
 
 inrocrxov 
 
 
 t^€^'YVU|JLl yi^vpcw (TrXotow) build a 
 
 e^Ccov 
 
 ySe/StwKa 
 
 e^ev^a 
 
 
 
 i^ev^d/irjv ] 
 i^evx^V^ -' 
 
 e^evyfiai 
 
 TO ^evyo'; 
 TO ^vyov 
 
 (pontoon) bridge. 
 ■ itorapx>v (TrXoibts) span the river 
 (by a bridge). 
 
 
 I^T^Xdco emulate, vie with : tov ecrfiXov 
 avSpa. envy : ^ijXS o-e rdv vov. 
 
 TJPri(7a came to m. 
 
 ^PrjKa have been 
 
 
 young 
 
 J^T)|ll6(a punish, fine : TLcpiKkia XPT 
 pacTW- 
 
 fj^oOliai command: mpaTeipaTOi. 
 show the way, lead : rais vavo-tV {Tr}V 
 
 pq.arr[v 686v). 
 regard as : Tof aotJKtv cvSaipovio'Ta- 
 
 TOV. 
 
 believe : txavos civai SiaTcXeiv, 
 
 T^v irapacKED^v /ueti^oi aval. 
 
 ^ryrja-diJirjV 
 
 ■qyrjijai (with pres- 
 ent force : am of 
 opinion) 
 ■qyrjTeov 
 
 rjaOrlv 
 
 
 
 
 
 i^Soiiai : (£Tt) StKatois Ipyois — 
 opSiv TO <^Ss or 
 on opS) TO <^Ss. 
 
 N.B. — Theipf., s 
 also the for 
 
 ubj. and opt. have 
 ce of aorists. 
 
 TjTTriQrfV 
 
 rjTTTjfjLai, 
 ■f) fjTTa 
 
 TlTTffi|Jiai, : TOV 'EXAijvcov paxy (-t/i'). 
 am inferior to, surpassed by in some- 
 thine. 
 
 eOd-yfra 
 
 rera^a 
 
 TcSv <j>l\o)v ivepyccruxK or 
 
 eracf>r]V 
 
 Tedd/ifiM 
 
 inf. Tt6d(l>9ai 
 a0a7rTO<;, 6 Tdtj)o<; 
 
 tS>v ^iXutv evepyexm. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
204 
 
 6avjxd,i[fi} — Kadaipoi. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 103. admire, wonder 
 at 
 
 6au|id^a> 
 
 pass. 
 
 dental 
 
 davfidaofiat 
 OavfjLaa-OrjffOfjLoi, 
 
 104. behold, look on 
 
 ecdojiai 
 
 
 OedaroiJiai 
 
 105. die ofP, fall (in 
 battle) 
 
 diro-evfjo-Ko) 
 
 6av, Bv-q 
 
 cnro-Oavovfiai, r^ 
 
 106. am angry 
 
 6U|x6o|iai, 
 
 
 6v/jicbcrofiai 
 
 107. sacrifice; 
 
 med. sacrifice in my 
 own interest 
 
 6 VCD 
 
 Ovofiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 ff 
 
 dvdco 
 
 Ovaofiai 
 
 Tvdi]crofiai 
 
 108. heal, cure 
 
 ldo|jiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 iaa-ojMai 
 Idurja-Ofiai 
 
 109. tr. make sit down 
 intr. sit down 
 sit down 
 sit down — am 
 
 seated 
 am seated 
 
 1^0), i^dvo), not in 
 
 KuOi^ofial 
 Kade^ofiai, 
 
 KaBrj/jiai p. 204 
 
 jrose 
 18 
 
 Kaffio), -ell 
 KadeSov/JLai, -rj 
 
 110. send 
 
 med. send in my 
 
 own interest ; 
 hasten, rush 
 
 "e/jLai 
 
 pass. 
 
 v,i 
 
 T]ao/j.ai 
 eQr'ia-oiMai 
 
 111. come (to), arrive 
 (at) 
 
 licv£0|xai, usu. 
 
 LK 
 
 a(j>-i^ofiai 
 
 112. make stand, place 
 • med. place for myself 
 
 intr. place myself 
 
 lara/jLac 
 
 pass, 
 larafiai 
 
 (TTri, 
 (TTa 
 
 (TTTjaCO 
 
 artjaofiai 
 
 <na6ria-oix,ai 
 
 aTria-Ofial, 
 
 113. cleanse, purify, 
 purge 
 
 KaOaipo), is not 
 compounded; reg. 
 
 Kadap 
 
 Ka0ap&, -et? 
 KadapOrjcroiwJL 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
6avfji,d.^(o ^— Kadaipoi. 
 
 205 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 edavjJLMra 
 iOaVfidaOrjv 
 
 redavfidKa am full 
 . of -wonder 
 Tedavfidcrfiac 
 
 dav/j.aaTO'i 
 
 iOedcrdfirjV 
 
 TeOedfjLaL 
 
 dedT6<; 
 
 air-€0i 
 
 aw-eOavov 
 
 fut. pf. 
 
 reOvTjKa am dead 
 reOvrj^co shall be 
 dead 
 
 e6vfid)6r]V 
 
 TedvfioafjLai 
 
 edvaa 
 edva-djjLrjv 
 
 TedpKa 
 Te6v/j,ai 
 
 
 id/iai, 
 
 eKav'i 
 
 eKaOura 
 
 iicade^ofirjv with 
 the force x>i ipf. 
 and aor. ( = conside- 
 bam and eonsedi) 
 
 TjKa, £t;U.£V 
 
 eiOrjV 
 
 eiKa 
 elfiai 
 ero? — 
 
 a^tKOflTJV 
 
 dcji-lyfiai 
 
 earrjcra 
 effTTjadfirjv 
 iffT'aJdr]V 
 'icTTrjV 
 
 fuUpf. 
 
 ecTTriKa stand 
 eaTTj^co shall stand 
 
 iKddrjpa 
 eKa6dp6r]V 
 
 Ke/cddapKa 
 tceKddap/Mai 
 
 6a\}|xd^(0 : vixda -nji Sutvoias, 
 
 tSiv <7TpaTrjyu>v, on ai TreiputvTai. 
 TMTi irore Xdyois eTracrav 'AO-qvaiovi. 
 el /x^ dcr/xeVots vp2v acfnypai. 
 
 dlToOvTIO'Kca : wd rtvos, 
 pass, to airoKTtivo). 
 kTriBv\li(ti desire, wish for : a-ocftuii. 
 
 , „ ^ p. 201. 
 
 OviiOVTai : trot t^s 6vyaTp6i 
 
 with you on account of. 
 i!8l,ds : Ttvos (rm) proprius alcius, aid. 
 Iep6s : o \S>po% 'Apri/iiSos- 
 d<|>lT^|i.l. send off, let depart: /SeXos, 
 8o5A.ov. 
 ai^kfiax desist from : a-wTripuis- 
 i^lTjfjLC tr. send forth ; intr. empty (of 
 
 rivers). 
 i^irj/Mi send upon one : 'Apyet'ots mj- 
 para. 
 leave, allow : o^oi irav \iyeiv. 
 e(f>(€fiai seek for: KcpSSiv. 
 
 iKaVWTaTOS avrjp elTretv Kal trpa^au 
 4|-(^<|)-)lKVO'0|iai reach, hit: rSiv 
 
 <T<j>ev8ovrjT!i)v- 
 d({>ia'TT]|ll : Toi;s <n)jn/xa;)(0i;s (aTTo) 
 
 tS)v AOrjvaioiv- 
 ecf)icrrr]fii. bring to a stop : a-rparov. 
 
 praeficio : t<S ^eviKw. 
 Kadiarri/M make, appoint; establish: 
 
 K.vpov (SatTiXea. 
 IT poic7T7]fil praeficio: rmi ieviKom. 
 v^i(TTap,ai subire : kivSvvov^. 
 promise: Swo-ctv. 
 withstand, resist : o-u/i<^opats. 
 
 Ka6aip<o : "ASpao-rov <j>6vov. 
 purify A. from blood. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
206 
 
 KaTa-Kaivco — Ko/ii^o/nai. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 114. kill, slay 
 
 /cara-KaiVCO 
 
 KttV 
 
 Kara-Kuvm, -et? 
 
 115. kindle, light, , 
 burn, tr. 
 
 Kaio) (Kaw), in 
 prose mostly Kara-, 
 pass. 
 
 Kal, KO., 
 
 Kav 
 
 Kava-Q) 
 KavOrjaofiai 
 
 116. call = summon, 
 invite ; and call = 
 term, style 
 
 Ka\eo> 
 
 pass." 
 
 K\rj 
 
 KaXtb, -et? 
 KXrjdija-Ofiai I 
 
 shall be called 
 (in either sense) 
 
 117. grow weary, be- 
 come tired of 
 
 Kd|XVO> 
 
 KOLfl, Kfirj 
 
 Kafiovfiat, -^ 
 
 118. lie, iaceo 
 
 Ket|Jiai ipf- iKUfLiqv, 
 iKeuro etc. 
 
 Kei 
 
 Keiaofj,ai 
 
 119. bid, urge, com- 
 mand, order, iubeo 
 
 pass. 
 
 KeX€u((r) 
 
 KeXevcrco ' 
 iceXeverdi'jCTOfJLai 
 
 120. mix 
 
 KEpdwUfil 
 
 pass. 
 
 Kepa(cr) 
 Kpd 
 
 Kcpu), -as 
 KpdBrjtroiJua 
 
 121. weep 
 
 KXaico (K\aw) 
 
 pass. 
 
 KXav((r) 
 xXd 
 
 icXava-ofxat 
 KXa.v(r6ri<T0fxai 
 
 122. shut 
 
 kXciw (k\tj<o) 
 
 pass. 
 
 KX.€i{(r) 
 
 KXeiaco 
 KXeicrdr/cyofjiaL 
 
 123. incline, cause to 
 lean, bend 
 
 pass. 
 
 kXXv 
 kXi 
 
 kXiv&, -et? 
 KXldrja-Ofial, 
 
 124. lay to rest 
 med. go to sleep 
 
 KOl|J.&(ll 
 
 KOLfidoiiai 
 
 
 KOifirjO-ofiai 
 
 125. bring, convey 
 med. get for myself, ■ 
 acquire, get 
 back, recover 
 pass, am brought 
 etc.; travel 
 
 KO|Ai1^<o regul. 
 Koiii^ofiai 
 
 dental 
 
 KOfito), -et? 
 KOfuovixai, -y 
 
 KOfJua-drjaofxai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Kara-naivoi — /co/Ai^oju,ai.. 
 
 207 
 
 AOBIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 KaTa-KiKova 
 
 ^Kavcra 
 
 K^KavKa 
 Ketcavfiai 
 
 eKoXeaa 
 
 fut. pf. 
 
 eicdfJLOV 
 
 eKeXevaa 
 iKeXevcrdrjv 
 
 tKipao'a 
 cKpadrjV 
 
 eKkavcra 
 
 eKKeicra 
 eickeUrO'qv 
 
 exXiva 
 eKXtOrjV 
 
 eKOijxriO'qv 
 
 eKOfuera 
 iKOfUiydfirjv 
 
 eKOjiicrOriv 
 
 KeKKrjuai am called 
 = my name is 
 
 KeKKrjtTOfiai shall 
 be called 
 
 KBKflTjKa 
 
 KeKeKevKa 
 KeK€\ev(Tfj,at ' 
 
 K^KpafUU 
 
 aKpa/roi 
 
 KexXavica 
 KSKKavnai 
 
 aKXav((r)TO'; 
 
 KeKkeifiai 
 
 KeKXl/ca 
 Ke/cXifJiai 
 
 KeKOifJ/qixai 
 
 KCKOfllKa 
 
 KeKOfMa/iai 
 
 KaiO) : ava-Kaiav irvp — 
 
 KoraKaUiv tos Kiofuxi. 
 KaKOVp^CO (= KaKois TTOiSi): two. do 
 
 harm to. 
 Ka\(a : eirt Sairvov, eis hiKcuTTripiov- 
 iyKoXS) : charge, blame, reproach : 
 vfuv 8ei\tav, or 
 on (o)s) SaXoi' i(TT£. 
 
 Kd|J.V(D : p.'i] KaiXYji <f}iXov fvepyeT&v- 
 
 dvdK£lTai avaBripa. (dvaTi^ij/*t). 
 SiaKeifiai ^iXiKm <toi (Star lOtjixl). 
 iirtKeifiat. woXe/xiois (cTrtTt'^e/iai). 
 K€v6s empty, void, without : 
 appjo. Kivov yjvia)(u>v- 
 
 KepdvvuiJLi. : olVo) vScop. 
 KlvSUV£V<0 : Sux.<lidaprjvai am in dan- 
 ger of. 
 
 Tov (TTpaTOV diroySaXtlv. 
 KiVSwds £<rTt, py) ttoXXoi airoXiovTcu 
 
 ' = TToAAovs diroXecr^ai. 
 KivSwEuet cro</)os etvai Tiaud scio an 
 • sap. sit. 
 KOlvds common to : iravTiOV or Traeriv. 
 KOlvdcD make common : rrfv Snivapxy. 
 (dva) K0iv60[iai communicate, con- 
 sult, confer with, tco Oe<a — 
 
 SwKpOTEl TTtpl T^S TTOpetaS. 
 
 K01V0>V£(0 have a Share of, share : 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
208 
 
 KOTTTOi — Xeyco. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 126. hew, fell, slay, cut 
 
 K&TTTa 
 
 pass. 
 
 KOTT 
 
 KOTrrjO-ofiai, 
 
 127. cry out 
 
 Kpd^u, often ava- 
 
 Kpay 
 
 ava-Kpaiofim 
 
 128. hang, suspend 
 
 KpE|JiaVVV|Xl 
 
 pass. 
 
 Kpe/ia (cr) 
 
 KpepM, -as 
 KpefjM(r6'^<rofjkcu 
 
 129. divide, judge 
 answer, reply 
 
 KplVtO 
 
 pass. 
 airo-Kpfvofiai 
 
 KpXv 
 Kpi 
 
 Kplvci), -e« 
 KpldrjaofJLai 
 
 aTTO-KplvovfJuii, -ri 
 
 130. acquire , 
 
 KTdo|xai, 
 
 / 
 
 KTrja-o/Jiai 
 
 131. kill 
 
 cnro-KTeivui 
 
 KT£V 
 
 airo-KTeva, -et? 
 
 132. obtain by lot, ob- 
 tain, get * 
 
 \a7X*va) 
 
 \ax, krjx 
 
 Xi^^o/iai 
 
 133. take, receive 
 
 \a|J.pdv(o 
 
 pass. 
 
 \a/8, Xt]13 
 
 Xrjy^opLai 
 Xri^drjcrofuu 
 
 134. am hidden, es- 
 cape the notice of 
 med. forget 
 
 \av8dvti) (\rjdu)) 
 eTn-Xav6dvofiai 
 
 Xad, Xr)6 
 
 Xriffoa 
 i'jn-X'^a-oiJLai 
 
 135. speak, say, tell, i 
 call; say yes, af- 
 firm, declare ; dis- 
 course, harangue J 
 
 speak, converse with 
 for 
 
 dvopevcD 
 
 • pass. 
 
 8ia-\E-yo|i,ai 
 
 a-ir-ayopevo) see n. 21 
 
 ayopev 
 key, 
 
 feTT, pep, 
 PV 
 
 ip5>, ipeK • 
 
 kiiai, ^jyo-o) 
 pTjdTja-ofiai 
 XexOija-ofiai 
 
 Bia-Xe^OfMai 
 
 136. gather, collect, 
 assemble 
 
 \iya (e'/c-, Kara-, 
 o-vX-) pass. 
 
 key 
 
 (TvX-Xe^(o 
 avX-Xey^ffOfiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
KOTTTO) — Xeyct). 
 
 209 
 
 AOBIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 eK&Ktjv 
 
 fut. pf. 
 
 KSKOlpa 
 
 KeKO/ifiai 
 KeKoyjrofiai 
 
 av-eKpayov 
 
 KiKpaya cry out 
 
 CKp€jU,a(ra 
 eKpeixacrOriv 
 
 Kpifmiuax hang, 
 am suspended 
 
 eKpiva 
 eKptOrjV 
 
 air-eKplvdfirjV 
 
 KEKpiKa 
 
 Keicplfiai 
 KjOtTo'?, KplTeoi 
 airo-KEKplixaL, 
 also pass. 
 
 eKT-qa-ajiriv 
 pass. eKTjjBrjv 
 
 fut. pf. 
 
 KeKTTjfJLat t possess; 
 eKTTjfiai I have 
 KeKTrjcrofJiaL shall h 
 
 air-eicTeiva 
 
 UTT-eKTOVa 
 
 eXa'x^ov 
 
 eiXTixa 
 
 eXd^ov 
 
 ei\T]<f)a 
 
 XTJTTTeO? 
 
 eXaOov 
 
 eTr-eXdOo/jiTjv 
 
 ei/KOV, eiire 
 
 dtra eip7]Ka 
 
 epp^drjV ' e'ipr}p,M 
 
 iXexOvv ' XeXcy/wu 
 elpija-erai and \e- 
 
 Xe^erai it will have been said 
 
 h-ekexOn^ Bi-eiXeyfiM 
 
 \eXr]9a 
 
 iTri-XeXrjafiai 
 rj \rj6r) 
 
 crvv-eXe^a 
 avv-ekeyrjv 
 
 crvv-eiXoxa 
 (TVv-eiXeyP'M 
 
 KpaTCO) (eyxpar^s, dxpaT^s) : 
 rule, am master of, have power over, 
 control: opy^s — TravToiv ol 6eoi 
 KpaTovaw, 
 conquer, defeat: Svpaxotrtovs /iti- 
 
 surpass : oXAous iroXv evepyirStv. 
 KpiV<D decide, settle r veiKos, ayS>va. 
 consider as : t^v dper-^v aeyia-Tov 
 
 ayaOov. 
 accuse, try : roiis 7rpeo-|8«s Stapimi. 
 
 KcoXlJca hinder, prevent : riva. tivos : 
 Toils iTTiovTas T^s irapdoov. 
 
 Tov Kaeiv. 
 tC KiaX-ia ■rjpS.'i {p.r]) Sia^Satveiv ,• 
 dirOKTeiVCO : pass. <^ovevop.ai 
 
 or dvoOvijcrKU) iiro nvos- 
 XavY dvo) obtain by lot, as my share : 
 oXySov, apxqv. 
 am chosen by lot: o Xa\(iiv iroXe- 
 
 fjapxas. 
 receive a share : eTraivov, ti/x^s. 
 
 XalxBdvco seize : t^s ^(avrp tov 'Opov- 
 Tav. 
 (KaTa)Afl;U.;8dv(o i/;ias KkenTOVTas. 
 
 \av6dvei, to o-TpaTevpa Tpt<j>6iJi,evov is 
 
 secretly - . . 
 oiSets TTOLUiv TTOV-qpa XavOdva 6tav. 
 kddpa. Toiv (TTpanuyrHv without the 
 
 knowledge. 
 i-TTiKavddvofiai : Trjs oixaSe 68o5. 
 
 Xe^Ci), : vf-a.'S cv, KaKui's (pass. eS olkovo)) . 
 V/uas TrpoooTas- 
 2\ey£v avTOL'S dappeCv bono animo 
 essent. 
 
 jxr) diroirXeTv ne aveh. 
 StdXeyofiai : SiuK/oaTct Trtpi a-o^ias. 
 auXXc'Yfil.V : o-vXXeyetrfct eis ttc^lov. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
210 
 
 XetTTft) — jxeWo). 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 137. leave 
 
 med. leave what is my 
 own (for myself, be- 
 hind me) 
 
 am left, remain, 
 fall behind 
 
 XeiTTOfiM 
 
 pass. 
 
 AeiTT 
 Aiir 
 
 { 
 
 \ei-\jreo 
 
 Xei'^ofiai 
 
 XeKpd'^cTOfiai 
 
 Xei-^lrofiai 
 
 Aen^O/Liat 
 
 138. take into account, 
 reason, consider 
 
 \o-yi^o|j,ai, 
 
 pass. 
 
 dental 
 
 Xojiovfiai, -y 
 Xojia-O'qaofiai 
 
 139. ruin, spoil ; in- 
 sult, outrage 
 
 \iJ|j,aivo|iai 
 
 pass. 
 
 \vimv 
 
 Xvfidvov/jiai, "3 
 Xvfiavdrjo^oixai 
 
 140. grieve, pain, 
 harass 
 
 \\Jir«(o reg. 
 
 
 
 med. am sad, 
 grieved, pained 
 
 Xii7reo/;iat 
 
 
 Xmrrjaoixai, 
 
 141. loose, unbind 
 
 Xvo) 
 
 \v, Xv 
 
 Xvaco 
 
 med. loose myself 
 or for myself 
 
 Xvo/nat 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 Xva-ofiai 
 XvOtjcro/JLai 
 
 142. rage, am mad 
 
 |j.aivo|jLai 
 
 /jiav 
 
 jiavoviioL, -g 
 
 143. learn 
 
 |xav6dva> 
 
 1^.6-7) 
 
 fiddrjcrofiai 
 
 144. fight 
 
 |ji,dxo|iai 
 
 I^X<^)'^ 
 
 fia'X^oviJiai, -71 
 
 145. mix 
 
 pass. 
 
 ixuy 
 
 Hei'xdrjaoiial 
 
 146. curae mihi est, it is 
 a matter of inter- 
 
 \Li\i\, fioi 
 
 liA.-rj 
 
 fieX'Tjcrei 
 
 est to me, concerns 
 
 
 
 
 me, I care for 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 take care 
 
 liri-tieXoiiai 
 
 
 iiri-fieXijaonai 
 
 147. am about to, on the 
 point of ; likely 
 to ; am expected, 
 destined, doomed 
 to; intend; delay, 
 hesitate 
 
 |j.e\\o> 
 
 fieW-r] 
 
 /leXXrja-ay 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
XeiTTw — ju,eXX,w. 
 
 211 
 
 AOKIST 
 
 PBRFECf (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 iXiirov 
 iXiTTOfiriv 
 
 iXe(<p9r)V 
 
 fut. pf. 
 
 XeXoiira 
 
 XeXei/Mfiat 
 
 XeXeiylrercli 
 XeXetfifiat 
 
 iXoyla-dfiTjv 
 iXoyia-OrjV 
 
 XeKoyifffiaL 
 
 iXv/ir]vdfx,r)v 
 iXv/jLcivOrjv 
 
 XeXvfiaa/jLai 
 
 iXv7ri^6r}v 
 
 XeXv7rr)fiai 
 
 iXvcrdfx,7]V 
 eXWr]V 
 
 fut. pf. 
 
 XeXvKa 
 
 XeXv/iai, XvTO'i 
 XeXvcroiiat 
 
 ^ixavrfv 
 
 IX,€ll,7)Va 
 
 'ijjLciOov 
 
 efiax&ya/iTjV 
 
 
 eiieX7]ae(y) 
 
 iir-efieXrjd'qv 
 
 ifieXXrjaa 
 
 IJL€iJ.a6r]Ka 
 
 fie fiay(T] fiat 
 
 fiefieiyfiat 
 
 fi€fieXriKe(y) 
 
 eiri- fiefieXrffiai 
 
 fieXXrjreov 
 
 iTriXcnTei : 6 (tTtos t6v (TTparov. 
 (JjTToyXel'irofLai : tivos rivi. 
 XeXiKJiOe iroXv ■^/jmv irXrjOti, 
 
 XtJYW leave off, cease from : cpiSos. 
 ov Xriiu) 6tpa.Tre.vw/ Toiis yoveas. 
 
 Xuirw : i/Aas iroAAa Ikvirouv. 
 XvTTOVfiai : ttoAAoi (im) rots yiyvo- 
 
 juevoK. 
 XUdlTcXeo) am profitable : vfuvTroXXd. 
 
 dlToXiio) acquit : i/nas TrpoSocias- 
 KaraXvco tr. unyoke; intr. make a 
 
 halt. 
 Xvtrco : v|u,as tSi/Se tSv ttoviov. 
 
 |Xav6dv<0 : Tt jSovXa fxaOtiv ifiov ; 
 learn and know how to: (ro><j>po- 
 
 veiv. 
 learn that : 6vrjT6s o)v (on — ei//.i)- 
 o-e OvrjTov ovto. (oti — ei). 
 fJ.a,YO|iai : Hcpcrats or im, irpos H. 
 in alliance with /iCTa Kijpov or 
 aiv Kvpci). 
 
 |jL£i'yvv|Jii : otviu vSoip. 
 
 UlcXci |10L : ToB eTraCvov vfiZv. 
 
 OTTcos i/tets iira.i.ve<T£cr6e. 
 fierafieXei fioi paenitet me, repent : 
 
 irpd^ewg — otl tout hrpaia — 
 
 Tavra Tpdiavri,. 
 eTTLfieXofiai : Tracrav eirifieA.etav. 
 
 iTTlfieXoVTOL TTOVTOtV ol 6iOL. 
 
 eiri/JieXiafJitOa t!ov v€o)v, ottcos ws apt- 
 
 O'TOt tCTOVTal. 
 
 eirifHiXiji (djueX^s, d/Ae\ea)) iroiSeias. 
 ULcXXco. am about : iifias SiSo^ctv- 
 it is to be expected that : oiSeU ert 
 
 Digitized by /I VlCrO^ft^ ayopav irape^av. 
 
212 
 
 IJi€fi<f>0[Jiai — oiojuai. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 , Future 
 
 148. find fault with, 
 blame 
 
 |JL£|JL<|>Ofiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 labial 
 
 fiefiyjroiiai 
 fie/icjiO'ija-o/jLai 
 
 149. stay, remain ; 
 await, expect, 
 maneo 
 
 |JL£V(a 
 
 /t£V 
 
 fieuw, -et? 
 
 150. devise, plan, con- 
 trive 
 
 |ATixavdo|iat 
 
 
 ti7}Xavri<T0imi 
 
 151. stain, pollute 
 
 |xiaiV(o 
 
 pass. 
 
 fiiav 
 
 fjbidvS), -et? 
 fiiavOrjaoiJLai, 
 
 152. imitate, copy 
 
 |xi|j[,^o|iai 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 fii/XTjao/iai 
 
 IJ,lfJ,7)6TJ(T0fiai 
 
 153. remind 
 
 remember, recall; 
 mention 
 
 |j,i)i,VTiaKti>, (usu. 
 
 avar, IITTO-) 
 
 /MfivyaKOfiai 
 
 fivri 
 IJ.vri((T) 
 
 ava-fivijaco 
 fiV'qa6ri<T0fiai, 
 
 154. deal out, allot, 
 distribute 
 
 med. allot to myself, 
 occupy; graze, feed 
 
 V£|i<a 
 
 ve/iofiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 ve-ft. 
 
 vefiS), -eZ? 
 
 vefiovfiai, -y 
 v€firj0T^a-ofJuu 
 
 155. think, am minded 
 
 V0£(0 reg., oftener 
 -voeofiav in compos. 
 
 
 -voij<rofiai 
 
 156. open 
 
 oi-yo) (av-, Si-) 
 
 oiyi/ujui pass. 
 
 oly 
 
 dv-oi^a> 
 a.v-oixO'q(rofiM. 
 
 157. know (novi) 
 
 olSa, oio-fla etc. 
 
 y^f-Lv, ycTTOv — 08e- 
 crav, EiSS — elBtirjV 
 — lo-flt, tcTTU) — ei- 
 
 £i8, 18 
 
 eiaofiai shall 
 know cognoscam 
 and novero 
 
 158. wail, bewail, la- 
 ment 
 
 ol|Ji(SJ(i> 
 
 olfioiy 
 
 OLfld)^OfJUU 
 
 159. think, imagine, 
 believe 
 
 olojiai., oTfiai 
 
 
 olrjcrofial 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 ^IH- 
 
fieiJi^oiJ,aL — oiOfiaL. 
 
 213 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 iliefiyjrdfnjv 
 
 7] iiefi-<^L<; 
 
 efieiva 
 
 It-ifiiv-qKa 
 
 e/jLfj'X^avrja-aiirjP 
 
 fJiefi'q')(aV7}fiai 
 
 also pass. 
 
 ifiidva 
 ifjudvdrjv 
 
 a.fiiavro<s 
 
 fjiefiiaarfiai, 
 
 TO fUCKIfia 
 
 
 fiefj,ifir)fiai 
 
 av-e/jLVTiaa 
 
 ajMiTjaTeoo 
 
 liefiVTjfiai memini 
 fie/ivi](TOfJLai memi- 
 nero 
 
 evei/ia 
 iveifidiJi,r)V 
 
 vev€fJiriKa 
 
 veve/Jtrifuu 
 
 -evorj6r)V 
 
 -vevoTjfiat 
 
 av-e(p^a (dv-otfo)') 
 av-emy^Orjv 
 
 av-eto)(a 
 atf-ecpyfiai 
 dv-ewyfirp/ 
 
 w/xw^a 
 
 oi/uKoyjuat 
 
 ^yOrjV 
 
 |J,^|l(|>0)tai, find fault with: r^v yvd)- 
 
 Mv- 
 
 blame for : ijutiv Trjv i^iXiunv 
 
 or : iixlv, on e^ryXaCTarc. 
 
 |l.T]XaV<5|iai : Trpayfw. TOtovSe. 
 cast about : ottcos airo<j>eu^eTat,. 
 
 dva|J.i|xv'go'K(o : V"s ''"°^s kivSwods- 
 jjufiv^cTKO/xai {luniixutv) rtvds: 
 li.ili,vq(TO T^s KOti^s Tv-)(r)'i. 
 fie/JLVrjfiai remember that : 
 
 ■OvrjTos &v (oTt — dfii), 
 ere OvrjTov ovra (ort — ei), 
 purpose, remember to : 
 
 avrjp ayaOoi ctvai. 
 Ixi/jLvricro ttXoijtw Tovq ire.vqTws oxfieXuv. 
 
 u.l<yQ6o) : nva. rtvos- /iurOov = mer- 
 
 cede, for money. 
 VO|ll|^(0 consider as : ijoias (jJiKovs — 
 
 believe : v/a^s e/noi <^tXovs elvai. 
 
 believe in : ov vo/xt'^et Tois d/JX''"'^s 
 
 dlTO-VOeoiJLai despair of: Sia/xaXfr 
 
 crOciL. 
 Sia-voeofiai intend: dTrdyctv (dirof ctv) 
 irpo-voeofial foresee : to. fx,iXKovTa. 
 
 provide for : tov it.iX\x>VT(y;. 
 otSa know that: 6vt]t6s wv (ort — 
 
 KvpOV TTCTTTCOKOTa (oTt ). 
 
 know how to : iiKciv 6eotg. 
 crwoiSa ifiavTO) : oiSev o-o^os o)v 
 or oiSiv o"o<^<3 ovTt. 
 avvoiba ifiavrq) also : I feel guilty. 
 
 o'Couai : iKavbi eivai m« esse. 
 v/j.a'S iKavov'S eivai. 
 
 o'l[YOuai : ^x^"""" ■^^P? «"■""•'• 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
214 
 
 OL)(0[JiaL 
 
 — Trei^i 
 
 OfjLai. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 160. am gone, am away 
 
 ot^Oliai N.B. — The ipf . and the moods may 
 be used aoristically. 
 
 161. perdo, destroy 
 med. pereo, perish 
 
 dir-(5\XU|xi 
 
 air-oWvfiai 
 
 dX-£ 
 
 air-oXSi, -e« 
 aTT-oXoO/iat, -y 
 
 162. swear 
 
 0\i.VV\il 
 
 OprO 
 
 onovjjiai, -ri 
 
 163. profit, benefit J help 
 
 6viV11|Al 
 
 (ipf. w<j>€\ovv.) 
 
 OVTj 
 
 ova 
 
 oviycro) 
 ovrjaopaj. 
 
 164. see 
 
 opdo) (ipf-eioptov) 
 
 pass. 
 
 popa, bpa, 
 
 OTT, flB, tS 
 
 6-\jrOfJ,ai 
 otfyBjjcrofiai 
 
 165. make angry 
 med. am angry 
 
 opyLt,a 
 
 6pji^o/j,at 
 
 dental 
 
 opyLU), -eis 
 opytovfiai, -ri 
 
 166. stretch out, reach 
 med. desire 
 
 ope'-yu), usually 
 opeyofiai 
 
 guttural 
 
 ope^ofiai 
 
 167. set in motion ; set 
 
 out [off 
 
 m^d. set out, start 
 
 dp)id(D 
 opfido/iiai 
 
 
 6pp.-q(T(o 
 op/JLTjcro/jLai 
 
 168. lie at anchor 
 tr. moor, anchor 
 intr. land, come to 
 or lie at anchor 
 
 6p|ji^(i) and op/Aeo/xat 
 
 Op/JiL^W 
 
 opfii^o/jLai 
 
 dental 
 
 reg. 
 
 reg. 
 
 opfuovfjial, -ri 
 
 169. owe 
 
 6(|>ei\a> 
 
 6<j)€X 
 
 
 170. suffer, experience 
 
 Trafrya 
 
 
 veiaofiai 
 
 171. cause to cease, 
 stop, tr. 
 med. cease, stop intr. 
 
 iratlio 
 
 pass. 
 iravofiaL 
 
 
 ■Kavaw 
 
 travOrjaofJiai 
 
 iravcroiMai 
 
 172. prevail upon, per- 
 suade, induce 
 med. obey, comply 
 with 
 
 pass. 
 weiOofiai 
 
 iraB- 
 
 ireicrOrjaonai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 
ov)(oyLaL — TTeLdofiai. 
 
 215 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (IsToiyKs) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 cnr-coXecra 
 air-coKoiM-qv 
 
 ciofwaa 
 
 
 elSov 
 
 €lS6iJi,rjV 
 
 a)(j)0r}V 
 
 wpyicra 
 wpyiffSrjV 
 
 wpej(6r)V 
 
 (apii,r](Ta 
 wp/JLijOrjv 
 
 ■apfjLKTafirjv 
 
 aTT-oXwXe/ca 
 cnr-dKaXa 
 
 av-oiXuiXeLV 
 
 i>lx,<i>li,6Kav 
 
 (DvrjKa 
 
 ecopuKa 
 
 OTTuma 
 
 ewpd/xai 
 
 topyiKO, 
 copyto'fiai 
 
 wpiy/jixu 
 
 (opixrjKa 
 
 wpnTjUai 
 
 oopfiia-fiai, 
 
 OKJieKov utinam 
 
 etradov 
 
 eiravaa 
 
 eiravOrjv 
 
 eiravadfirjv 
 
 eireccra 
 
 iireio'd'qv 
 
 iireierurjv 
 
 ireTTOvdd 
 
 ireiravKa 
 
 rreiravfiai, 
 
 d-jraviTTO'i 
 
 ireireiKa 
 
 ireireurp.ai [rely 
 TretroLOa trust, 
 
 6kV€(D scruple, hesitate : A.TroKpivacr6ai. 
 
 am afraid ; p,rj airoSo^rj vpXv- 
 6\Likia associate with : cro^oTs ofuXSiv 
 KavTOS iK^T^crri crotjioi. 
 
 6]lV\J^l (iTTVopKiui) : opKov — crirovSas- 
 by the gods : tovs fleous — vtj Ala — 
 
 oi pA Tovs Bfav%. 
 opviovai ira.vTK p,rj Xeii/'Etv rrjv 
 
 6fS>\LeV : WTTOpOl OVTES (ypS.^ OVTWi), 
 
 iravTa aXtfifj ovra or 
 on jravra oX-qBri idTiv. 
 opa fJLrj w. ind. (see if not) perhaps, 
 beware lest. 
 w. svhj. beware lest, take care 
 not to. 
 TrepiopSi overlook, suffer to happen : 
 7roA.iv Sux(l)Oiipop.€vrjV- 
 
 6p'Yi^o|iai : t<3 S.BeX<fV' °" ""■ottij — 
 or T(3 d8e\(/)(5 t^s d7ro(7Tao'e<i)s. 
 dStKov/xei/os. 
 dp^VOVTai : Sd^ijs — tolovtoi yei/OT^at. 
 
 Tov TpSiTOi €Ka<TTOs yiyv£<T6ai. 
 6<t)eiX(l> : aXX' 0)<j>eXe p,kv KCpos ^rjv. 
 (US locjieXov irapoiBev iKXiirtiv fiiov. 
 iraiSc'Oci) : nva. tl instruct, train in. 
 pjovcriKqv vtto Ad/Jiirpov 7rato£w«s. 
 
 ev, KaKws VTTO Tivos am treated, 
 
 pass, to ev, kokSs irotS nva. 
 ira'Oo) : hravcrav tip.oOeov dpx^s, 
 
 or Tip,66£ov apyovra. 
 iravofiai : Tt/ioSeos «irai5<raro apxov. 
 > iwara Oprjvoiv kol yoiav lira-iuaro. 
 ITElBco persuade to do : Troictv. 
 
 convince you of this : vpS.<s ravra, 
 
 that : 0)5 ovK ayaOoi dmv. 
 Treidofiai (airuOiui) tiv'l: 
 
 obey : apyovri, v6px>i<s. 
 
 believe, trust : ravr iy<a troi. 
 ireTTOlOa : ifmvriS, ry xapC. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
216 
 
 Treipaoi — vopevofJiaL. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 173. try, attempt 
 
 med. try (my own 
 skill in), attempt 
 
 ircipdu reg. 
 Treipdo/iat 
 
 
 "Treipda-OfjLai 
 
 174. send 
 
 17611,17(0 
 
 pass. 
 
 7re/u,Tr 
 
 •jreii^drjaoiiai 
 
 175. spread out, ex- 
 pand 
 
 ■ir€Tdvvi)|Ai (often 
 dva-) pass. 
 
 7r£Ta(<r) 
 Trra 
 
 •KiTU), -as 
 TriToxrOriiToimL 
 
 176. fasten, fix 
 
 pass, am fastened, 
 become stiff 
 
 irrj'yvv/jLai, 
 
 ■TrrrY 
 Tray 
 
 Tray-qcroftai 
 
 177. fill, tr. 
 
 m|j.irXii|ii 
 
 (irXi^dia am full) 
 
 ■TrXrj, nXa 
 
 TrXriaa) 
 TrXrjcrdrjcroiJbaL 
 
 178. set fire to, burn, tr. 
 
 irin,irpTi|ii 
 
 {irprjOui am on fire) 
 
 •n-pri 
 TTpa 
 
 iptr^prjCTO) 
 i/Jr^prjcrOrja-ofiai 
 
 179. drink 
 
 irivo) 
 
 pass. 
 
 TtIVj TTt, 
 TTO), TTO 
 
 Trtofiai, 
 TToO-qa-ofuiL 
 
 180. fall 
 
 irlTTTO) 
 
 TTET, Tree-, 
 
 Treaovfiai, -rj 
 
 181. lead astray 
 
 med. stray, wander 
 
 ir\avdii> reg. 
 TrXavdo/Jiai 
 
 
 irXav-ija-ofiai 
 
 182. form, mold 
 
 ttXAttoi 
 
 TrXar 
 
 TrXacrd^uoiJiai 
 
 183. sail, go by sea 
 
 irXeto 
 
 TrXeu 
 
 irXevaoiJLai 
 
 184. strike, beat 
 
 frighten, tr. 
 
 pass, am frightened 
 
 in like manner: xaraTr 
 
 iraiW, TVTTTW 
 
 TraTacrcro), ttXtqttio 
 
 eK-"ir\iiTT<o 
 
 m-irXriTTOfiai 
 
 XrjTTU) 
 
 irai, TVTT, 
 iraray 
 
 pass. 
 wX-qy, 
 irXay 
 
 iraicra) ^ 
 
 TrXrjyjjcrofiai 
 
 eK-irXri^<o 
 
 iK-'7rXar/i](rofiai 
 
 185. breathe, blow 
 breathe again 
 
 TTVeco, often: 
 ava-TTvew 
 
 TTvev 
 
 irveva-ofiai 
 
 186. bring 
 
 med. march, travel 
 
 TTopevofjLat 
 
 
 iropEucrco 
 •jTopevao/jiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
neipact) — iropevofJLai,. 
 
 217 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 eireipdOriv 
 
 treTrelpap.ai 
 
 Treipareop 
 
 1T£ip(0|J.ai (l/ATTEtpos, airetpos) : 
 epyov, TuxSiv — KaKuiv — 
 aTToXoy^tracr^at. 
 
 £|l'irill.'irXT||J.l (TrXrfpoui — irXjjpj;?, 
 irXeois) : ttju OdXaTTav Tpirjpuiv. 
 
 i/jLTrifiTrXafiat, eat my fill, eat suflft- 
 cient : crtrtov koI irorriov- 
 
 TTIVCO : ijSeos oivov — to <f)a.pfw.Kov . 
 
 ^KmiTTO) : pass, to eK^aXXw. 
 TrvTTiioi have confidence in, trust: 
 
 TIVL, 
 
 imcTTevov yap avT(S. 
 am confident : ejricrTCve jUTjSev av 
 
 pass, am trusted: iwurTtvofiriv inro 
 AaKeBaifji.ovL<ov. 
 Tr\eoveKT€<o have more than, the ad- 
 vantage over, get the better of : 
 Ttvos Tivi — orTpaTUiiTuiv ^ijpacn 
 
 Kol TlfwXi. 
 
 iKirXTJTTOlJLai at: rijv Swa/iiv tGv 
 'A6r]vaio)V. 
 on account of : raw olkol KaKmrpa- 
 ■ytats- 
 ITOieo) : iv, KaKUK TOV1 TToXiras — 
 
 iroXXa KoX ayaOa. Trjv ttoXiv. 
 pass, see 7rd<TX<^- 
 TroiovfiaL : mpl ttoXXov, TrXetovos, ov8t- 
 
 vos etc. {i/uas o-Gcrat. 
 TToXeiiEO) make war upon: Tivi; 
 in alliance with crvv tivi, jnera Ttvos. 
 
 iireiJi,<f)6r]v 
 
 
 EircVacra 
 iirera.(TB-qv 
 
 
 TreTrTa/juu 
 
 f-irayrjv 
 
 
 mirrjyo. am fixed 
 
 eirXricrQrjV 
 
 weTrXrjKa 
 TreirXTja fxai 
 
 ev-eirpr)(7a 
 iv-en-pi^a-OrjV 
 
 ifji-ireTrpriKa 
 efi-7ri7rp7)<Tiiat 
 
 etrlov 
 iTToOrjv 
 
 TriTTOfUU TO TTOTOV 
 
 eTrecTOV 
 
 Tre'irTfOKa 
 
 eirXavrjOriv 
 
 TreTrXdvT) /Ji,ai 
 
 eTrXacra 
 ETrXafffljjv 
 
 TTorXaKa 
 Tri-irXaa-fmL 
 irXacTTOs — irXacrfia. 
 
 errkevaa 
 
 TreirXevKa 
 
 iTrXi^yrjV 
 
 i^-eirXrj^a 
 
 i^-eTrXaryrjv 
 
 TTeTrXrjyfiM 
 
 eK-Tre7rXr]<yiJiai am 
 panic-stricken 
 
 eirveva-a 
 
 TreirvevKa 
 
 iTTOpeva-oL 
 iiropev0rjV 
 
 treiropevKa 
 TreiropevfjLM 
 
218 
 
 TrpaTTCi) — cnrovBd^o). 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 FUTUKE 
 
 187. do, bring about 
 med. do, exact in my 
 own interest 
 
 irpaTTo) 
 
 irpdrTOfJiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 trpay 
 
 ■jTpa^co 
 
 Trpd^o^ai 
 
 TrpdxSi^a-o/jkai 
 
 188. am willing, eager 
 
 irpo6U|i.£0|xai, 
 
 
 ■jrpo6vfir]cro/j,ai 
 
 189. ask, inquire, learn, 
 hear, ascertain 
 
 in)vedvo|iai 
 
 tnie 
 
 TTtvO 
 
 veva-ofji.ai 
 
 190. sell 1 
 
 ir<o\€<0, ■jrnrpda-Ku) 
 cnroSiSofiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 ■7T<Ji\rj, 
 TTpd, 
 
 8o}, So 
 
 ttcbXjjo-q) 
 
 aTTohwaoiiai 
 
 Trpddr](TOiiai 
 
 191. flow 
 
 pcco 
 
 pvi], pve 
 
 pvrjaofiaL 
 
 192. break, tear, tr. 
 break, tear, burst, 
 intr. 
 
 pTJ-yvUlxi 
 
 prjyvviiai 
 
 m 
 
 pay 
 
 pTj^O) 
 
 payrjcroixxu. 
 
 193. throw, fling, hurl 
 
 piTT'lo), plTTTeco 
 pass. 
 
 piTT 
 
 pfyjrco 
 pi(f>6'^(70fji,ai, 
 
 194. strengthen 
 
 p(&vvUiii, esp. in 
 comp. ; pass. 
 
 pa)(or) 
 
 paxjw 
 pci>a6ijcroiJ,ai 
 
 195. dig 
 
 o-KdiTTo) (esp. 
 Kara-') pass. 
 
 (TKa.cj> 
 
 aKay^co 
 <TKa<^rj<70fi,ai, 
 
 196. disperse, scatter 
 
 ffKe6dwu|JLi 
 
 pass. 
 
 trKe8a((r) 
 
 (TKehm, -an 
 o'KeBaaO'^cTOiJ.ai 
 
 197. look, view, con- 
 sider, examine 
 
 (TKOireo), usu. 
 aKOTreofiai, 
 (TKeirrofiai 
 
 (TKOTre, 
 
 <7K€ir 
 
 axeylrofiai 
 
 198. draw 
 
 med. draw for my- 
 self 
 
 <nrdo) 
 
 ffirdofiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 <T7ra((j) 
 
 a-'lTCUTW 
 
 <7iraa-op,at 
 aTraaOrjcroiiai 
 
 199. sow, plant 
 
 aTTCipo) 
 
 pass. 
 
 (Tircp 
 
 airepS), -et? 
 (TTraprjaonai 
 
 200. pour out 
 
 med. make a treaty 
 
 airev8(o 
 
 (TvevhoiJiaL 
 
 CTTTO'S 
 
 (Ttreiaofiai 
 
 201. am busy, studeo 
 
 cnTou8d|^<o 
 
 dental 
 
 a-jrovBda-Ofiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Trpdrrco — cnrouSa^a). 
 
 219 
 
 AOKIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 eirpd^djjLrjV 
 e'irpa/)(0r)v 
 
 Treirpa'xa. 
 TT^irpdyfiai, 
 'rrpdicr6^ 
 
 7rpoe6vfj,7]dr}V 
 
 Tj-poTedvfiTjfiai 
 
 eirv66fj,j]v 
 
 irejrvafiai 
 act. & pass. a.TTVCTTO'i 
 
 direSofiriv 
 eTrpadrjV 
 
 eppv-qv 
 
 ippayr]V 
 
 eppl^jra 
 ippi(p6r)V 
 
 eppcoa-a 
 ipp(0cr6r]V 
 
 appa)(TTO<; 
 
 eo'KU'yjra 
 icrKacj)r]V 
 
 ireTTcaXrjKa 
 
 TreirpaKa 
 
 ireTrpafiat 
 
 eppvTjKa 
 
 TO pev/jux, irepippvTq^ 
 
 irpoiTTO) am, do, fare : ev, Ka\S>s, KaK&'s. 
 (£ts)irpaTT(D, -TTpaTTo/juu exact 
 (money) from : crvixp.a.xovs <j>6pov- 
 
 irpeiTCl (irpocDjKei) Tivi: decet aliquem. 
 
 Tn)v6dvo|JLai inquire, ascertain, learn 
 irdvTa tra<^Gs Twv 7rapayevop,€V(DV- 
 learn that (/aci): Kv/oov irapwTa 
 
 or oTi Ki)(DOs TrapccTTtv. 
 (report) : KCpov iTa.puva.i. 
 iruXtt : iroAAoO magna, oXiyov parvo. 
 
 TWV TTOVOiV TTUtXcnXTLV ■^[UV TTtivTa 
 
 rayaff ot 6iol. 
 
 eppayya am broken 
 dpprjKTO'i 
 
 eppl^a 
 epplp.fiai 
 
 eppajfJLM 
 
 ■fj pmiMT) 
 
 eaKeSdaa 
 eaKehdaOrjv 
 
 ia-Ke'yjrdfn^v 
 
 ecriraaa 
 
 icyjracrdiirfv 
 
 i<T7rdcr6r)V 
 
 eaireipa 
 icnrapr]V 
 
 eaireicra 
 iaireiadp.rjv 
 
 TToiBdaa 
 
 eaKd<f)a 
 eaKa/i/JLM 
 
 icTKeSaafJ-M 
 
 ecrKefifJ'ai, aiaopass. 
 (TKeineov 
 
 ecyrraica 
 eaTrdcrfiai 
 
 eaTrapica 
 ecTirapixai 
 
 taTTUKa 
 eaireiafJiai 
 
 imrovBdica, pres. 
 
 irapaaK€t)d1^0|iai : take precautions 
 lest, take measures to prevent : 
 OTTtDS p.r] a.iroaryiaovTa.1. 
 
 n - • ' s - 
 
 (TKOITCO : TOUTO CrKCTTTCOV /X.06 OOKEl, 
 
 oiroJS <!>s dtr^oXco-TaTa p-evavfiev. 
 CTTr^v6o|Aai : o-irovSas, elpijvrp/ — 
 'AOrjvaiOK Koi AolkixXTLV. 
 
 CTiretiSa), airouSdl^a) : am eager, 
 anxious, 
 Xafvwpov iroietcrOat Tov Piov. 
 pursue, follow up zealously, am in 
 earnest about, promote, hasten : 
 Tcis TTcpl TO pm/Bdvav ^Soms. 
 doTTTOvSatrTa. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
220 
 
 crrekXa) — Tetvat. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future 
 
 202. send 
 
 0-T€\Xo) 
 
 pass. 
 
 (TTcA, 
 
 o-reXw, -eJ9 
 a-Ta\rja-op,ai 
 
 203. sigh, groan 
 
 a-TtvaX/a 
 
 arevay 
 
 a-Tevdim 
 
 20J:. deprive of, rob 
 am without, have lost 
 
 diro-ffTepeco 
 
 (crT£pi(TKiii) pass. 
 (TTepofial (ouljpres. and imp/.) 
 
 cnro-aTeprja-co 
 airo-cTTeprjcToiiai 
 
 205. turn, twist 
 
 pass. - 
 med. turn myself J 
 subject (to my 
 rule), subdue 
 
 arpei^oiJiai 
 
 Kara-arpe^ofiat 
 pass. 
 
 (rTp€<f> 
 
 arpe^co 
 
 (rrpa^rjcrofiai 
 
 KaTa-<rTpe<^oiiai 
 KaTa-aTpa<f)^(TO- 
 fiai 
 
 206. spread out 
 
 aTp(owU|J.i 
 
 pass. 
 
 CTTpO) 
 
 cTTpcocrco 
 arpcod'ija-ofiai 
 
 207. cause to fall 
 
 med. and pass, am 
 balked, err ; fail 
 
 (r(|>d\\(0 
 
 a-(f>dWofiai 
 
 <T<j>ai\ 
 
 a-fftaXijaofiaL 
 
 208. slay (esp. by cutting 
 the throat), slaugh- 
 ter, sacrifice 
 
 O-(J3dTT(0 
 
 pass. 
 
 CT(j>ay 
 
 (T<j}d^a) 
 (Tcj)ayrjcro/j,ai 
 
 209. save 
 
 med. save for myself 1 
 pass, save myself, 
 am saved J 
 
 aa^Ofiai 
 
 0-0)8, cro) 
 
 a-coaco 
 
 crcocTO/juai 
 
 crooff-ijcrofiai 
 
 210. disturb, trouble, 
 throw into dis- 
 order 
 
 TapdxTw 
 
 pass. 
 
 rapax 
 
 rapd^ca 
 rapd^ofiai 
 
 211. arrange, place (in 
 
 order) 
 med. arrange for myself, 
 place myself 
 
 TdxTO) 
 
 rdrTOfiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 Tay 
 
 rd^oo 
 
 rd^o/jbai 
 Ta')(6rj(rofiai 
 
 212. stretch, draw tight 
 
 TCIVO) 
 
 pass. 
 
 T£V 
 
 revS), -et9 
 TaOi^crofiai, 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
crreWw — - reivta. 
 
 221 
 
 AORIST 
 
 eareiXa 
 iarToXrjv 
 
 o (rrevayfj.O's 
 
 air-eo'Teprja'a 
 aTT-eaTepj^Or] v 
 
 ecrrpey^a 
 earpcu^rjv 
 
 KaT-ea-rpe'^dfirjV ] 
 KaT-ea-Tpa^rjV ■ J 
 
 Pekpbct (Nouns) 
 
 etTToKKa 
 ea-TaX/iai 
 
 Syntax 
 
 €<TT€VayiMU 
 
 aTr-eareprjKa 
 air-ea-reprjfiai 
 
 ecrrpcoaa 
 iarptbdrjV 
 
 iertjjaXrjv 
 
 e(T(j)ciryTjV 
 
 ea-aaafjLTjV 
 eaatdrjV 
 
 ecTTpocjja 
 earpafi/Mai 
 
 (TTpeTrTOf 
 KaT-earpafipLai 
 
 eaTpcofiat 
 (TTpaifia ffrpeoT6<; 
 
 ear(j)a\.Ka 
 
 €a(f)a\fiai 
 
 TO a'(f>dXp,a failure 
 
 airocTTCpcb : trTparuoTas /ua-Oov, 
 or orpaTWflTas /JiurOov. 
 pass, ol (TTpaTLWTox laTtp'qdriaav 
 fiiaQov or ijlutOov. 
 
 ea<l)a'Yfiai 
 
 aeacoKa 
 
 (reacpcrfiai 
 
 a({>dXXo|iai am disappointed of : 
 lose, am deprived of : dvSpos roiovSe. 
 
 erdpa^a 
 eTapd')(6r]V 
 
 erafa 
 
 iTa^dp,i]v 
 irdy^OrjV 
 
 eraBrjV 
 
 rerapayfiai 
 
 6 rapayfioi 
 
 Terwya 
 
 Terajfiai 
 TaKTO^, rj Td^b<; 
 
 rercuca 
 rerdfiai 
 
 eiriTaTTco "l enjoin, give orders : rivi 
 •jrpoerTdTTCO J ti. i/uv iropivcirOai. 
 
 eTriTaTTecrOe (= KeXcveaOe) jtiEii/at. 
 TfiXeuTdo) tr. finish, end, bring to an 
 end. 
 intr. die ; expire ; come off. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
222 
 
 rekeo) — rpt^oi. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Future.^ 
 
 213. finish, accomplish; 
 
 pay 
 
 Te\€<0 
 
 pass. 
 
 T€\i(T 
 
 reXw, -et? 
 TeXea-drjo-Ofiai 
 
 214. accomplish 
 
 give orders, enjoin 
 med. give orders 
 
 tQCKu), poet. 
 eVt-Te'XXftj 
 ein-TeWofiai 
 
 TeX 
 
 iiri-reXo), -et? 
 ewi-rekovp.aL, -y 
 
 215. cut 
 
 1 
 
 T^|XVO) 
 
 pass. 
 
 T6/X, 
 TH.7] 
 
 re/xo), -et? 
 TfirjOrjaonai 
 
 216. tr. melt, dissolve 
 intr. melt, vanish 
 
 TriKoiJLai 
 
 TTjK 
 
 tSk 
 
 raK-qa-opjajL 
 
 217. put, set, place 
 med. put etc. for 
 myself 
 
 pass. 
 
 07,, Oe 
 
 dria-Q) 
 
 OrjaofjLai 
 
 Te6ri<T0iiai 
 
 218. bring forth, beget 
 
 TIKTW 
 
 TeK 
 
 Te^ofiai 
 
 219. pay, pay or suffer 
 for 
 med. make another pay 
 = punish 
 
 rtvo 
 nvoixoL 
 
 TL, TEt 
 
 Tticria 
 rcLcrofuu 
 
 220. wound 
 
 TlTp(&O-K<0 
 
 pass. 
 
 TpU) 
 
 Tpwaai 
 TpQ)0i]crofiai 
 
 221. turn 
 
 med. turn for my- 
 self 
 turn myself 
 
 Tpeiro) 
 
 Tpeirofiai 
 
 TpeTTOfiac 
 
 pass. 
 
 TpiTT 
 
 Tpe'yjro) 
 Tpe\jrofJi,M 
 
 Tpe-\jrofini, 
 Tpairrjaofial, 
 
 222. nourish, feed 
 med. rear up for 
 myself 
 
 Tpe(f)o/Jiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 Tp£<p 
 
 6pe\jrQ) 
 
 Opexjrofiai 
 
 Opei^oixai 
 
 223. run 
 
 rpiyja Upf-) 
 Bern (only pres. & 
 
 Tpex 
 Spa/JL-Ti 
 
 Bpdfiovfiai, -y 
 
 224. rub 
 
 TptpO) 
 
 pa,ss. 
 
 Tptl3,TpXI3 
 
 Tpfyjrco 
 rpl^'^aofiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
TeXeoj — Tpifici). 
 
 223 
 
 AORIST 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 ireXeaa 
 iTeXea-Orjv 
 
 TereKeica 
 rereXecrfiM 
 
 iTT-ereiXa 
 eTr-ereiKdfirjv 
 
 iiri-^eroKKa 
 iTn-TeraXfuii, pass 
 
 erefj^ov 
 
 TerfirjKa 
 reTfJirifiai 
 
 
 rirriKa. am melted 
 
 eO-qtca, edefjiev 
 ireOrjv 
 
 redrjica 
 
 Keifiai 
 
 ereicov 
 
 eTeKTa/iijv 
 
 erpcoaa 
 eTpcoOrjv 
 
 erpeyjra, erpaTrov 
 
 iTpe^lrd/j.riv 
 put to flight 
 
 eTpa-rrofirjv 
 
 eTpaiTijv was 
 turned and 
 turned myself 
 
 edpe\]ra 
 
 idpeylrdfiTjV 
 
 erpatpriv 
 
 ehpdjxov 
 
 erpl'^a 
 eTpt^r^v 
 
 reTOKa 
 
 T£T£l(7/«ll 
 
 TerpcoKa 
 Terpoofiai 
 
 rerpocpa 
 
 Terpa/jb/Jtai, (re- 
 rpdtpdai^ 
 
 T/OeTTTO? 
 
 TeTpo(f>a 
 
 8iaT£\(0 w. part. : am constantly, 
 all the time, 
 CTTTa ij/itpas fjux^^ofJLevoi SteTcXecrav. 
 eiri-TeWco order, poet. ; in prose usu. 
 ev-TtAAo/tai : nvt ti — 
 
 Tats 7roA.£0"tv oSoiroidv- 
 
 redpaiMfiai (re- 
 6pd(f)dai,^ OpeTTTO'; 
 
 BeSpap,r]Ka 
 
 Terpl^a 
 Terplfi/J-at 
 
 4in,Ti9e(i.ai attack : TroXc/itois. 
 
 eTrUeifuu press upon : 8tay3aivovo-tv. 
 TrpoTtQ-qiu prefer : Sofav )(pi]imT<ov. 
 
 TLKTO) : pass, yiyvojjuu, 
 
 Ti|JLav, TijxaaBai Ti ttoXXov : 
 
 aliquid magna aeslimare. 
 TlU(ap£(D help : Tivi — aXX.r)Xoii. 
 TiiJi.(opovfiai take vengeance : rtva 
 on, TWO'S for. 
 
 TIVW : SiKTjv, vPpiv — x^P'-^- 
 dTTOTpliro) avert : TjiiSiv pXajSriv. 
 
 hinder, dissuade from : i/xas dStKi'as- 
 iiriTpeTTCO commit, entrust to : v/uv 
 TTjV apx^v- 
 give over to : "EXXjjtrt rrjv x'^P"'^ 
 
 Suj,pTrd<rai. 
 allow, leave : p,rj8evi KaKiS (-6v) tivai. 
 irpOTpeirco urge on to : tovs veovs w 
 apexriv. 
 persuade, ezhort, encourage : tovs 
 awavTo.'i aXrjOeijuv. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
224 
 
 Tvy^^dvoi — (pykaTTOixai. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 FUTUHE 
 
 225. hit ; obtain, at- 
 tain 
 
 TD-yxdvo) 
 
 Tvx-v 
 
 TiVX 
 
 Tev^Ofiat 
 
 226. suspect, appre- 
 hend 
 
 vuoTrT€i5(i) 
 
 
 VTTOTrrevam 
 
 227. show 
 
 med. show what is 
 my own 
 
 show myself, appear 
 
 c|>aiva) 
 
 (fiaivofifii. 
 
 pass. 
 
 (j)aLvo/jLai 
 
 <f)a.v 
 
 <f>dvS), -et9 
 <f)avov/i,ai,, -y 
 (f>avd'^crofiai 
 (pavov/Mai 
 (fiavijaofiai 
 
 228. spare 
 
 (|>ei8o|iai 
 
 dental 
 
 cj)eicro/j,aL 
 
 229. bear, carry 
 
 med. carry for myself] 
 pass, am carried J 
 hurry, rush, fly etc. 
 
 c|>ep<o 
 
 (jjepo/iai 
 ^epofiat, 
 
 <^£|0k oi, 
 
 oicro) 
 
 ocaofiai, also pass. 
 
 eve'ydrjo-ofiai 
 
 eveyOrja-ofiai 
 
 230. flee; am an (go 
 into) exile 
 
 <|)6i[l-y(o 
 
 <t>ivy, tf)ivy 
 
 (fyev^ofiai. 
 
 231. say, speak, — say 
 yes, (see \€y<o), af- 
 firm, declare 
 
 £<^7;v, e.<i>rj<T6a — 
 
 <^m (JXLIYJV — 
 
 tf>d.6i, — (jidvai — 
 (<^as), <l>a.cTK(av 
 
 <h' 4'^ 
 
 (f>')jaa) 
 
 232. am beforehand, 
 anticipate, do or 
 come etc. before 
 
 <t)Odv<i) 
 
 <^Ba, tf>6i] 
 
 <ji0i^cTO/j,ai 
 
 233. spoil, corrupt 
 
 <t>0eip(O (mostly 
 Sia-) pass. 
 
 4>eip 
 
 Bia-(j>Oepci), -€49 
 Bia-^6ap7]a-op,ai 
 
 234. frighten 
 fear, dread 
 
 ^opia, more com- 
 mon (j)o^eofiai 
 
 
 <poPrjcrii) 
 (f)0^i]aofjLai 
 
 235. point (out, to), tell 
 remark, perceive ; 
 ponder, think 
 
 
 dental 
 
 <j>pacr(D 
 <j>pa<TOiJ,aL 
 
 236. guard, watch 
 med. watch in my 
 own interest = am 
 on my guard 
 
 <|)uXaTT(o 
 
 (^vXaTTOfiai, 
 
 pass. 
 
 i^uXaK 
 
 (}>v\d^a) 
 
 (^vKd^Ofjiai. 
 
 (f)v\d^ofiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Tuy^dvoi — (^uXarTOjU,at. 
 
 225 
 
 A0RI8T 
 
 Pekfect (Nouns) 
 
 Syntax 
 
 eTVXpv 
 
 TeTVxrjKa 
 
 TUYXavo) hit : o-KOTToB. 
 
 {airoTvyxdvo) miss), 
 obtain : ttj? df tas Tt/x^s — 
 
 (Trapa) ToJvSe <rvyyvo>firji. 
 TVyx"-^^ w. part, am by chance, 
 
 happen : Trapmi Irvy^vev. 
 (diro)<|>aiv« : tovt aX-qdri ovra, 
 
 or oTt TOVT aXriOrj ea-riv. 
 d7ro(f>aivofiai explain, declare my 
 
 opinion : yvutur/v. 
 (fjaivofiai <f30ov&v it is evident 
 (apparet) that. 
 
 ^Oovelv it seems that 
 (uideor). 
 
 (|>£i8(0|JIe6' AvSpSiv evyevu>v. 
 
 (t>Ep(i> xaXiirS)'; am annoyed, take ill : 
 
 TOW TrapovtTL irpdyfUUTW. 
 XoiSopovp.evo'; (or oti) . 
 
 Sia<f>epa} (8ta<^opos) am different 
 
 from, excel in : an-avTUiv apcrrj. 
 Sca(j)epofji,ai am at variance, quarrel : 
 
 TOIS TTOVripOK. 
 
 eTVfi(j)epei it is of use : 7ra<n (ruKJipo- 
 
 vetv. 
 ^eiyci am accused of : Ttvds. 
 
 <l>tvy<ii TTjv ypatfniv viro tivos. 
 
 <f>c6ya<i (are you prosecuted?) vriv 
 
 lUKpov eietjivye fJir] KaTaTrerpwBrjvcu 
 (narrow escape^) he came near 
 being stoned. 
 
 OV ((••qo'l ravT aXrjB^ eivai negat. 
 
 (j>0dV(O : TWO, TTOiStv Tt do sthg. before 
 some one. itpdrjtrav tovis Ileptras 
 dtftmop^voi eh Tqv ttoXlv- 
 
 (|>6oV£a> grudge one sthg. : rwi rtvos- 
 
 <j>6ovcwiMi mihi invidetur. 
 ^O^OVfiai : avTovs, p^rj em^fivTat. 
 
 i<j)oPetTO, p,ri OV Svvouto ne non. 
 
 (jjo^ovpai elm2v vereor dicere. 
 
 VTrmTTTevcra 
 
 vircoTTTeVKa 
 
 ecj)T)Va 
 
 i(f)Tivdfir]v 
 
 i^dvdrjv 
 
 i<])avrjV 
 
 TrecjiuyKa 
 
 ^(paerfiai. 
 7rJcf)T)Va 
 
 i^etadfifjv 
 
 Tra^etcr/xat 
 
 rjveyKOV, -Ka 
 '^veyKdfjLjjv 
 rivexOriv 
 rivexOr]V 
 
 ivi]VOxci 
 
 iv^vey/iai 
 
 ivTjveyfiaL 
 
 e(j)vyov 
 
 ■7re(peviya 
 
 ecf}r)ffa 
 
 
 iSedaa 
 
 
 e(f>0dKa 
 
 Bi-e^6eipa 
 Si-e<f>daprjV 
 
 Si-e<f)dapKa 
 Si-e<f)Oap/iai, 
 
 
 Tre<j)6j3r}fJ,ai 
 
 ' i<l>pa(ra 
 C i<j>pa<jdfJi,T]V 
 I e<f>pd(T6r]V 
 
 tri^paKa 
 
 i^vXa^a 
 icjjvXa^dfirjv ] 
 e<f>v\dxd'qv J 
 
 ■trej)vKdxa 
 Tre^vXajfiai 
 
 (jivXaKTeop 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
226 
 
 bvco — CDveofJLaL. 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Present 
 
 Stem 
 
 Ftjtuke 
 
 237. bring forth 
 
 am born, come into 
 being 
 
 (j>1)0> 
 
 <j)vo/jLai 
 
 <^u, <^i; 
 
 (pvaofiai 
 
 238. subdue, overpower 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 XeipaxTOfiai 
 XeipeoO'^ao/MUL 
 
 239. pour 
 
 med. pour for myself 
 
 Xe'o/J,ai 
 
 pass. 
 
 Xev, XV 
 
 xiofioi 
 yyOrjcroixaL 
 
 240. use 
 
 Xpao|xai 
 
 pass. 
 
 
 XPVcrofiai 
 XprjcrO'^uoiMat 
 
 241. it is necessary, 
 one must 
 
 ixp^v and XPW 
 
 —xpy — m^v— 
 
 Xpijvai — TO xpE<^i' 
 
 
 
 242. anoint 
 
 Xpi<o 
 
 pass. 
 
 XP'(°") 
 
 Xpic^ 
 
 Xplcr6'^crofjbai 
 
 243. deceive 
 
 med. tell a lie, am 
 
 false, deceive 
 
 pass, am deceived, 
 
 disappointed 
 
 \|/€V8<0 
 
 ■^evSo/jtai 
 yfrevBofiai 
 
 dental 
 
 yjrevaco 
 ■yfreva-ofiai 
 
 ■\jreva-0^a-oiJi,ai 
 
 244. push, thrust 
 med. thrust myself; 
 push (away) from 
 
 myself 
 
 Q)Oeofiai 
 
 pass. 
 
 &e-€ 
 
 aicra) 
 
 axTOfiai 
 
 wad'^ao/iai 
 
 245. buy, purchase 
 
 d)veo|j,ai 
 
 pass. 
 
 wvr], 
 Trpux 
 
 divijaofiai 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
^'6(0 ■ 
 
 • (oveoixai. 
 
 227 
 
 AORIST 
 
 e(f)vaa 
 ecfjvv 
 
 e^etpmaafiTjv 
 i'xeipmO'qv 
 
 Perfect (Nouns) 
 
 7r^(f)vica am (by 
 nature) 
 
 £Xea 
 
 IxvOtjv 
 
 e)(^prjaafjLr)v 
 e'y^prjo'driv 
 
 'X^prja-Tov 
 
 expio-a 
 ij^pf<70rjv 
 
 Xpitrros 
 
 eyjreua-a 
 iyjrevadfirjv 
 
 iyjreverOrjv 
 
 ecoaa 
 eaxj-dfJLTjv 
 
 eTrpiafiTjv 
 
 KS'x^eipco/Mai 
 
 K€)(yKa 
 
 Kexyiuu 
 
 "^XPVf^"''' 
 
 TO XPlft'O- 
 
 K£xpi-Ka 
 Kexplfiai 
 
 TO 'xpifta 
 
 am mistaken 
 
 ecoKa 
 ecocTfiai, 
 
 
 Syntax 
 
 (j>p0V£(D : /Atya iir apirfj am proud of. 
 KaTa(^poveas despise, contemn : 
 
 ToC Kiv&ivov. 
 (|>p0VTl^(0 give heed to : 
 
 Tuiv dvoponriviov ovSev. 
 take care to : Sttok ktijo-o/mu. 
 <|>l)\dTTO|JLai : KoXaKas — SiajSoXos. 
 4>v\aiai, (oTTtus) /jtrj iria-rfi. (Trtcrfj). 
 {to') fir) irecrciv. 
 ^iri)(eip(0 set to work at, attempt : 
 dSwaTots — SiMKetv. 
 
 XP<>>[''<Xl '• fwXoiS i)(pu>VTO TOIS OltTTOtS. 
 
 n PovXerai ■^fiiv -xpficrdai, ; what — 
 
 for? 
 treat, deal with : outus avTois yprjaOt 
 
 uKjTTtp aiiov. 
 
 \pt\ Tovis eJ TTpaTTOVTas TTJi eiprjvTj'S 
 
 iTndvfji.eXv. 
 n(nya<s; ovk ixpv^ o-iyav, TtKvov. 
 •inro)((opeo) : nvl 68o5 get out of the 
 
 way of, make way for one. 
 ^a/im touch : TjOovi SiKacov (jiavXos ov 
 
 i/'uijet Xoyos. 
 
 YEiDoo) : oi 6eoi i/^euSovcri' ere. 
 yjreuSofJl.ai deceive : Kvpov iravTa. 
 
 am mistaken in : yvaifirii. 
 
 TOVTo OVK iipevcrOijo-av in this. 
 
 WVOVVTai Oi ^KvOal Tas yui/ai/cas XfT 
 fMTiav ficyaXtov. 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
228 
 
 M 
 
 I -^ • ■ i 
 
 ii ill .^i 1| u4 Iri 
 
 si .3- I- O :^ "O ,. ^ g .vu a ._ ,g .3. ?> 
 
 7 w ^ 
 
 ■=- o b b o « P ^^ ' > 
 
 <s- 
 
 ,Q. 
 
 
 f~5 « ;^iu '^\odft.^« -Vh Q.9St: Sir*- S,S-W 
 
 ^-^Ss-c-a. a§i.!'b-utiSirt=S..o'^.-wS-bc3 ^-ik/^ 
 
 n S) =5 "° -s '^3 X ^ ^ v^ =5- '3 "^ J iJ >= 
 
 
 
 all :H s i ^ i 
 
 ■ 3 'S ^ S o S -^ -S <u 3 
 
 
 ffi 
 
 ^ d 2 PI 
 
 '^'3 "i m a 
 
 O O « g :;3 S 
 
 -5 c3 -S a .S -1-1 S 
 
 a 
 
 O m O *i3 TO « 
 
 H «1 fiH H<1 H H 
 
 d d ;1 d 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
229 
 
 Q. 
 
 •■a 
 s 
 
 I- 
 
 ^: "='i-s"^riffir^-^fe;.<- ^^i- ills 10^ 
 
 b; CJ O ^ Jj K -fl- O ^ ^ t* 21. 
 
 ::? ^ "£' ° 2 S -^ .^ ^ g '^ .^ '^ ° 
 
 § g o B o Q. S ^e I t= -" -5 .1 
 
 ■6- I- "C- 4. cl ^s- b ^ C 2 S ,fe S ^ 
 "S 2 ^ -ir L ^ g fc bJ3 b<ciJ3 
 = § -e '" t- "B t= *= a .-g <B t= -eg i 
 
 ri f i«?i f iiiiiiifi 
 
 -^ "O -e -o -S- VST- S VS-. t: .0 ^^ b P P <) M W .-< 5^ 
 
 M 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 ri 
 
 
 c3 
 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 1 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 ri 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 CQ do 
 
 •^1 
 
 
 1=) 
 
 
 1 
 
 rri 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 43 
 
 
 d) 
 
 -S ^ 
 
 
 s 
 
 i' 
 
 oS 
 
 _ri 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 ■ri =1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ts 
 
 
 
 Ti 
 
 S, '«' 
 
 is 
 
 03 
 
 CO 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 ri 
 
 a 
 
 fciiO a 
 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 
 ri 
 § 
 
 
 ct5 
 
 
 (P 
 
 1 
 
 Ph 
 
 Ph 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 
 ce ri 
 
 4 
 
 ri 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 ft " 
 
 b 
 
 "H 
 
 .£; 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 
 
 
 -. 
 
 
 
 4J 
 
 
 
 += 
 
 
 
 ►8 
 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 cS 
 
 
 ® 
 
 01 
 
 _,Q 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 i 
 
 +3 
 
 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 u!' 
 
 c^ 
 
 -H 
 
 
 
 PH 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 <S 
 
 !^ 
 
 <! 
 
 
 
 P-t 
 
 
 
 
 K 
 
 
 <^ 
 
 
 
 tH 
 
 
 (Ni 
 
 05 
 
 
 C<J 
 
 
 
 IM 
 
 
 cq 
 
 <M. 
 
 
 S ri 
 
 o 
 
 ^ r-H "-+3 fl 
 
 I § St ' g 
 
 ri PH 2 § S c 
 
 5 ft g S g o 
 
 ri 
 
 > ft P o 
 
 ■Cl . & n ? 
 
 S =C S ft .£; 
 
 ^ '-I W > ri 
 
 (B 
 
 H H M M P-i H 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
230 
 
 o 
 
 
 B 
 
 Q. 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 1> 
 
 b 
 
 . ?r- 
 
 8 ^ 
 
 t/l ^ 
 
 ff a w f^ 
 
 oo 
 
 
 <P 
 
 
 CO 
 
 5 =*- 
 
 ? ^ 
 
 I- a 
 
 o -e- 
 
 b "O 
 
 
 "" a _ 
 (/> -9- " 
 
 o -5" =- 
 
 I- 
 
 «p eg 
 co 
 
 , ,. - b 
 
 b 3- 
 
 t= ^ 
 
 oo 
 
 to 
 
 H 
 
 5. a 
 b SS 
 
 5 X a 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 
 s 1 
 
 o ' 
 
 b " 
 
 ^3 o 
 
 "^ ■=!> 
 
 'O 
 
 -s 
 
 <S .'<. 
 
 
 M 
 
 H 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 <1 
 
 H 
 H 
 
 rS 'S ci^ 
 
 & a 
 
 u^ 
 
 a (3 
 
 a 
 
 I 
 
 5S t3 
 
 ^ "O 
 
 X 
 
 b 
 
 a 
 b 
 
 3 
 
 w 
 l- 
 
 a 
 
 i- 
 b 
 
 '3 3- 
 
 s °- 
 
 S-4 
 
 ;^ 
 o 
 
 ■6- 
 
 o 
 
 O CO 
 
 a 
 
 X 
 
 ^a 
 
 b 
 s?" ^a 
 
 I. s 
 
 -a g 
 
 ^ w l- 
 
 S. b 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 oo 
 
 "S- 
 
 'a 
 
 X 
 
 ^ CO t= 
 
 I- S ;. 
 
 t= « 'S- 
 
 ^S " *" 
 
 b '■ 
 
 " t/i _ 
 
 => <a t: 
 
 ° s. ^ 
 
 Q- "P o 
 
 M 3 -S 
 
 * b s. 
 
 o ^ ,5 
 
 'u 3- " 
 
 oil 
 
 < .*< <1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 .. '^ 
 
 
 
 
 • rH 
 
 
 
 • Q^ 
 
 
 
 
 4J 
 
 
 
 4J 0) 
 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ■i 
 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 
 »o 
 
 d 
 
 ,. 
 
 +3 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 1" 
 
 O o 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 tB 
 
 g 
 § 
 
 
 o 
 
 f3 
 
 
 m ^ 
 
 ca 
 
 c3 
 
 CQ 
 
 
 O 
 
 P^ 
 >■ 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 •1-1 
 
 2 '^ 
 
 d 
 
 <B 
 
 
 1 
 
 1—1 
 
 CO 
 
 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 CQ 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 +3 
 
 ■4-3 
 
 05 
 • 1— 1 
 
 1> 
 
 
 
 
 _d 
 
 O 
 
 g 
 
 i-H 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 (D 
 
 CB 
 
 IB 
 
 
 
 
 
 fi 
 
 P? 
 
 P? 
 
 
 
 
 ■< 
 
 CO 
 
 OJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IM 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 el 
 u 
 
 
 o 
 
 eo 
 
 O 
 -a 
 
 O 
 
 'o 
 
 a 
 
 
 o 
 
 ° CM 
 <B O 
 
 (33 
 
 O 
 
 .rt. 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 CS 
 
 <B 
 
 
 
 P>- O rt 
 
 -g 
 
 tsS 
 
 o 
 
 lO to 00 
 
 CO CO CO 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
231 
 
 r 
 
 8 2 ' . . se S 
 
 
 '.. & ^ "S .3. I- ? x sc .^-e s ^ ^ ^ ■< a -Ji '^ ^ 
 
 
 
 =* g T's r ' 5 
 
 K 
 
 „. -^ 2 ^ J "^ I i s i ^ <^ ° U i § ^ |-1 eg g ;? ,s ,1 
 
 'g *B-« s-*^ .S §. t -2 S. c, h g 3 o r^ J . ® .g-.Q.-< -8 s. ° 
 
 2- ■■8u>- . Q.(i§bS-3c3'<bt''^ob^f- -w!<"S-o^ 
 
 -o ° -s « ,-^. g- H a ^ ^ cb 52 =* f. a a » ^ 'S .a. -5 ^5 -i s. g S '§ 
 
 111 ^i "^i i1<^Jl||,.!- i^i^^r^ f ^ 
 
 H 
 
 
 (C O 
 
 t> ^ o 
 
 ^ 
 
 S> 
 
 
 
 S-. 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 &< 
 
 r*^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 S 
 g 
 
 
 'D 
 
 
 
 53 
 
 !. 
 
 
 ^<S 
 
 .a 
 
 
 CO 
 
 «, 
 
 ® 
 
 ^ 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 4J 
 
 0) 
 
 --^ 
 
 c3 
 
 t» 
 
 
 m 
 
 >rH 
 
 
 g 
 
 -^3 
 
 -tJ 
 
 C8 
 
 PI 
 
 CQ 
 
 a> 
 
 
 S 
 
 -*j 
 
 
 O 
 
 X 
 
 •-3 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 cS 
 
 c3 
 
 q-( 
 
 'rS 
 
 r^, 
 
 o 
 
 
 c3 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 'Ti 
 
 o 
 
 <1 
 
 oi 
 
 Oi 
 
 d 
 
 tA 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 •^ 
 
 8 « 
 
 g OS g 
 
 c« 
 
 g B 
 
 c3 
 
 GQ 
 
 - . .a s 
 
 1=1 .S ^ fe 
 
 n S ^ Srf 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 60 60 -g 
 
 p og^ &ssag a 
 
 o 
 
 O Ph 
 
 :3 lo 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 .r-( 
 
 
 
 
 +3 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 ■• 
 
 
 
 <o 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 C^ 
 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 I» 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 fl 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 CI 
 
 
 <L> 
 
 ^ g 
 
 o 
 
 m 
 
 
 l> 
 
 ^1 
 
 
 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 quali 
 separ 
 
 1 
 
 
 03 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 g 
 
 =H 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 fl 
 
 
 
 
 (C 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 !D b-^ 
 
 CO 
 
 Oi 
 
 d 
 
 -* '# 
 
 ■^ 
 
 -* 
 
 »o 
 
232 
 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
233 
 
 1 
 
 to 
 
 u 
 o 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 If 
 
 41- 
 
 ■S g' § 
 
 h h I- t- t^ t- CO 
 
 il 1 ri 
 S 1 i il.1 
 
 4 1 
 
 5 'S .§ *. b 
 
 ■11 ^i ^«' 
 
 •1 1 ■ 
 
 e 1 -S 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1-1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1^1 S -S ^ rO ^ 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 o 9 :^ K --co 
 
 "e 3- 1 g g s a. 
 
 ^ o fc ^ vS »§■ 5 
 
 (P (p ^ (/* w Ol t/t 
 
 1 |i is^^ 
 
 
 
 (/I 
 
 I'll l"ff 
 
 . :^ 
 
 g S e 'S 1 -« 
 
 § 
 1 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 •>tf "Cj "W p 
 
 
 
 
 4 .fe 
 
 
 9S'B0 ano q:>m 
 
 S8SB0 0M.■^ ^'\l/A. 
 
 sasBo aaiii:^ q^iM 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
234 
 
 
 
 
 >N -d 
 
 
 
 
 i/i a 
 
 
 
 
 p <s 
 
 
 
 §.l 
 
 3 f i 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 It 
 
 o 
 
 <) 
 
 /-~s 
 
 T3" 
 
 1 > 
 
 
 "^ 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 up to 
 
 ongside of 
 and beyi 
 
 against 
 during 
 about 
 towards 
 with a view i 
 to a place 
 
 under 
 
 (su 
 
 
 5 
 
 -^^ 
 
 
 !5 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 ,» '< 
 
 
 .1- 
 B 
 
 I 
 
 T t, 1 i 2 
 
 4) 
 
 'S 
 
 <3- 
 
 t 'a '3-<3-'ss ?^ 
 
 > 
 
 l- 
 
 t- 
 
 b I- h- h b- I- 2 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 c3 
 
 rt 
 
 f^ 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 L tJS 
 
 
 
 
 out, around 
 near 
 
 addition to 
 neath, unde: 
 the base of 
 \der 
 
 {su 
 
 
 >> 
 
 ^ 
 
 [Oj e -S -o e s 
 
 
 fS^ 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 '2 
 
 
 Ut 
 
 ;:k 
 
 
 
 ti 
 
 t/t (/I K c/t c/i ^ k 
 
 1 
 
 CQ. 
 
 J 
 
 'F'ri 'S'?:'E :! 
 
 ■a 
 
 
 
 
 ■a 
 
 
 
 ^ » 
 
 <D 
 
 
 
 ^ -S 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 erning 
 !«?• aga 
 deof 
 neath 
 
 
 
 a, 
 
 1) 
 
 e = ^ * I "g. 
 
 
 s 
 
 -s 
 
 S g r« g S O S 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1 ^^<&, 1 ^^ 
 
 
 vg 
 
 
 x^ u> 
 
 
 
 
 Q.^O ~0 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 g g- .g 
 
 
 S9S'B0 9aiTI| T{;(m 
 
 •^^" 
 
 > 
 
 
 ■■H 
 
 
 -I 
 
 O C« >-j 
 
 rf 
 
 <1 fi P 
 
 o 
 
 lO 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 to t- 
 
 «o <o 
 
 00 
 
 CD 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
235 
 
 
 c8 
 xn . M 
 
 i , ^ ; 
 
 b ,3- ■"= 2b... . . S -S. =« 
 
 s- 
 
 
 •■P 
 
 fe 1 § 2 ^1 ,| -^ ^ .%.^ . I ^ e I -I I ^ 
 
 -§■§=>"& =- w 1 ^ - I ^ "^ g ^1" »« ;r -^ '^ *= ^ 
 
 P :J fe -S 3 ,=' r - ■'^ .a o b s "S- >" o p. S 5 b CO 
 
 ra 
 
 9. --f^s-eMiF^i s a 
 
 0) 
 
 s 
 
 oa. - o ►§ 'S 
 
 s I ° i -^ - 1 »§ :: I 
 
 % S c5 +3 -S „ o -"1=1 -g s .. "S 
 
 " I •• •§ fl -2 § I i^r s .. i I i I 
 -i III -Js §«p^ s^ i^-Po 
 
 =8 
 
 s Ph "o ft -^ g cj 
 
 
 (35 O IM 
 
 50 b- t- 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
236 
 
 4^ TO 
 
 Ho CQ (T) 
 
 0*0 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 5- "S- 
 
 »i i- 
 
 — * 'I — a w O 
 
 =a ^ -5 r^ "S .'e. 
 
 ft 
 
 S ^ 13 p6 
 
 
 p- "o 03 t, -<^ ir ^ ° o 
 
 i I CO VC-. "g 
 
 I ft=.3 
 
 BVy 
 
 rf? • W :i ^ S H P C 03 .CI A^ yt oh 
 
 ■r g' § S '^ ^S ^ <= g S ^ ^ .^ g ° ° 'I ■". -g 'I .^ 5 .. 
 
 
 ^ -i: P J 'C'C sill i:.w^oK« I p-p ?>" 
 
 
 •^ £ ;§ ft^ -B g ° ^ .| .2 g I i^ g g ^ 3 ^.^ 
 
 o osfete cunj ft J5S*5?':3 aStj-d'O'^^ci 
 
 jq ^ISp^fLi MH <ig p^^ _g j^^ a c8 o 
 
 H H H P in >3 O 
 
 CO ■<* lO CO t-^ © 
 
 t^ t- t- t- t- 00 
 
 T-t T-i T-i -H -H tH 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
237 
 
 o 
 
 a< 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 b 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 less S»p^i;<^5.«§ S 
 
 *§ t ^ g 2 ^ " I 'I -s 'i ''3 5^ r--^ i i ^ H 1 
 
 s~*=i3§ ill M r^"" i'^^'f'f 1 -^^fi^s 
 
 <l ;i „S ,^^ ci <l 1 ?. 1 .?^s 5 ^-1 '£ !_ S.T 'Sl;< 1 S § 
 
 ^'= i^S.^? R ^s '^ ,!,§- .1 ^t '^ I 
 
 'S- 'S es -e- S g !3 <_3 -J "~ 
 
 o 
 
 'S- 'S ss ■«- 5 b - <3 s -- X d >^ ^ in 
 
 0) 
 
 ^ 
 
 M 2 to 
 
 T pa 
 
 fl 
 
 . - - 3 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 <e 
 
 
 •n 
 
 <s. - a - 1 "S .. c -ti o .a -g .a g 
 
 e I 5 i I I ^ -s ^ ^ ^ I i .a :l .1 '5 
 
 ■00 
 
 W (i| CO c^ 
 
 ■H -H '-' 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 
 CO t- 
 00 00 
 
238 
 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
239 
 
 
 (35 05 
 
 05 
 05 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
 
 O 
 
240 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 . s 
 
 5= r^ g 
 
 S a S' 
 
 
 i^ 5= b Q ^? .. -5 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 9} 
 
 ^ ^ -^ 
 
 H 
 
 ■d 
 
 
 g .- " «^ S • -e o ;^ « 
 
 P4 
 
 0) 
 
 •• 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 PI 
 
 CD 
 
 <D 
 
 r^ 
 
 rd 
 
 CO 
 
 * •\ 
 
 "^ 
 
 ? 
 
 ri 
 
 
 ?- 
 
 
 b .,-. .~ *- S "5 =« ^• 
 
 
 
 o ° ^ § I ° cS c§ J3 ^ 1=1. ^ -^ S '§ £ >< b 4 ^ ^ ^ ;. 
 
 ^S ISO - S S ^ § f' «, 8 ?0 o E-l "?> Q. S rb B C +^ ^ "B » 
 
 ^ <= £ Is -s- g ^ '5 ,3 ,s- b -2- ,g ^ ,g J b ^ « ^ «S '^ :§ 
 
 S © 1 ^1 w 5^ S o ^^ ^^f "§ "§ eS ^ H B o .g § § "g .= 
 
 u/ 
 
 i. 
 
 S) 
 
 <s 
 
 g 
 
 V 
 
 it 
 
 S 
 
 S ic rfl Ph m CD ^" 3 c« 
 
 t •: I '^ H -^.|=«: S,;: fl « i a ^1^ 
 
 ^ -§ I 1 T -2 g -a ^i g ^ g g I 1 ^"^ - s E 1 1 : 
 
 t i^ sii^i Slii'il^g^.-s-^- :. Ill 
 
 "^ "-^ll |l 8 1 £ at|| ^ - ^ ^ § i^-- 
 
 (0 
 
 £ 
 
 •o 
 
 > 
 
 • i-H 
 
 S 
 
 O 
 
 -U 
 
 pi 
 
 •a 
 
 'd 
 
 h 
 
 ^ 
 
 cpl 
 
 o 
 
 « 
 
 B 
 
 
 ,« 
 
 o o o o 
 
 Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Digitized by Microsoft® 
 
Digitized by Microsoft®